Guide Questionnaires OIC NW1 NEW

OIC NAVIGATIONAL WATCH
REPUBLIC OF THE PHILIPPINES

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
MARITIME INDUSTRY AUTHORITY

STCW OFFICE
GUIDE QUESTIONNAIRES
for seafarers
The Annual Publication of Database of Questionnaires is mandated in
Republic Act 10635 or the Act Establishing the Maritime Industry
Authority (MARINA) as the Single Maritime Administration Responsible
for the Implementation and Enforcement of the 1978 International
Convention on Standards of Training, Certification and Watchkeeping
for Seafarers, 1978, as amended and International Agreements or
Covenants related thereto and its Implementing Rules and Regulations.
These questions have been reviewed and validated by our Board of

Examiners.
You may access these guide questionnaires with your smart gadgets
anywhere and anytime at your convenience. Please consider the
environment before printing.
Thank you.
A Publication of the MARINA STCW Office

Nr Questions Choice1 Choice2 Choice3 Choice4
What is the position
obtained by applying only
Probable
1 your vessel's course and Fix Applied position Dead-reckoning
position
speed to a known
position?
What is the position
obtained by applying
Estimated Dead-reckoning Assumed
2 estimated current and Applied position
position position position
wind to your vessel's
course and speed?
A barometric pressure
reading of 29.92 inches of 1012.35 1015.25 1010.35 1013.25
3
mercury is equivalent to millibars millibars millibars millibars
__________.
difference in
Apparent altitude is inaccuracies in
double-second chronometer assumed
4 sextant altitude corrected the reading and
reference level difference error and dip latitude and
for __________.
actual latitude
Where can the data
relating to the direction Nautical Tidal Current
5 Tide Tables Mariner's Guide
and velocity of rotary tidal Almanac Tables
currents be found?
What is the speed of 1.5 kilometers 0.8 kilometer 1.1 kilometers 1.3 kilometers
6
sound in the water? per second per second per second per second
What is the frequency of
7 the low frequency pulse of 33.3 kHz 24 kHz 18 kHz 27.5 kHz
the echo sounder?
On an echo sounder,
which of these is used to
Unt selector
8 draw a line on the paper Range switch Event marker Timing device
switch
to mark a specific time of
an occurrence?
When the water salinity
It remains the
9 increases, what happens It increases. It decreases. It fluctuates.
same.
to the speed of sound?
What is the nature of the
10 beam transmitted by echo Linear Hyperbolic Parabolic Directional
sounder?
Which of these is an echo
11 Magnetostriction Diesel-electric Piezo-hydraulic Blue-diode
sounder transducer type?
Turbulence from
Which of these may cause Bioluminescent the interaction of
Schools of big Protruding rocks tidal streams
12 false echoes in an echo microorganisms with solid
fish from the seabed
sounder? in the water particles in
suspension
What is a phenomenon in
which the axis of an object Torque-induced Equinoctial Gyroscopic
13 Wobble parallax
wobbles when torque is precession eccentricity inertia
applied?

What is an error in a
gyrocompass caused by
rapid changes in course, Error of
14 Parallax error Stream error Rapid error
speed and latitude causing collimation
deviation before the gyro
can adjust itself?
It compensates
for the error It allows the It corrects the
Which statement about
caused by the It reduces the magnetic semi-quadrantal
the Flinders bar on a
15 vertical deviation into compass to error at
magnetic compass is component of half. move freely in intercardinal
correct? the earth's the fluid. headings.
magnetic field.
Your vessel's heading is
330pgc and 345psc with
a 2E gyro error. If there
16 4E 7W 3W 0
is a variation of 10W,
what is the deviation on
this heading?
17 7W 4E 3W 0
is a variation of 6W, what
is the deviation on this
heading?
18 4E 7W 3W 0
is a variation of 13W,
what is the deviation on
this heading?
The shortest distance
between any two points
19 Great circle Rhumb line Mercator Small cirle
on earth defines a
__________.
What is a chart that Small scale
20 General chart Coastal chart Large scale chart
covers a large area? chart
Isogonic lines are lines on the Magnetic Ponits of Zero Points of equal
21 Magnitic dip
a chart indicating: Latitude variation variation
The revision of a chart is any clear area
22 printed on what area of Lower left center Top center part of the title around the neat
the chart? line
height of the
The visibility of lights Geographic
observer's eye Luminous range Charted range of
23 indicated in the charts is range of the
15 feet above of the light the light
in nautical miles for: light
the water
Cylindrical Polyconic Simple conic Rectangular
24 A Mercator Chart is a:
projection projection projection projection
Which chart symbol
25 indicates that the bottom R Sh Cl Co
is coral?

What publication contains
ocean current information Guide to port Sailing World port
26 Coast pilot
for voyage planning from entry Directions index
Tokyo to San Francisco?
What do you call the
Apparent Observed Computed
27 altitude after applying the altitude
Sextant altitude
Altitude altitude
Dip and index error?
A phase correction is
28 Stars The Moon Planets The sun
applied to observations of:
When using GPS, you may
expect your position to be
29 accurate 95% of the time 50 m 20 m 10 m 100 m
within a radius of
__________ meters.
When navigating using
DGPS, you may expect
30 your position to be 10 m 20 m 50 m 100 m
accurate to within a radius
of __________ meters.
The angle between the
grid and magnetic
31 meridians is called grid Declination Variation Grivation Deviation
variations or __________
.
The reaction of a gyro
Gyroscopic
32 compas to an applied Precession Earth rate Gravity effect
inertia
force is known as:
What navigational
instrument used to
33 indicate direction by Pelorus Sextant Azimuth circle Compass
measuring course and
bearing?
The compass rose on a
nautical chart indicates Annual rate of
34 variation change
Deviation precession Compass error
both variation and
__________ .
The standard atmospheric
35 pressure in millimeters of 23.25 29.92 960 760
mercury is:
Your ship is steaming at
night with the gyro-pilot
engaged when you notice Shift steering to
Switch to hand Notify the
36 that the vessel's course is Call the Master. the emergency
steering. engineroom.
slowly changing to the steering station.
right. What action should
you take FIRST?
How many degrees north
37 or south of the Tropic of 23 27 South 44 06 North 44 06 South 23 27 North
Cancer is the Arctic Circle?

Automatic device for
steering a vessel by means
gyroscopic
38 of control signals received gyropilot gyro repeater automatic pilot
steering
from a gyro compass is
called _____.
What is the length of a
39 5,280 meters 1,760 yards 6,076 feet 1,850 meters
nautical mile?
The interval between the
suns upper limb being in Astronomical Observational
40 Nautical twilight Civil twilight
the horizon and its center twilight twilight
being 12 below is called:
The dividing meridian
between zone
41 75 00 E 60 00 E 67 30 W 60 30 W
descriptions +4 and +5 is
_____.
align the
Physical checks of gyro, synchronize ensure azimuth
align peloruses compass north
azimuth circle and pelorus gyro repeaters circle and
42 with fore-and-aft to the fore and
include the following, line of the ship with master peloruses are in
aft line of the
EXCEPT: gyro good condition
ship
The bending of a wave as
43 it passes an obstruction is persistence refraction diffraction attenuation
called _________.
While voyage planning
and navigating, a mariner
Sailing
44 must refer to both texts Light Lists Sight Reduction Almanac
Directions
and tables. Tables includes
the following EXCEPT:
Black band with Black band
In the IALA Buoyage Black band Black band
above and above and
45 System, what is the color above yellow below yellow below yellow
below yellow
of an East Cardinal Mark? band band band
band
The person who
Who is responsible for the The navigation
46 The owner has done the The Master
voyage plan? officer
planning
When relieving the helm, Course per Maximum
magnetic
47 the new helmsman should Variation Gyro error rudder angle
steering
know the __________. compass previously used
Out of the 57 navigational
stars tabulated in the
48 Nautical Almanac, how 23 21 6 19
many are of the first
magnitude?
many are of the second
magnitude?

"Night effect" is
Which statement is TRUE During "night "Night effect" is "Night effect" is caused by all of
concerning "night effect" effect", caused by rapid
50 changes in the
most prevalent the polarized
and the reception of radio polarization is at
ionosphere late at night ground waves
signals? a minimum
being vertical
"squat" will
"squat" will "squat" will "squat" will
cause a cause an cause an cause a
What is a common
decrease in increase in increase in decrease in
occurrence when a vessel
51 bottom bottom bottom bottom
is running into a shallow clearance and clearance and clearance and a clearance and a
water? an increase in an increase in decrease in decrease in
draft
draft draft draft
Polaris is always within
52 how many degrees of the 0.1 degree 0.2 degree 1 degree 0.5 degree
north pole?
As a general rule, a ULCC
should not have a speed in
53 any direction greater than 0.10 knots 0.20 knots 0.25 knots 0.15 knots
what speed when
touching berth?
A vessel is following a
range to keep herself
within a narrow channel.
54 The chart indicates the 359deg. T 000deg. T 001deg. T 180deg. T
range to be 001deg. The
vessel is "on range" when
she is steering a course of:
The standard time
55 meridian for zone 15deg. E 7 1/2deg. W 0deg. 7 1/2deg. E
description -1 is:
The mean distance
1 astronomical
56 between the earth and 1 parsec 4.3 light years unit ( AU )
1 celestial unit
the sun is:
One complete turn of the
drum of the sextant 1/10th of a
57 1 degree 1 minute of arc 1 second of arc
moves the index arm degree
along the arc is equal to:
many are of the first
magnitude?
many are of the second
magnitude?
Polaris is always within
60 how many degrees of the 0.2 degree 0.1 degree 1 degree 0.5 degree
north pole?

what speed when
touching berth?
The chart indicates the
62 001deg. T 359deg. T 000deg. T 180deg. T
vessel is "on
range" when she is
steering a course of:
The standard time
63 meridian for zone 0deg. 7 1/2deg. E 15deg. E 7 1/2deg. W
description -1 is:
The mean distance
1 astronomical
64 between the earth and 1 parsec 1 celestial unit 4.3 light years
unit ( AU )
the sun is:
One complete turn of the
drum of the sextant 1/10th of a
65 1 minute of arc 1 degree 1 second of arc
moves the index arm degree
along the arc is equal to:
The sun is the central
body of the solar system. 12 miles per 1,000,000 miles 1,000 miles per 100 miles per
66 second
It moves in the direction per second second second
of Vega at:
A harbor chart could have not more than not less than
67 1:35,000 1:150,000
a scale of: 1:25,000 1:500,000
A sailing chart could have not more than
68 1:700,000 1:35,000 1:100,000
a scale of: 1:25,000
A general chart could have not more than
69 1:1,000,000 1:200,000 1:50,000
The GPS provides 95%
70 accuracy within a range 100 meters 300 meters 10 meters 150 meters
of:
In Meteorology, the unit
of atmospheric pressure
used in synoptic charts is
71 100 millibars 10 Pascals 1000 millibars 1 millibar
the hectoPascal. One
hectoPascal (hPa) is equal
to:
The standard sea level 1013.25 1013.52 1012.35 1012.45
72 pressure of the millibars of millibars of millibars of millibars of
atmosphere is: mercury mercury mercury mercury
The observer is at Equator
and the celestial body is at
the First Point of 20 degrees 15 degrees
73 360 degrees 180 degrees
Capricorn, the bearing of South North
the celestial body during
meridian transit is:

A one knot current has
approximately the same
74 10 knot wind 15 knot wind 20 knot wind 30- knot wind
effect on a given surface
area as a:
What is the circumference
of the earth at the
75 equator of the equatorial 21,739.29 miles 22,439.29 miles 22,639.29 miles 21,639.29 miles
radius is taken at 3,444
nautical miles?
What is the latitude of a
place where the sun is
exactly at the zenith of the
76 23deg. 27' S Tropic of Cancer 23deg. 27' N at the equator
observer at Local
Apparent Noon (LAN) of
December 22?
77 23deg. 27' S South Pole 0deg. Latitude 23deg. 27' N
observer at Local
September 22 or 23?
Determine the latitude of
a place where the sun is
78 23deg. 27' N 0deg. Latitude 23deg. 27' S South Pole
observer at Local
September 22 or 23.
79 23deg. 27' S 0deg. 90deg. 23deg. 27' N
observer at Local
June 21?
The arctic circle is how
many degrees north or 23deg. 27'
80 44deg. 06' North 44deg. 06' South 23deg. 27' South
south of the tropic of North
cancer?
When the body is on the
81 rational horizon, what is 270deg. 000deg. 180deg. 090deg.
its zenith distance?
The chart indicates the
82 243deg. T 063deg. T 270deg. T 234deg. T
vessel is "on
range" when she is
steering a course of:

What is the geographical
latitude of a body whose
83 27deg. 33' N 23deg. 27' S 23deg. 27' N 66deg. 33' S
declination is 23deg. 27'
N?
What is the highest
more than 60
84 sustained surface wind 34 to 63 knots 30 to 55 knots 28 to 50 knots
knots
speed of a Tropical Storm?
18.5 nautical 29.8 nautical 16.1 nautical 900 nautical
The orbital speed of the
85 miles per miles per miles per miles per
earth is: second
second second second
1deg. while the 1deg. while the
2deg. while the
Heeling error is defined as vessel is on a 2deg. and is vessel is on a
vessel is on an
86 the change of deviation compass constant on all compass
heading of intercardinal
for a heel of: headings heading of
000deg. heading
180deg.
Due to the revolution of
the earth around the sun, 3 mins and 26 3 mins and 06 3 mins and 36 3 mins and 56
87
a sidereal day is shorter secs secs secs secs
than a solar day by about:
Tropical Depression has a
88 maximum sustained 33 knots 28 knots 30 knots 35 knots
surface wind speed of:
The visible diameter of the
89 sun as seen from the Earth 42.0' 10.0' 32.6' 51.5'
during perihelion is:
Polar distance can never 180deg. from 90deg. N or S of 45deg. N or S of
90 either poles
360deg. only
be more than: the equator the equator
Internationally used value
760 mm column 14.7 lbs per
91 of the atmospheric 29.92 inches 1,013 millibars
of mercury square inch
pressure in metric system.
When the index mirror
and the horizon mirror of
92 0deg. 60deg. 90deg. 120deg.
the sextant are parallel,
the sextant should read:
The apparent wind can be ahead and equal astern and equal ahead and equal astern and equal
93 zero when the true wind is to twice the to twice the to the ship's to the ship's
from: ship's speed ship's speed speed speed
You are proceeding along
the right bank of a narrow
channel aboard a right-
increase speed back full with decrease speed stop engines
handed single-screw
94 and put the rudder and put the and put the
vessel. The vessel starts rudder right full amidships rudder right full rudder left full
to sheer due to bank
suction/cushion effect.
You should:
Decreased The bow and Increased
Increased effect
The effect we call velocity and stern wave velocity and
of gravity due to
95 "squat" increased water make the ship decreased water
closeness of the pressure around
occurs. Why? pressure around sink lower in the
seabed the ship's hull
the ship's hull water

You are the Master of a
single-screw vessel. You
are docking at a port
you should
which has no tugs 1 1/2 to 2 times 5 to 7 times the equal to the
NEVER use the
96 available. You decide to the depth of the depth of the depth of the
water anchor to help
drop the offshore anchor water water
in docking
to help in docking. The
amount of chain you
should pay out is:
The squat effect of a large
in excess of two in excess of two
vessel travelling at high in excess of one in excess of two
97 meters by meters by
speed will caused an meters by mean meters by mean
foreward astern
increased of her draft by:
The rules concerning lights shall be shall be set at need not be need not be
displayed in
shall be complied with in low power when displayed when displayed by
98 restricted
all weathers from sunset visibility during used during no other vessels unmanned
to sunrise. The lights: daylight hours daylight hours are in the area vessels
A coastal chart could have not more than
99 1:500,000 1:100,000 1:35,000
Prior to getting underway secure all
log the density take on fresh clean the sides
100 in fresh or brackish water, overboard
of the water water ballast with fresh water
the Master must: discharges
If your vessel is dragging increase the shorten the
dropped put over a stern
101 her anchor in a strong scope of anchor scope of anchor
another anchor cable anchor
wind, you should: cable
The actual speed of the
vessel over the surface of speed over the speed of speed of speed on the
102 ground
the earth at any given intention advance water
time.
Increase in draft
The speed of to the point on Decrease in Squat is not
How will you define
103 your ship will your ship which draft of your relevant on your
"squat"? is closest to the
increase ship ship
bottom
From those listed, which
would be the preferred Taking a radar Taking a radar
Taking several taking several
104 method of position fixing range and visual range and radar
bearing radar bearings radar ranges
for greatest accuracy and bearing
certainty of position?
After sailing for several
minutes (making 10 knots
through the water) and in
constant monitoring of the radar is the contact is on
your radar screen, you showing false the contact is on the contact is a reciprocal
the same course
105 noticed that a contact has echoes and is and speed as
dead in the course at the
remained in the same probably your vessel water same speed as
position relative to yours, defective your vessel
what could be the
possible conclusion of the
scenario?

with the current
The best time to work a when the wind with a cross
106 at slack water setting against
boat into a slip is: is against you current
you
A spinning wheel which is
free to turn about two axis
that are at right angles to simple complex closed
107 free gyroscope
each other and the gyroscope gyroscope gyroscope
spinning axis is known as a
_________.
In the time diagram , the
angle at the pole between
the hour circle of the First Sidereal Hour
108 GHA of Aries SHA of Aries Right Ascension
point of Aries to the Angle
meridian of the observer
at Greenwich is called:
Magnets in the binnacles
of magnetic compasses all of the
109 variation deviation local attraction
are used to reduce the choices
effect of ______.
Stage of tropical cyclone
with decrease of pressure depression
110 mature stage decaying stage immature stage
and no increase of wind stage
force.
The process of turning a
gravity controlled
111 precession damping tilting torque
gryroscope into a compass
is called__________.
Two navigational hazards
are located near to each
one system one system
other, but each is marked
using horizontal having odd
by an individual cardinal the difference in
bands while the the differing numbers while
112 buoyage system. The the periods of
other system light colors the light the other
buoys of one cardinal
uses vertical system has even
system may be identified
stripes numbers
from the other system by
__________.
Under the IALA cardinal
system, a mark with quick
white light showing 3
east side of the west side of the north side of the south side of the
113 flashes every 10 seconds
mark mark mark mark
indicates that the safest
water in the area is on the
__________.
its error is not its accuracy it is electrically
Which statement is NOT
affected by remains the and it seeks the true
114 correct regarding the gyro
deviation and same in all mechanically north
compass?
variation latitudes operated
Which term refers to the
115 direction a current is Set Drift Stand Vector direction
flowing?

variable favorable
Generally speaking, a ship
adverse currents currents having favorable currents in the
steaming across the North
for practically no significant currents for summer months
116 Pacific from Japan to
the entire effect on the practically the and adverse
Seattle is likely to entire crossing
crossing total steaming currents in the
experience __________.
time winter months
How many high waters
usually occur each day on
117 Two One Three Four
the East Coast of the
United States?
How many navigational
118 planets are tabulated in 5 9 4 2
the Almanac?
In a river subject to tidal
currents, the best time to when there is a
119 dock a ship without the at slack water following at high water at flood tide
assistance of tugs is current
__________.
The Flinders bar and the
They are not
quadrantal spheres should
subject to
120 be tested for permanent Annually Semi annually Every five years
permanent
magnetism at what
magnetism
interval?
The force that will cause
121 Precession Friction Torque Rigidity
the axis of a spinning.
difference
between the difference difference
depth of water depth of the between the between the
The height of tide is the at a specific water at high depth of the depth of the
122
__________. time due to tidal tide and the water and the water and the
effect depth of the high water tidal areas tidal
datum
water at low level
tide
The point where the
vertical rise or fall of tide the stand of the the reverse of
123 the rip tide slack water
has stopped is referred to tide the tide
as __________.
Horizontal Vertical
What does the term tide Mixing tendency Salinity content
124 movement of movement of the
refer to? of the water water of the water
the water
What is the category of a
125 chart with a scale of coastal chart sailing chart general chart harbor chart
1:80,000?
The vertical The vertical
The vertical The vertical
distance from difference
difference distance from
What is the definition of the tidal datum between a
126 between the the surface of
height of tide? to the level of datum plane
heights of low the water at any the water to the
and the ocean
and high water time ocean floor
bottom

When the moon is new or
127 full, which type of tides Spring Neap Diurnal Apogean
occur?
When there are small
differences between the
heights of two successive
128 solar semidiurnal diurnal mixed
high tides or two low tides,
in a tidal day, the tides are
called __________.
Where will you find the American
Tidal Current
129 information about the Tables
Tide Tables Sailing Directions Practical
duration of slack water? Navigator
Which information must
automatic identification
systems (AIS) automatically
130 ETA Draught Destination Vessels course
provide to appropriately
equipped shore stations,
vessels and aircraft?
A Binnacle is a stand used
for housing a ________ so radio direction
131 compass steering wheel radar
that they may be used finder
conveniently?
A flywheel in a universal
mounting where the axis is
132 gyrosphere phantom wheel gyroscope gimbals
free to point in any
direction is the_________.
A free gyroscope is said to
have three degres of
133 freedom . From those Spin axis. Latitude axis. Altitude axis Azimuth axis.
listed which is NOT one of
these?
A GPS satellite transmits a
134 signal thru the first carrier 1755.42 mHz 1575.42 mHz 1572.75 mHz 1574.75 mHz
on _________.
A GPS satellite transmits a
135 signal thru the second 1227.60 mHz 1272.60 mHz 1722.60 mHz 1727.60 mHz
carrier on ___________.
A great circle track easterly courses
southerly
provides the maximum easterly courses westerly courses in low latitudes
136 courses in high in high latitudes
saving in distance on in low latitudes that cross the
latitudes
__________. equator
A gyro compass error in
which damping is
accompanied by offsetting
tangent latitude
137 the point of error
quadrantal error damping error ballistic error
application of the force
from a mercury ballistic is
known as__________.
A gyro compass has a
138 feature that decreases with precession dip directive force attractive force
latitude being maximum at

the equator and zero at the
geographical poles known
as ____.
A hurricane has recurved
to the northeast and its
forward speed is 20 knots.
Your MODU is located 600
miles northeast of the
139 30 hours 10 hours 50 hours 80 hours
hurricane s center. How
long will it take for the
hurricane center to reach
your position if it holds its
present course and speed?
A knowledge regarding
own ship various methods
available and how to steering and piloting and steering and steering and
140 conning
change over to secondary maneuvering conning piloting
from primary methods
is___.
A line of position from a
circle of equal parallel of parallel of
141 celestial observation is a vertical circle
altitude declination altitude
segment of a __________.
A position adjusted for the
estimated effects of Estimated
142 Set position position
DR position Fix position
leeway tidal stream
currents and surface drift.
a combination of
taking multiple
taking multiple a line position taking two lines lines of position
lines of position from one object of position from from one object
A running fix is a position
143 from different and a range and different points at different times
obtained by __________? and advancing
objects at distance from of one object at
different times another object at different times them to a
common time
different times
A sail plan including the
vessel s itinerary name
a responsible
144 number and persons the FAA U.S. Customs the Coast Guard
person
aboard should be filed
with __________.
A sextant having an index
positive negative semidiameter
145 error that is on the arc dip error
correction correction error
has a ________.
A ship has a ______
146 sub-permanent permanent induced sub-induced
magnetism.
A single line of position

combined with a dead- estimated
147 position
fix running fix assumed position
reckoning position results
in a(n)_____

instrument used instrument used instrument used
A sling psychrometer is type of cargo
148 in celestial to measure to measure
a(n) __________. gear relative humidity
navigation specific gravity
A star is observed at lower
transit. The line of position of no special on the prime
149 a latitude line a longitude line
derived from this sight is significance vertical
__________.
A swift current occurring in
a narrow passage
connecting two large
bodies of water which is
produced by the rectilinear
150 rotary current harmonic current hydraulic current
continuously changing current
difference in height of tide
at the two ends of the
passage is called a
__________.
the high tide and the high tide is only one high
and one low two high tides
A tide is called diurnal low tide are higher and the
151 water occur occur during a
when __________. exactly six hours low tide is lower during a lunar lunar day
apart than usual day
A tropical storm is a
tropical cyclone that between 34 and None of the between 20 and
152 over 63 knots
generates winds of 63 knots stated options 33 knots
__________.
A tropical storm is building
strength some distance
from your MODU. Waves
are coming from the east
with periods increasing To the west of To the east of To the north of To the south of
153 you
from 5 seconds to 15 you you you
seconds. The swell is from
the east. Where was the
storm when these new
swells were generated?
A vertically-striped buoy lighted with a lighted with a red striped black and striped black and
154 white light
may be __________. light green yellow
A yellow buoy may mark
155 middle ground wreck anchorage area shoal area
a(n) _________.
frigid arctic air
Advection fog a common air comes in
relatively warm moves across the cool air contacts
occurrence on the Great contact with a
156 air flows over lakes and warm river
Lakes forms when cooler water rapidly cooling
becomes currents
__________. land surface
saturated
An automatic identification
system (AIS) transponder 10 cm S-band 3 cm X-band VHF maritime
157 UHF L-band band
transmits and receives radar radar
information broadcasts on:

sound waves radar signals
An electronic depth finder radio signals pressure
travel at a travel at a
158 operates on the principle reflect from a increases with
constant speed constant speed
that ________. through water solid surface depth
through water
The most probable position
of the object of a search at dead-reckoning
159 incident position reported position datum position
any given time is the position
__________.
You are on watch and the
pilot has just anchored the escort the pilot
make a round of
vessel. The next thing that plot the vessels to the
160 position on the stop the engines the weather
you should do after the chart accommodation
decks
anchor has been let go is to ladder
__________.
You are on watch at night
in clear visibility and the
lower the turn off the
vessel has just been take bearings to accommodation running lights
161 anchored. The first thing stop the engines obtain ships
position ladder and and turn on the
that you should do after
illuminate it anchor lights
the anchor has been let go
is to __________.
The distance that a vessel
travels from the time that
the order to put engines
162 head reach advance surge transfer
full astern until the vessel
is dead in the water is
known as __________.
The total The shortest
Which statement, The distance distance from the
The distance measurable
concerning offshore supply from the point of port of departure
from the point of distance from
163 vessel operations, correctly departure to the to the port of
departure to the arrival, not the port of
defines the length of a most distant
vessels first stop departure to the
voyage? point offshore including stops at
offshore points port of arrival
The owner or Master of a
towing vessel shall ensure
that each person that
directs and controls the installed depths soundings
all available aids
164 movement of the vessel buoys alone navigational and hydrographic
to navigation
can accurately fix the equipment contour lines
vessels position using all of
the following EXCEPT
_________.
When the faces of the

sextant shade glasses and
165 centering error prismatic error index error graduation error
mirrors are not parallel,
the error is called
One of the two stars
166 pointing to Polaris in the Dubhe Alioth Alphecca Kochab
Ursa Major is the:

The horizontal direction of
a point on the celestial
167 amplitude prime vertical zenith distance azimuth angle
sphere is called
__________.
The tabulation data in the
168 3 days 4 days 2 days 1 day
Nautical Almanac is for:
difference in
Apparent altitude is inaccuracies in
double-second chronometer assumed latitude
169 sextant altitude corrected the reading and
difference error and dip and actual reference level
for __________.
latitude
The opposite of the
170 elevated pole is the depressed pole centripetal pole circumpolar pole nadir
________.
What is the difference
between the observed
171 Position line Refraction Dip Intercept
altitude and the computed
altitude?
This is the tabulated
interpolated for Computed Apparent Observed
172 altitude
True altitude
increments of latitude, altitude altitude
declination or hour angle.
In the celestial equator
system of coordinates of
173 what is equivalent to the Declination Co-altitude Zenith distance Polar distance
co-latitude of the Earth
system of coordinates?
Vertical circle with passes
prime vertical principal vertical
174 through the east and west hour circle vertical circle
circle circle
point of the horizon.
improperly the horizon glass human error in the horizon glass
Index error of a sextant is
correcting the not being parallel taking the not being parallel
175 primarily caused by
errors in the to the horizon celestial to the index
___________. mirror
sextant mirror observation
Error in an instrument due
to inaccurate pivoting of a
176 Centering error Index error Graduation error Prismatic error
moving part, as the index
arm of a marine sextant.
In general, the most
effective period for
astronomical
177 observing stars and planets sunset nautical twilight civil twilight
twilight
occurs during the darker
limit of ___.
The most reliable form of
Nav satellite Celestial
178 navigational system in the Navigation
Loran-C Omega
system
high seas, is __________.
A sextant having an index
negative positive semidiameter
179 error that is on the arc has correction
dip error
correction error
a ________.
The index error is
180 determined by adjusting horizon glass sextant frame index mirror micrometer drum
the ____________.

The optical principle of a
marine sextant is , when a
ray of light is reflected Angle of Angle of Angle of Angle of
181
from a plane surface, the incidence deflection refraction interaction
angle of reflection is equal
to the:
There are seven sources of
errors in a marine sextant . Error of
182 Prismatic Error Graduation Error Centering Error Collimation
Of the four errors listed,
which one is adjustable?
What sextant correction
corrects the apparent
183 altitude to the equivalent Parallax Semi-Diameter Augmentation Phase
readings at the center of
the Earth?
Zenith is the point on the
celestial
184 __________vertically celestial equator celestial pole celestial sphere
meridian
overhead of the observer.
At what season is the sun
185 farthest from the Earth at Summer Winter Fall Spring
northern hemisphere?
In the celestial equator
system of coordinates of
186 what is equivalent to the Declination Zenith distance Polar distance Co-altitude
co-latitude of the Earth
system of coordinates?
In the horizon system of
coordinates what is
187 equivalent to the meridian Azimuth angle Zenith distance Co-latitude Altitude
angle of the celestial
equator system?
In the time diagram , the
angle at the pole between
the hour circle of the First Sidereal Hour
188 SHA of Aries Right Ascension GHA of Aries
point of Aries to the Angle
meridian of the observer at
Greenwich is called:
In what order should the
following sextant
adjustment be made: I
Make telescope parallel to
frame of sextant II See
horizon glass perpendicular
to frame of sextant III
189 I, II, III, IV I, IV, II, III III, II, IV, I IV, II, III, I
Make index mirror and
horizon glass parallel to
frame of sextant when
index arm is set to zero
IV Set index mirror
perpendicular to frame of
sextant

In the daily pages of the
almanac, the un-shaded
190 circle in the lower right Full moon New moon First quarter Last quarter
hand corner of the
almanac means;
One of the two stars in the
191 Ursa Minor pointing to Alioth Alphecca Dubhe Kochab
Polaris is:
to the left of its to the right of its
position in the position in the
Astronomical refraction Northern Northern
higher than its lower than its
192 causes a celestial body to Hemisphere and Hemisphere and
actual position actual position
appear __________. to the right in the to the left in the
Southern Southern
Hemisphere Hemisphere
At evening stars, the last
stars that should be
193 Eastern Southern Western Northern
observed are those with an
azimuth in what quadrant?
One point is near
In which voyage, between The two points The two points
The two points is the equator, one
two points, is the are in high are in low
near the equator, point is in a high
194 rhumbline distance NOT latitudes in the latitudes in the
same but in different latitude and both
approximately the same as same
hemisphere hemisphere are near the
the great circle distance? hemisphere
180th meridian
What is a position obtained
by applying estimated Dead-reckoning Assumed Estimated Estimated
195
current and wind to your position position positon positon
vessels course and speed?
Where can the data

relating to the direction Tidal Current
196 Mariners Guide Tide Tables Nautical Almanac Tables
and velocity of rotary tidal
currents be found?
What is a phenomenon in
which the axis of an object Torque-induced Equinoctial Gyroscopic
197 precession
Wobble parallax
wobbles when torque is eccentricity inertia
applied?
When you are steering on
wait until the
a pair of range lights and
continue on the lights are no
198 find the upper light is come right come left
present course longer in a
above the lower light you
vertical line
should__________.
A single line of position
combined with a dead- estimated
199 fix running fix assumed position
reckoning position results position
in a(n)_____

If the light is The buoy should
When using a buoy as aid The buoy should flashing, the be considered to
to navigation which of the be considered to buoy should be be in the charted The buoy may
200 not be in the
following should be always be in the considered to be position if it has charted position
considered? charted location in the charted been freshly
location surveyed
The height of the The depth of the The depth of the
Why is the height of the tide may be If the height of
water at any water at any
tide in the Tide Table checked readily the tide is equal
time is obtained time is obtained
essential in determining by taking to the charted
201 by adding the by subtracting
the true depth of water at soundings to be depth is an alarm
height of the tide the height of the
any time than shown in the sure of the keel that the ship may
clearance from to the charted tide if it is
chart? touch bottom
the bottom depth negative
The nominal range of a
light may be accurately under existing
with 10 miles with 15 miles under perfect
202 defined as a maximum visibility visibility visibility visibility
distance at which a light conditions
may be seen:
In mercator sailing,
DMP and Cosine Dlat and Cosine Dlat and Sine Dlat and Secant
203 distance is obtained by Course
Course Course Course
multiplying ___________.
The direction of tidal
204 current in the open ocean rotary non-rotary horizontal vertical
is _________.
Which is used to ensure
that a ship remains within geographical
205 clearing mark parallel indexing head mark
a safe area or is not range
approaching a danger?
A position adjusted for the
estimated effects of Estimated
206 Set position Fix position DR position
leeway, tidal stream position
currents and surface drift.
The visibility of the lights

geographic range charted range of
207 indicated in the charts is in luminous of light the light
of the light
nautical miles for:
a combination of
taking multiple
lines of position taking two lines taking multiple a line position
from one object of position from lines of position from one object
A running fix is a position
208 at different times different points from different and a range and
obtained by __________? and advancing of one object at objects at distance from
them to a different times different times another object at
common time
different times
You plot a fix in three lines
may be inside or is the geometric
of position and find they is outside of the maybe anywhere
209 outside of the center of the
intersect in a triangle. The triangle in the triangle triangle
triangle
actual position of the

vessel _______________ .
toward the
center of the
For the deepest water
river just before
when negotiationg a bend toward the toward inside or
toward the inside the bend, then
210 in a river, you should outside bend of outside bend of
the river bend of the river change course
always navigate your the river
for the rivers
vessel__________.
center after the
bend
no horizontal
The water is said to be a no vertical no horizontal
a weak ebb or and vertical
211 slack when there motion of the motion of the
flood current water motion of the
is__________. water
water
Data relating to the
direction and velocity of Tidal Current
212 Tide Tables Nautical Almanac Mariners Guide
rotary tidal currents can be Tables
found in the __________.
On an Atlantic Ocean
voyage from New York to
Durban, South Africa, you fair or following
213 onshore set head current offshore set
should expect the Agulhas current
Current to present a strong
__________.
Under the IALA-A Buoyage
System, a buoy indicating
214 horizontal bands a pillar shape an even number an odd number
the preferred channel is to
port would have _______.
IN REGION A of the IALA
Buoyage System, when
entering from seaward, green conical
215 green can buoy red can buoy red conical buoy
the starboard side of a buoy
channel would be marked
by a __________.
A vertically-striped buoy lighted with a lighted with a red striped black and striped black and
216
may be __________. white light light green yellow
At 0000 you fix your
position and plot a new DR
You must
track line. At 0200 you The current The current is
increase speed to The drift is 0.25
217 again fix your position and knot.
cannot be westerly at 0.5
compensate for
it is 0.5 mile east of your determined. knot.
the current.
DR. Which statement is
TRUE?
Meridians
Distance is Parallels, except
Which statement about a appear as curved A rhumbline
measured at the the equator,
218 gnomonic chart is lines converging appears as a
mid-latitude of appear as curved
CORRECT? toward the straight line lines.
the track line
nearer pole.

Chart legends printed in
capital letters show that a radio a government
219 conspicuous inconspicuous
the associated landmark is transmitter facility or station
__________.
A chart with a scale of
220 1:80,000 would fall into the sailing chart harbor chart coastal chart general chart
category of a __________.
A sailing chart could have a not more than
221 1:700,000 1:100,000 1:35,000
scale of __________. 1:25,000
Which nautical charts are
intended for coastwise
222 Approach charts Sailing charts Coast charts General charts
navigation outside of
outlying reefs and shoals?
What is the area wherein
hazardous
223 the dredged materials are spoil ground wrecked ground dumping ground
ground
thrown or dumped?
Magnets in the binnacles
of magnetic compasses are
224 all of the choices deviation variation local attraction
used to reduce the effect
of ______.
The datum from which the the same as that
given in table
predicted heights of tides used for the the highest
225 three of the tide mean low water
are reckoned in the tide charts of the possible level
locality tables
tables is ____.
composite composite
Under the IALA Buoyage quick-flashing, Q
group-flashing, group-flashing, white Morse (A)
226 Systems, safe water marks (9)15s, white
F1 (2+1), red F1 (2+1), green light
may show a ________. light
light light
One of these countries are
227 marked with IALA-B Brazil Norway Tanzania New Zealand
buoyage system:
A yellow buoy may mark
228 shoal area middle ground anchorage area wreck
a(n) _________.
In the IALA Buoyage Black band Black band with

Black band above Black band below
229 System, what is the color above and below above and below
yellow band yellow band yellow band
of an East Cardinal Mark? yellow band
In the IALA Buoyage
System, buoys with
the preferred
230 alternating red and green spoil grounds fishing areas isolated danger
channel
horizontal bands are used
to indicate ______.
Which information does
the outer ring of a compass Magnetic Annual rate of
231 True direction Variation
rose on a nautical chart direction variation change
provide?
You are planning a voyage Sailing Directions
Sailing Directions
232 from San Francisco to Coast Pilot ( Planning Guide World Port Index
( Enroute ) )
Japan. Which publication

contains information on
the ocean routes?
On a nautical chart, the

magnetic
233 inner ring of a compass true direction compass error deviation
direction
rose indicates _______.
On an admiralty chart, a
line joining places of equal
variation is known as an
Isogonic line. On special
234 Aclinic lines Isoclinic lines Isallogonic lines Isodynamic lines
charts, lines of equal
change of variation may be
printed. This is known as
___.
You are required to enter a
lock on your voyage. Corps of
Information on the lock Engineers the publication
235 Bowditch Coast Pilot
regulations, signals, and Information Key to the Locks
radio communications can Bulletin
be found in __________.
The DGPS provides
236 accuracy within a range of 10 meters 150 meters 100 meters 300 meters
__________.
There are 12
Two position It cannot be used It may be
Which statement functioning GPS
237 lines are used to in all parts of the suspended
concerning GPS is TRUE? satellites at without warning
give a 2D fix world
present.
The accuracy for civilian
GPS users can be
238 Tri band GPS Differential GPS Integral GPS Navsat GPS
significantly improve by
using:
It is a space-based
navigation system
providing global 24 hours a
day, all weather access to Global Differential
Global
precise position, velocity Navigation Global
239 Positioning NAVSTAR
and time information to a Satellite System Positioning
(GLONASS) Satellites (GPS)
properly equipped user. Its System (DGPS)
operating altitude in 3
orbital planes is at 19,000
kms. altitude.
Which theoretical
minimum number of
measurements from
240 satellites does a GPS Five Three Four Two
receiver need in order to
provide an exact three-
dimensional position?

When using GPS, how
many position lines are
241 required for a 3D 1 4 2 3
(dimensional) fix that takes
into account altitude?
A vessel may use any it is one of those
the signal cannot the vessel signals
sound or light signals to red and green listed under
be mistaken for a such intentions
242 attract the attention of lights are not Annex IV of the
signal authorized over the
another vessel as long as by the Rules used Collision
radiotelephone
__________. Regulations
Which signal, other than a
Continuous Calling "Mayday"
distress signal, can be used
243 Searchlight beam Burning barrel sounding of a fog on the
by a vessel to attract
signal apparatus radiotelephone
attention?
Which light(s) is(are) Any available In the forepart of In the after part
AMONG those shown by a working lights to All-round red or
244 illuminate the
the vessel, a 225 of the vessel, a
200-meter vessel at green light
decks white light 135 white light
anchor?
Which vessel would NOT
A vessel
sound a fog signal of one A vessel being A vessel not
245 towed
constrained by A vessel sailing
prolonged and two short under command
her draft
blasts?
One prolonged,
Which signal may be one short, one
At least five short
246 sounded ONLY by vessels Four short blasts Two short blasts prolonged, and
and rapid blasts
in restricted visibility? one short blast,
in that order
You are underway on the

high seas in restricted
visibility. You hear a fog
signal of one prolonged engaged in constrained by
247 being towed minesweeping
and two short blasts. It fishing her draft
could be any of the
following EXCEPT a vessel
__________.
one prolonged
Your vessel is backing out
blast followed by
of a slip in a harbor. one long blast one prolonged
248 the danger signal three short blasts blast only
Visibility is restricted. You only
when leaving the
should sound __________.
slip
You are in sight of a power-
the vessel
driven vessel that sounds the vessel is you should
intends to leave you should alter
249 two short blasts of the altering course to sound the
port you on her course to port.
whistle. This signal means danger signal
starboard side
that ______.

The light which may be used prior to
used only at used when the
250 used with a vessel's whistle a white light sounding the
night whistle is broken
must be __________. whistle
A light used to signal
a searchlight or an all-round all-round white alternating white
251 passing intentions must be white light
beam or yellow light and yellow light
an __________.
One short, one
Which signal is sounded One prolonged
One short blast Four short blasts prolonged, and
252 ONLY by a vessel in sight of blast on the
on the whistle on the whistle one short blast
another? whistle
on the whistle
Which whistle signal may
One short, one
be sounded by one of two One prolonged
253 One short blast Four short blasts prolonged, and
vessels in sight of each blast
one short blast
other?
Which signal is sounded
ONLY by a vessel in sight of One short, one
One prolonged
254 another and NOT in or near One short blast prolonged, and Four short blasts
blast
an area of restricted one short blast
visibility?
A signal meaning
A signal meaning, A signal
that the vessel A signal sounded
Which signal is required to "I intend to meaning, "I am
sounding it is in when
255 be sounded by a power- overtake you on altering my
doubt as to the course to approaching a
driven vessel ONLY? your starboard
other vessel's starboard." bend.
side."
actions.
Vessel "X" is overtaking
vessel "Y" on open waters will not sound should sound should sound should sound the
256 and will pass without any whistle
signals two short blasts one long blast danger signal
changing course. Vessel "X"
__________.
When two vessels are in
sight of one another and one prolonged,
NOT in or near an area of one short, one a light signal of at
two short whistle four short whistle
257 restricted visibility, any of prolonged, and blasts
least five short
blasts
the following signals may one short whistle and rapid flashes
be given EXCEPT blasts
__________.
What whistle signal, if any,
would be sounded when
Five or more No signal is
258 two vessels are meeting, Two short blasts One short blast required.
short blasts
but will pass clear
starboard to starboard?
You are in sight of another
vessel in a crossing
situation, and the other
sound no whistle answer with one answer with two sound the
259 vessel sounds one short
signal short blast short blasts danger signal
blast. You are going to hold
course and speed. You
should __________.

Two power-driven vessels
are crossing within one half
mile of each other, with
Vessel "P" as the stand-on
Five short and
260 vessel, and Vessel "Q" as None of these Two short blasts One short blast
rapid blasts
the give-way vessel. Vessel
"P" sounds two short blasts
on the whistle. What signal
should vessel "Q" sound?
Vessel "A", a power driven Vessel "A" must Vessel "A" must Vessel "B" must Both vessels are
vessel underway, sights keep out of the keep out of the keep out of the required by the
261 vessel "B" which is a vessel way of vessel "B" way of vessel "B" way of vessel "A" Rules to keep
underway and fishing. because "B" is because "B" is to because "A" is to clear of each
Which statement is TRUE? fishing. port. starboard. other.
The prohibition against
From sunset to Only when
displaying lights which may Only when other
Only when under sunrise and operating in a
262 be confused with required vessels are in the during restricted
tow traffic separation
navigation lights applies area visibility scheme
__________.
When the
When can an officer of the To avoid bearing of the
Only if there is
263 watch deviate from the immediate Never vessel does not
danger. risk of collision.
Rules of Road? appreciably
change.
Your intention is to
overtake a vessel moving in
a parallel course in a the vessel's will the vessel will you will gain both vessels will
264 drift together
narrow channel. As you drift apart speed gain speed
approach the other vessel's
stern _______
You are transiting a narrow The bow will be The stern will be The bow will be
None of the
265 channel. What can happen pushed away pushed away sucked towards
from the bank options
in this situation? from the bank the bank
You intend to overtake a
vessel in a narrow channel. both vessels will the vessels will the vessels will you will gain
266 drift together
As you approach the other gain speed drift apart speed
vessel's stern __________.
A vessel heading SSE is on a
267 157.5deg. 135.0deg. 112.5deg. 180.0deg.
course of:
What is the minimum Any means of
sound signaling equipment making an A bell and a
268 A whistle only efficient sound
A bell only
required aboard a vessel whistle
10-meters in length? signal
A black diamond A black cylinder A black cylinder
A black cylinder
having a having a having a having a
For a vessel constrained by
diameter of not diameter of not diameter of not diameter of not
its draught, describe the
269 less than 0.6 m less than 0.6 m less than 0.5 m less than 0.6 m
day signal with its and a height and a height and a height and a height
corresponding size. twice its twice its twice its equal to its
diameter.
diameter. diameter. diameter.

A towing vessel pushing a
a power driven
barge ahead and rigidly
a barge being a power driven vessel and a a power driven
270 connected in a composite vessel not towing
pushed ahead vessel towing vessel being
unit shall show the lights
towed
of:
Whenever a course
a succession of supplemented by any of the
271 alteration is made to avoid a large change
small changes speed change choices is correct
collision, it should be:
In trouble and
A commercial airline in the A special purpose not specifically
272 A vessel A seaplane
water is: vessel addressed by the
navigation rules
Of the listed vessels, which
A vessel with a
is to be regarded as a
draft of such A vessel A vessel which
vessel "restricted in her A vessel fishing
273 depth that she engaged in has lost her
ability to maneuver" in with trawls mineclearing
cannot change rudder
accordance with the
her course
Navigation Rules?
a vessel having
As defined in the Rules,
an accident in a vessel affected
which vessel would qualify a vessel with her her machinery by severe a vessel fishing
274 as a "vessel not under anchor down but
not holding forcing her to weather with trolling lines
command" among the
reduce her speed conditions
listed?
drastically
A vessel of less
Any vessel over Signals must be
than 12 meters Manual sounding
Which statement is TRUE 12-meters in able to be
in length need of the signals
275 regarding equipment for length must be sounded
not have any must always be
bell and gong signals? provided with a manually and possible
sound signaling
gong automatically
equipment
Of the listed, which vessel
A vessel engaged A vessel
is NOT classified as vessel A vessel picking
A vessel whose in mine transferring
276 "restricted in her ability to up a navigation
anchor is fouled clearance cargo while
maneuver" in accordance mark
operations underway
to the Rules?
A rapid ringing of
a bell for 5
seconds, A whistle signal A rapid ringing of A long blast of
A 95-meter vessel aground
preceded and of 1 short, 1 a bell for 5 the whistle at
277 shall sound which fog
followed by 3 prolonged and 1 seconds, every 2 intervals to
signal? separate and short blast minutes exceed 1 minute
distinct strokes
on the bell
The competence and
avoiding adhering with
vigilance of the officer of avoiding close posting proper
278 dangerous the Master's
the watch provide the quarter situation lookout situations order
most direct means of:
All vessels upon All power-driven
the high seas All power-driven
The "collision avoidance All vessels upon vessels ONLY
and in all waters and sailing
279 rules" shall apply to which the high seas upon the high
connected vessels upon the
of the following vessels? therewith ONLY seas and in all
high seas ONLY
navigable by waters

seagoing vessels connected
therewith
navigable by
seagoing vessels
Your vessel is underway in

fog and you hear two
prolonged blast on your Alter course to Hold your course Alter course to
280 and speed
Stop your engine
starboard quarter. What port starboard
appropriate action should
you do?
You are underway on a
power driven vessel in
open water when you
observe a crossing power Call him on VHF Maintain course
Reduce speed to and speed with
driven vessel before deciding
281 let him pass caution as he is
approximately 8 miles on what action the give way
ahead
away at 22 degrees on to take vessel
your port bow. Bearing
steady, what action do you
take?
In ANNEX III of the

International Rules, if can be switched
can both be
whistles are fitted at a are not sounded an be sounded on only if the
282 simultaneously
sounded at the
distance apart of more simultaneously other in not in
same time
than 100 meters, it shall be operation
arranged that they:
To which of the following
annexes of the Collision
Regulations is titled as
283 Annex 3 Annex 4 Annex 2 Annex 1
Additional Signals for
Fishing Vessel Fishing in
Close Proximity?
action taken to
any action to when in sight of
a succession of avoid collision
avoid a close another vessel
Which statement applies to small alterations with another
quarter should any action taken
284 Rule 8 (b) of the 1972 of course and/or vessel shall be
speed should be not result in must be
Colregs? such as to result
avoided another close accompanied by
in passing at a
quarter situation sound signals
safe distance
any airplane on a any air craft
The word "seaplane" designed to helicopter flying commercial
285 flight over a large
means it includes: maneuver on the over water aircraft
body of water water
Power-driven vessel "A" is any speed if full speed with
fitted with radar and is there are no full speed only in the engines on
286 a safe speed
making way in fog. Under targets showing open waters stand-by, if a
the collision regulations, on the PPI radar watch is

vessel "A" should proceed kept
at:
The presence of a pilot on

board does not relieve the
master and the officers of Adviser to the
their responsibility for the Required as per Pilotage is Master because As customary
287
safe the navigation of the Charter Party compulsory of his local port regulations
vessel. If that notion is knowledge
correct, what is the use of
having pilot on board?
A vessel heading SSE is on a
288 157.5deg. 135.0deg. 112.5deg. 180.0deg.
course of:
What is the minimum Any means of
sound signaling equipment A bell and a making an
289 A whistle only A bell only
required aboard a vessel whistle efficient sound
10-meters in length? signal
A black diamond A black cylinder A black cylinder
A black cylinder
having a having a having a having a
For a vessel constrained by
diameter of not diameter of not diameter of not diameter of not
its draught, describe the
290 less than 0.6 m less than 0.6 m less than 0.5 m less than 0.6 m
day signal with its and a height and a height and a height and a height
corresponding size. twice its twice its twice its equal to its
diameter.
diameter. diameter. diameter.
A towing vessel pushing a
a power driven
barge ahead and rigidly
a barge being a power driven vessel and a a power driven
291 connected in a composite
pushed ahead vessel not towing vessel being vessel towing
unit shall show the lights
towed
of:
Whenever a course
a succession of supplemented by any of the
292 alteration is made to avoid a large change
small changes speed change choices is correct
collision, it should be:
In trouble and
A commercial airline in the not specifically A special purpose
293 A seaplane A vessel
water is: addressed by the vessel
navigation rules
Of the listed vessels, which
is to be regarded as a A vessel with a
vessel "restricted in A vessel A vessel which draft of such
A vessel fishing
294 her ability to engaged in has lost her depth that she
mineclearing with trawls
maneuver" in rudder cannot change
accordance with the her course
Navigation Rules?
a vessel having
an accident in a vessel affected
which vessel would qualify
her machinery by severe a vessel fishing a vessel with her
295 as a "vessel not anchor down but
forcing her to weather with trolling lines not holding
under command"
reduce her speed conditions
among the listed?
drastically

A vessel of less
Any vessel over Signals must be
Manual sounding than 12 meters
Which statement is TRUE 12-meters in able to be
of the signals in length need
296 regarding equipment for length must be sounded
must always be not have any
bell and gong signals? possible provided with a manually and
sound signaling
gong automatically
equipment
Of the listed, which vessel
A vessel A vessel engaged
is NOT classified as vessel A vessel picking
A vessel whose transferring in mine
297 "restricted in her up a navigation
anchor is fouled cargo while clearance
ability to maneuver" mark
underway operations
in accordance to the Rules?
A rapid ringing of
a bell for 5
A rapid ringing of A whistle signal seconds, A long blast of
A 95-meter vessel aground
a bell for 5 of 1 short, 1 preceded and the whistle at
298 shall sound which fog
seconds, every 2 prolonged and 1 followed by 3 intervals to
signal? separate and
minutes short blast exceed 1 minute
distinct strokes
on the bell
The competence and
avoiding adhering with
vigilance of the officer of avoiding close posting proper
299 dangerous the Master's
the watch provide the situations quarter situation lookout
order
most direct means of:
All power-driven
vessels ONLY
All vessels upon
upon the high the high seas
The "collision All power-driven
All vessels upon seas and in all and in all waters
avoidance rules" and sailing
300 the high seas waters connected
shall apply to which of the therewith vessels upon the
ONLY connected
following vessels? navigable by high seas ONLY
therewith
seagoing vessels
navigable by
seagoing vessels
Your vessel is underway in
fog and you hear two
prolonged blast on your Hold your course Alter course to Alter course to
301 and speed
Stop your engine
starboard quarter. What port starboard
appropriate action should
you do?
You are underway on a
power driven vessel in
open water when you
observe a crossing power Call him on VHF Maintain course
and speed with Reduce speed to Alter course to
driven vessel before deciding
302 caution as he is let him pass port and pass
approximately 8 miles on what action the give way ahead around his stern
away at 22 degrees on to take vessel
your port bow. Bearing
steady, what action do you
take?

In ANNEX III of the
International Rules, if can be switched
can both be
whistles are fitted at a are not sounded an be sounded on only if the
303 sounded at the
distance apart of more simultaneously simultaneously other in not in
same time
than 100 meters, it shall be operation
arranged that they:
To which of the following
annexes of the Collision
Regulations is titled as
304 Annex 1 Annex 2 Annex 4 Annex 3
Additional Signals for
Fishing Vessel Fishing in
Close Proximity?
action taken to
any action to when in sight of
a succession of avoid collision
avoid a close another vessel
Which statement applies to small alterations with another
quarter should any action taken
305 Rule 8 (b) of the 1972 of course and/or vessel shall be
speed should be not result in must be
Colregs? such as to result
avoided another close accompanied by
in passing at a
quarter situation sound signals
safe distance
The word any air craft any airplane on a
helicopter flying designed to commercial
306 "seaplane" flight over a large
over water maneuver on the aircraft
means it includes: water body of water
Power-driven vessel
"A" is fitted full speed with
any speed if
with radar and is making the engines on
there are no full speed only in
307 way in fog. Under the a safe speed stand-by, if a
targets showing open waters
collision regulations, vessel radar watch is
on the PPI
"A" should kept
proceed at:
The presence of a pilot on
board does not relieve the
master and the officers of Adviser to the
their responsibility for the As customary Master because Required as per Pilotage is
308 of his local
safe the navigation of the port regulations Charter Party compulsory
vessel. If that notion is knowledge
correct, what is the use of
having pilot on board?
on a heading so
on a heading as at a speed and that her track
Rule 10 states that is a nearly as heading that will on a heading that will be as nearly
practicable at
vessel is obliged to cross a cause the least will cause her to as practical at
309 right angles to
traffic lane then she shall the general encounters with spend the least right angles to
do so: direction of traffic vessels within time in the lane the general
flow the lane direction of
traffic flow
At a speed
A vessel shall navigate with At maneuvering commensurate At moderate
310 At slow speed
caution at what speed? speed with steerage speed
way

Under Annex III of the
Collision Regulations, the
the appropriate
sidelights of a vessel of 20
311 matt black blue red and green enamel black
meters or more in length
colors
shall be fitted with inboard
screens painted:
In restricted visibility, a
power-driven vessel
underway but stopped and
312 GOLF CHARLIE MIKE BRAVO
making no way through the
water shall sound which of
the following fog signals?
Clear instructions are
issued in writing by Master
Call him to the Call the Master Call the Master
at night order book, which Call the master in
313 bridge when when you change when there is a
is the most important case of doubt
meeting a vessel your course distress alert
reminder that he always
wrote?
Call the Master Commence As the radar is

You are on a power driven and wait for him sounding the fog clear proceed as
vessel when you suddenly to arrive before signal, engines normal for the Stop engines and
314
run into a fog bank. What taking any action on standby, call time being as the call Master
action would you take? if it appears to be for lookout, call fog will probably
Master
all clear lift
What prudent action As the radar is Start sounding Call the Master
would you take if you are clear proceed as the fog signal, and wait for him
the officer on watch on normal for the Stop engines and engines on to arrive before
315
board a power driven time being as the call Master standby, call for taking any action
vessel and you suddenly fog will probably lookout, call if it appears to be
Master
run into a fog bank? lift all clear
Action to avoid collision.
Any alteration of the
course and or speed to
316 avoid collision shall if the Colreg 8(b) Colreg 8(d) Colreg 8(a) Colreg 8(c)
circumstances admit, be
large enough to be readily
apparent to another vessel.
A vessel transferring cargo
restricted in her
while underway is in special constrained by not under
317 ability to
classified by the Rules as a circumstances maneuver her draft command
vessel:
What is the action to take determine if the alter course to
each vessel to
while in fog if a vessel contact the other other vessel is a starboard if the
318 comply with the
ahead is detected by rules vessel by VHF give-way or a other vessel is a
radar? stand-on vessel stand-on vessel

Under the Rules, any vessel
Attract the Allow more time
may slacken her speed, Create a crossing
319 All of these attention of to asses the
stop, or reverse her situation situation
another vessel
engines to:
A vessel is deemed to be in
what situation when she
approaches another vessel any of the
320 overtaking crossing meeting
from more than 22.5 choices is correct
degrees abaft other
vessel's beam?
When the range of the
target is decreasing and
321 parallel course diverging course collision course opposite course
the bearing remains
constant, the ships are on:
Looking straight ahead at
night you observe the One ship shall
Each ship alter Each ship shall You stand on as
masthead lights and both alter course to
322 course to alter course to the other ship
side lights of another starboard starboard and
port will alter course
vessel. What action should the other to port
be taken?
A vessel which is
"restricted in her
not under engaged in
323 ability to maneuver" mineclearing at anchor
command fishing
under the Rules, is a vessel
which is:
if such crossing
impedes the
passage of
Rule 9 A vessel shall not fishing vessel another vessel fishing vessel
324 cross a narrow channel or man of war engaged in which can only engaged in
fairway if: trawling safely navigate fishing
within the
channel or
fairway
The Night Orders Book
maintain ship's ship's navigation
325 includes the following speed at all times
fix intervals minimum CPA
policy
except?
In addition to the required
four prolonged
326 fog signal, pilot vessels may four quick blasts four short blasts four long blasts
blasts
sound which of the listed?
From sunrise to
All lights mentioned in the From sunset to From sunset to
sunset in
327 Rule be exhibited during 24-hour period sunrise in clear sunrise in all
restricted weathers
what hours? weathers only
visibility only
From a fishing vessel by From the double From the single From the basket Any direction is
328 day, at what direction do cone towards the cone towards the towards the
single cone applicable
long nets lie? double cone single cone
A light showing one or
more flashes at regular
329 intervals, the duration of quick flashing group occulting occulting light flashing light
light being less than that of
darkness.

The vessels engaged in
fishing with purse seine
gears may exhibit two
yellow lights in a vertical
hampered by
line. These lights shall flash hampered by its hampered by its hampered by its
330 fishing gear
underwater
alternately every second tow steering gear
operations
and wit equal light and
occultation duration. These
lights may be exhibited
only when the vessel is:
In order for a stand-on
has not changed
vessel to take action in a is not taking is restricted in
course since risk has sounded the
331 situation, she must first appropriate her ability to
of collision was action danger signal
determine that the other maneuver
determined
vessel:
A vessel engaged in
trawling, in addition to its
her nets have
identity lights, is exhibiting
332 shooting her nets hauling her nets come fast an she is in distress
two white lights in a
obstruction
vertical line. What is she
doing?
He should be
He should ensure
aware of any He ensure that
that the planned He should keep
Which of the following is his watch on the work being an efficient
passage is
333 not true in respect to the bridge but can carried out in lookout is
properly carried leave anytime if
OOW? vicinity of the maintained at all
out during his necessary radar and radio times
watch
signals
her gear extends she is using
she has any fishing apparatus she is using any
A vessel is "engaged more than 100
334 fishing gear on which restricts type of gear
in fishing" when: meters from the her
board other than lines
vessel maneuverability
A look-out is best posted in forward as low as in the bridge
335 high on the mast inside the bridge
which location? possible wings
Three short blasts on a I am moving I plan to I am a operating
336 I am going astern
whistle means: astern maneuver astern astern propulsion
What is the meaning of the
two white lights displayed
by a fishing vessel, visible
I am shooting I am grabbing any of the
337 all round the horizon, nets
I am hauling nets
nets choices is correct
vertically disposed, in
addition to normal fishing
lights?
Which light(s) is (are) In the after part Any available In the forepart of In the forepart of
AMONG those shown by a of the vessel, a working lights to the vessel, a the vessel, a
338 illuminate the
200-meter vessel at 135deg. white 225deg. white 112.5deg. white
anchor? light decks light light

As per Annex II of the
International International International International
Rules, the additional
339 code flag code flag code flag code flag
signals for trawlers when "G"
"Z" "P" "H"
hauling their nets is:
International International International
Vessels engaged in pair code flag code flag No necessary code flag
340 trawling show what day "T" "P" signal to be "PT"
signals? flown at the flown at the shown flown at the
foremost foremost foremost
Rules, which of the International International International International
following is the additional code flag code flag code flag code flag
341
day signal for trawlers "TANGO&q "PAPA&qu "GOLF&qu "ZULU&qu
when the net has come uot; ot; ot; ot;
fast an obstruction?
is a specialist is solely
hired for his or responsible for relieves the relieves the
While the Pilot is
342 her local the safe officer of the Master of his
embarked he or she: navigational navigation of the watch duties
knowledge vessel
What does this signal It signifies,
It signifies,
displayed by a small craft It signifies, "I have a It signifies,
"I am
signify when in passage up "I have a diver down, I am "I have a
maneuvering
343 a river, she is showing a diver down, I proceeding at diver down, keep
with difficulty, well clear at slow
rigid replica of the require maneuvering
keep out of my speed"
international code flag assistance" speed, keep clear
way"
"A"? of me"
Rule 9 A vessel proceeding keep a near the is privilege to
maintain her
344 along the course of narrow outer limit of the keep clear keep her course
channel speed
channel or fairway shall: and speed
A high intensity all-round
flashing red light is any of the in flight near
345 taking off landing
exhibited by a WIG craft choices is correct surface
only when:
Which of the following
Lights and Steering and
346 provisions pertains to PART Sound Signals General Sailing Rules
Shapes
B of the Rules of the Road?
What lights and shapes are
Lights prescribed Lights prescribed Lights prescribed Lights prescribed
347 to be shown if a vessel is in Rule 30(d) in Rule 30(a) in Rule 31(a) in Rule 31(b)
aground?
As far as Rule 9 of the keep as near to
Rules of the Road is maintain her the outer limit of
be privileged to
concerned, a vessel all of the choices course speed the channel or
348 keep her course
proceeding along the is correct while in the fairway which lies
and speed on her starboard
course of a narrow channel channel
side
or fairway, shall:

One of the most important
innovations in the 1972
Regulations (COLREG) was
the recognition given to maneuvering
crossing traffic stopping in the none of these
349 traffic separation schemes. while inside
lanes traffic lanes choices
Under Rule 10 of this traffic lanes
Regulation states that in so
far as practicable, a vessel
must avoid:
The stated limits of the
Maximum of Minimum of
danger area about a mine Maximum of Minimum of
1,000 m 1,000 m
350 clearance vessel when 1,000 m radius 1,000 m radius
diameter about diameter about about the vessel
engaged in minesweeping about the vessel
the vessel the vessel
operations is:
may direct the
may direct the
In order to attract the beam of their high intensity
may switch on
attention of an search light in the light in the
the deck light to
351 approaching vessel, what direction of a direction of a all of the choices
danger to the illuminate their
lights may a vessel danger to the
approaching decks
engaged in fishing show? approaching
vessel
vessel
A vessel may exhibit lights May impair the
Do not interfere Have a lesser
other than those visibility or Are not the same
with the keeping range of visibility
352 prescribed by the rules as distinctive color as either
of a proper than the
long as the additional character of the lookout side light
prescribed light
lights: prescribed lights
Must sound a
one and Is the stand-on
A power-driven vessel is Must keep out of prolonged, two vessel when
353 underway and fishing with the way of sailing short blasts overtaking a All of the above
trolling lines. This vessel: vessel signal in power-driven
restricted vessels
visibility
For a vessel at anchor, No additional
354 what are the additional and optional TANGO ROMEO SIERRA
and optional fog-signals? signal required
allowed when
necessary to
355 Deviation from Colreg is: avoid not allowed unwise unnecessary
immediately
danger
What is the vertical
distance between the
shapes shown by a 50-
meter passenger ferry that not less than 2.5 No specified not less than 1.5 not more than 1
356
has lost her propulsion m vertical spacing m m
while underway and she
has to display her signals
by day?

A bell or a gong, or other
device having similar sound
characteristics and at a not less than 110 not more than not less than 220
357 at least 160 dB
distance of one meter from dB 210 dB dB
it, shall produce a sound
pressure level of:
The required audibility of
whistles for vessels 75
two nautical two and a half one and a half
358 meters but less than 200 one nautical mile
miles nautical miles nautical miles
meters in length as
prescribed in Annex 3 is:
When pushing ahead in one prolonged
one prolonged two prolonged
359 fog, a vessel towing shall and two short one short blast
blasts blast blasts
sound:
Your vessel is proceeding
along a narrow channel
displaying the signal
required by the rule 28. A
1 prolonged, 1
small vessel commences to
short, 1 at least 5 short
360 cross the channel from one short blast three short blasts and rapid blast
prolonged, 1
starboard to port. It
appears that she will impede
short
your passage. What signal
should you give under the
circumstances?
Fog signals, required under Only when
At the intervals of Only on the At intervals of
the Rules for vessel vessels are in
361 not more than approach of not more than
underway, shall be two minutes sight of each
another vessel one minute
sounded: other
The masthead light of an
air-cushion Over an arc of Over an arc of Over an arc of
air-cushion vessel must be
vessel does not the horizon of 20 the horizon of 10 the horizon of 12
362 visible and shown over points of the
require points of the points of the
how many points of the compass
masthead light compass compass
compass?
In which of the following
situations should a fishing
vessel fishing in close Shooting her any of the
363 Hauling her nets pair trawling
proximity exhibits one nets choices is correct
white light over red light in
vertical line?
As prescribed in what rule
shall a vessel aground give paragraph (g) of paragraph (f) of paragraph (f) of paragraph (h) of
364 Rule 35
the bell signal and if Rule 35 Rule 36 Rule 37
required the gong signal?
As stated in the Collision
Regulations,
365 Part E Part F Part D Part C
"Exemptions"
is contained in what part?
Pre-departure Check List
Bridge standing Navigational
366 includes the following, Weather Report Passage Plan
Order Equipment
EXCEPT:

These are methods of Preserving Preserving Altering course, Simultaneous
course,
367 Collision Avoidance, maintaining
course and maintaining alternation of
except: speed altering speed speed course and speed
Being the OOW navigating
in an area of restricted
visibility, a single-letter
signal "MIKE" power-driven
368 was heard being sounded Vessel at anchor vessel, not NUC vessel RAM vessel
at an interval of not more making way
than two minutes. You
have determined that this
signal is coming from a:
Rapid ringing of a
gong in the Rapid ringing of a
Rapid ringing of a bell in the
forepart of the
bell in the forepart of the
vessel for about vessel for about
forepart of the
The fog signal for a pilot 5 seconds, and a 5 seconds, and a
vessel for about
vessel more than 100 any of the bell signal gong signal
369 5 seconds. She
meters in length at anchor, choices is correct sounded in the sounded in the
may also sound
on station is: after part of the after part of the
an identity signal
vessel. She may vessel. She may
of four short also sound an
also sound an identity signal of
blasts
identity signal of four short blasts
four short blasts
What can be the possible
course when you notice
that the range between converging
370 course
reciprocal course diverging course parallel course
two ships is decreasing
while their bearing remains
constant?
What action would you Give a wide berth
to the craft, and Reduce your
take as OOW, while in up-
reduce your own Keep your vessel vessel to
river passage you see a
371 All of the choices vessel's speed to the starboard steerage way
small craft showing a rigid on approaching side of the river until the other
replica International code and passing the vessel pass
flag ALPHA? area
Report to the Report to the
What would an OIC-NW bridge in order to bridge in order to Read and sign
adjust his Report to the
should do prior to relieving familiarize the order book
372 eyesight for at bridge just on
an officer incharge of least 10 mins himself with the and check
time
navigational watch? prior to taking the instruments and vessel's position
watch equipment
Free to Required to
Required to
maneuver in any maintain course
and speed in a Required to give sound the first
crossing or
373 A stand-on vessel is: crossing situation way in a crossing passing signal in
meeting but may take situation a meeting
situation as it has action to avoid
situation
the right-of-way collision

In what rule in the Collision
Regulations can you find
the provision made with
374 Rule 9 Rule 10 Rule 11 Rule 12
respect when navigating in
narrow channels by power-
driven vessels?
This Rule states that any
subsequent alteration of
the bearing between two
vessels shall not make the
overtaking vessel a
375 crossing vessel within the Rule 10 ( I ) Rule 13 ( d ) Rule 13 ( b) Rule 13 ( a )
meaning of these Rules of
relieve her of the duty
keeping clear of the
overtaken vessel until she
is finally past and clear.
A vessel restricted in her
ability to maneuver when
engaged in an operations
for the maintenance of
376 safety of navigation laying, Rule 10 Rule 11 Rule 12 Rule 13
serving or picking up a
submarine cable is
exempted from complying
under:
Under what rule in the
Rules of the Road
contained this scenario
377 when two sailing vessels Rule 18 Rule 15 Rule 13 Rule 12
are approaching one
another so as to involve
risk of collision?
What rule indicates the
378 actions of a give-way Rule 16 Rule 13 Rule 14 Rule 15
vessel?
This rule states that when
two power driven vessel
are meeting on reciprocal
or nearly reciprocal
379 courses so as to involve Rule 14 (c) Rule 14 (d) Rule 14 (b) Rule 14 (a)
risk of collision each shall
alter he course to
starboard so that they will
pass port to port.

Whilst calling attention to
all the usual precautions to
be taken, it also calls for
the exercise of personal
380 intelligence on the arising Rule 2(a) Rule 2(b) Rule 3(a) Rule 3(b)
of any unforeseen
circumstances. In what
other rule conforms with
this statement?
What rule applies when
inspite all the precautions
made the vessel can
381 Rule 2(b,i) Rule 2(b,ii) Rule 2(b) Rule 2(b,iii)
deviate from these rules
necessary to avoid
immediate danger?
In what rule in the Collision
Regulations does the
Nowhere in the
382 responsibilities of a Rule 18 Rule 23 Rule 31
Rules
seaplane on the water is
stated?
The term
"trawling"
which means the dragging
383 of the dredge net or other Rule 28 Rule 26 Rule 27 Rule 29
apparatus through the
water is defined in which
Rule?
In what Rule are the lights
prescribed for a vessel is
restricted in her ability to
384 deviate from her course Rule 28 Rule 27 Rule 26 Rule 29
because of her draught and
the available depth of
water?
In what rule does it
prescribes that a vessel
engaged in dredging shall
385 exhibit the lights and Rule 27(a) Rule 28 Rule 27(d) Rule 27(e)
shapes to indicate to other
vessels the obstructed
area?
A vessel engaged in
underwater operations and
386 at anchor is required to Rule 35( c ) Rule 33(d) Rule 34(a) Rule 34(e)
sound the fog signal as
contained in which rule?

The signal for a power-
driven vessel required to
make on her whistle when
387 Rule 35 (b) Rule 34(d) Rule 34(a) Rule 35(e)
the vessels are in sight of
one another are prescribed
in what rule?
In what rule can you find
388 concerning the Rule 34(b) Rule 35(d) Rule 33(a) Rule 32(e)
maneuvering light?
This rule states that, action
taken to avoid collision
389 with another vessel shall Rule 8 (e) Rule 8 (c) Rule 8 (d) Rule 8 (b)
be such to result in passing
distance.
The Rules of the Road
stated that any alteration
of course is made in good
390 Rule 8 (c) Rule 8 (d) Rule 8 (b) Rule 8 (e)
time, and substantial and
does not result in close-
quarters situation.
What rule is this "A
vessel shall slacken her
391 speed or take all way off by Rule 8 (c) Rule 8 (d) Rule 8 (e) Rule 8 (b)
stopping or reversing her
means of propulsion"?
along the course of a
narrow channel, under this
Rule your are mandated to
392 keep near to the outer Rule 9 (a) Rule 9 (b) Rule 9 (c) Rule 10 (a)
limit of the channel or
fairway which lies on her
starboard side as is safe
and practicable, this is:
A single-letter signal
"TANGO" was
power-driven power-driven
heard at an interval of not sailing vessel, towing vessel,
393 vessel not vessel, making
more than two minutes in making way not making way way
making way
restricted visibility. This
means that the vessel is a:
No lights and Same lights and Same lights and Same lights and
A seaplane underway on
shapes shapes as shapes as shapes as
394 the water shall carry which
prescribed for prescribed in prescribed in prescribed in
lights and shapes? Rule 23
seaplanes Rule 31 Rule 24
The action necessary to
transfer the steering always place the
align the trick set the six-way open the power
control from the rudder in the
wheel to the control valve in transfer switch
395 wheelhouse to local rudder angle
midship position
the trick wheel before engaging
control in order to use the position to engage the
position the trick wheel
steering gear room trick trick wheel
wheel, is to:

A sailing vessel under 7 she must have a she must have a she must have
meters or a vessel under combined combo lights ready at hand a
No necessary lighted lantern or
396 oars shall carry which light lantern showing showing red,
lights to carry an electric torch
if she does not carry red and green white and green showing a white
sidelights and a sternlight? lights lights light
A vessel proceeding under
Signal prescribed Signal prescribed Signal prescribed Signal prescribed
397 sail and under power shall
in Rule 23(d) in Rule 25(e) in Rule 25(a) in Rule 23(a)
show which day signal?
Uncertain whether you are maintain course
overtaking or in crossing and speed and
sound one long assumed that
situation, your are sound two blasts establish
398 blast and turn to you are
approaching another and turn to port overtaking communication
starboard
vessel, What would you with another
do? vessel
In fog, you observe your
sound the
radar and determine that a Take proper and
avoiding action stop your take all way off, danger signal at
399 risk of collision exist with a
as soon as engines immediately two-minute
vessel 2 miles off your port possible intervals
bow. You should:
A vessel navigating in
separation scheme should deep draught
400 submarine naval vessel fishing vessel
NOT intervene the passage vessel
of:
Additional
As prescribed in the Rules,
Technical Details Positioning and Signals for
Annex I of the Navigation Technical Details
401 of Sound Signal of Lights and
Distress Signals Fishing Vessel
Rules pertains to which of
Appliances Shapes Fishing in Close
the following?
Proximity
That all
What will be your first
The arrival navigation and
preparation one hour prior The Master on The engine room
402 ckecklist is maneuvering
to your arrival at the properly attended equipments are the bridge notified
anchorage area?
in order
Under COLREGS Annex III,
that it will not it will surely hit it has a diameter
403 a power-driven bell striker constant force
get rusty the bell of 300 mm
is recommended to ensure:
A vessel is equipped with
twin propellers, both
turning outboard with the The vessel will The vessel will The bow will
The bow will
404 engines half ahead. If there steer a fairly steer a zigzag swing to
straight course swing to port
is no wind or current and course starboard
the rudders are amidships,
what will happen?

the radar is the contact is on
constant monitoring of the contact is on
showing false a reciprocal the contact is
your radar screen, you the same course
405 echoes and is course at the dead in the and speed as
noticed that a contact has
probably same speed as water your vessel
remained in the same
defective your vessel
position relative to yours,
what could be the possible
conclusion of the scenario?
As a stand-on vessel in a action taken by the other vessel the other vessel
the give way the other vessel
crossing situation, you may gets to within a gets to within
406 vessel alone will takes necessary
hold your course and not prevent quarter mile of half a mile of
action
speed until: collision your vessel your vessel
A sailing vessel before The signal The signal The signal
The signal
407 reaching a bend in river prescribed in prescribed in prescribed in
prescribed in
shall sound what signal? Rule 34(c) Rule 34(e) Rule 34(d)
Rule 34(a)
By day, a vessel servicing a The three shapes The three shapes The three shapes The three shapes
408 buoy, when also at anchor prescribed in prescribed in prescribed in prescribed in
shall display which shapes? Rule 28 Rule 29 Rule 27 Rule 30
What does it mean when a
The vessel is
fishing vessel exhibits two The vessel is The vessel is The vessel is
fishing with nets
409 yellow lights, vertically fishing with seine fishing with an fishing with pair
nets fast on an
disposed, and flashing extended gear trawl
obstruction
alternately?
As an OOW, you heard a the vessel is the vessel has
continuous sounding of a warning other the vessel is in completed the vessel is
410
fog-signal apparatus. What vessel of her distress loading anchored in fog
does this indicate? passage dangerous cargo
the vessel shows
which of the following the vessel may 2 lights in a the vessel may all of the choices
411 statements is CORRECT be using nets,
lines or trawls vertical line, be trolling is correct
concerning a "vessel
white over red
engaged in fishing"?
By day, when it is
impracticable for small
vessels engaged in diving a rigid replica of
operations to display the two red balls in a the International three black balls
412 Code flag
a black cylinder
shapes for a vessel vertical line in a vertical line
engaged in underwater "A"
operations, she shall
display:
You are underway and
approaching a bend in the
one continuous
channel where vessels three blast, 4 to one blast 8 to 10
one blast 4 to 6 blast until you
413 approaching from the seconds duration
6 seconds seconds in
are able to see
opposite direction cannot duration duration
around the bend
be seen. What sound
signal should you make?

due to adverse through some
weather exceptional from the nature
A vessel "restricted of her work is
has lost steering conditions is circumstance is
in her ability to unable to
414 and is unable to unable to unable to maneuver as
maneuver" is one
maneuver maneuver as maneuver as required by the
which:
required by the required by the rules
rules rules
All available High intensity
What lights may be shown
working lights to Two anchor lights to
415 by a vessel of 100 meters illuminate her
One anchor light
lights illuminate her
or more that is at anchor? decks decks
You are towing a vessel
and the total length of the One diamond
Two diamond
416 tow is more than 200 No day shape shape, and one Diamond shape
shape
meters. Which day shape black ball
must be exhibited?
Additional Vertical Vertical
Technical Details
As stated in the Collision Signals for Positioning and Positioning and
of Sound and
417 Regulations, which of the Fishing Vessel Technical DetailsTechnical Details
Fishing in Close Light Signal
listed refers to Annex II? of Lights and of Lights and
Proximity Appliances
Shapes Shapes
Vertical Additional Vertical
As prescribed in Annex III Positioning and Technical Details Signals for Positioning and
418 of Rule of the Roads, what Technical Details of Sound Signal Fishing Vessel Technical Details
does it pertain to? of Lights and Appliances Fishing in Close of Lights and
Shapes Proximity Shapes
when her anchor when she is
Under Rule 3 ( i ) a vessel is she is dragging when she is
419 her anchor
is down and riding at her
underway when: made fast
holding anchor
stop her engines
when making
operate at a when hearing a
way, sound 1 have her engines
When navigating in speed to be able fog signal
prolonged blast ready for
420 restricted visibility, a to stop in forward of her
at intervals of immediate
power-driven vessel shall: distance of her beam, even if maneuver
not more than 1
visibility risk of collision
minute
does not exist
The Master is allowed by in order to avoid
in order to meet None of the whenever he
421 the rules to depart from immediate
charterer's order choices is correct danger desires
the normal requirements:
As prescribed under
paragraph (f) of Rule 35, a
422 vessel aground shall give gong signal whistle signal light signal bell signal
the bell signal and if
required also the:
To attract the attention of the vessel signals the signal cannot
red and green
other vessel, a vessel may such intentions be mistaken for a white lights are
423 signal authorized
lights are not
use any sound or light over the not used
by the Rules used
signals as long as: radiotelephone

Under COLREGS Annex IV,
signal asking to
what does the orange flag, signal indicating signal indicating
424 distress signal communicate
showing a black circle and danger a course change
with other vessel
a square shape indicate?
A 25-meter vessel trawling
a cone apex two cones
425 will show the dayshape(s) a basket two balls apexes together
downward
consisting of_.
A light signal consisting of My engines are I am operating I am in doubt as I desire to
426 astern propulsion
three flashes means full speed astern to your actions overtake you
A power-driven vessel not
under command at night moored to a making no
427 making headway at anchor
must show her sidelights buoy headway
when_.
A power-driven vessel one prolonged two prolonged two prolonged one prolonged
making way through the blast at intervals blasts at intervals blasts at intervals blast at intervals
428
water sounds a fog signal of not more than of not more than of not more than of not more than
of_. one minute one minute two minutes two minutes
A rigid replica of the
engaged in
International Code flag A engaged in diving transferring pulling a
429 operations
underway
may be shown by a explosives submarine cable
replenishment
vessel_.
A sailing vessel must keep to leeward of crossing a vessel to windward of
430 course and speed when another sailing engaged in another sailing being overtaken
_______. vessel fishing vessel
only the
a masthead light
A single vessel being towed outboard sidelights and a one all-round
431 stern light
sidelights and a
alongside shall show sidelight and a white light
stern light
stern light
separates traffic
A traffic separation zone is is located proceeding in contains all the
is designated as
that part of a traffic between the one direction traffic moving in
432 an anchorage
separation scheme which scheme and the from traffic the same
area proceeding in the
_______. nearest land direction
opposite direction
A vessel 30 meters in
length and aground would three black balls two black balls in
433 one black ball a cylinder
display a day-shape in a vertical line a vertical line
consisting of_.
A vessel being towed
a diamond shape
astern where the length of two balls in a a ball on each
434 no day-shape where it can best
the tow exceeds 200 vertical line end of the tow be seen
meters will exhibit_.
A vessel displaying three
constrained by not under
435 red lights in a vertical line her draft
aground dredging
command
is
A vessel engaged in
trawling will show two red lights in a red light over a a green light over a white light over
436
identification lights of a vertical line white light a white light a red light
_______.

A vessel is overtaking when The masthead One sidelight and
Only the stern Only a sidelight
437 she can see which light(s) lights of the a masthead light
light of the vessel of the vessel
of a vessel ahead? vessel of the vessel
two all-round
A vessel not under two all-round red two all-round red white lights in a
lights in a vertical anchor lights and
438 command making way at lights in a vertical vertical line
line sidelights sidelights
night would show _______. and a stern light line sidelights and a
stern light
when nearing a keep as near as
not overtake any avoid crossing bend in the safe and
A vessel proceeding along practicable to the
439 vessels within the channel at channel sound a
a narrow channel shall_. limit of the
the channel right angles long blast of the channel on her
whistle starboard side
A vessel showing a rigid
replica of the International mineclearance
440 fishing diving operations dredging
Code flag A is engaged operations
in_.
sounding one
None of the
A vessel that is not prolonged
shining a above; a vessel
equipped with towing followed by two
searchlight on continuously shall not engage
441 lights should show that it short blasts at
the towline of the sounding its horn in towing at night
has a vessel in tow by towed vessel intervals of not
without proper
__________ . more than two
navigation lights
minutes
A vessel underway and
vessel engaged vessel not under power-driven
442 fishing shall keep out of vessel sailing
on pilotage duty command vessel underway
the way of a_.
A vessel which is fishing is
required to show sidelights underway and dead in the
443 making way
anchored underway
and a stern light only when water
_______.
during the day
when making when making three shapes the
A vessel which is unable to
during the day way at night way at night two highest and
maneuver due to some
444 three balls in a masthead lights all-round red lowest being
exceptional circumstance
vertical line sidelights and a lights sidelights balls and the
shall exhibit_. and a stern light
stern light middle being a
diamond
According to the Rules
A vessel servicing
which vessel is NOT A vessel
445 a navigation A sailing vessel A vessel dredging
restricted in her ability to mineclearing
marker
maneuver ?
AMVER is a system which position reporting weather navigational satellite
446
provides __________. service information information communications
An icebreaker assisting a
vessel through an ice field My vessel is
would display a visual stopped and I am operating I am altering my
I am altering my
447 signal consisting of the making no way astern course to
propulsion. course to port.
code letter S (Sierra) to through the starboard.
signify that water.
________________ .

At night you observe a
vessel ahead show three
intending to approaching a
flashes of a white light. operating astern
448 overtake another in distress bend in the
This signal indicates that propulsion
vessel channel
the vessel ahead is
__________ .
At night which lights
Two red lights
would you see on a vessel A white light A red light over a A green light
449 white light
one over the
engaged in fishing other over a red light over a red light
other
than trawling?
A sailing vessel with the
close hauled on
wind coming from 220 deg close hauled on running before
450 the starboard on a broad reach
relative would be the port tack the wind
tack
__________.
on a broad reach close hauled on
wind coming from 090deg close hauled on reaching on the
451 on the starboard starboard tack
the starboard
relative would be the port tack
tack tack
__________.
close hauled on
wind coming from 180deg running before close hauled on on a broad reach
452 the wind
the starboard
relative would be the port tack on a port tack
tack
__________.
wind coming from 260deg running before on a starboard
453 on a broad reach on a close reach
relative would be the wind tack
__________.
A 20-meter vessel is towing
another vessel astern. The
length of the tow from the
stern of the towing vessel
454 to the stern of the tow is 2 1 3 4
75 meters. How many
white towing masthead
lights shall the towing
vessel show at night?
A towing vessel 35 meters
in length with a tow 100
455 meters astern must show 3 2 1 4
a minimum of how many
masthead lights?
A towing vessel is towing
two barges astern. The
length of the tow from the
stern of the tug to the
stern of the last barge is
456 250 meters. The towing 3 1 2 4
vessel is 45 meters in
length. How many white
masthead lights should be
displayed on the tugboat at
night?

A list man would expect to
see any of the following
457 one white light two red lights one green light one amber light
light signals EXCEPT
__________.
turn off all lights display two black ring the bell
turn on all
A jack-up drilling rig being that interfere with diamonds in a rapidly for five
458 available working
towed must __________. the navigation vertical line seconds once a
lights lights on deck
during the day minute
A look-out at the bow
sights an object on your
459 One Four Two Three
port side. How many bell
strokes should he sound?
25-meter power- 20-meter vessel
A lantern combining the
driven vessel 10-meter sailing 25-meter pilot engaged in
460 two sidelights and stern
engaged in vessel vessel fishing and
light may be shown on a_.
trolling making way
A short blast on the
461 8 to 12 seconds 4 to 6 seconds 12 to 15 seconds 1 second
whistle has a duration of
A partly submerged vessel
or object being towed
yellow lights at two red lights in
462 which is not readily a diamond shape a black ball
each end a vertical line
noticeable shall show
_______.
A 20-meter power-driven
two all-round red two masthead
vessel pushing ahead or two towing lights a single white
463 lights where they lights in a vertical
towing alongside will in a vertical line line light forward
can best be seen
display _______.
A power-driven vessel
pushing ahead or towing two masthead an all-round red two yellow
a single white
464 alongside will show lights in a vertical light where it can masthead lights
line light forward
sidelights a stern light best be seen in a vertical line
and __________ .
A 30-meter tug is
two masthead three masthead one masthead
underway and NOT towing. a stern light
465 lights and a stern lights and a stern light and a stern
At night this vessel must ONLY light
light light
show sidelights and_.
A single towing light will be
if the towing only if the tow
carried above a vessel s at any time when only if she is
466 vessel is part of a towing astern
exceeds 200
stern light under which of towing
composite unit meters
the following situations?
at night and only during
A proper look-out shall be
467 at all times during restricted only at night restricted
maintained
visibility visibility
A 22-meter sailing vessel
when also being propelled
468 black diamond basket black ball black cone
by machinery shall show
during daylight hours a_.
A pilot vessel may continue
not under
469 to sound an identity signal aground at anchor being towed
command
if she is _______.

red light over a
A 20-meter sailing vessel combined
470 stern light green light at the All of the above
underway must exhibit a_. lantern
masthead
A signal of one prolonged
one short one prolonged being overtaken
engaged on
471 and one short blast in that in distress at anchor in a narrow
pilotage duty channel
order is given by a vessel
__________ .
avoid crossing keep as close as
the channel if it possible to the anchor only in not overtake any
A vessel approaching a
472 impedes another edge of the the middle of the vessels within
narrow channel shall vessel navigating channel on her channel the channel
in the channel port side
A tug is towing three one prolonged
one prolonged one prolonged
manned barges in line in one short and
473 and three short no fog signal and two short
fog. The third barge of the one prolonged blasts blasts
tow should sound_. blast
A self-propelled dredge not be required to be required to be required to
not be required
engaged in dredging but show the lights of show the lights show the lights
474 a power-driven
to show any
proceeding to a dredging characteristic of of a stationary
vessel underway lights
location at night would_. a dredge dredge
You are navigating in a
narrow channel and must
remain in the channel for
You must stop You must sound
safe operation. Another You must stop
your engines and one short blast of You must sound
vessel is crossing the your vessel, since
475 you may sound the whistle and the danger
channel ahead of you from signal. the other vessel
the danger turn to
your starboard and you is the stand-on.
signal. starboard.
doubt whether your vessel
will pass safely. Which
statement is TRUE?
What is the required
whistle signal for a power- One prolonged Two prolonged
476 blast
Two short blasts One short blast
driven vessel leaving a blasts
dock or berth?
In a narrow channel, you
are underway on power
driven vessel A and desire hold your relative answer the five
to overtake power driven position, and short blast signal slow or stop and
pass with caution
vessel B . After you sound then sound then stop your expect radical
477 on the port side
two short blasts on your another signal vessel until the maneuvers from
of vessel B after the situation
whistle, vessel B sounds other vessel B
has stabilized
five short and rapid blasts initiates a signal
on the whistle. You should
__________.
You are overtaking a attempt to
power-driven vessel in a contact her on proceed to
narrow channel and wish the sound five short overtake her
478 radiotelephone to
All of the above
to leave her on your blasts without sounding
starboard side. You may arrange for the whistle signals
passage
__________.

When power-driven
vessels are crossing, a I intend to I intend to leave I am altering
I intend to hold
479 signal of one short blast by change course to you on my port course to
side course and speed
either vessel means starboard starboard
__________.
If you were coming up on
another power-driven
vessel from dead astern Two prolonged
and desired to overtake on blasts followed One prolonged
480 Two short blasts One short blast
the other vessel s by two short blast
starboard side, which blasts
whistle signal would you
sound?
A vessel having a
following current
You should keep
will propose the
Which statement is TRUE You should avoid to that side of
manner of
481 concerning narrow anchoring in a All of the above the channel
narrow channel. passage in any
channels? which is on your
case where two
port side.
vessels are
meeting.
When you are overtaking
another power driven two prolonged
vessel and desire to pass blasts followed
482 one long blast one short blast two short blasts
on her left or port hand, by two short
you should sound blasts
__________.
Your power driven vessel
is meeting another vessel
sound one
head-on. To comply with sound the exchange two exchange one
483 prolonged and
the steering and sailing danger signal short blasts short blast
two short blasts
rules, you should
__________.
You have made your
vessel up to a tow and are
moving from a pier out into One prolonged
Five or more One prolonged
484 the main channel. Your and two short Three long blasts
short rapid blasts blast
engines are turning ahead. blasts
What whistle signal should
you sound?
Under the Inland
Navigation Rules, what is
I intend to leave I intend to leave
the meaning of the two I am turning to I am turning to
485 you on my you on my port
short blasts signal used starboard side. starboard. port.
side.
when meeting another
vessel?

down a channel, and can
safely navigate only within
You should
the channel. Another The sounding of The sounding of You should
sound one
486 vessel is crossing your bow the danger signal the danger signal sound two short
is mandatory. prolonged and
from port to starboard, is optional. blasts.
two short blasts.
and you are in doubt as to
her intentions. Which
statement is TRUE?
The stand-on vessel in a
crossing situation sounds is changing intends to leave
is changing intends to hold
487 one short blast of the course to the other on her
course to port course and speed port side
whistle. This means that starboard
the vessel __________.
You are crossing the
course of another vessel
which is to your starboard.
You have reached an None of the sound one short sound two short change course to
488
agreement by above blast blasts starboard
radiotelephone to pass
astern of the other vessel.
You MUST __________.
a towing vessel
when meeting a power-driven
all vessels upon vessel when
another towing
Passing signals shall be sighting another crossing less
vessel on a clear
489 sounded on inland waters vessel rounding a All of the above than half a mile
day with a 0.6 ahead of another
by __________. bend in the
mile CPA (Closest power-driven
channel
Point of vessel
Approach)
Your power driven vessel one short blast, two short blasts,
one short blast, two short blasts,
is meeting another vessel alter course to alter course to
alter course to alter course to
490 head-on. To comply with port, and pass port, and pass
starboard, and starboard, and
the rules, you should pass port to port starboard to starboard to
pass port to port
exchange __________. starboard starboard
Which signal must a
power-driven vessel give,
in addition to one
No additional
491 prolonged blast, when 3 short blasts 1 blast 2 short blasts
signal
backing out of a berth with
another vessel in sight 0.5
nm away?
You are overtaking a attempt to
power-driven vessel in a proceed to contact her on
narrow channel and wish overtake her sound four short the
492 All of the above
to leave her on your without sounding blasts radiotelephone to
starboard side. You may whistle signals arrange for the
passage
__________.

You are on vessel B and
vessel A desires to
alter course to
overtake you on your slow your vessel
hold course and alter course to the left or right
493 starboard side. After the speed
until vessel A
the left to give vessel A
vessels have exchanged has passed
more sea room
one blast signals, you
should __________.
You are operating a vessel
through a narrow channel
and your vessel must stay
should sound
within the channel to be
one short blast
navigated safely. Another are required to may sound the must sound the
494 to show that you
vessel is crossing your back down danger signal danger signal
are holding
course from starboard to
course and speed
port, and you are in doubt
as to her intentions. You
__________.
Your power driven vessel one short blast, two short blasts,
one short blast, two short blasts,
is meeting another vessel alter course to alter course to
alter course to alter course to
495 head-on. To comply with the left, and pass the left, and pass
the right, and the right, and
the rules, you should starboard to pass port to port starboard to
pass port to port
exchange __________. starboard starboard
Two vessels in a crossing
situation have reached
agreement by required when required if
not required, but
496 radiotelephone as to the required crossing within crossing within
may be sounded
intentions of the other. In one mile half a mile
this situation, whistle
signals are __________.
You are meeting another
power driven vessel head-
on and sound one short
Pass on the other
blast as a passing signal. Sound the Pass astern of Hold your course
497 danger signal.
vessel s
The other vessel answers the other vessel. and speed.
starboard side.
with two short blasts.
What should be your next
action?
At night, a barge moored
show a white show a flashing show a red light
in a slip used primarily for not be required to
498 light at each be lighted
yellow light at at the bow and
mooring purposes shall
corner each corner stern
__________.
A power-driven vessel,
when leaving a dock or one prolonged No signal is
499 blast
four short blasts one long blast
berth, is required to sound required.
__________.

You are on power driven
vessel A and power driven
vessel B desires to alter course to
slow your vessel
overtake you on the alter course to the left or right hold course and
500 until vessel B
starboard side. After the the left to give vessel B speed
has passed
vessels have exchanged more sea room
one blast signals you
should __________.
Your vessel must remain in
a narrow channel for safe
operation. Another vessel stop your vessel, sound one short stop your
is crossing the channel sound the danger since the other blast of the engines, and you
501
from your starboard. You signal vessel has the whistle, and turn may sound the
do not think she will pass right of way to starboard danger signal
safely. You MUST
__________.
When power-driven
vessels are in a crossing I request a I intend to leave I intend to
I intend to hold
502 situation, one short blast departure from you on my port change course to
side course and speed
by either vessel would the rules starboard
mean __________.
Two power driven vessels must be must be
are meeting on a clear day exchanged if exchanged only if
and will pass less than half passing must be may be
503 agreements have
course changes
a mile apart. In this exchanged exchanged
not been made are necessary by
situation whistle signals
by radio either vessel
__________.
A power-driven vessel
intends to overtake
another power-driven
vessel on the overtaken 2 prolonged and 2 prolonged and
504 1 short blast 2 short blasts
vessel s port side. Which 1 short blasts 2 short blasts
whistle signal should be
sounded in order to state
this intention?
A power-driven vessel,
when leaving a dock or one prolonged
505 blast
two short blasts one long blast the danger signal
berth, is required to sound
__________.
A light used to signal
a searchlight or an all-round alternating white all-round white
506 passing intentions must be
beam white light and yellow light or yellow light
an __________.
A vessel may use any it is one of those
the vessel signals the signal cannot
sound or light signals to red and green listed under
such intentions be mistaken for a
507 attract the attention of lights are not Annex IV of the
over the signal authorized
another vessel as long as used Collision by the Rules
radiotelephone
__________. Regulations
The light which may be used prior to
used only at used when the
508 used with a vessels whistle a white light sounding the
night whistle is broken
must be __________. whistle

Two power-driven vessels
are crossing within one half
mile of each other, with
Vessel P as the stand-on
Five short and
509 vessel, and Vessel Q as the Two short blasts None of these One short blast
rapid blasts
give-way vessel. Vessel P
sounds two short blasts on
the whistle. What signal
should vessel Q sound?
Vessel A, a power driven Vessel A must Both vessels are Vessel A must Vessel B must
vessel underway, sights keep out of the required by the keep out of the keep out of the
510 vessel B which is a vessel way of vessel B Rules to keep way of vessel B way of vessel A
underway and fishing. because B is clear of each because B is to because A is to
Which statement is TRUE? fishing. other. port. starboard.
Vessel X is overtaking
vessel Y on open waters will not sound
should sound the should sound should sound
511 and will pass without any whistle
danger signal one long blast signals two short blasts
changing course. Vessel X
__________.
When two vessels are in
sight of one another and one prolonged,
NOT in or near an area of one short, one a light signal of at
two short whistle four short whistle
512 restricted visibility, any of prolonged, and least five short
blasts blasts
the following signals may one short whistle and rapid flashes
be given EXCEPT blasts
__________.
A signal meaning
A signal A signal meaning,
that the vessel A signal sounded
Which signal is required to meaning, I am I intend to
sounding it is in when
513 be sounded by a power- altering my overtake you on
course to doubt as to the approaching a
driven vessel ONLY? your starboard
starboard. other vessels bend.
side.
actions.
Which signal is sounded
ONLY by a vessel in sight of One short, one
One prolonged
514 another and NOT in or near One short blast prolonged, and Four short blasts
blast
an area of restricted one short blast
visibility?
One short, one
Which signal is sounded One prolonged
One short blast Four short blasts prolonged, and
515 ONLY by a vessel in sight of blast on the
on the whistle on the whistle one short blast
another? whistle
on the whistle
One prolonged,
Which signal may be one short, one
At least five short
516 sounded ONLY by vessels Two short blasts Four short blasts prolonged, and
and rapid blasts
in restricted visibility? one short blast,
in that order
Which signal, other than a
Continuous Calling Mayday
distress signal, can be used
517 Searchlight beam Burning barrel sounding of a fog on the
by a vessel to attract
signal apparatus radiotelephone
attention?

Which vessel would NOT
A vessel
sound a fog signal of one A vessel not A vessel being
518 A vessel sailing constrained by
prolonged and two short under command towed
her draft
blasts?
Which whistle signal may
One short, one
be sounded by one of two One prolonged
519 Four short blasts One short blast prolonged, and
vessels in sight of each blast
one short blast
other?
You are in sight of a power-
the vessel
driven vessel that sounds the vessel is you should
intends to leave you should alter
520 two short blasts of the altering course to sound the
port you on her course to port.
whistle. This signal means danger signal
starboard side
that ______.
You are in sight of another
vessel in a crossing
situation, and the other
answer with two sound the answer with one sound no whistle
521 vessel sounds one short
short blasts danger signal short blast signal
blast. You are going to hold
course and speed. You
should __________.
You are underway on the
high seas in restricted
visibility. You hear a fog
signal of one prolonged engaged in constrained by
522 being towed minesweeping
and two short blasts. It fishing her draft
could be any of the
following EXCEPT a vessel
__________.
one prolonged
Your vessel is backing out
blast followed by
of a slip in a harbor. one prolonged one long blast
523 three short blasts the danger signal
Visibility is restricted. You blast only only
when leaving the
should sound __________.
slip
sound signals safe speed
COLREG Rule No 35
524 signals at anchor proper look-out during reduced during reduced
specifies? visibility visibility
The approach crossing TSS almost always with
525 diagonal perpendicular
parallel
shall be: caution
mooring
The International signals that must procedures for
Regulations for Preventing be sounded minimum hawser lights that must
support vessels
526 Collisions at Sea contain when being lengths when be displayed on
towed in when
the requirements for being towed anchor buoys
restricted visibility transferring
__________.
cargo
An overtaking situation at
One sidelight,
night would be one in
the masthead Masthead lights
527 which one vessel sees Both sidelights Stern light
lights and stern and sidelights
which light(s) of a vessel
light
ahead?

vessel engage in
It is an example of a vessel dredging None of the
528 restricted in her ability to surveying or minesweeper hospital ship
underwater stated options
maneuver
operations
Vessel when engaged in
trawling, when net has one red light (all one red light
two red lights in a two white lights
529 come fast upon an round the vertical line
over white light
in a vertical line
obstruction may exhibit horizon) in a vertical line
________
would display a visual stopped and I am operating I am altering my
I am altering my
530 signal consisting of the making no way astern course to
course to port starboard
code letter E (Echo) to through the propulsion
signify that water
________________.
would display a visual I am operating I am altering my stopped and
I am altering my
531 signal consisting of the astern course to port
course to making no way
code letter I (India) to propulsion starboard through the
signify that water
___________________.
would display a visual stopped and I am altering my I am operating
I am altering my
532 signal consisting of the making no way course to astern
through the course to port.
code letter M (Mike) to starboard. propulsion.
signify that water.
________________.
My vessel is
vessel through an ice field
I am altering my stopped and I am operating
would display a visual I am altering my
533 course to making no way astern
signal consisting of the course to port. propulsion.
starboard. through the
code letter S (Sierra) to
water.
signify that ___________.
An icebreaker may use the
code letter K to remind
ships of their obligation to
534 listen continuously on their radiotelephone sound signal light signal visual signal
radio. This signal may be
made by any of the
following EXCEPT _______.
What is the daytime signal The company A special anchor
535 No particular Anchor ball
of a vessel at anchor? flag flag
the masthead
A head-on or end-on the masthead
lights of the
situation shall be deemed lights of the
both sidelights other vessel are
536 to exist at night when a are visible
other vessel are all of the options
not in line with
vessel sees the other vessel in line with one
both sidelights
ahead, and sidelight visible
visible

Which vessel is to keep A vessel A vessel engaged A vessel
A vessel not
537 out of the way of the engaged in in underwater constrained by
under command trawling
others? operations her draft
What lights must be
Sidelights and a A white light at A white light fore
538 shown on a barge being stern light
A stern light only
each corner and aft
towed astern at night?
A vessel engaged in fishing
a cone, apex two cones with two cones,
539 during the day would show one black ball
downward bases together apexes together
__________.
Two navigational hazards
are located near to each one system
one system using
other, but each marked by having odd
horizontal bands the difference in
an individual cardinal the differing light numbers while
540 while the other the periods of the
buoyage system. The buoys colors light the other system
system uses
of one cardinal system may has even
vertical stripes
be identified from the numbers
other system by __.
Black and above
What is the color of a west Black bands with Black band below Black band above
541 yellow bands and below yellow
cardinal buoy? above and below yellow band yellow band
band
Well defined Cable or
542 features is not indicated by Spoil grounds channel
Traffic separation
pipelines
special marks?
Which buoy is NOT Preferred
543 Red lighted buoy Green gong buoy Green can buoy
numbered? channel buoy
A symbol described as tint,
3 mm wide used in Traffic
Separation Scheme (TSS) recommended separation established
544 separation lines
and between TSS and routes scheme traffic flow
inshore traffic zone is
called__________.
A system aimed at
reducing risk of accidents
including TSS 2-way routes,
recommended tracks,
Separation zone
545 areas to be avoided, Routing system Ships routing TSS
or time
inshore traffic zones,
roundabouts,
precautionary areas and
deep water routes is called
You are enroute to
Jacksonville, FL, from San
Juan, P.R. There is a fresh smoother seas
steeper waves,
546 Nly wind blowing. As you cirrus clouds and warmer long swells
closer together
cross the axis of the Gulf water
Stream you would expect
to encounter __________.

You are enroute from
Puerto Rico to New York. A
hurricane makes up and is
in the dangerous in the navigable directly in the in the storm
547 approaching. If the wind semicircle semicircle path of the storm center
veers steadily, this
indicates that your vessel is
__________.
Solid green arrows on the
prevailing wind probable surface shortest great prevailing ocean
548 main body of a pilot chart
directions current flow circle routes current directions
indicate __________.
General information on
the Sailing
enroute weather and the Local Notice
549 Directions and a weather fax the Light List
climate is found in the Coast Pilot to Mariners
__________.
The safest and most
always navigate
prudent procedure to batten down and take positive continue to
towards the
550 follow while navigating in prepare to ride steps to avoid it if navigate farther
coast by the possible
the vicinity of a tropical out the storm from the coast
most direct route
cyclone is to __________.
You are planning a voyage
from San Francisco to
Sailing Directions Sailing Directions
551 Japan. Which publication Coast Pilot World Port Index
(Enroute) (Planning Guide)
contains information on
the ocean routes?
The Sailing Directions
offshore traffic
(Enroute) contain coastal well-charted
552 port facilities separation
information on anchorages inner dangers
schemes
__________.
You are planning a voyage
from New York to Norway
via the English Channel.
Channel Pilots Sailing Directions
553 Which publication contains Coast Pilot World Port Index (Enroute)
Guide
information on the dangers
to navigation in the English
Channel?
Increase
What is the purpose of the Remove wash
Reduce the sea Intensify sea brilliance of large
554 anti-clutter "sea" control echoes
return from the
return echoes against
on the radar? propeller
sea
X-band radar is the name
for __________ radar and
555 6 cm - 10 cm 10 cm - 6 cm 3 cm - 10 cm 10 cm - 3 cm
S-band is the name for
__________ radar.
Radio detection
What does RADAR stand Radio detection Radio display and Radio Director
556 and
for? and ranging reconnaissance and reviewer
reconnaissance
The components that
generate the radio-
557 frequency energy in the Modulator Receiver Magnetron Indicator
form of short powerful
pulse is the:

What is the IMO Acquisition Performance not Detection should
No special
558 requirement for ARPA should be inferior to the be done
requirement radar display
detection? automatic manually
An increase in temperature
559 with an increase in altitude Super-refraction Sub-refraction Attenuation Diffraction
would tend to cause:
In a Polar region with very
cold wind blowing over
560 Diffraction Sub-refraction Attenuation Sub-refaction
warmer sea, you would
expect__________ .
A large ship close by may Increased range
561 Multiple echoes Diffraction Refraction
cause _________ . resolution
North-up, North-up, True Ship's head-up,
562 radar displays is not True motion
Relative motion motion Relative motion
stabilized?
Does the COLREGS give any
Only during Only in Good
563 preference to ships No Yes
reduced visibility visibility
equipped with ARPA?
With regards to ARPA,
Computer Target can no
564 what does the "lost target" Display failure Radar failure
failure longer be plotted
warning tell?
It is the term used at the
instant an electro-magnetic
565 wave is passing by an Diffraction ducting Attenuation Refraction
obstruction between two
places?
What is equivalent to one
566 Frequency amplitude Cycle One wavelength
complete oscillation?
An indirect radar echo is
Their bearing is
caused by a reflection of They always almost constant,
the main lobe of the radar appear on a The indirect When plotted,
even when the
beam of the observers bearing of 90 echoes usually their movements
567 from the true
true bearing of
vessel. Which of the appear in are usually
bearing of the the contact
following is NOT a shadow sectors abnormal
contact. changes
characteristic of indirect
appreciably.
echoes?
Increase the Increase the Navigate as Increase the STC
When using the ARPA in though the
range of the radar gain to pick setting to reduce
568 heavy rain, which action effective range of
inner and outer up weak echoes the radar has close-in spurious
should you take?
guard rings. through the rain. been reduced. signals.
This is a radar transponder
which emits a None of the
569 RACON RECON BEACON
characteristics signal when stated options
triggered by ship's radar
The SART's blips
The SART can The SART signal
on the PPI will provide an appears as a The DSC unit will
How can rescue personnel
become arcs and approximate target which react to the
detect that a SART is
570 eventually location to within comes and goes; SART's signal and
transmitting in the become a two nautical the effect of respond with the
immediate vicinity? concentric mile radius, per heavy swells on a two-tone alarm.
circles.
IMO standards. SART.

The trial
The target
You cannot maneuver Navigational
When using an ARPA, what vessel's
determine if a feature will constraints may
should you consider in generated course
571 small target has automatically require a target
order to evaluate the and speed are vessel to change
been lost due to determine a
information displayed? based solely on course.
sea return. course that will
radar inputs.
clear all targets.
The radar control that
reduces weak echoes out sensitivity time receiver gain
572 to a limited distance from brilliance control control (sea- fast time control
clutter control) control
the ship is the
__________._
Which ARPA data should
you use in order to
determine if a close Relative track Set and drift of Predicted time of Initial range of
573
quarters situation will information the current CPA acquisition
develop with a target
vessel?
Your ARPA has automatic
speed inputs from the log.
The range on
Due to currents, the log is The generated
The generated initial target
indicating a faster speed TCPA will be later The targets true
574 CPA will be than acquisition will course vector will
than the speed over the than the actual be in error.
the actual CPA be less than
grounds. What should you TCPA
normal
expect under these
circumstances?
To ensure that a RACON rain clutter 10 cm radar
gain control radar should be
signal is visible in the 3cm. control should be should be placed
575 should be placed placed on low if stabilized, head
radar, one should ensure on standby or
on maximum necessary or off up
that the: turned off
As per Solas V regulations
safety of navigation a ships
of 10,000 gross tons and 12 GHz 10 GHz 9 GHz frequency 16 GHz
576
above shall be fitted, with frequency band frequency band band frequency band
radar capable of operating
in the:
The common frequencies
3,000 and 9,000 3,000 and 9,000
577 used in merchant radar are 30,000 cycles mega cycles
30,000 kilocycles
micro cycles
approximately:
What does an automatic
identification system (AIS) 156.525 MHz,
3000 MHz and 2182 KHz and 1575.42 MHz and 161.975 MHz
578 transponder use to and 162.025
9200 MHz 2187.5 KHz 1227.6 MHz
transmit and receive MHz
information broadcasts?

If the Radar scanners of
one vessel are in the same
horizontal plane as the
cargo deck of the other
during transfer operations, Both a 10 and a 3 Neither a 10 or a
579 a 10 cm radar a 3 cm radar
which type of radar cm radar 3 cm radar
emissions would pose a
greater danger of the
induced ignition of
flammable vapors?
intersection of a radar range
Which is the most accurate radar range and
580 two radar two radar ranges and a radar visual bearings
position by radar fixes?
bearings bearing
This type of radar enhance
to maximum visibility in
581 S-band X-band ARPA Z-band
marginal weather
condition.
Echoes in radar from two
or more targets close to
each other at the same
attenuation in refraction in diffraction in resolution in
582 range may emerge to form bearing
bearing bearing bearing
a single echo. The ability of
a radar to separate this is
called:
The ability of a radar to
separate targets close resolution in diffraction in attenuation in refraction in
583 range
together on the same range range range
bearing is called:
intersection of a radar range
Which is the most accurate radar range and
584 two radar two radar ranges and a radar
position by radar fixes? visual bearings
bearings bearing
This type of radar enhance
to maximum visibility in
585 ARPA S-band Z-band X-band
marginal weather
condition.
resolution in diffraction in attenuation in refraction in
586 range may emerge to form
bearing bearing bearing bearing
a single echo. The ability of
a radar to separate this is
called:
separate targets close attenuation in refraction in resolution in diffraction in
587
together on the same range range range range
bearing is called:
The characteristics on
horizontal beam scanner speed of bearing to the
588 which bearing resolution width
range
rotation target
depends is:
Which indicates that your Serrated range
589 Indirect echoes Blind sector rings
Multiple echoes
radar needs maintenance?

Which radar control is used
to shorten all echoes on
590 the display and reduces the fast time constant gain control brilliance
clutter caused by the snow
or rain?
Charts used OOW should be
When navigating in coastal Position fixes
should be the Radar is only able to identify
waters which of the should be taken
591 most suitable for supplement to all relevant
following is not considered at a regular visual fixing
the planned navigational
as a factor? interval
passage marks
composed of a digitized
the only format organized into "picture&qu
files that are
592 Raster-scan chart data is: recognized by many separate ot; of a chart in
smaller than one format and
IMO/IHO files
vector files one layer
This may occur when a
strong echo is received
593 multiple echoes false echo diffraction clutter
from another ship at close
range.
This is the decrease in the
strength of a radar wave
resulting from absorption,
594 Diffraction Refraction Persistence Attenuation
scattering and reflection by
the medium as it passes
the atmosphere.
The unit which sends
power supply
595 returning target echoes to scanner unit transmitter unit display unit
unit
the receiver is the:
marker in the radar PPI
596 which the operator can put PPI EBL Guard zone Plotter
in any direction to watch
the incoming target?
The difference in intensity
of the illumination of the
597 radar scope between radar contrast brightness focus brilliance
images and the
background of the screen.
In confined waters which
Radar X band
of the following equipment Radar S band and
598 ECDIS and visual GPS
becomes more reliable in method visual method
obtaining vessel's position?
An identification of ships,
coastal areas and other make
increase the help indicate decrease the
599 targets, good range and presentation maximum detail
range range
range resolution are brighter
important because they:
Most commonly, ship's
600 X- BAND Q-BAND L - BAND S-BAND
radar operates in the:

Which of the following is
the best to obtain vessel's
601 Loran Decca Radar GPS
position during poor
visibility?
Which bridge equipment is
used in determining the
distance to and direction of
602 objects by sending out a ECHO-SOUNDER RADAR LORAN GPS
beam of microwave radio
energy and detecting the
return reflections?
While underway, a vessel
over 100,000 gross tons
with an automatic
identification systems (AIS) navigational
603 rate of turn name of vessel ship's heading
is expected to broadcast all status
of the following
information every 1 to 10
seconds EXCEPT:
On a relative motion radar,
after the contact immediately only if the radar by an occasional
the closest point of
604 has been marked when the contact scope is watched glance at the
approach (CPA) of a at least twice is noted on radar constantly radar
contact is determined:
When may the automatic At anytime as Only when the At the Master's Under no
605 identification system (AIS) long as it is vessel is at professional
judgement circumstance
be switched off? properly logged anchor or in port
This radar unit performs a
dual function both in
606 scanner reflector oscillator duplexer
transmission and
reception.
Navigation at coastal
607 waters, radar is generally Echo sounder Parallel indexing Visual fixing GPS
used to supplement
The intensity of the varying the passing a current
the action of the a signal from the
608 election beam in the C.R.T. potential on the through the
grid first anode time unit
is controlled by: deflection coil
The minimum range at
which a target can be
pulse repetition
609 detected is basically persistence pulse length rotation rate
rate
determined by which of
the following?
The transmission time
duration of a single pulse pulse repetition
610 pulse length persistence resolution
of radio-frequency energy rate
is a function of the:
In marine navigation, radar antenna
611 pulse generated pulse modulated circuit generated
signal is: generated
PPI display of a radar plan position perimeter pulse position practical power
612
means: indicator position indicator indicator indicator

The description
radar radar
"Racon" beside circular radio radar calibration
613 transponder conspicuous
an illustration on a chart beacon beacon beacon
beacon
would mean a:
NOT recommendable to
614 Floating aids Racons Ramark Lighthouse
obtain vessel's position as
radar target?
RAMARK is a
radar RAMARK is a
transponder radar beacon
which emits a which transmits
615 correct concerning Both B and C Neither B or C either
characteristics
RAMARK? continuously or at
signal when
intervals
triggered by a
ship's radar
This is defined as the radar
sensitivity time fast time
control that reduces weak receiver gain
616 control (sea- brilliance control constant
echoes to a limited clutter control) control
(differentiator)
distance from the ship:
The scattering and
absorption of the energy in
617 the radar beam as it passes diffraction refraction attenuation resolution
through the atmosphere is
called:
Which is the name of
movable, radial guide line
618 VRM PPI RML Cursor
used to measure direction
in the radar?
Countries are producing
unique digital charts based
619 S-52 standards S-100 standards S-57 standards S-75 standards
on their interpretation of
IHO standards:
Which device emits a
620 characteristic signal when RACON Beacons SART RAMARK
triggered by a ship's radar?
This safety device when
activated in a distress
situation responds to radar
Search and
interrogation by
621 Smoke signal Epirb beacon All of these rescue radar
transmitting a swept transponder
frequency signal which
generates 12 blips code on
a radar screen.
622 combination of a Radar ARPA T/R box transceiver remitter
transmitter and receiver?
targets
random, pie- no targets
Spoking would be indicated appearing 180 spiral lines or
623 shaped wedges showing up
on the radar receiver by: on the PPI degrees from dots on the PPI
beyond 3 miles
proper bearing

in a collision
once the targets
course observed
are properly successive
in radar during the nearest
marked, course bearings of a pip
fog, the vessel target on the
In ARPA, which of the and speed of in radar does not
624 which has the radar screen is
following is TRUE? same can be necessarily give
right of way the most critical the course and
deduced from
should continue one speed of that pip
these
her course and
observations
speed
The radar The safe speed of
She must use The use of a
Which statement is TRUE equipment is such a vessel will
this equipment to radar excuses a
concerning a vessel only required to likely be greater
625 obtain early vessel from the
equipped with operational warning of risk be used in than that of
need of a look-
radar? collision restricted vessels without
out
visibility radar
The relative motion line,
line of true
when extended past the true speed of true course of
626 movement of CPA
represented position of the other ship other ship
other ship
observer's ship, shows:
This is a shadow area when
ship structures at equal
627 height with the scanner, blind sector reflected sector tuned shadowed sector
causing areas behind
scanner to be un-scanned.
Incoming target echoes are
628 I.F amplifier mixer crystal Local oscillator video amplifier
detected by the:
A choppy sea produces this Second trace Normal radar
629 Sea Clutter Weather echoes
unwanted echo. echoes echoes
The following are Second Trace Normal Radar
630 Sea Cluster Weather Echoes
unwanted echoes, except: Echoes Echoes
A useful method of
monitoring cross track maneuvering
631 parallel indexing all of these arpa mapping
tendency in both poor and board
good visibility is
attenuation in resolution in refraction in diffraction in
632 range may emerge to form bearing
bearing bearing bearing
a single echo. The ability
of a radar to separate this
is called ________.
If a layer of cold moist air
over rides a shallow layer normal Increase of radar
633 Sub-refraction Optical horizon
of warm dry air which of refraction range
the following may occur?
reduce the beam enhance the
suppress weak
If you turn on the fast time width to provide reduce clutter for weak target
targets to a the entire PPI by
634 constant differentiator a map-like echoes and
limited distance shortening the
control of a radar it will: presentation for echoes brighten them on
from the ship
navigation the PPI

In confined waters WHICH
of the following Radar X band Radar S band and
635 equiptment becomes more and visual GPS ECDIS
method visual method
reliable in obtaining vessels
position?
In modern fathometers the
sonic or ultrasonic sound
636 waves are produced transceiver transducer transmitter amplifier
electrically by means of a
_______.
Navigation at coastal
waters radar is generally
637 Visual fixing parallel indexing GPS Echo sounder
used to supplement the
____________.
Radar makes the most
direction of a distance to a
638 accurate determination of size of a target shape of a target
target target
the __________.
distinguish separate
targets on the same
Ranging
639 bearing but having small Range resolution Range elongation Propagation
resolution
differences in range is
called which of the
following?
The characteristics on
scanner speed of bearing to the horizontal beam
640 which bearing resolution range
rotation target width
depends is _______.
The Component of the IBS
that allows a navigator to
see an integrated System display Tactical display
641 RADAR Control system
navigation and tactical unit unit
display and to avoid
navigational hazard is:
The radar control used to
fast time sensitivity time pulse length
642 reduce sea return at close gain control control
constant control
ranges is the __________.
643 lost target collision target new target target acquired
flashing diamond in ARPA?
What is the purpose of Increase The ARPA
tracking only Reduce number No special
644 digitizing the radar echoes accuracy of the
works with digital of radar echoes purpose
in ARPA? system signals
The display is
In the true one of the
presentation it It provides a It provides a
primary inputs
What is TRUE of the history provides a quick graphic display to graphic display of
and must be in
645 display of a targets past visual check to emphasize which a target vessels
determine if a use when using
positions on an ARPA? vessel is on a relative course
vessel has the trial
collision course. speed and CPA.
changed course. maneuver
capability.

When radar waves are
trapped in a layer of the
Large loss of Radar range of
atmosphere called a Decrease of Increase of radar
646 energy to the energy would
surface radio duct which radar range range
radio waves remain
of the following would be
created?
Which component of the
647 RADAR system must a Antenna Magnetron Receiver Wave guide
returning echo strikes first?
Radar should be
checked The ability of
radar to detect Radar bearings Raising the
regularly during
Which general statement objects is are less accurate antenna height
648 clear weather to
concerning radar is FALSE? unaffected by than radar increases the
ensure that it is weather ranges. radar range.
operating conditions.
properly.
Night effect is
Which statement is TRUE During night Night effect is
Night effect is caused by all of
concerning night effect effect caused by rapid
649 most prevalent the polarized
and the reception of radio late at night polarization is at changes in the
ground waves
signals? a minimum ionosphere
being vertical
Which tend to cause the
rapid decrease of
650 Super-refraction Attenuation Sub-refraction Diffusion
temperature as the
altitude increases?
651 bending of the wave as it Diffraction False Echo Multiple Echoes Clutter
passes an obstuction?
You are underway at 10
knots. At 1800 you note a
radar contact dead ahead
at a range of 10 miles. At
652 15 knots 5 knots dead in the water 10 knots
1812 the contact is dead
ahead at a range of 8
miles. The estimated speed
of the contact is ______.
knots and see on your
radar a contact 10 miles
directly astern of you. 12 Dead in the
653 15 knots 1 knot 10 knots
minutes later the contact water
is 8 miles directly astern of
you. What is the estimated
speed of the contact?
A Doppler log in the
depth of the bottom speed over the velocity of the
654 bottom return mode ground
water characteristics current
indicates the __________.
A Doppler log in the
volume reverberation speed through speed being the set of the the depth of the
655
mode indicates the water made good current water
__________.

A Doppler speed log in the volume
in the bottom only when there
656 indicates speed over reverberation at all times return mode is no current
ground __________. mode
A Doppler speed log in the volume in the bottom only when there
657 indicates speed through reverberation at all times
mode return mode is no current
the water __________.
A line of position derived
by radar range from an line parallel to
658 parabola straight line arc
identified point on a coast the coast
will be a(n) __________.
A marine radar system for
surface navigation must be
659 fitted on all ocean or 1 600 GT 1 500 GT 1 400 GT 1 700 GT
coastwise vessels of over
__________.
should only use
must use can use radar radar bearings
A navigator fixing a vessel
information from information from when the range should never use
660 s position by radar
targets forward one object to fix exceeds the radar bearings
__________. the position
of the beam distance to the
horizon
A radar based constant up-
Track Made Distance Off
661 date of cross track Parallel Indexing Clearing bearing
Good Danger
tendency.
A radar contact will remain on a reciprocal on the same
at the same on the same
stationary on a relative course at the course and
662 speed as your speed as your
course as your
motion radar display only same speed as
vessel vessel vessel
when it is __________. your vessel
A radar display in which
North is always at the top unstabilized composition
663 stabilized display relative display
of the screen is a(n) display display
__________.
A radar display which is
oriented so that north is
composite unstabilized
664 always at the top of the stabilized display relative display
display display
screen is called a(n)
__________.
A radar range to a small
charted object such as a
665 Arc Straight line Parabola Hyperbola
light will provide a line of
position in which form?
A wide vertical scanner
increase the decrease sea reduce loss of
666 beam is important in heavy lower refraction
range return beam targets
weather to _______.

the contact is on the radar is
constant monitoring of the contact is on the contact is a reciprocal showing false
your radar screen you the same course
667 and speed as
dead in the course at the echoes and is
noticed that a contact has
your vessel water same speed as probably
remained in the same
your vessel defective.
position relative to yours;
what could be the possible
conclusion of the scenario?
An increase in temperature
668 with an increase would attenuation sub-refraction super-refraction diffusion
tend to cause _________.
An upper layer of warm
dry air over a surface layer normal
669 super-refraction sub-refraction propagation
of a cold moist air causes refraction
which of the following?
Coral atolls or a chain of
islands at right angles to
the multiple-
the radar beam may limitations on the pulse length the effects of
670 target resolution
show as a long line rather range resolution of the radar beam width
factor
than as individual targets
due to __________.
Gibraltar port Control or
Lloyd signal station is
controlled by United If any dangerous
Name of
Kingdom. They normally Vessel s name Vessels IMO cargo on board
671 Ownerws/Operat
monitor the vessel thru Nationality ors number &
radar surveilance. What quantity
particular questions they
do not require?
How many targets can an
Electronic Plotting Aid
672 20 10 5 2
(EPA) track at the same
time?
If a layer of cold moist air
over rides a shallow layer normal Increase of radar
673 Sub-refraction Optical horizon
of warm dry air which of refraction range
the following may occur?
If the Radar scanners of
one vessel are in the same
horizontal plane as the
cargo deck of the other
during transfer operations
674 a 3 cm radar. a 10 cm radar. a 6 cm radar. a 9 cm radar.
which type of radar
emissions would pose a
greater danger of the
induced ignition of
flammable vapours?

The bending of a wave as it
675 passes an obstruction is diffraction refraction attenuation persistence
called _________.
Bend radar rays Bend radar rays Bend radar rays Bend radar rays
What is the effect of super downward and upward and downward and upward and
676
refraction? decrease radar increase radar increase radar decrease radar
range range range range
A useful method of
monitoring cross track maneuvering
677 parallel indexing arpa mapping all of these
tendency in both poor and board
good visibility is
A radar range
compared to the The radar Only a radar All radars have
If there is any doubt as to actual range of a resolution expert can indicator lights
the proper operation of a known object can
678 detector must be determine if the and alarms to
radar, which statement is be used to
check the energized to radar is signal improper
TRUE?
operation of the check the radar operating operation
radar
A sandy beach
Which statement Radar ranges are Navigation buoys Small wooden
will show up
679 concerning the operation less accurate in will always show boats may not
clearer on radar show up on radar
of radar in fog is TRUE? fog up on radar
than a rocky cliff
provide better
range
The 10 cm radar as have more sea be more suitable
have a wider performance on
compared to a 3 cm radar return during for river and
680 horizontal beam low lying targets
of similar specifications will width rough sea harbor
during good
_____. conditions investigation
weather and
calm seas
reduce the beam enhance the
suppress weak reduce clutter for
If you turn on the fast time width to provide weak target
targets to a the entire PPI by
681 constant differentiator a map-like echoes and shortening the
limited distance
control of a radar, it will: presentation for brighten them on echoes
from the ship
navigation the PPI
In order to insure that a turn off the
RACON signal is displayed interference switch off rain adjust the effect adjust the gain
682
on the radar, you should controls on the clutter control of beam width and brilliance
__. radar
The PPI display of a radar practical power plan position pulse position perimeter
683
mean ____. indicator indicator indicator position indicator
Bend radar rays Bend radar rays Bend radar rays Bend radar rays
What is the effect of super downward and upward and downward and upward and
684
refraction? decrease radar decrease radar increase radar increase radar
range. range. range. range.
Surfaced radio ducts
685 usually occur over land, at night time daytime noontime anytime
what time of the day?

An indirect radar echo is a
Their bearing is
cause by a reflection of the They always
almost constant,
main lobe of the radar appear on a The indirect When plotted,
even when the
beams off the observers bearing of 90 echoes usually their movements
686 true bearing of
vessel. Which of the degrees from the appear in are usually
the contact true bearing of
following is NOT a shadow sectors abnormal
changes the contact
characteristics of indirect
appreciably
echoes?
should only use
must use can use radar radar bearings
A navigator fixing a vessels
should never use information from information from when the range
687 position by radar
radar bearings targets forward one object to fix exceeds the
__________. the position
of the beam distance to the
horizon
A radar display in which
composite unstabilized
688 north is always at the top stabilized display relative display
display display
of the screen is called a (n)
The closest point of
approach (CPA) of a only if the radar after the contact by an occasional immediately
689 contact on a relative scope is watched has been marked glance at the when the contact
motion radar may be constantly at least twice radar is noted on radar
determined __________.
When using a radar in an
unstabilized mode, fixes objects that are
690 ranges center bearings tangent bearings
are determined most easily close aboard
from __________.
Your radar is set on a true
motion display. Which of Echo from a ship Own ships Echoes from land
691 all of the options
the following will appear to at anchor marker masses
move across the PPI scope.
Your radar displays your
ship off center. As you
proceed on your course,
your ships marker moves
692 true motion head up stabilized display off center
on the PPI scope while
echoes form land masses
remain stationary. What is
this display called?
You have been observing
your radar screen and
notice that a contact on The contact is on The radar is
the screen has remained in a reciprocal showing false The contact is The contact is on
the same course
693 the same position, relative course at the echoes and is dead in the and speed as
to you, for several minutes. same speed as probably water your vessel
Your vessel is making 10 your vessel defective
knots through the water.
Which statement is TRUE?

Your radar indicates a
target, however, there is
no visible at the point
indicated. At large
mountain, approximately Ionospheric skip a submerged
694 ducting sub-refraction
50 miles away on the same waves submarine
bearing as the target is
bearing the horizon. You
should suspect the radar
target is caused by
You are scanning the radar Starting with a Starting with a Starting with a
screen for a buoy fitted As a broken line dot and dash and dash and
695 with racon. How should from center of extending extending to the extending radially
this signal appear on the PPI to the target radially inward right of the outward from the
PPI display? from the target target target
radar should be
checked the ability of
raising the radar to detect radar bearings
regularly during
Which general statements antenna height objects is are less accurate
696 clear weather to
concerning radar is FALSE? increases the unaffected by than radar
ensure that it is weather
radar range ranges
operating conditions
properly
This is a radar transponder
which emits a None of the
697 BEACON RECON RACON
characteristics signal when stated options
triggered by ships radar
A knowledge of the
limitations of a radar
equipment being used on a to interpret data
to distinguish to acquire
698 vessel is essential to enable to detect targets provided by
between targets targets
the observer to estimate ARPA
the danger of failure
___________.
The ARPA may swap
are tracked on
targets when automatically are tracked on are tracked at pass close
699 reciprocal
tracking if two targets the same bearing the same range together
bearings
__________.
you see in order to
determine if a close relative track predicted time of set and drift of initial range of
700
quarters situation will information CPA the current acquisition
vessel?
the display is one
In the true
of the primary it provides a presentation, it it provides a
What is TRUE of the history inputs and must graphic display of provides a quick graphic display to
701 display of a targets past be in use when a target vessels visual check to emphasize which
positions on an ARPA? using the trial relative course, determine if a vessel is on a
maneuver speed and CPA vessel has collision course
changed course
capability

A target being A tracked target
What will cause the ARPA An acquired A tracked target
initially detected entering your
702 to emit a visual alarm, target entering lost for one radar
within a guard preset CPA-
audible alarm, or both? TCPA limits into a guard zone scan
zone
a target being a tracked target
What will cause the ARPA an acquired a tracked target
initially selected entering your
703 to emit a visual alarm, target entering lost for one radar
within a guard preset CPA-TCPA
audible alarm or both? into a guard zone scan zone limits
A type of radar required so
the maximum visibility in
704 S-band X-band Tri-band Q-band
marginal conditions is
available is called?
should take should use radar
When fixing a vessel should take as should take
bearings only on info from one
705 position by radar, a many bearings as bearings only on
un-stabilized object to fix the
navigator: he can stabilized mode position
mode
A radar range
compared to the The radar Only a radar All radars have
If there is any doubt as to
actual range of a resolution expert can indicator lights
the proper operation of a
706 known object can detector must be determine if the and alarms to
radar, which statement is be used to check energized to radar is signal improper
TRUE? the operation of check the radar operating operation
the radar
knots. At 1800 you note a
radar contact dead ahead at
a range of 10 miles. At 1812
707 5 knots 15 knots dead in the water 10 knots
the contact is dead ahead at
a range of 8 miles. The
estimated speed of the
contact is ______.
You are underway at 5 knots
and see on your radar a
contact 10 miles directly
astern of you. 12 minutes Dead in the
708 15 knots 1 knot 10 knots
later, the contact is 8 miles water
directly astern of you. What
is the estimated speed of
the contact?
The radar control that
fast time sensitivity time
reduces weak echoes out receiver gain
709 constant ( brilliance control control ( sea-
to a limited distance from control clutter control )
differentiator )
the ship is the ________.
When using a radar in a
unstabilized mode, fixes objects that are
710 ranges center bearings tangent bearings
are determined most easily close aboard
from __________.
Coral atolls, or a chain of
islands at right angles to
the multiple-
the radar beam, may show the pulse length the effects of limitations on
711 target resolution
as a long line rather than of the radar beam width range resolution
factor
as individual targets due to
__________.

a circle
You are approaching a light a coded signal a dashed line
appearing on the running from the an audible signal appearing on the
fitted with a RACON. The
712 same bearing at when the sweep scope
light may be identified on a greater range center of the
crosses the light surrounding the
the radar by __________. than the light scope to the light
light
A line of position derived
by radar range from an line parallel to
713 parabola arc straight line
identified point on a coast the coast
will be a(n) __________.
target can no
714 what does the lost target display failure longer be plotted
computer failure radar failure
warning tell?
What is the purpose of Increase The ARPA
No special Reduce number tracking only
715 digitizing the radar echoes accuracy of the
purpose of radar echoes works with digital
in ARPA? system signals
What is the IMO Detection should Detection should Performance not
No special
716 requirement for ARPA be done be done inferior to radar
display requirement
detection? manually automatically
717 lost target new target target acquired collision target
flashing diamond in ARPA?
If you input gyro course to Error in other Error in other
Error in other
718 the ARPA, what can you ships calculated ships calculated No problem
ships speed
expect? speed range
In ARPA, how many targets
are the IMO minimum
719 20 targets 30 targets 50 targets 10 targets
continuously tracking
requirements?
The tracking
what is the difference The tracking gate The tracking gate It is the same
720 window is more
between a tracking gate is longer is more accurate thing
accurate
and a tracking window?
What is the meaning of
ARPA in trial Acquisition area Approaching
721 XXT at the bottom of the mode
Lost target
active danger area
display in ARPA?
What is the most used
Displaying Displaying
geographical presentation Relative or true Digital
722 predicted areas predicted
of target speed and course speed vector presentation
of danger position areas
in an ARPA?
Your ARPA has been
tracking a target and has
The ARPA will
generated the targets
The ARPA has generate data The ARPA will
course and speed. The The ARPA will
lost all memory based on sea generate data as
radar did not receive a give an audible
723 of the target and return echoes if the target is still
target echo on its last two and / or visual
must recompute from the vicinity being tracked by
scans due to the weather. lost target alarm. radar.
the target data. where the target
What should you expect
was lost.
under these
circumstances?

Vessels required to have an speed of the time of the next
Automatic Radar Plotting vessel over the distance to the ETA to the next
724 navigational
Aid must have a device to ground or next port port
through the water satellite pass
indicate the_________.
What is the IMO minimum
725 range requirement for 3, 6 and 18 NM 1.5, 3 and 12 NM 6, 12 and 24 NM 3, 6 and 12 NM
ARPA?
you use in order to
determine if a close Relative track Predicted time of Initial range of Set a drift of the
726
quarter situation will information CPA acquisition current
vessel?
Increase the STC Increase the Increase the Navigate as
When using the ARPA in though the
setting to reduce range of the radar gain to pick
727 heavy rain, which action effective range of
close-in spurious inner and outer up weak echoes the radar has
should you take?
signals. guard rings. through the rain. been reduced.
The ARPA may swap are tracked on
pass close are tracked on are tracked at
728 targets when automatically together
reciprocal
the same bearing the same range
tracking if two targets bearings
The trial
The target
maneuver You cannot Navigational
When using an ARPA, what vessels
feature will determine if a constraints may
should you consider in generated course
729 automatically small target has require a target
order to evaluate the vessel to change and speed are
determine a been lost due to
information displayed? course. based solely on
course that will sea return.
radar inputs.
clear all targets.
The range on
Due to currents, the log is The generated The generated
The targets true initial target
indicating a faster speed CPA will be less TCPA will be later
730 course vector will acquisition will
than the speed over the be in error. than the actual than the actual
be less than
grounds. What should you CPA TCPA
normal
expect under these
circumstances?
Your ARPA has been
tracking a target and has
generated the targets the ARPA has lost
course and speed. The the ARPA will the ARPA will the ARPA will all memory of
generate date as give an audible
radar did not receive a generate date the target and
731 if the target was
target echo on its last two based on sea still being tracked and/or visual lost must
scans due to the weather. return by radar target alarm recomputed the
What should you expect target date
under these
circumstances?
Target can no
732 what does the lost target Display failure Radar failure Computer failure longer be plotted
warning tell?

The range of
Due to currents, the log is The generated The generated
The targets true initial target
indicating a faster speed CPA will be less TCPA will be later
733 course vector will acquisition will
than the speed over the be in error. than the actual than the actual
be less than
ground. What should you CPA. TCPA.
normal.
expect under these
circumstances?
Guard against Warn of small Alert the watch
Sound an alarm
Your ARPA has two guard target loss during targets that are officer that a
for targets first
734 zones. What is the purpose critical initially detected vessel is
detected within closer than the
of the inner guard zone? maneuvering approaching the
the zone. outer guard zone.
situations. preset CPA limit.
The display is
In the true one of the
presentation, it It provides a It provides a
primary inputs
What is TRUE of the history provides a quick graphic display to graphic display of
and must be in
735 display of a targets past visual check to emphasize which a target vessels
determine if a use when using
positions on an ARPA? vessel is on a relative course,
vessel has the trial
collision course. speed, and CPA.
changed course. maneuver
capability.
Elecronic chart Electronic chart
Electronic chart Electronic chart
display and digital and
736 What does "ECDIS" mean? information
data information direction and
information
system system injection system
system
ECDIS is set with
737 performance standard by TX 50 DT 40 DX 90 DP 90
IMO called:
This is the ship's electronic
Electronic
738 data base used in the maps Digital Chart Chart data base
Nautical Chart
ECDIS Sytem
739 which contains the heart of Chart data base Planning station Control system RADAR
the whole sysytem is the:
that allows a navigator to
see an integrated System display Tactical display
740 Control system RADAR
navigation and tactical unit unit
display and to avoid
navigational hazard is:
ECDIS must have the
capability to preserve the
record of the track for the
previous __________.

AIS can be used
to make passing AIS can be used
arrangements via AIS cannot be to make passing AIS cannot be
ship-to-ship text used to make arrangements via used to make
massaging thus passing ship-to-ship text passing
Which of the following messaging but a
relieving a vessel arrangements arrangements
statements is TRUE vessel operator is because the ship-
operator from because the
742 regarding automatic not relieved from
making such system is not the requirement to-ship text
identification systems (AIS)
arrangements via capable of this to sound whistle messaging
?
bridge-to-bridge type of ship-to- signals or make feature is for
radiotelephone ship arrangements via emergency use
or signaling communications. bridge-to-bridge only.
radiotelephone.
intent to pass via
whistle signals.
An ECDIS is required to Meteorological
743 Waypoints Radar targets Soundings
display which information? data
AIS provides
AIS will not AIS is designed to
near real-time AIS can be relied
provide information replace ARPA,
Which of the following upon as the sole
information on regarding maneuvering
statements is TRUE means to
another vessel if another vessel's boards, and
744 regarding automatic determine
that vessel is speed over visual bearings as
identification systems ground and course changes
indistinguishable a means to
(AIS)? heading due to other AIS
in radar sea ascertain the risk
regardless of equipped traffic.
clutter. visibility. of collision.
Chart information details
to be used in ECDIS should
be the latest edition of
International International
information originated by a
745 NASA US Coast Guard Hydrographic Maritime
government-authorized Organization Organization
hydrographic office and
conform to the standards
of (the) __________.
The database information
that should be shown
standard display chart display system electronic display base
746 when a chart is first information information nautical chart information
displayed on ECDIS is the
__________.
Which data must ECDIS be
Course made Estimated time Speed through
747 able to record at one- Shaft RPM good history of arrival the water
minute intervals?
Which information must
automatic identification
systems (AIS) automatically
748 Vessel's course ETA Destination Draught
provide to appropriately
equipped shore stations,
vessels and aircraft?

While underway, a vessel
over 100,000 gross tons wi
th an automatic
identification systems (AIS)
navigational
749 is expected to broadcast all rate of turn ship's heading name of vessel
status
of the following
seconds EXCEPT
__________.
While underway,
automatic identificat ion
systems (AIS) broadcast all
course over latitude and speed over
750 of the following ship's scantlings
ground longitude ground
seconds EXCEPT the
__________.
International nternational
751 Hydrographic Maritime NASA US Coast Guard
of (the) __________.
a digitized composed of
the only format "picture" of a organized into
Raster-scan chart data is files that are
752 recognized by chart in one many separate
__________. format and one smaller than
IMO/IHO files
layer vector files
ECDIS units incorporate
753 Digital Chart Data Formats, vector and raster imposed viewing raster only vector only
which include __________.
754 Soundings Radar target Waypoints
Hydrographic
An ECDIS is required to data, RADAR Temperature, Pressure, Brightness,
755
display which information? targets, ARPA Density, Distance Vibration Darkness
vectors
An ECDIS is required to Hydrographic
756 ARPA vectors data
Radar targets All of these
display which information?
System
that should be shown Chart display Standard display
757 Standard Display electronic
when a chart is first information information
nautical chart
displayed on ECDIS is the:
Convert
Determine true
"graphical
Determine bearing and
ECDIS must be able to coordinates&quo Transform a local
magnetic distance
758 perform all of the following t; to datum to the
compass between two
EXCEPT: deviation "display WGS-'84 datum
geographical
coordinates&quo
points
t;

Electric Chart Electronic Chart Electronic Chart Electric Chart
Display and Display and Data and Data and
759 ECDIS means:
Information Information Information Information
System System System System
Reduce the
Eliminate the Computerize
The primary function of Contribute to number of
760 need to use shipboard
ECDIS is to: safe navigation persons on the
paper charts navigation
bridge.
It is define as the level of
SENC info shown when
ECDIS first turned on; used
761 Standby Display Full Display Standard Display Soundings
for route planning and can
be modified by mariner
depending on needs.
Which of the following Ship Notice to
Hydrographic
762 data layer categories is SENC hydrodynamic Mariners
Office data
NOT displayed on ECDIS? information information
With respect to automatic
identification systems
Location of None of the
763 (AIS), which information is Time stamp Destination
antenna above
required to be broadcast
every 1 to 10 seconds?
Chart data is organised into
many separate files. It
contains layer information
to produce certain
symbols, lines, area, Vector Chart Raster Chart
764 Chersoft VPF Maptech BSB
colours, and other (ENC) (RNC)
elements. With this data, it
can change individual
elements with additional
data.
765 (AIS), which information is Name of ship Ship's heading Vessel's draft IMO number
expected to be broadcast
Ship
766 Soundings Radar targets hydrodynamic
display which information? data information
Which of the following is Positional
mandatory equipment that navigation Track control
767 sensors (e.g.,
Radar/ARPA AIS
must be connected to (autopilot)
ECDIS? GPS)
mode of operation for
ECDIS has been recently
768 NEC DSRC RSDC RCDS
approved by the IMO
under Resolution
MSC.86(7)?

ECDIS database issued by
hydrographic office that
contains all chart info
769 ENC SENC ECS ECN
needed for safe navigation
and may contain
supplemental info.
ECDIS level in info that
cannot be removed from
770 display; required at all Standard Display Standby Display Display Base Full Display
times and not intended for
safe navigation.
The level of database
information which cannot
be removed from the
ECDIS display and consists System
Display base Standard display Chart display
771 of information which is information
electronic
information information
required at all times in all nautical chart
geographic areas and
under all circumstances is
the:
An ECDIS is required to Water Speed of
772 Climatology data Depth contours
display which information? temperature advance
An ECDIS is required to Hydrographic
773 data
ARPA vectors Radar targets All of these
display which information?
System
that should be shown Standard display Chart display
774 Standard Display electronic
when a chart is first information information
nautical chart
displayed on ECDIS is the:
Convert
Determine true
"graphical
bearing and Determine
ECDIS must be able to Transform a local coordinates&quo
distance magnetic
775 perform all of the following datum to the t; to
between two compass
EXCEPT: WGS-'84 datum deviation "display
geographical
coordinates&quo
points
t;
Electronic Chart Electric Chart Electronic Chart Electric Chart
Display and Display and Data and Data and
776 ECDIS means:
Information Information Information Information
Reduce the
Computerize Eliminate the
The primary function of number of Contribute to
777 shipboard need to use
ECDIS is to: persons on the safe navigation
navigation paper charts
bridge.
It is define as the level of
SENC info shown when
778 Soundings Full Display Standard Display Standby Display
depending on needs.

Hydrographic
779 data layer categories is hydrodynamic SENC Mariners
Office data
NOT displayed on ECDIS? information information
Location of None of the
780 (AIS), which information is Time stamp Destination
antenna above
required to be broadcast
781 (AIS), which information is Name of ship IMO number Ship's heading Vessel's draft
expected to be broadcast
Ship
782 hydrodynamic Radar targets Soundings
display which information? information data
mode of operation for
ECDIS has been recently
783 RSDC NEC RCDS DSRC
approved by the IMO
under Resolution
MSC.86(7)?
784 display; required at all Standard Display Display Base Standby Display Full Display
times and not intended for
safe navigation.
be removed from the
ECDIS display and consists System
Chart display Standard display Display base
785 of information which is electronic information
information information
required at all times in all nautical chart
the:
786 Depth contours Climatology data
Auto Automatic Automatic
Automatic
787 AIS stands for _______. Investigation Identification investigation
System Identity System
System Security
ECDIS is set with a
788 performance standard by DX90 DT40 DP90 TX50
IMO called _______.
GPS satellites continually
transmit their own precise
789 SSM Almanac HDOP ephemeris
orbital data called
_______.

IMO Resolution A817 (19)
recommends Governments
to ensure that what chart
used on ships entitles to fly British Admiralty Hydrographic
790 Electronic Chart US chart
their flag conform to the Chart Chart
performance standards not
inferior to those set out in
annex to this resolution?
It describes the minimum
Performance Standards for
ECDIS systems references International
to both hardware and ECDIS Certified IHO Special IMO Resolution Electrotechnical
791
software ENC updates Systems Publication S52 A.817(19) Commission (IEC)
user interface and the standard 61174
integration of external
devices.
a digitized compose of files
organized into the only format
Raster -scan chart data is picture of a chart that are smaller
792 many separate recognized by
_______. in one format and than the vector
files one layer IMO/IHO
files
The following units of
measure will appear on the
793 Depth Height Position Course
ECDIS chart display except
_______.
The Integrated Bridge
System that complies with
the up-to-date chart
794 ECDIS ECDISK ECDB EK1S
carrying requirements of
international law is
_______.
The position obtain from Wave and pulses World Geodetic Cross position
795 GPS are normally referred of sattelite System 1984 Sattelite transits fixes with other
to _______. system datum sattelites
The purpose of this course
is to enhance safety of
navigation by providing the
IMO Model IMO Model IMO Model IMO Model
796 knowledge and skills
Course 1.37 Course 1.47 Course 1.27 Course 1.07
necessary to fully utilize
the features of ECDIS is
called _______.
This is the digital picture of Electronic chart Raster Chart
797 ECDIS ECDISK
a chart _______. system Data
Those chart display that do
not meet the IMO
requirements for the ECDIS
798 ECS ECDIS both a and b neither a nor b
and cannot be used to
replace a paper chart is the
_______.

What contains all the chart
information necessary for
safe navigation and may Electronic
contain supplementary Electronic Chart Navigational
799 Standard display Base display
information in additioned Systems (ECS) Chart (ENC)-S-
to that contained in the 57 vector
paper chart (e.g. sailing
directions)?
What do you call this
combination of systems
which are interconnected Raster Chart
Integrated Bridge Local Area Electronic Chart
800 to allow centralized access System (IBS)
Display Systems
Network (LAN) System (ECS)
to sensor information or (RCDS)
command/control from
workstations?
What does not contribute Atmospheric/Ion
801 to the commercial GPS Satellites orbits ospheric Ships speed Satellite clock
receiver position error? propagation
What is define as the level
of SENC info shown when
802 ENC display Display Base Standard Display none of these
depending on needs?
What is the level of
database information which
cannot be removed from the
Complicated
ECDIS display and consists of Full display Display base Standard display
803 display
information which is information information information
information
required at all times in all
geographic areas and under
all circumstances?
When navigating using GPS
what is an indicator of the Horizontal Selective
804 geometry of the satellites Dilution of Doppler Shifting Precision Coding
Precision Availability
that your receiver is locked
onto?
When the electronic chart
is part of an ECDIS it must
display the minimum data Aids to Regulatory
805 Hydrography Tidal currents
required by IMO/IHO to navigation boundaries
include all of the following
except _______.
When the gyro-pilot is
used for steering what
Weather Lost motion
806 control is adjusted to Sea control Rudder control
adjustment adjustment
compensate for varying sea
conditions?
Speed through Estimated time Course made
807 able to record at one- Shaft RPM
the water of arrival good history
minute intervals?

Which is the basic
operating principle of the
808 Doppler shift Echo Phase difference Time difference
satellite navigation
system?
The selected When a chart is
Which of the following is a The smaller the The smaller the safety contour is first displayed
performance standard for wavelength is wavelength is displayed with the Standard
809
the display of SENC the more intense the weaker the greater emphasis Display at the
information? radiation is signal than other smallest scale is
contours presented.
correct about GPS? ( I - it
810 maybe suspended without I only II only none of the given I and II
warning ll - It can be used
in all parts of the world)
Aside from the
requirements for the
Display Base and Standard The hydrographic
811 Display who selects the Port state control The mariner bosun office issuing the
display categories of the All ENC data
other information display
level?
In terms of ECDIS voyage
recording, what major
types of data that must be
recorded at one-minute
intervals during the
previous 12 hours?
812 I only I, II and III I and II I and III only
I. Record of own ships track
II. Record of own ships
time, position, heading,
speed
III. Record of official data
used (e.g., ENC)
A facsimile image of an
existing paper chart and all
the information and
symbology on the paper
813 chart is reproduced Mercator chart Raster Chart Composite chart Vector chart
identically on the
electronic chart and this
type of chart has no
layering of information.
A large database of
geographical information
and accesses this database Electronic
Electronic chart
814 to create a custom Vector chart Navigational Raster chart
system
electronic chart based on Chart
operator selected
parameters.

A navigational information
system which with
adequate back-up
arrangements can be
accepted as complying
with the up-to-date chart Navigational Electronic Chart
Navigational Integrated Bridge Display and
815 required by regulation Raster Type
Satellite System System (IBS) Information
V/19_2.1.4 of the 1974 Systems System (ECDIS)
SOLAS Convention by
displaying selected
information from a system
electronic navigational
chart.
An ECDIS is required to
Hydrographic
816 display which among the Radar targets ARPA vectors All of these
data
following information?
An electronic or electric
device that indicates the magnetic
817 gyro-compass swing meter odometer
rate of turn of a vessel compass
defines a/an _________.
Can be considered any
other type of electronic Electronic
charts that does not Electronic Chart Navigational
818 Systems (ECS)
Standard display Vector chart
comply with the IMO Chart (ENC)-S-57
Performance Standard for vector
ECDIS.
Chart informations details
information originated by International International
819 the government- Maritime NASA Hydrographic US Coast Guard
authorized hydrographic Organization Office
office and conform to the
standards
of(the)___________.
Countries are producing
unique digital charts based
820 on their interpretation of S-55 standards S-57 standards S-59 standards S-52 standards
IHO standards
____________.
complicated
821 display; What required at Display Base None of these Standard Display
displays
all times and not intended
for safe navigation?
Electric Chart Electronic Chart Electronic Chart Electric Chart
ECDIS means Data and Data and Display And Display and
822
_____________. Information Information Information Information

determine true
bearing and determine
ECDIS must be able to
make navigation make navigation distance magnetic
823 perform all of the following
safer more efficient between two compass
EXCEPT __________. deviation
geographical
points
Charted buoy
Physical buoy
If it is thought or known positions may locations are
ECDIS is not up
that floating aids to differ from always more
None of the to date it must
824 navigation (buoys) have charted locations reliable than own
given choices be updated by
shifted how should this be on ECDIS as ships GPS
with any type of the class
interpreted on ECDIS? position
chart information.
information.
If the electronic chart is
part of an ECDIS it must
display the minimum data aids to regulatory
825 hydrography tidal currents
required by IMO/IHO to navigation boundaries
EXCEPT __________.
In the ECDIS what do you
call this opportunity to and
by scrolling through the
charts to acquaint the
826 Look ahead Safety checking Cross track Error Chart selection
OOW with potential
danger areas alterations
of course crossing traffic
and so on?
It describes the ECDIS International
operational and Electrotechnical
IHO Special IMO Resolution ECDIS Certified
827 performance requirements Commission
Publication S52 A.817(19) Systems (IEC) standard
and provide methods for
the required results. 61174
ECDIS must have the
capability to preserve the
record of the track for the
previous __________.
829 Digital Chart Data Formats, vector only vector and raster imposed viewing raster only
a digitized picture composed of
the only format organized into
Raster-scan chart data is of a chart in one files that are
830 recognized by many separate
__________. format and one smaller than
layer IMO/IHO files
vector files
Which of the following Notice to Ship
ECDIS warnings Hydrographic
831 data layer categories is Mariners hydrodynamic
and messages information Office data
NOT displayed on ECDIS? information

The database resulting
from (1) the
transformation of the
chart (ENC) by ECDIS for System
Chart display Standard display Display base
832 appropriate use, (2) the electronic
information information information navigational chart
updates to the ENC by
appropriate means, and (3)
the additional data added
by the mariner, is called
the ..?
System
that should be shown Standard display Display base Chart display
833 electronic
when a chart is first information information information
nautical chart
displayed on ECDIS is the..?
be removed from the
ECDIS display and consists
chart display display base standard display system electronic
834 of information which is
information information information nautical chart
the __________.
If the ship is When the speed If the ships ETA
ECDIS must give an alarm going to reach a of a dangerous has changed All of these
835 for which of the following critical point on
the planned target exceeds a beyond the set choices
cases?
route. set limit. limit.
If the ships ETA When the speed When the
ECDIS must give an alarm specified limit for
has changed of a dangerous None of the
836 for which of the following deviation from
beyond the set target exceeds a above the planned route
cases?
limit. set limit. is exceeded.
837 Hydrographic Maritime NASA US Coast Guard
of (the) __________.
An ECDIS is required to All of these Hydrographic
838 ARPA vectors Radar targets
display which information? choices data
Which data must ECDIS be Electronic
Course made All of these
839 able to record at one- Position choices
navigational
good history
minute intervals? chart source
840 Soundings Waypoints Radar targets
841 Depth contours Climatology data

Course made Estimated time Speed through
842 able to record at one- good history
Shaft RPM
of arrival the water
minute intervals?
Calculation of
Conversion of
true azimuth and
Which of the following graphical Transformation
All of these distance
843 must an ECDIS system be coordinates to of local datum to
choices between two
able to perform? display WGS-84 datum
geographical
coordinates
points
Determine true
Convert
Determine bearing and
ECDIS must be able to graphical Transform a local
magnetic distance
844 perform all of the following compass
coordinates to datum to the
between two
EXCEPT. deviation. display WGS-84 datum.
geographical
coordinates.
points.
must the electronic chart Regulatory All of these
845 Ferry routes Hydrography choices
of an ECDIS display, as boundaries
required by IMO/IHO?
Which of the following are Notice to
All of these Hydrographic ECDIS warnings
846 data layer categories to be Mariners
choices Office data and messages
displayed on ECDIS? information
If the ship, within
When the If the ship, within
a specified time
specified limit for a specified time
ECDIS must give an alarm set by the watch
deviation from All of these set by the watch
847 for which of the following officer, is going
the planned choices officer, is going
cases? to cross the
route is to cross a safety
boundary of a
exceeded. contour.
prohibited area.
An ECDIS is required to hydrographic
848 radar targets ARPA vectors all of these
that should be shown
standard display chart display system electronic display base
849 when a chart is first
information information nautical chart information
displayed on ECDIS is the
__________.
Speed through Course made Estimated time
850 able to record at one- Shaft RPM
the water good history of arrival
minute intervals?
The database resulting
from (1) the
transformation of the
chart (ENC) by ECDIS for
display base standard display chart display system electronic
851 appropriate use, (2) the navigational chart
information information information
updates to the ENC by
appropriate means, and (3)
the additional data added
by the mariner, is called
the __________.

ECDIS warnings Hydrographic
852 data layer categories is hydrodynamic Mariners
information and messages Office data
NOT displayed on ECDIS? information
853 Digital Chart Data Formats, vector only raster only imposed viewing vector and raster
be removed from the
ECDIS display and consists
display base standard display chart display system electronic
854 of information which is information information information nautical chart
the __________.
If the electronic chart is
part of an ECDIS, it must
display the minimum data regulatory aids to
855 hydrography tidal currents
required by IMO/IHO, to boundaries navigation
EXCEPT __________.
When the speed If the ship is If the ships ETA
ECDIS must give an alarm
of a dangerous going to reach a has changed
856 for which of the following all of the options
target exceeds a critical point on beyond the set
cases? the planned route
set limit limit
Bridge officers have three
main duties as set forth in
the ECDIS and the
integrated bridge system.
857 II only III only I and II only I and III
system is NOT included? I.
Navigation II. Chart Work
III. Ship Management
statement is/are true with
regards to the ECDIS in the
integrated Bridge System? I
This will not lower the
Neither I nor II
858 overall worked load of the II only I and II are true I only
are true
bridge officer II It increases
the percentage of the time
that bridge officers can
devote to collision
avoidance
The following units of
measure will appear on the
859 Course Position Depth Height
ECDIS chart display
EXCEPT:
RNC charts can be used for Only if approved Only together
860 FALSE TRUE
voyage planning. by the flag state with paper charts

Put the rudder
Initiate a
hard over to the
What should you do when "Mayday" call to
Throw a red flare side where the Call for help and
861 you see a person fall alert other keep the victim in
to the victim victim fell and sight
overboard at night? vessels in the
start the
vicinity
Scharnow turn
Immediately after
abandoning a vessel,
Survivors in the
862 lookouts should be posted Food and water Land Bad weather
water
aboard liferafts to look for
__________.
After abandoning ship, you
Keep personnel
should deploy the sea Navigate against Stay in the keep the liferaft
863 from getting general location
anchor from a liferaft to the current from capsizing
seasick
__________.
No additional
Which step should be Program the Place the SART steps are needed Alert the U.S.
taken, if possible, when the SART and EPIRB and EPIRB in the as the SART and Coast Guard by
"ON" position
864 vessel must be abandoned to transmit the EPIRB will both using the survival
and secure them
because of a distress vessel's location to the survival automatically craft's portable
situation? and situation. craft. float free and INMARSAT unit.
operate properly.
When abandoning ship,
take a vote on go in one
after launching the motor plot a course for stay in the
865 which direction direction until
lifeboat you should the nearest land immediate area
you should go fuel runs out
__________.
You must shore up the
collision bulkhead due to
solid flooding forward. The
bulkhead approximates an approximately evenly over the approximately
two-thirds of the at the bottom of
866 inverted triangle. The surface of the halfway up the
way up the the bulkhead
center of pressure of the bulkhead bulkhead bulkhead
shores on the bulkhead
should be located
__________.
You are trying to rescue at a speed of at
at a speed of at to windward of
survivors from a wrecked most one-half to leeward of the
867 least that of the the wrecked
vessel on fire. You should that of the vessel wrecked vessel
wrecked vessel
approach __________. wrecked vessel
You are underway when a
fire breaks out in the put the vessel's keep going at abandon ship to
868 forward part of your stern into the call for assistance
wind half speed windward
vessel. If possible you
should __________.
Wait until the
A crew member has just stern is well clear
Immediately put Immediately put Immediately put
fallen overboard off your of the man and
869 the rudder over the engine the rudder over
port side. Which action hardleft. then put the
hardrigth. astern.
should you take? rudder over hard
right.

A report of casualty to a The name of the
An evaluation of The amount of The estimated
870 vessel must include owner or agent of
who was at fault ballast on board cost of damage the vessel
_____________ .?
You collide with
Which situation requires Your vessel is at Storm damage to A seaman slips a buoy and drag
anchor and the cargo winch on ice on deck it off station with
you to furnish a notice of
871 grounds at low motors requiring and sprains his no apparent
marine casualty to the tide with no repairs costing ankle, requiring damage to the
coast guard? apparent damage $19,000 an ace bandage vessel or to the
buoy
The abbreviation HEL-H of
helicopter radius of action 100 nm and 200 nm and 500 nm and 150 nm and
for rescue purposes. What capacity for capacity for capacity for capacity for
872 evacuating more
are the radius and evacuating more evacuating more evacuating more
evacuating capacity of the than 10 persons. then 15 persons. than 25 persons. than 12 persons.
helicopter?
Reports to the After logging the Report to the
What will be the action of Charterers the other vessel's Owners the The stable vessel
should standby to
873 each vessel after the incident and name, leave and incident and
assist the vessel
collision accident? continue the continue the continue the in most distress
voyage voyage voyage
When a crew member who
is conscious has fallen
Astern and the Just off the bow Ahead and the Just off the bow
overboard is being picked
874 victim just off the and the victim to victim just the and the victim to
up by a lifeboat, how leeward
bow bow windward
should the boat approach
with the wind?
The shipboard general
alarm system must receive
the emergency an auxiliary the ship's service
875 its main source of power a storage battery
generator generator generator
from which of the
following?
A continuous sounding of a requesting the
without engines
876 fog whistle by a vessel anchored in distress draw span bridge
and drifting
indicates that a vessel is: to be opened
smoke signals can be given orange colored green colored
877 smoke
black smoke blue smoke
off by a vessel in distress or smoke
in need of assistance?
When beaching a vessel
and the vessel is heavily
parallel to the
878 trimmed by the head, head on bow first stern first
beach
beaching __________ may
be advantageous.
Sound the
action to alarm the persons Call the Bosun to Call the Engine
879 Call the Master general alarm
on board when your vessel dropped anchor system room
runs aground?
What would be your stop engine and
put engine call the coast call your ship
880 immediate action upon astern, if tide is
call at tug boat
guard owner
stranding your vessel? falling

change from low change from high
When vessel is stranded, the always keep the level water level water
change watch
881 engineers should be warned engines at full intakes to high intakes to low
every 4 hours
to: astern level water level water
intakes intakes
After grounding, the extent checking if the taking sounding testing if the
sounding of all
882 of the damage to the vessel engine room of around the engine is still
compartments
can determined by: flooded vessels working
Upon colliding with another
vessel in calm weather, the
engines should be stopped. close watertight inform the crew put the engines sound general
883
Which of the following doors of the situation astern alarm
would NOT immediately be
done?
Your vessel have been in
collision with an other Send a distress Assist your
message and Collect your own Just jump over
vessel. You are taking in friends to collect
884 collect survival personal board and be
water and you have to suits / thermal their personal
belongings ready
prepare for leaving the bags belongings
vessel. How will you act?
come astern in
If the ship's bow has
order to get clear stay in place in communicate
penetrated the side of the order to plug the lower lifeboat in
885 of the other hole on the other
with the other
other ship in a collision it the water
vessel to avoid vessel vessel
would be safe to:
further damage
Which of the following is Continuous
Flames from the
886 NOT considered as distress Green star shells sounding of a A flag over a ball
vessel
signal? whistle
Among the listed, which one Continuous
Flames from the
887 is NOT a way to signal A flag over a ball Green star shells sounding of a
vessel
distress? whistle
The abbreviation HEL-H of
helicopter radius of action 150 nm and 200 nm and 100 nm and 500 nm and
for rescue purposes. What capacity for capacity for capacity for capacity for
888
are the radius and evacuating more evacuating more evacuating more evacuating more
evacuating capacity of the than 12 persons. then 15 persons. than 10 persons. than 25 persons.
helicopter?
Reports to the After logging the Report to the
What will be the action of The stable vessel Charterers the other vessel's Owners the
should standby to
889 each vessel after the assist the vessel
incident and name, leave and incident and
collision accident? in most distress continue the continue the continue the
voyage voyage voyage
When a crew member who
is conscious has fallen
Just off the bow Astern and the Ahead and the Just off the bow
overboard is being picked up
890 and the victim to victim just off the victim just the and the victim to
by a lifeboat, how should
windward bow bow leeward
the boat approach with the
wind?
The shipboard general alarm
system must receive its a storage the emergency an auxiliary the ship's service
891
main source of power from battery generator generator generator

A continuous sounding of a requesting the
without engines
892 fog whistle by a vessel in distress draw span bridge anchored
and drifting
indicates that a vessel is: to be opened
smoke signals can be given green colored orange colored
893 blue smoke black smoke
off by a vessel in distress or smoke smoke
in need of assistance?
When beaching a vessel
and the vessel is heavily
parallel to the
894 trimmed by the head, stern first bow first head on
beach
beaching __________ may
be advantageous.
Sound the
action to alarm the persons Call the Bosun to Call the Engine
895 Call the Master general alarm
on board when your vessel dropped anchor system room
runs aground?
What would be your stop engine and
call your ship call the coast put engine
896 immediate action upon call at tug boat
owner guard astern, if tide is
stranding your vessel? falling
change from low change from high
When vessel is stranded, level water level water always keep the
change watch
897 the engineers should be intakes to high intakes to low engines at full
level water every 4 hours
warned to: level water astern
intakes intakes
After grounding, the extent testing if the checking if the taking sounding
sounding of all
898 of the damage to the engine is still engine room of around the compartments
vessel can determined by: working flooded vessels
Upon colliding with
another vessel in calm
weather, the engines sound general put the engines close watertight inform the crew
899
should be stopped. Which alarm astern doors of the situation
of the following would NOT
immediately be done?
collision with an other Send a distress Assist your
message and Collect your own Just jump over
vessel. You are taking in friends to collect
900 collect survival personal board and be
water and you have to suits / thermal their personal
belongings ready
prepare for leaving the bags belongings
vessel. How will you act?
come astern in
If the ship's bow has
communicate order to get clear stay in place in
penetrated the side of the lower lifeboat in order to plug the
901 with the other of the other
other ship in a collision it the water hole on the other
vessel vessel to avoid vessel
would be safe to:
further damage
Which of the following is Continuous
902 NOT considered as distress Green star shells A flag over a ball sounding of a
signal? whistle
Among the listed, which Continuous
Flames from the
903 one is NOT a way to signal Green star shells sounding of a A flag over a ball
vessel
distress? whistle

information is NOT direct dangers to
904 Ice derelicts engine failure
required in reporting navigation
danger messages?
What is the possible Starboard tank / Center tank is Due to the wind Normal causes
damaged of a vessel ballast is
905 breached and blowing from for she is
aground listing to breached and
taking in water taking in water portside grounded
starboard side?
This system divides the
crew into teams which
should be trained in their emergency emergency
emergency gear
906 various functions so that maneuver back-up team segregation
system
when an emergency system system
occurs, the whole crew
swings into actions.
If you cannot get
clear Run the engine Switch to the
Your vessel has grounded immediately, full astern to high suction for
all of the choices
907 on a bar. What should you lighten the ship keep from being condenser
are correct circulating water,
do? by pumping all set further onto
ballast the bar. if it is submerged.
overboard.
While your vessel is
underway at sea and one immediately
of your crew member falls immediately immediately position your
throw the crew immediately
908 overboard from the begin backing vessel to
member a life apply left rudder
starboard side. What preserver your engines windward and
should be the FIRST thing begin recovery
to do?
Wait until the
stern is well clear
action should you take if a Immediately put Immediately put Immediately put
of the man and
909 crew member has just the engines the rudder over the rudder over
then put the hard port
fallen overboard off your astern hard starboard
rudder over hard
port side?
starboard
Wait until the
A person has just fallen stern is well clear
overboard off your of the man and
910 the engines the rudder over the rudder over
starboard side. Which then put the hard starboard
astern hard port
action should you take? rudder over hard
port
Upon stranding, the
engines should be stopped.
It should be put astern if
the tide is falling to see if
it may stir up it may make
the engines will it may damage it may damage
911 sands that may tremendous
immediately re-float. the rudder block condensers the propeller
vibrations
However, under no
circumstances will be
engines be put astern for a
long period. Why?

You are Senior Deck Officer
onboard a merchant Alarm the rescue Call the
vessel. During the night centre and Leave the
Just wait for company, explain
912 you have been in collision commence position as fast
assistance the situation and
with a sail boat. There is no searching for any as possible
survivals ask for orders
sign of life in the water.
What will you do?
What a rescue person use
if he has to jump into the survival suit and
913 lifeline survival suit lifeline
lifejacket
water in order to assist a
survivor?
When vessel is stranded,
discharge or probable nearest
nearest coast nearest NCB nearest US coast
914 discharge of harmful classification
radio station surveyor guard
substances should be society
reported to the:
discharge or
probable survival craft
discharge of should be made owners to be
Which of the following immediately sail
harmful ready for informed of all
915 actions is NOT to be taken away from the
substances to be abandoning ship scene details about the
following a collision:
reported to the or assisting crew collision
nearest coast of the other ship
radio station
When a parallel track
search pattern is being
In the same In the opposite Perpendicular to
carried out, the course of
916 direction as the direction of the the line of Downwind
the search units should anticipated drift anticipated drift anticipated drift
normally be which of the
following?
When beaching a ship to
avoid immediate danger of
foundering, it is ideal to do
so at/on __________ so high water or
917 spring tide full moon neap tide
that the ship settles slowly, falling tide
rather than drive her hard
ashore and strain the
bottom plating.
What action should the
Check tank
engineers take when your Stop main engine Standby engine
sounding to Change over to
918 vessel is underway in a and engage for any order
turning gear determine do supply
channel and all of a sudden from the bridge
damages
the vessel runs a ground?
This emergency team may
be needed to provide
support by carrying if all efforts to
save the vessel support control
919 additional equipment to control team reserve team
prove to be team
the fist team, to provide unsuccessful
stretcher bearers and to
relieve injured or tire men.

swing out
transmit lifeboats, ensure
In the event of a collision, hoist the three
MAYDAY or that no
after the impact, which of close all red lights in a
920 PA_PAN signals, premature vertical line, one
the following should NOT watertight doors
even if not in abandonment above the other
be done?
distress takes place and
prepare life rafts
You should In small, shallow-
always place The ship pickup
Which of the following draft vessels, the The ship pickup
your vessel is difficult with
statements concerning a man overboard is faster than
921 upwind of a very large vessels
man overboard emergency survivor in the should be picked using a small
due to the lack of
is FALSE? water to create a up on the boat
maneuverability
lee weather bow
If a crewmember has fallen
overboard during the The turn
The turn enables You will have You will be in a
hours of darkness and you provides the
you to reverse enough time to reciprocal course
immediately execute a maximum
922 course in the maneuver to and nearly on the
Williamson turn, what is coverage of the track line run
shortest possible close in on the
the primary advantage of area to be during the night
time man for rescue
this maneuver under these searched
circumstance exams?
to allow crew
members and to allow another
In the event of collision in ship time to to allow coast
passengers to the colliding ship
calm weather, the colliding assess the guards to assess
923 transfer from the must pull out
ship should generally damage or who is to blame
holed vessel to immediately prepare to
remain embedded: on the collision
the colliding abandon ship
vessel
What is NOT correct while Report the Watertight doors Lights / shapes
924 the vessel is dealing with accident to the Engine stopped
Charterers closed exhibited
emergencies in stranding?
Find out from
officers and crew
Your vessel has been Write down the who have been in
Write down all
involved in a collision. As story as connection with
the facts you the collision,
master you have to write favorable as
have collected, Write continually what they have
about the accident in the possible seen
and also write in the log-book seen, so that
925 log-book. In order to only from your own
down your own as soon as the detailed and
write the facts in the log- point of view. complete
opinion about accidents happen
book, which of the Make sure that description of the
the
following procedures do your log-book sequence of
circumstances events can be
you find most correct? tells your story
entered in the
log-book
A report of casualty to a The name of the b. the amount of a. the estimated an evaluation of
the vessel ballast on board cost of damage who was at fault
__________.
According to the rules of
GMDSS the frequency regular
927 piracy attack alerting distress traffic
2187.5 kHz is used for communication
_______.

Fire in an engine
Closing the Increasing the air
compartment is best Completely Leaving the
compartment flow to the
928 extinguished with carbon closing the compartment
compartment except for the compartment by
dioxide gas (CO2) and by open to the air
ventilators blowers
_______.
If your ship is in collision in Go as soon as
Inform the other
the waters of a foreign Render possible to the Enter a
vessel of the
nations which of the assistance to the nearest witnessed
929 name of your appropriate port
following is NOT a legal other ship if statement in the
ship and other to report to the
responsibility for the practicable official log book
details authorities
MASTER?
On a falling tide The engineers
On stranding the following The general should not
Watertight doors the engines
930 are measures to be taken alarm be change to high
be locked. should be put full level water
except _______. sounded.
astern. intakes.
There has been The man can be The turn is
The Scharnow turn should sufficient time The vessel has
kept in sight started
be used in a man elapsed since the twin screws to
931 man went over to
from the bridge immediately
overboard situation only assist in making
complete the while when the man
when? the turn.
maneuver. maneuvering. goes over.
What condition under the
main propulsion plant
low voltage Dead ship power surge
932 boilers and auxiliaries are condition
Critical condition
condition condition
not in operation due to the
absence of power?
That people
What is most important That people That people
That people are know where to
933 when preparing for know where to listen to orders
well trained. find designated
emergencies? muster. given.
equipment.
What is one of the most
dangerous state of a
934 human being may suffer if Hypothermia Influenza Cold Broken limb
in sea water awaiting
rescue?
What must be accurately
The operation of
determined to assess the The capacity of The integrity of the machinery
935 potential for progressive the water All of the above. the watertight
boundaries. space bilge level
flooding after your vessel sprinkler system.
alarms.
has been damaged?
What safety devise when
activated in a distress
situation responds to radar
Search and
interrogation by
936 smoke signal rescue radar Epirb beacon All of these
transmitting a swept transponder
frequency signal which
generates 12 blips code on
a radar screen?
What sound signal shall be
3 long blasts 6 short blasts 2 short blasts 4 short blasts
937 used on ships whistle when repeatedly. repeatedly. repeatedly. repeatedly.
man-over-board?

When a rescue vessel
approaches a lifeboat in wait for calmer
approach on the do not approach weather before approach on the
938 heavy seas the person in transferring
windward side the lifeboat leeward side
charge of the lifeboat personnel
should :
When abandoning ship in utilize inflate the life
embarcation wear a type II do not abandon
cold waters what actions raft on deck
ladders or a fire PFD and carry an the vessel until
939 can be taken to minimize hose to lower
board the raft
immersion suit help arrives on
the effects of entering the yourself to a and wait for the
with you scene
water? survival craft vessel to sink
When personnel are lifted take in the sea deflate the floor inflate the floor
remove their life
by a helicopter from an anchor to of the raft to of the raft to
preservers to
940 inflatable liferaft the prevent fouling reduce the provide for
prepare for the danger of the raft
personnel on the raft of the rescue additional
transfer overturning
should __________. sling stability
When receiving station can
Keep Code Raise and lower
not distinguished the signal
941 pennant at the Hoist ZL Hoist ZQ the answering
what signal flag is to be dip pennant
hoisted?
Which emergency A self-contained A boat hook and
A Stokes litter A fire ax and/or
942 equipment should you breathing a spanner cutting torch
basket
keep near the towing bitts? apparatus (SCBA) wrench
Which type of emergency
equipment is independent
AllService Gas service gas mask Oxygen
of outside air and suited
943 Masks (Navy used by caost face mask Breathing
for use in a compartment Apparatus
type) guards
readiness for launching
with oxygen?
Who makes decisions on
how the operation has to Pilot of the Master of the
944 Shipowner Superintendent
be carried out in a helicopter ship
helicopter rescue?
If the towline is Order minimum
Order minimum Order minimum properly turns until the
turns until the
turns until the catenary almost adjusted and towing hawser is
You are attempting to take
towing hawser is breaks the water weighted you just clear of the
a dead ship in tow. All
taut and then then stop. Order can order slow or water then
945 lines have been passed and more turns as the dead slow and
continue at that reduce speed to
secured. How should you hawser slackens the towline will
speed until that necessary to
get underway? but keep the
towing speed is act as a spring to keep the line
catenary in the
attained. water. absorb the initial clear of the
shock. water.
The anchor cable
You are on a vessel that The anchor cable The anchor cable
The strain of the should be veered
has broken down and are should be veered should be led out
tow is taken by enough to allow
preparing to be taken in enough to allow through a chock
the riding pawl the towline
946 tow. You will use your chain stopper
the towline if possible to
connection to be
anchor cable as part of the and anchor connection to be avoid a sharp nip
immediately
towline. Which statement windlass brake. just forward of at the hawsepipe
astern of the
is TRUE? your bow. lip.
towing vessel.

You are proceeding to a
distress site where the Steering a zigzag Dumping debris
survivors are in liferafts. course with 5 to Steering a over the side to Making smoke in
947
Which action will assist in 10 minutes on sinuous course. make a trail to daylight.
making your vessel more each leg. your vessel.
visible to the survivors?
You are proceeding to the
area of reported distress.
When you arrive at the
reported position you find
two other vessels have also Parallel track Expanding
948 Sector search Track crawl
arrived in the area but the search square
vessel in distress is not
sighted. What type of
search should be
conducted?
His/her
He/she must
You are signing on a deck You must consult Merchant have an STCW He/she must
officer who will be the List of Mariners certificate present either an
designated as one of the Qualifications on Document must endorsed as FCC-issued
949 Valid for Service license or a Coast
GMDSS operators before the reverse of have an added
sailing foreign. Which his/her FCC- endorsement as on Vessels Guard-issued
Operating in the
statement is true? issued license. Radio Electronics license.
GMDSS System.
Officer.
You are the Senior Deck
Check with the
Officer of a vessel involved
pilot or any
in a collision. All necessary Dont talk to the
That you are witnesses about Name and Port of
actions to ensure safety of Sen. Deck Off. on
950 sorry for the their registry of your
crew and vessel has been the other vessel vessel.
collision. consideration of
taken. What shall you then at all.
whom to blame
tell the Sen. Deck Off. on
for the collision.
the other vessel?
Your sailing vessel is
docked during a storm and
midway between
is in continuous motion. If where it is made
951 at the chock at the eye the vessel and
a mooring line parts due to fast on the vessel
the dock
vessel motion it will most
likely do so _______.
Your ship has run aground
and it is necessary to open the tap the bulkhead
open a hatch dog
determine whether or not feel the bulkhead watertight door with a hammer
952 on the side of the
a compartment has to see if it is hot hinges and take a quick to check for a
flooded. Therefore you look water level
should _______.
A DSC distress alert
For a good
message received contains For a good connection
the connection aerial none of the The ship has
953 transmitting
information__________ transmitting has above grounded
to be earthed receiving has to
GROUNDING. This means
be earthed
that __________.

A proper working of the
406 MHz Cospas-Sarsat
EPIRB can be tested: I.
Monthly test transmissions I and II are
954 II only Neither I nor II I only
from RCCs as per correct
regulation II. Test-
transmissions from Cospas-
Sarsat satellites.
A distress alert has
accidentally been sent with
turn on alwys the wait until an RCC any of these turn off the
955 the Inmarsat-C installation.
transmitter reports options transmitter
One should
now__________
A distress alert on board
may only be transmitted the navigating
956 the captain The chief officer The Charterer
on explicit order officer on duty
of__________.
A distress alert sent by
957 Inmarsat to an RCC is sent NCS LUT VHF INMARSAT
via__________.
OSC from the
A distress-call onboard via the O.O.W RCC concerned the master
958 RCC may only be given deems it all of the options
necessary invites the allows
Receipt if__________.
vessels
A DSC distress alert single
automatically automatically automatically
frequency call attempt is
not repeated repeated after 2 repeated after 1 repeated after 3
959 awaiting to 1 and a half
automatically to 1 and a half to 1 and a half
acknowledgement_______ minutes
minutes minutes
___.
A DSC-notice should be
960 sent on VHF- 16 37 57 67
channel__________.
A MF/HF-DSC multi- be repeated after be repeated after be repeated after
961 frequency call attempt 1 to 1 and a half not be repeated 1 to 2 and a half 2 to 3 and a half
may__________. minutes minutes minutes
immediately run to the radio
A person who sees go to the bridge call for help and
jump in the room to send an
962 someone fall overboard for the distress keep the
water to assist emergency individual in sight
should __________. flares
the individual message
A received DSC distress
alert contains the following
information__________ any of these the position is altitude is
963 time is unknown
UNDESIGNATED DISTRESS options unknown unknown
Of this distress
case__________.
A SART must be visible on
the ship s radar from a
964 30 miles 50 miles 20 miles 10 miles
distance of at
least__________.

A ship in distress should
transmit the appropriate
alarm signal followed by
the distress call and
message on one or all of
the international distress
frequencies. Which of the I and II are
965 Neither I nor II I only II only
frequencies are in correct
accordance with the
present
recommendations? I. 500
kHz 2182 kHz and 156.8
MHz II. 550 kHz 2182 kHz
and 121.5 MHz
According to the rule of
on-scene any of these
966 GMDSS channel 70 is used distress traffic alerting
communication options
for__________.
GMDSS all vessels have to on both sides an at least three life rings on both
967 EPIRB
all of the options
be equipped mariphones side of the wings
with__________
GMDSS the frequency regular
968 piracy attack distress traffic alerting
2187.5 kHz is used communication
for__________.
GMDSS the required radio- the sea area of the l.o.a. of the
969 the vessel
their tonnage type of vessel
equipment depends mainly vessel
on__________.
GMDSS vessels are
equipped with certain the l.o.a. of the the sea area of
970 their tonnage type of vessel
radio-communication vessel the vessel
devices depending
on__________.
GMDSS on behalf of a safe
navigation continuous
971 16 70 15 87
listening service must be
maintained on mariphone
channel__________
What condition does a
weather-tight door on a
none of the In any sea In 100 knot
972 vessel must not allow In 70 knot winds
above condition winds
water to penetrate into the
unit?
What is a maritime radio
warning consisting of a Maritime Safety
Digital Selective
973 series of coast stations Information AMVER NAVTEX
Calling (DSC)
transmitting radio teletype (MSI)
safety messages?

What is the channel used
for Digital selective calling
974 Channel 70 Channel 16 Channel 13 Channel 69
for Distress Safety and
Calling?
run to the radio immediately
A person who sees go to the bridge call for help and
room to send an jump in the
975 someone fall overboard for the distress keep the
emergency water to assist individual in sight
should __________. flares
message the individual
Seeing that all hands are
familiar with their duties,
department
976 as specified in the muster Chief Mate Master safety officer
heads
list, is the responsibility of
the __________.
Preparation of muster lists
and signing of same is the Master of the Chief Officer of owner of the United States
977 vessel
responsibility of the the vessel vessel Coast Guard
__________.
Listing of Duties and Use and
Which information MUST
approved station of each Names of all application of
978 be entered on the muster person during
emergency crew members special
list? emergencies
equipment equipment
When a man who is
conscious has fallen
just off the bow astern and the ahead and the just off the bow
overboard is being picked
979 and the victim to victim just off the victim just off the and the victim to
up by a lifeboat, the boat leeward bow bow windward
should approach with the
wind __________.
You are picking up an
unconscious person that
has fallen overboard in a
wind on your victim to wind on your
980 fresh breeze. For safety windward
victim to leeward
starboard side port side
reasons a small craft
__________.
following
Control of flooding should only if a threat following control
981 restoration of of fire
first
be addressed __________. exists
vital services
A person has fallen
overboard and is being
picked up with a lifeboat.
the most direct an approach an approach an approach
982 If the person appears in
approach from leeward from windward across the wind
danger of drowning, the
lifeboat should make
__________.
The Muster List (Station
Bill) shows each persons
instructions for the time each
lifeboat station, duties all emergency
983 work schedule lowering the weekly drill will
during abandonment, basic signals
lifeboats be held
instructions, and
__________.

Each crewmember has an
assigned firefighting Certificate of
984 muster list fire fighting plan shipping articles
station. This assignment is Inspection
shown on the __________.
The muster list must be
Coast Guard
posted in conspicuous
985 Officer approving safety officer owner Master
locations and signed by the
the bill
__________.
You are on watch at sea at Proceed to the Sound the fire
Shut down the
night, and a fire breaks out space and alarm signal to
986 cargo hold Call the Master.
in #3 hold. What would inspect the extent rouse out all
of the fire. ventilation.
you NOT do immediately? hands.
If you saw flames aboard a vessel was
vessel was being
vessel but could see the attempting to vessel required
crew was trying illuminated for
987 vessel was not on fire, you attract the immediate
to get warm assistance identification by
would know that the attention of a
aircraft
__________. pilot boat
If you cannot get
Switch to the clear Run the engine
Your vessel has grounded high suction for immediately, full astern to
988 on a bar. What should you All of the above condenser lighten the ship keep from being
do? circulating water, by pumping all set further onto
if it is submerged. ballast the bar.
overboard.
Wait until the
989 the rudder over the rudder over the engines
port side. Which action hard left. then put the
hard right. astern.
right.
You receive word that a
person has fallen
sound the man put the engines put the wheel
990 overboard from the notify the Master
overboard alarm full astern hard right
starboard side. You should
FIRST __________.
Pay out the Immediately
Which action should be
towline until the Sever the head for the Contact the
991 taken FIRST if your tow is sunken tow towline. nearest Coast Guard.
sinking in shallow water? reaches bottom. shoreline.
If theres a fire aboard your have passengers
notify the Coast cut off air supply
992 vessel, you should FIRST put on life sound the alarm
Guard to the fire
__________. preservers
If you have a fire in the secure the fuel discharge the
maneuver your have all of your
engine room, your FIRST supply and fixed CO2 system
993 ventilation to the
vessel into the crew get into the
act should be to into the engine
engine room wind liferaft
__________. room
What should be used to
steer an open lifeboat if
994 Daggerboard Steering oar Spare rudder Sea anchor
the rudder becomes lost or
damaged?

A fire starts on your vessel attempt to
sound the stop the determine the
995 while refueling. You general alarm
extinguish the
ventilation source of the fire
should FIRST __________. fire
attempt to put
There is a fire in the crews ventilate the close all the fire out
prepare to ventilation to the
996 quarters of your vessel. quarters as much quarters if
yourself before
abandon ship
You should __________. as possible possible sounding the
alarm
If your vessel is aground at
the bow, it would be
997 preferable that any weight All of the above stern mid-section bow
removals be made from
the __________.
You have abandoned ship. separate the
There are several rafts in secure the rafts rafts as much as transfer all transfer all the
together to keep
998 the water. One of the possible to supplies to one injured to one
them from drifting
FIRST things to do is apart increase chances raft raft
__________. of detection
Your vessel has been holed
in #1 hold and partially
flooded. The hole is
plugged against further Factor of
Lost buoyancy Compartment Added weight
999 flooding. In calculating the subdivision method
method standard method
effect of the flooding on method
your transverse stability,
you should use which
method?
Lifeboat covers
or canopies Fresh water may
Which statement Fresh water may should be be collected from Seawater should
1000 concerning the sources of be obtained from washed with rain condensation never be
drinking water is FALSE? fish. before drinking inside the consumed.
water is liferaft.
collected.
What should be your FIRST Confine it by
Attempt to put
1001 action if you discover a fire Call the Master. Sound the alarm. closing doors,
out the fire.
aboard ship? ports, vents, etc.
You are underway at sea
when a fire is reported in change course to
remain on course change course
the forward part of the remain on course put the wind on
1002 but decrease and put the stern
vessel. The wind is from and hold speed either beam and to the wind
speed
dead ahead at 20 knots. increase speed
You should __________.
After a collision or accident
involving an uninspected
vessel, regulations require serious danger to
further damaging creating a panic
1003 that the operator assist his or her own undue delay
vessel the other vessel on either vessel
persons affected, but only
if the operator can do so
without __________.

You are Senior Deck Officer Make sure your
Start an vessel and crew
/ Duty officer onboard one Continue the
Call the Company argument with are safe and then
1004 of the vessels involved in a voyage to your
Office. the other vessel offer your
collision. How will you act destination. assistance to the
about fault.
just after the collision? other vessel.
When wind and
on a laden tanker. You Level in the tank current are taken
have just been in a to be reduced as Shut down non- into
collision, and have a big much as possible Call company for
1005 essential air consideration,
leakage under waterline. to reduce/stop advice.
any further oil intakes. estimate the
What should you do to
spill. expected oil slick
reduce the pollution as
movement.
much as possible?
Check your own
You are Senior Deck Officer vessel for any Commence
Leave the other
on a vessel and you have Stay close to the loss of life, arguing with the
vessel because
been in collision with an other vessel and danger of other
1006 the other vessel
other vessel. The other commence fire explosion and Sen.Off.Deck
offer your was to blame for
vessel is on fire. What will fighting. about the reason
assistance to the the collision.
you do? for the collision.
other vessel.
onboard a merchant Alarm the rescue Just do nothing Call the
vessel. During the night centre and Leave the
on your own; company, explain
1007 you have been in collision commence position as fast
searching for any wait for the situation and
with a sail boat. There is no as possible.
survivals. assistance. ask for orders.
sign of life in the water.
What will you do?
Check with the
Officer of a vessel involved
pilot, or any
in a collision. All necessary Dont talk to the
That you are Name and Port of witnesses, about
actions to ensure safety of Sen. Deck Off. on
1008 sorry for the registry of your their
crew and vessel has been the other vessel vessel.
collision. consideration of
taken. What shall you then at all.
whom to blame
tell the Sen. Deck Off. on
for the collision.
the other vessel?
Officer on vessel A and you
have been involved in By doing nothing By putting the
collision with vessel B. Your Asking any other and hope that vessel mooring
by throwing
cargo is fuel oil. The oil vessel for the current will ropes as an oil
1009 chemicals on the
cargo is leaking out and the immediately move the oil slick boom around the
water. vessel and the oil
weather condition is good. help. into the open
slick.
What will you do to avoid sea.
the oil to reach and pollute
the coast line?

Do not tell
anybody
Your vessel has been To make sure
Do not reply to anything, except
involved in a collision, and any questions that all parties
You shall only tell representatives
at first opportunity a lot of from outside are informed
them the truth from the main
1010 people from outsides parties, except about the facts,
the Solicitor and nothing but newspapers,
parties are asking show them the
appointed by the truth. radio and TV.
questions. What shall you extracts of the
your company. Remember, the
tell them? log-book.
people have the
right to know.
Find out from
officers and crew
Your vessel has been Write down the who have been in
Write down all
involved in a collision. As story as connection with
the facts you the collision,
master you have to write favourable as Write continually
have collected, what they have
about the accident in the possible seen in the log-book
and also write seen, so that
1011 log-book. In order to only from your own as soon as the
down your own detailed and
write the facts in the log- point of view. accidents complete
opinion about
book, which of the Make sure that happen. description of the
the
following procedures do your log-book sequence of
circumstances. events can be
you find most correct? tells your story.
entered in the
log-book.
Your vessel has run
aground and is touching
bottom for the first one-
quarter of its length. What Flood an after Discharge
Pump out the Shift deck cargo
1012 is the LEAST desirable double bottom forward deck
tank. forepeak tank. aft.
method from the cargo.
standpoint of stability to
decrease the bottom
pressure?
Your vessel has run hard
aground in an area subject Flood empty
Shift weight aft tanks to increase Continue backing Wait for high tide
to heavy wave action.
1013 to reduce the bottom pressure to scour out the and then try
Backing full astern failed to and prevent
forward draft. bottom. backing.
free her. Which action inshore creep.
should be taken next?
After grounding, the extent
Checking if the Testing if the Taking sounding
of the damage to the Sounding of all
1014 compartments.
engine room is engine is still around the
vessel can be determined
flooded. working. vessels.
by:
The engineers On a falling tide,
On stranding, the following should not The general
Watertight doors the engines
1015 are measures to be taken change to high alarm be
be locked. level water should be put full
EXCEPT: sounded.
intakes. astern.
To turn over an inflatable
liferaft that is upside down,
1016 righting strap canopy manropes sea painter
you should pull on the
__________.

What is one of the most
dangerous state of a
1017 human being may suffer if Influenza Cold Broken limb Hypothermia
in sea water awaiting
rescue?
When a rescue vessel
approaches a lifeboat in wait for calmer
do not approach approach on the weather before approach on the
1018 heavy seas, the person in
the lifeboat windward side transferring leeward side
charge of the lifeboat personnel
should :
What shall a rescue person
use if he has to jump into survival suit and
1019 lifeline
lifejacket lifeline survival suit
the water in order to assist
a survivor?
When personnel are lifted Take in the sea Deflate the floor Inflate the floor
Remove their
by a helicopter from an anchor to of the raft to of the raft to
lifejackets to
1020 inflatable life raft, the prevent fouling reduce the provide for
danger of the prepare for the
personnel on the raft of the rescue additional
raft. transfer.
should: sling. stability.
Attempt to call Approach with
the vessel on Proceed on Attempt to call
You are approaching caution because
VHF present course the vessel on
another vessel and see that the vessel is
radiotelephone and speed since VHF
1021 it has the signal flag O and begin a
stopped and
the vessel is radiotelephone
hoisted. What is your next search because making no way
requesting a because it is
action? the vessel has a through the
pilot. disabled.
man overboard. water.
It is the best turn It requires the It returns the
It is the slowest
Which statement about to use when the highest degree of vessel to the
of the methods
1022 the Williamson turn is victim is not in shiphandling original track-line
used in turning skills to
FALSE? sight due to on a reciprocal
the vessel. accomplish.
reduced visibility. course.
You are picking up an
unconscious person that
has fallen overboard in a
wind on your victim to wind on your
1023 fresh breeze. For safety victim to leeward
starboard side windward port side
reasons a small craft
__________.
While your vessel is docked
port side to a wharf, a
sudden gale force wind
Obtain assistance
causes the vessels stern Let go the port
Shut down any from the Notify the engine
lines to part. The stern anchor and veer
1024 cargo transfer terminal to put room of the need
begins to fall away from thats in progress. to a short scope
new stern lines for propulsion.
the dock, and no tugs are of chain.
out.
immediately available.
Which measure(s) should
you take FIRST?

You are duty officer on the
bridge. A person is
reported missing. Which of
1025 the following actions are to Williamson Turn Direct Turn Scharnow Turn Evinrude Turn
be considered as the
correct maneuver in this
situation?
You are duty officer on the
bridge. An eye-witness is
reporting man-overboard.
1026 Which of the following Williamson Turn Direct Turn Scharnow Turn Evinrude Turn
actions are to be
considered as the correct
maneuver in this situation?
Distress signal is indicated
by rockets or shell, 2 minutes equally spaced
1027 1 minute interval short interval
throwing red stars fired interval intervals
one at a time at
After start of man-over-
1028 board maneuver, whom Engine Room Chief Officer Galley Electrician
shall be informed?
The maneuver which will
return your vessel to a
Two 180 degree A Williamson Engine(s) crash A single turn with
1029 person who has fallen hard rudder
turns turn astern, no turn
overboard in the shortest
time is:
There has been The man can be The turn is
The Scharnow turn should sufficient time The vessel has
kept in sight started
be used in a man elapsed since the twin screws to
1030 man went over to
from the bridge immediately
overboard situation only assist in making
complete the while when the man
when? the turn.
maneuver. maneuvering. goes over.
Survivors in the You should stop
An inflatable If the survivors
water should liferaft secured to windward of
You are proceeding to a are in inflatable
never be alongside can be the survivors in
distress site and expect rafts you should
permitted an effective the water and
1031 large numbers of people in approach from
alongside due to boarding station only use the
the water. Which for transfer of windward to
the possibility of ships boats to
statement is TRUE? survivors from create a lee for
injury from the recover the
the boats. the survivors.
vessel. survivors.
distress site where the Dumping debris Steering a zigzag
survivors are in liferafts. Making smoke in Steering a over the side to course with 5 to
1032 daylight.
Which action will assist in sinuous course. make a trail to 10 minutes on
making your vessel more your vessel. each leg.
Dumping debris
distress site. The survivors Turning on all
Steering a over the side to Steering a zig-zag
1033 are in liferafts. What will available deck
sinuous course. make a trail to course. lights at night.
make your ship more
your vessel.

Use a chain as a Throw a
Attempts to sever the
double to the Slip the towline preventer under Pull the towing
towing hawser are
1034 towline to and allow it to run the towing hawser to
unsuccessful. Which action off the drum.
prevent it from hawser and tighten.
should now be taken?
breaking. engage it.
Order minimum If the towline is
Order minimum Order minimum turns until the properly
turns until the
turns until the towing hawser is adjusted and
You are attempting to take catenary almost
breaks the water, towing hawser is just clear of the weighted you
a dead ship in tow. All
then stop. Order taut and then water, then can order slow or
1035 lines have been passed and more turns as the
continue at that reduce speed to dead slow and
secured. How should you hawser slackens speed until that necessary to the towline will
get underway? but keep the
towing speed is keep the line act as a spring to
catenary in the
water. attained. clear of the absorb the initial
water. shock.
The anchor cable
You are on a vessel that The anchor cable The anchor cable
should be veered
has broken down and are should be veered The strain of the should be led out
enough to allow
preparing to be taken in enough to allow tow is taken by through a chock,
the riding pawl, the towline
1036 tow. You will use your the towline chain stopper,
if possible, to
connection to be
anchor cable as part of the connection to be and anchor avoid a sharp nip
immediately
towline. Which statement just forward of windlass brake. at the hawsepipe
astern of the
is TRUE? your bow. lip.
towing vessel.
Check if your
What is the Masters main ship has Proceed at
Proceed to
responsibility when sufficient highest speed to Informing Head
1037 nearest Coastal
receiving a distress signal bunkers for a the distress Office.
Radio Station. source position.
from any source? rescue
operation.
Any act or activity
undertaken to assist a
Salvage Emergency Distress Rescue
1038 vessel or any property in operations assistance assistance operations
danger in any navigable
water is considered as:
At sea red rocket signals
are seen. This is not
reported by radio. You
1039 MAYDAY MAYDAY RECU Dont know MAYDAY RELAY
have to begin the distress
alert procedure via VHF
with the term__________
You are berthed with a
steady offshore beam wind
of 30 knots. This wind
suddenly increases to 60
1040 quadrupled doubled tripled quintupled
knots. When this happens ,
the force driving the vessel
off-berth will
be__________ .

While your vessel is docked
port side to a wharf, a
sudden gale force wind
Slip the stern
causes the vessels bow Obtain assistance
Call the Master lines, let the
lines to part. The bow Let go the and attempt to
1041 and the deck starboard anchor.
vessel drift into
begins to fall away from put some new
gang. the river, and
the dock, and no tugs are bow lines out.
then anchor.
immediately available.
Which measure(s) should
you take FIRST?
Direction/Instructi Ask the opinion Give them food
Give the crew
What should be given to ons are given to of officers and and blankets to
safety
1042 officers and crew when an officers and crew crew as to how keem them
to manage the equipments to
emergency occur? to manage the warm and
emergency. protect them.
emergency. contented.
What is the smallest area
containing all possible Expanding Dangerous semi- Containment
1043 Possibility area
survivors and search object square circle area
locations?
Only when there
Immediately is a chance of
When should you use At half-hour At one-hour
1044 upon abandoning their being seen
distress flares and rockets? intervals intervals by rescue
the vessel
vessels
An airplane should NOT Opening and Flashing the
Rocking the
1045 send which signal in reply closing the navigational Flashing Morse T
throttle wings
to a surface craft? lights off and on
Survival craft
EPIRB's that VHF transceivers
Which equipment is not a COSPAS-SARSAT SARTs operating
1046 transmit on 406 that provide a
source of locating signals? beacon on 121.5 EPIRBs on 9 GHz
MHz
MHz
The Operator
should The operator
should No action is
immediately set
immediately set necessary, as the
continuous The Operator continuous watch DSC control unit
What is the action that a watch on the should on the will
GMDSS Radio Operator NBDP frequency immediately set radiotelephone
1047 frequency that is
automatically
should take when a DSC that is associated continuous
associated with switch to the
distress alert is received? with the watch on VHF
the frequency NBDP follow-on
frequency band channel 70.
band on which communications
on which the the distress alert frequency.
distress alert was was received.
received.
form a small send the
If there are a number of circular group to tie themselves to form a raft by
strongest
survivors in the water after create a warmer the unit so they lashing their life
1048 pocket of water in won't drift with
swimmer to
abandoning ship, they preservers
the center of the shore for
should __________. the current together
circle assistance
International A smoke signal Directing the A whistle signal
Which signal is recognized
1049 Code Signal giving off orange beam of a of one prolonged
as a distress signal? colored smoke
"PAN" spoken searchlight at and three short

over the another vessel blasts
radiotelephone
No additional
Which step should be Program the Alert the U.S. Place the SART steps are needed
taken, if possible, when the SART and EPIRB Coast Guard by and EPIRB in the as the SART and
"ON" position
1050 vessel must be abandoned to transmit the using the survival EPIRB will both
and secure them
because of a distress vessel's location craft's portable to the survival automatically
situation? and situation. INMARSAT unit. craft. float free and
operate properly.
You are trying to rescue at a speed of at
at a speed of at
survivors from a wrecked most one-half to leeward of the to windward of
1051 least that of the the wrecked
vessel on fire. You should that of the wrecked vessel vessel
wrecked vessel
approach __________. wrecked vessel
What is the smallest area
containing all possible Expanding Dangerous semi- Containment
1052 Possibility area
survivors and search object square circle area
locations?
Only when there
Immediately is a chance of
When should you use At half-hour At one-hour
1053 upon abandoning their being seen
distress flares and rockets? intervals by rescue intervals
the vessel
vessels
An airplane should NOT Opening and Flashing the
Rocking the
1054 send which signal in reply closing the navigational Flashing Morse T
throttle wings
to a surface craft? lights off and on
position will
automatically be position will MMSI will
When sending a DSC call, None of the sent if the vessel
1055 automatically be indicate its ocean
the vessel's __________. above is sending a
"Distress Hot sent region
Key" alert
It will initiate the . It will initiate
DSC distress alert the DSC distress
but, as no alert, but any
What does the DSC control It will abort the It will initiate the
information will station receiving
unit do if the GMDSS Radio transmission and DSC distress
be transmitted, it will have to
Operator fails to insert set off an audible alert and default
1056 rescue personnel establish contact information will
updated information when alarm that must
will not be able with the automatically be
initiating a DSC distress be manually
to identify the distressed vessel transmitted.
alert? reset.
vessel, its to determine its
position or its identity, position
situation. and situation.
The receiving
The transmission
The transmission is aborted and an The transmission station will poll
If a GMDSS radio operator
will be made with alarm sounds to the DSC unit of
initiates a DSC distress is not initiated
"default" the vessel in
1057 transmission but does not indicate this data and "ERROR" is
information distress to
insert a message, what provided must be indicated on the
download the
happens? automatically. provided by the display readout.
necessary
operator.
information

Listen for any
follow up
Which action should be Read the display
voice/TELEX Silence the
1058 taken on receipt of a All of the above screen and/or
transmission on alarm.
GMDSS Distress alert? printout.
the appropriate
frequency.
To ensure that
To ensure that To ensure that a interference on a
only voice distressed vessel To ensure that particular
What is the fundamental communications will have a interference to frequency or
1059 purpose for imposing radio can be effected "window" twice proprietary channel to
silence? on the distress each hour for communications communications
frequency or transmitting is minimized concerning
emergency traffic
channel routine messages
is minimized
Routine
communications After
can resume after determining that
If, in the Master's the Rescue
geographic
opinion, Coordination After
distance from
When can routine communications Center transmits determining that
a message on the distress
communications be on that the frequency or
1060 the frequency or situation will
resumed when radio frequency will channel being channel appears
prohibit any
silence has been imposed? interfere with used for to be no longer
other signal from
emergency emergency in use
interfering with
communications communications
stating that such emergency
traffic has communications
concluded.
Two three-
minute silent
Communications
Stations not periods, at 15
directly involved
on a distress
and 45 minutes
with the on-going Stations frequency or
after the hour,
Distress remaining off the channel is
What is meant by the term that provide a
1061 communications air to safeguard banned for 24
"radio silence"? may not transmit transmitting
proprietary hours following
on the distress "window" for
information the cessation of
frequency or distressed
the distress
channel vessels to
traffic
transmit distress
alerts using J3E
It is imposed by
It is imposed by
the Public
the High Seas By the Coast
Correspondence
Service (HSS) Earth Station
Station (PCS)
controlling the By the On Scene (CES) controlling
How is "radio silence" controlling the
1062 distress Coordinator the Distress
imposed? (OSC) distress
communications
on that on that
on that
frequency or frequency
frequency or
channel
channel

What is the most
appropriate action for a Notify the RCC Transmit Distress
GMDSS Radio Operator to Transmit Distress (Rescue call by activating
Switch off EPIRB
take in a distress situation call by MF/HF, Coordination the
1063 and SART
where immediate help is VHF or Center) through radiotelegraph
INMARSAT. manually.
needed, but the vessel is VHF FM on automatic alarm
not sinking nor needs to be Channel 13. signal.
abandoned?
To recover a man
overboard in a racetrack
turn, the vessel is steadied
1064 for the SECOND time after 180 degrees 135 degrees 60 degrees 360 degrees
a turn of how many
degrees from the original
heading?
The VHF radiotelephone
1065 frequency for Channel 14 156.0 MHz 156.6 MHz 156.7 MHz 156.8 MHz
is:
is:
Channel 70 for digital
selective calling for
1067 159.526 MHz 158.526 MHz 157.526 MHz 156.526 MHz
Distress, Safety and Calling
frequency operate at:
Channel 16 - Safety and
1068 calling frequency which 159.800 MHz 156.800 MHz 157.800 MHz 158.800 MHz
operates in:
An urgent marine storm 157.10 MHz 156.80 MHz None of the
1069 warning message would be (VHF-FM Ch. 2670 KHz
22A) (VHF-FM Ch. 16) above
broadcast on:
When planning the search,
the CSS will first need to only when there
plot the datum and the is chance of them
1070 15 miles 5 miles 2 miles
initial most probable area. being seen by
The radius of the center of rescue vessels
datum is:
To recover a man
overboard in a racetrack
turn, the vessel is steadied
1071 for the SECOND time after 135 degrees 180 degrees 360 degrees 60 degrees
a turn of how many
degrees from the original
heading?
is:
is:

1074 156.526 MHz 158.526 MHz 157.526 MHz 159.526 MHz
operates in:
An urgent marine storm 157.10 MHz
None of the 156.80 MHz
1076 warning message would be 2670 KHz (VHF-FM Ch.
above (VHF-FM Ch. 16) 22A)
broadcast on:
When planning the search,
the CSS will first need to only when there
plot the datum and the is chance of them
1077 2 miles 5 miles 15 miles
initial most probable area. being seen by
The radius of the center of rescue vessels
datum is:
The Coordinator Surface a red light, white a distinctive
Search (CSS) in a SAR light, and blue deck lights a white light over signal
1078
situation should display by light in a vertical forward and aft two red lights promulgated by
night: line the CSS
Digital selective calling for
Distress, Safety and Calling.
Channel.
The Coordinator Surface Code flag A black ball over Two black
The code flags
1081 Search in a SAR situation Quebec over a a black diamond diamond shapes
FR
should display by day: black ball shape in a vertical line
You saw a man aboard a
vessel and he is raising and make a direct
all is clear, it is danger, stay
1082 lowering his outstretched a distress signal approach, the
safe to pass away
arms to each side. This man is drowning
means:
For 6 minutes For 6 minutes
For 3 minutes For 3 minutes
When are the Silence starting on the starting at
1083 every hour on after each Hour
Periods on 2182 kHz MF? hour and half and Half hour quarter past and
the hour
hour. 45 minutes past.
An airplane wants a vessels
to change course and
crossing ahead flashing the heading in the
proceed towards a vessel circling the vessel
1084 and rocking the navigation lights direction of the
in distress. The actions of on and off at least once
wings distress location
the aircraft to convey this
message will NOT include:
How would the letter
"I" be
1085 IN DEE AH I VAN HO IN DEE GO I EE
pronounced over the
radiotelephone?

In fog, if the turn
In a man overboard is started as soon
situation, besides saving as the man goes It can be used in It returns the
distance along the track over, the vessel both the vessel to the
1086 line, what is the other will be at the immediate action original track line It is faster
advantage of the Scharnow point where he and the delayed on a reciprocal
Turn over the Williamson went over when action situations course
Turn? the turn is
completed
An aircraft has indicated
Make an
that he wants you to
change course and follow Send the Morse Fire a red flare at Make a round "S"
signal night or a red turn (360 turn (hard right
1087 him. You cannot comply "N" by smoke signal by degrees) and then hard left)
because of an emergency flashing light day resume course and resume
on board. What signal
course
should you make?
What is the telephony
1088 RESCUE-RESCUE MAYDAY SECURITE PAN-PAN
urgency message like?
MAYDAY
SECURITE Pan-Pan Pan-pan
MAYDAY
SECURITE Pan-Pan All
MAYDAY All
SECURITE All stations, all
stations, all
stations, all stations, all
stations, all stations, all
stations. This is
Using VHF 16 What would stations. This is stations. This is
SHIP X, SHIP X, Any of the
1089 you say in a SAFETY call SHIP X, SHIP X, SHIP X, SHIP X,
SHIP X. For SHIP X. For choices
and message? SHIP X. For
Navigational Navigational
Navigational
Warning listen _ Warning listen _
_ (working
Warning listen _
_ (working
frequency) This frequency) This is _ (working
is SHIP X frequency) This is
SHIP X
SHIP X
What is the safety call
Emergency
when giving warning to the Mayday spoken 3 Securities PAN spoken 3
spoken 3 times
1090 vessel in the vicinity when times at frequent spoken 3 times at times at frequent
frequent intervals at frequent
your vessel had the engine intervals intervals
intervals
breakdown?
During a search, a RU would
like to communicate by VHF
1091 radio telephone on channel YY GH MI MG
indicated, she must signal
what code group?
How should the letter
"O" be
1092 OCK TOW BER OSS CAH OA KAM O RIAN
pronounced over the
radiotelephone?
There are three levels of

radio traffic which have PAN-PAN, MAYDAY, SECURITE,
MAYDAY, PAN-
1093 priority over ordinary traffic. MAYDAY, SECURITE, PAN- MAYDAY, PAN-
PAN, SECURITE
Which among these is TRUE SECURITE PAN PAN
in their decreasing order?

How is the letter
"Q"
1094 KEH BECK QUE BACK QWE BEK QU UE
pronounced when spoken
on the radiotelephone?
R/T Primary R/T Primary
Intership, Maybe Intership, Maybe
What is the purpose of VHF Public traffic used in co-
1095 Don't know used in co-
Channel 06? channel ordination of SAR
ordination of SAR ship to ship and
ship to ship only. ship to aircraft.
One major advantage of
is easy for a requires the least
the round turn maneuver is the fastest can be used in
1096 method
single-screw shiphandling
in a man overboard reduced visibility
vessel to perform skills to perform
situation is that it:
In a rescue operations, a
helicopter uses a special
device which patients, in
1097 most cases, are being rescue net rescue litter rescue basket rescue seat
disembarked. It can quickly
and safely be hooked on
and off.
In a distress situation, the spoken words ship's call letters
two tone alarm signal "Mayday, ship's name and ship's last known
1098 and Flag of
should be followed Mayday, nature of distress distress position
Mayday" registry
immediately by the:
What is the telegraphy and
FFF/ RESCUE-
1099 telephony urgency SOS/ MAYDAY XXX/ PAN-PAN TTT / SECURITE
RESCUE
message like?
How is the letter
"T"
1100 TEE TEEE TAHO TANG GO
pronounced when spoken
over the radiotelephone?
On-scene communication
among the rescue ships the Master of the
On-scene the Master of the the Master of the
1101 and aircraft in the vicinity Commander
ship being
ship in distress rescue ship
of distress should be under rescued
the control of whom?
What safety message
prefix is used to include a
ship has important
1102 message to transmit Mayday Pan Pan Urgent 10 miles
concerning safety of
navigation or
meteorological warming?
What should be used when
language difficulties exist
which cannot be resolved VHF International Communicate to Changing
1103
by the used of the IMO watchkeeping Code of Signals coast stations channels
Standard Marine
Communication Phrases?

When using the
International Code of
Signals to communicate,
1104 AR CQ YZ WA
the end of a radio
telephone transmission is
indicated by the signal:
If you are forced to
let the persons in remain in the
abandon ship in a liferaft head for the head for the
1105 the boat vote on immediate
your course of action nearest land vicinity closest sea-lanes
what to do
should be to __________.
remain together
If for any reason it is get away from in the area separate from
necessary to abandon ship the area because because each other as immediately
1106 while far out at sea it is sharks will be rescuers will start this will increase head for the
important that the crew attracted to the searching at the the chances of nearest land
members should: vessel vessels last being rescued
known position
On what wave band does
the search and rescue
1107 9 GHz 2182kHz 6 GHz 8 GHz
radar transponder
operate?
The distress message of a
ship should include be transmitted as ALWAYS be
be sent to a
considerable information include the a series of short included in the
1108 Coast Guard messages if time
which might facilitate the vessels draft initial distress
station FIRST allows
rescue. This information message
should __________.
The procedure of
strengthening damaged
1109 structures on a MODU by shoring battening blocking bracing
using wood or steel is called
__________.
To assure safe boarding and removing any
testing to assure side protective testing the spring
launching of a davit- load testing the
that the required rails and loaded drum to
launched liferaft from a davit arm and
1110 lamps are checking that the assure it will
MODU preparation should overside and the painter
functioning retract the fall
include which of the surface level are system
following choices? properly release hook
clear
The vessel is not
carrying a
The vessel is
The vessel is not The vessel has a GMDSS radio
carrying more
What are the conditions capable of temporary maintainer but
than the
under GMDSS whereby a performing all waiver of its has provided for
1111 required number
ship is NOT allowed to required distress radio license and shoreside
and safety of qualified
depart from any port? Safety maintenance
functions. GMDSS radio
Certificate. plus duplication
operators.
of equipment if
required.
What is one of the methods
used by an aircraft to attract
Dropping smoke Diving from high Flashing landing
1112 a vessels attention for Circle the vessel.
signal. attitude. lights.
participation in a rescue
operation?

What is the search pattern
1113 system called using more Parallel System Cross System Circle System Triangle System
than one ship?
Repeat the Key the
What should you do if you Turn up the
message using microphone
have transmitted a distress volume on the
any other several times
1114 call a number of times on receiver before
channel on which before
channel 16 and have you might attract transmitting
transmitting
received no reply? attention. again.
again.
The rescue The rescue
What would most likely Signal absorption
personnel were personnel were
1115 prevent a SARTs signal by the Heavy sea swells
monitoring the monitoring the 3-
from being detected? 10-cm radar ionosphere
cm radar
When a vessel signals her
distress by means of a gun
or other explosive signal
1116 1 hour 3 minutes 10 minutes 1 minute
the firing should be at
intervals of approximately
__________.
jump feet first
When abandoning ship and covering your dive head first
nose and mouth jump feet first hold your arms
jumping into the water using your hands
with one hand holding your firmly at your
1117 from a substantial height and grasping the
to break the
knees to your sides and jump
without a life jacket you opposing upper surface of the
chest feet first
should __________. arm with the water
other
With the wind
dead ahead
A course that will A course that will
When evacuating a seaman Downwind so because the
have the hoist keep a free flow
by helicopter lift which that the helicopter is
1118 area in the lee of of air clear of
course should the ship apparent wind is more smoke over the
the
take? close to nil. maneuverable hoist area.
superstructure.
when going into
the wind.
When will the float-free After about one
Only when
emergency position hour when the Only when keyed
Immediately after daylight activates
1119 indicating radio beacon be salt water by the radar of
floating free the photovoltaic
activated after abandoning activates the another vessel
cell
ship? battery
Distress alerting
to and from
vessels search
and rescue
Which communications All coordination on-
functions must all vessels communications scene Communications
be capable of performing possible within Radio direction communications in each of the
1120
under GMDSS as defined the International finding signals for operational
by the International Safety-NET locating Maritime ocean areas
Safety
Maritime Organization? service
Information
general and
bridge-to-bridge
communications.

If no answer is
It is advisable to
received on the
follow a distress designated Distress
statements about Channel 16
message on distress messages should
transmitting distress (156.8) may be
1121 2182 kHz by two frequencies first be
messages by dashes of 10 to used for distress
repeat the transmitted on
radiotelephone is 15 seconds messages.
distress call on 2182 kHz.
INCORRECT? duration.
any frequency
available.
It returns the It requires the It is the best turn
It is the slowest
Which statement about vessel to the highest degree of to use when the
of the methods
1122 the Williamson turn is original track-line shiphandling victim is not in
used in turning skills to
FALSE? on a reciprocal sight due to
the vessel. accomplish.
course. reduced visibility.
While at sea
adjustments to
Communications Each compulsory and the
involving safety vessel must carry maintaining of
of life at sea do Each compulsory
at least two GMDSS
not have to be vessel must carry
licensed Radio equipment may
Which statement concerning logged as long at least two
Operators at all be performed by
1123 GMDSS Radio Operator as the licensed GMDSS
times while at sea the GMDSS Radio
requirements is FALSE? compulsory Radio Operators
vessel was not and may elect to operator as long
at all times while
involved in such carry a GMDSS as the work is
at sea.
communications Radio Maintainer supervised by an
. as well. onboard licensed
GMDSS Radio
Maintainer.
Which step should Determine
Check Take anti-
normally be taken FIRST by Ration food and position and
1124 pyrotechnic seasickness pills
those who have boarded a water supplies. closest point of if available.
supplies.
liferaft in an emergency? land.
Which system provides Digital Selective
1125 maximum communications INMARSAT Calling on MF SITOR VHF ARQ
range? 8414.5KHz
Inspecting and
cleaning the Placing the SART
Ensuring the
SARTs container in the test mode Measuring the
Which task is NOT the SARTs batteries
and clearing the and verifying that SARTs
1126 responsibility of the GMDSS are replaced
immediate the nearby PPI transmitted
Radio Operator? before their frequency.
storage area of shows concentric
expiration date.
any debris or circles.
obstacles.
You are in a lifeboat
broadcasting a distress Your position by
The nature of the Your radio call
1127 message. What information latitude and The time of day
distress sign
would be essential to your longitude
rescuers?
You are on watch and
receive word that a person
put the wheel put the engines sound the man
1128 has fallen overboard from notify the Master
hard right full astern overboard alarm
the starboard side. What
should your first action be?

You have abandoned your
vessel. You are in a liferaft
identify the
and have cleared away take measures to search for prepare and use
1129 person in charge
from your vessel. One of maintain morale survivors radio equipment
of liferaft
your FIRST actions should
be to __________.
You have hand launched an
inflatable liferaft. What
Decide on food Cut the sea
should be one of your Open the Inflate the
1130 and water painter and clear
FIRST actions after all equipment pack. liferaft floor. the vessel.
rations.
persons have boarded the
liferaft?
Wait until the
1131 the rudder over the rudder over the engines
port side. Which action hard left. then put the
hard right. astern.
right.
A distress alert has
accidentally been sent with make contact wait until an RCC turn of the
1132 Any of the above
the Inmarsat-C installation. with an RCC reports transmitter
One should now:
A distress alert sent by
1133 Inmarsat to an RCC is sent Any of the above NCS LUT LES
via:
A distress frequency used
1134 on radiotelephone is 2182 kilohertz 400 kilohertz 8221 kilohertz 2728 kilohertz
__________.
is used to may be used
consists of 5 or consists of the
indicate doubt individually or in
A distress signal more short blasts raising and
1135 about another conjunction with
__________. of the fog signal lowering of a other distress
vessel's
apparatus large white flag signals
intentions
A distress-alert call from an
RCC or coast-station, MAYDAY MAYDAY RELAY
1136 Any of the above PAN PAN (3x)
preceding distress alert PRUDENCE (3x) (3x)
relay, begins with:
automatically
A DSC distress alert single automatically repeated after 3
frequency call attempt is repeated after 1 not repeated
1137 to 1 and a half
and a half to 4 All of the above
awaiting automatically
minutes and a half
acknowledgement:
minutes
A DSC-message of the
safety category is received
by another vessel on 70.
1138 Conform to the GMDSS 70 7 16 Any of the above
rules, for the continuation
of the safety traffic, change
to VHF-channel:

A man aboard a vessel,
signaling by raising and
danger, stay all is clear, it is all is clear, it is
1139 lowering his outstretched a distress signal
away safe to pass safe to approach
arms to each side, is
indicating __________.
A man was sighted as he
fell overboard. After
completing a Williamson
Parallel track Datum-drift
1140 turn, the man is not Sector search Expanding circle
pattern search
search should be
conducted?
A message giving warning
of a hurricane should have Pan-Pan (3 Securite Securite
1141 No special prefix TTT TTT TTT Securite
which prefix when sent by times)
radiotelephone?
A message warning of a
1142 tropical storm or ice in the distress message safety message urgency message routine message
area should be sent as a(n):
A person who observes an call for help and run to the radio immediately jump
go to the control
individual fall overboard keep the room to send an into the water to
1143 room for the
should do which of the individual in emergency assist the
distress flares
following? sight message individual
A plane circles your vessel,
crosses your course at a low
altitude opening and closing Emit large Hoist the
Hoist the Flash the Morse
his throttle and heads off in quantities of black international
1144 answering Code procedure
a direction which you are to smoke from your code flag
pennant. signal T.
be directed. How you stack. November (N)
indicate your INABILITY to
comply?
A racetrack turn would be the sea water is the wind was
the man has been
better than a Williamson very cold and from astern on
1145 missing for a there is thick fog
turn in recovering a man the man is the original
period of time
overboard if __________. visible course
A rescue helicopters hoist
6 feet of clear 10 feet of clear 25 feet of clear 50 feet of clear
1146 should have a radius of at
deck deck deck deck
least______?
A seaman is reported
missing in the morning and
was last seen after coming
1147 off the mid-watch. Which Williamson Racetrack 180deg turn Anderson
type of turn would you use
to return to the track-line
steamed during the night?
A vessel is flying the signal
an aircraft is an aircraft is
BJ-1 from her starboard the aircraft is still there is no danger
1148 ditched in circling over an
halyard. The signal means afloat of explosion
position indicated accident
_____.
After abandoning ship which
Issue anti-
action should be taken Dry the liferaft Get clear of the Open equipment
1149 seasickness
IMMEDIATELY upon floor and inflate. ship. pack.
medicine.
entering a liferaft?

keep personnel
should deploy the sea navigate against stay in the keep the liferaft
1150 from getting
anchor from a liferaft to the current general location from capsizing
seasick
__________.
After having activated the
turn it off and on turn it off for 5
emergency position leave it on turn it off during
1151 at 5 minute minutes every
indicating radio beacon, continuously daylight hours
intervals half-hour
you should __________.
All designated SAR aircraft
and civil aircraft carry
equipment operating on
the international 127.8 MHz 121,3 MHz 123,8 MHz 243,1 MHz
1152 aeronautical distress and/or 349.6 and/or 243,0 and/or 247,6 and/or 486,2
frequencies (amplitude MHz MHz MHz MHz
modulation). The
aeronautical distress
frequencies are?
the repeated
All of the following are
raising and
recognized distress signals orange-colored a green star
1153 lowering of red flares signal
under the Navigation Rules smoke
outstretched
EXCEPT __________.
arms
An aircraft passes nearby
an isolated island and sees
a flag V being signaled Require Require food Please Require medical
1154
conspicuously ashore. assistance rations acknowledge assistance
What message is being
sent?
An uncontrolled flow of
gas, oil, or other well fluids
1155 kick blowout breakout flow
into the atmosphere is
called a __________.
If you are in urgent need of
1156 a helicopter, which signal BZ BT1 BR BS
code should you send?
A vessel is flying the signal an aircraft is
an aircraft is there is no
BJ-1 from her starboard ditched in the aircraft is still
1157 circling over an danger of
halyard. The signal means accident position afloat
explosion
_____. indicated
reported position, the Parallel track Expanding
1158 Sector search Track crawl square search
vessel in distress is not search
search should be
conducted?
When is the appropriate Only when there
is chance of them During daytime During night time
1159 time for setting off distress Anytime.
being seen by only. only.
flares and rockets? rescue vessels.

remain together
If, for any reason, it is get away from separate from in the area
necessary to abandon ship immediately the area because each other as because
1160 while far out at sea, it is head for the sharks will be this will increase rescuers will start
important that the crew nearest land attracted to the the chances of searching at the
members should: vessel being rescued vessels last
known position
You are the OOW at sea. Alarm the rescue
During your watch, you Stay calm and coordination Proceed to your
Call the company
collided with a sailing instruct your center and voyage as if
1161 and ask for
vessel and no sign of life lookout to keep commence nothing has
searching for orders
seen in the water. What quiet happened
survivors
action would you do?
A rescue unit
A vessel, other The first vessel
than a rescue The land based designated to co-
arriving on the
unit, designated centre which are ordinate surface
Who is the Co-ordinator scene and
to co-ordinate co-ordinating the search and
1162 Surface Search? (MERSAR surface search
starting the
search and rescue
0.6) and rescue search and
rescue operations
operations within rescue
operation. within a specified
a specified area. operation.
search area.
During search and rescue
operations an aircraft
crosses the wake of your
Please call me on
vessel close astern at low Please remain
VHF 16 as you Your assistance Follow my
altitude. What does it where you are
1163 are not is no longer direction to the
indicate, if the aircraft required and await further
answering my ship in distress
rocks its wings, opens and instructions
calls
closes the throttle or
changes the propeller
pitch?
Several merchant ships are CSS duties are
arriving at the scene of a always assumed A tank vessel The CSS must The first vessel to
distress incident. One of by passenger should never be be established by
arrive at the
the them must assume the vessels, dry cargo assigned CSS mutual
1164 distress incident
duties of the Coordinator vessels, or duties unless agreement
between the is designated as
Surface Search (CSS). tankers in that only tank vessels
ships concerned. the CSS.
Which of the following order of are present.
statements is TRUE? precedence.
When no RU (Rescue Unit),
but a number of merchant
vessels are participating in
a search and rescue Mutual
operation, one of the agreement RCC (Rescue Co- First vessel
RSC (Rescue Sub-
1165 vessels should be between ordination arriving on the
participating Centre)
designated as CSS ( Co- Centre). scene.
ordinator Surface Search), vessels.
Which practice should be
followed in designation of
the CSS?

Where several rescue units
(RU) are engaged in a
search and rescue
operation, one of the RU OCS to be
OSC to be the
should be designated as OSC to be the permanently OSC to be
ship with the
OSC (On Scene first rescue unit appointed within designated by an
1166 best
Commander). Which one to arrive at the each SRR (Search appropriate RCC
maneuvering or RSC.
of the listed practices for scene. and Rescue
performance.
designating an OSC does Region).
correspond to the
guidance provided by
MERSAR?
An area of
An area of defined
An area of
defined limited dimension where
An area where a
dimensions dimension in an international
What is a Search and search and
1167 within which which rescue organization is
Rescue Region (SRR)? search and rescue operation
vessels are responsible for
rescue services is ongoing.
permanently search and
are provided.
stationed. rescue
operations.
What is the search system
1168 pattern called using 1 Square System Sector System Lonely System Single System
vessel?
What is the search pattern
1169 system called using more Triangle System Circle System Parallel System Cross System
than one ship?
Search and Search and Safety and
SART is short
1170 Rescue Radar Rescue Radar Dont know Rescue Radar
for__________ Transponder Transmitter Transmitter
A man was sighted as he
fell over board. After
completing a williamson
Parallel track Datum-drift
1171 turn, the man is not Expanding circle Sector search
pattern search
search should be
conducted?
You have abandoned ship Use the voice
and after two days in a Turn on the Use visual transmission
Switch the EPIRB
raft, you can see an aircraft strobe light on distress signals capability of the
1172 to the homing
near the horizon the top of the in conjunction EPIRB to guide
with the EPIRB signal mode
apparently carrying out a EPIRB the aircraft to
search pattern. You should: your raft
The Coordinator Surface a distinctive a red light, white
Search (CSS) in a SAR signal a white light over light, and blue deck lights
1173 promulgated by
situation should display by two red lights light in a vertical forward and aft
night __________. the CSS line

When a number of
merchant vessels, but no
Good radio
rescue units or warships,
communication
are participating in a facilities
search and rescue Senior deck (preferable 2182
operation, one of the The maneuvering officers rescue Service speed of kHz and/or 156.8
1174 MHz (channel
vessels will have to assume of the vessels. operations the vessels.
the duty as co-ordinator experience. 16)
radiotelephony
(CSS). Which one of the
and 500 kHz
listed items is most radiotelegraphy).
important when
designating a CSS?
reported position, the Expanding Parallel track
1175 square
Sector search Track crawl
search should be
conducted?
You are proceeding of the
When you arrived at the
reported position, the Expanding
1176 Track crawl Sector search Initial search
vessel in distress is not square
search should be
conducted?
Search for
missing persons. Make sure that
Continue to Wait and see Leave the vessel the life boat has
collision and you are not
monitor situation how the and stay not as much bunker
1177 sure if your vessel is sinking
and prepare for situation is closer than 5 as possible and
or not. How will you handle abandonment in
developing. nautical miles. make you course
this situation? case it become for nearest land.
necessary.
a fully a survey of
automated vessels
system for favourably a book of
directions for
1178 The MERSAR is__________ Dont know mutual located for search and
assistance and possible rescue rescue at sea
rescue of during SAR
persons at sea operations
When carrying out a
parallel track search In the same Perpendicular to In the opposite
1179 pattern, the course of the direction as the the line of Downwind direction of the
search unit normally be anticipated drift anticipated drift anticipated drift

In establishing the most
probable area within the
search target is most likely
to be, and all, a radius of
1180 15 miles 20 miles 5 miles 10 miles
_________ miles is drawn
from the datum and
squaring it off with
tangents.
The Coordinator Surface
A black ball over Code flag Two black
Search in a SAR situation The code flags
1181 FR
a black diamond Quebec over a diamond shapes
should display by day
shape black ball in a vertical line
__________.
The most probable position
of the object of a search at dead-reckoning
1182 datum position reported position incident position
any given time is the position
__________.
The search
You should conduct a
An aircraft is More than one object is a target The search target
sector search under which
1183 available to assist vessel is available that will be is sighted and
of the following then lost.
a surface vessel. for a search. readily detected
circumstances?
by radar.
reduce the
spread out to number of rafts
If more than one raft is tie the rafts go in a different increase the by getting as
manned after the vessel together and try
1184 to stay in a single
direction in possibility of a many people as
has sunk, you should
group search of land search aircraft possible into as
__________.
finding you few rafts as
possible
For short range
communication, which of
the following VHF channel
1185 frequency is used for 518kHZ 2182kHZ 1568kHZ 500kHZ
distress, search and rescue
and on-scene coordination
by radio telephony?
On what wave band does
the search and rescue
1186 6 GHz 9 GHz 2182kHz 8 GHz
radar transponder
operate?
Responsible for the on- Flight
scene coordination during On Scene On Scene Information
1187 Dont know
search and rescue Commander Coordinator Rescue-
operations is__________ coordinator
A national search
A center A unit and rescue centre
A centre for
established to subordinate to a subordinate to an
What is a Rescue Sub-Centre underwater
1188 assist the main rescue co- international
(RSC)? search and rescue
national rescue ordinating search and rescue
operation. centre.
centre. co-ordinating
centre.

A unit composed
of trained A unit
personnel specializing in
A permanently
What is a Rescue Unit suitably equipped search and
1189 manned rescue for expeditious
(RU)? rescue
vessel. search and operations at
rescue
sea.
operations.
You are doing a Williamson Stop the engines
turn. Your vessel has Put the rudder and prepare to
Increase to
1190 swung about 60degrees Shift your rudder amidships and maneuver to pick
maximum speed
from the original course check the swing up the man in
heading. You should: the water
The search
You should conduct a
object is a target The search target An aircraft is More than one
sector search under which
1191 that will be is sighted and available to assist vessel is available
of the following then lost.
readily detected a surface vessel. for a search.
circumstances?
by radar.
A rescue helicopters hoist
10 feet of clear 25 feet of clear 6 feet of clear 50 feet of clear
1192 area should have a radius
deck deck deck deck
of at least __________.
HEL-H is the abbreviation
of a heavy helicopter
200 nm and 500 nm and 150 nm and 100 nm and
radius of action for rescue
capacity for capacity for capacity for capacity for
1193 purposes. What do you evacuating more evacuating more evacuating more evacuating more
think the radius and then 15 persons. than 25 persons. than 12 persons. than 10 persons.
evacuating capacity of the
helicopter is?
Have a rescue
If a helicopter is going to
Stop your ship Clear the landing Sail into the wind team ready in
land on board your ship, site and mark it
1194 and pour fuel to at the highest case the
what measure should you with a large white
dampen the sea. H. speed possible. helicopter falls
take?
into the sea.
If requested by a coastal
radio station to participate Your position, Your own cargo Your crews
1195 in a rescue operation, what name, call sign Your destination
and speed owner nationality
is the most important
information you may give?
Inflatable rescue boats
shall be so constructed as
1196 to be capable of 50 days 30 days 15 days 40 days
withstanding exposure for
_____ in all sea condition.
Under the GMDSS, to avoid
all ships in a large sea area
being alerted, a
transmission mode is made
Selective distress Distress vicinity
1197 by the rescue coordinating Area check Area call
alerting message
center so that only those
ships in vicinity of distress
are alerted. This is called
_________.

What is one of the
methods used by an
Dropping smoke Flashing landing Diving from high
1198 aircraft to attract a vessels Circle the vessel.
signal. lights. attitude.
attention for participation
in a rescue operation?
What is the centre for Maritime Rescue
Ship Distress Emergency Ship Rescue Co-
1199 overall co-ordination of Co-ordination ordination Centre
Centre Distress Centre
rescue operations called? Centre
What is the vessel that has Commander of
Commander of Local Rescue On Scene
1200 the local command in a Commander
Rescue
Operation Commander
rescue operation called? Operation
If, for any reason, it is remain together
in the area separate from get away from
necessary to abandon ship
because each other as the area because immediately
while far out at sea, it is
1201 rescuers will start this will increase sharks will be head for the
important that the crew ing at the vessels the chances of attracted to the nearest land
members should last known being rescued vessel
__________. position
If possible, the
SART should be
The SART should
mounted
be placed in Switch the SART The SART
How can a SARTs effective horizontally so
1202 water into the high should be held as
range be maximized? that its signal
immediately power position. high as possible.
matches that of
upon activation.
the searching
radar signal.
A plane circles your vessel,
crosses your course at a
low altitude opening and Emit large Hoist the
Flash the Morse Hoist the
closing his throttle and quantities of international
1203 Code procedure answering
heads off in a direction black smoke code flag
signal T. pennant. November (N)
which you are to be from your stack.
directed. How you indicate
your INABILITY to comply?
All designated SAR aircraft
and civil aircraft carry
equipment operating on
the international 121,3 MHz 123,8 MHz 243,1 MHz 127.8 MHz
1204 aeronautical distress and/or 243,0 and/or 247,6 and/or 486,2 and/or 349.6
frequencies (amplitude MHz MHz MHz MHz
modulation). The
aeronautical distress
frequencies are?
An airplane wants a vessel
proceed towards a vessel heading in the flashing the crossing ahead
circling the vessel
1205 in distress. The actions of direction of the navigation lights and rocking the
at least once on and off
the aircraft to convey this distress location wings
message will NOT include
__________.

During a helicopter
evacuation, the helicopter
All of the Secure it to a Secure it to the
lowers its winch wire to Touch the wire
1206 mentioned strong point on deck with a weak
the deck. Which of the with bare hands. actions. deck. link.
following should NOT be
done with the winch wire?
With the wind
With the wind
During helicopter astern so that
as instructed by fine on the bow
evacuation of an injured directly into the the effect of the
1207 the helicopter opposite to the
man, what course should pilot wind wind is reduced
helicopter
the ship steer? as much as
operating area
possible
During helicopter winching
operations over the deck of
a vessel needing injury caused by
being grounded
assistance, the handler the heat from hock from static Injury caused by
1208 by helicopter
should be equipped with helicopter discharge the winch lines
currents
electricians gloves and engines
rubber soled shoes to
avoid _____________.
Remove their life Stand on the Enter the water
When a helicopter is lifting Remain seated
jackets to outside to in case the
a person from an enclosed inside to provide
1209 prepare for their prepare for their person being
lifeboat, the others in the body weight for
transfer to the stability transfer to the lifted slips from
boat should:
helicopter helicopter the sling
With the wind
dead ahead
A course that will
When evacuating a seaman A course that will because the Downwind so
keep a free flow have the hoist
by helicopter lift, which helicopter is that the
1210 of air, clear of area in the lee of
course should the ship smoke, over the more apparent wind is
the
take? hoist area. maneuverable close to nil.
superstructure.
when going into
the wind.
The hoist area
The drop line Flags should be The vessel should should be
should be flown to provide a be stopped with located as far as
When evacuating a seaman
grounded first visual reference the wind dead possible so the
1211 by helicopter lift, which as to the
then secured as ahead during the pilot will have a
statement is TRUE?
close to the hoist direction of the hoisting visual reference
apparent wind.
point as possible. operation. while
approaching.
If the hoist is at
the stern, booms
The vessel should Evacuation
When evacuating a seaman The litter should extending aft at
not be touched be slowed to should be from
1212 by helicopter lift, which until it has been
the stern should
bare an area forward
statement is TRUE? grounded. be cradled with
steerageway. of the bridge.
the topping lifts
hove taut.

The tending line
The ship should
of the litter
be stopped with The basket or The hoist line
basket should be
You must evacuate a the wind off the stretcher must should be slack
secured to the
1213 seaman by helicopter lift. beam while the not be allowed before the basket
ship beyond the or stretcher is
Which statement is TRUE? helicopter is to touch the
radius of the hooked on.
hovering deck.
helicopter
overhead.
blades.
Throw them
When rescuing persons Standby to throw lifejackets so
from a disabled ship or a Use a scrambling Woit for fiber ropes to the they can float
net where they
1214 wreck, what is another can climb to the
assistance from persons in the while waiting for
option if you cannot launch rescuing vessel. RCC. water to pull rescue boats
your boats? them up. from other
rescuers.
The AMVER system for
Minerals
vessels in the Gulf of Department of Corps of U.S. Coast
1215 Management
Mexico is administered by Energy Engineers Guard
Service
the __________.
AMVER is a system which Position reporting Weather Navigational Satellite
1216
provides __________. service information information communications
When making VHF radio
calls to nearby stations,
1217 Extra high power Medium power High power Low power
what level of transmitting
power should you use?
When sending and
receiving messages on the
Standard
marine radio, confusion High power Low power
1218 phonetic Delimiter switch
over unusual words can be switch alphabet switch
avoided by using the
__________.
Which satellite system
INMARSAT-M
1219 promulgated Maritime SafetyNET AMVER NAVTEX
SES
Safety Information?
By the Public
By the High Seas By the Coast
By the Rescue Correspondence
Service (HSS) Coordination Earth Station
Station (PCS),
controlling the Center (RCC) (CES) controlling
controlling the
How is "radio silence" distress controlling the the distress
1220 distress
imposed? communications distress communications
on that on that
on that frequency on that
frequency or frequency or
or channel frequency or
channel. channel
channel
How does a coast radio
station communicating by By its subscriber
1221 By its MMSI By its MID By its call sign
HF radio normally identify number
itself?
The AMVER system for
Minerals
vessels in the Gulf of U.S. Coast Department of Corps of
1222 Management
Mexico is administered by Guard Energy Engineers
Service
the __________.

When making VHF radio
calls to nearby stations,
1223 Extra high power High power Medium power Low power
what level of transmitting
power should you use?
When communicating on
the radiotelephone using
plain English, what
1224 procedure word indicates Over Out Roger Wilco
the end of my transmission
and that a response is
necessary?
If you are transmitting a follow the
always use the
distress message by preface it by the transmission use English
1225 International language
radiotelephone you should word "Interco" with the radio
Code
__________. alarm signal
Any person maintaining a
listening watch on a speak a language
1226 bridge-to-bridge send Morse Code the vessel's crew speak English repair the unit
radiotelephone must be will understand
able to __________.
have on board an
use the bridge-
operator who
You are piloting a vessel, to-bridge VHF-
holds a restricted maintain a
which is required to have a FM designated
radiotelephone listening watch
radiotelephone, on the frequency only to
1227 All of the above operator permit and
navigable waters of the exchange
or higher license, communicate in
United States. You must navigational
as well as a FCC English
__________. information or
ship station
necessary tests
license
You wish to communicate
by radiotelephone with a
foreign vessel using the
1228 . "Code" "Interco" "Kilo" "Charlie Quebec"
Signals. This is indicated by
the signal __________.
What is the International
Code signal for calling an
1229 UNK CQ AA AA STA
unknown station using
flashing light?
The radiotelephone safety
message urgently
1230 concerned with safety of a Pan Mayday Safety Interco
person would be prefixed
by the word __________.
The signal "AS" when used
in signaling by the
Finished with
1231 International Code of Over Wait Repeat this signal
transmission
Signals means
"________________".

When using the
1232 the end of a YZ WA CQ AR
radiotelephone
transmission is indicated
by the signal __________.
If you receive the signal
over radiotelephone of
continue since he
"Romeo Papa Tango" while repeat your last report to the end the
1233 transmission
received your
using the International caller transmission
last transmission
Code of Signals, you should
__________.
You are calling another
vessel by radiotelephone
you should send
using the International you should send he cannot accept you should
your message in
1234 Code of Signals. He your message in traffic proceed with
International immediately
responds with the words plain language your message
Code
"Alpha Sierra". This
indicates that __________.
must be followed
always indicates should include
When signaling a course by "T", "M" or
should be a true course the compass
using the International "C" to indicate if
1235 preceded by the unless indicated deviation if a
Code of Signals, the signal otherwise in the it is true,
letters CSE compass course
__________. message magnetic or
is signaled
compass
power-driven vessel
1236 MIKE BRAVO GOLF CHARLIE
What is the fog-signal for a
power-driven vessel
1237 underway but stopped and GOLF CHARLIE MIKE BRAVO
water?
How should you, as
helmsman, give feedback You don't have
By saying: "Yes By repeating the
1238 to the OOW (officer on order
By saying: "OK" to give any
Sir"
watch) that his orders are feedback
understood?
wait until the
1239 find the upper light is come left come right
present course longer in a
vertical line
should:
The fog-signal for a vessel
No signal
1240 being towed (last vessel of PAPA BRAVO ECHO
required
the tow, if manned) is:

For a vessel engaged in
No signal
1241 fishing, what is her fog FOXTROT MIKE DELTA
required
signal?
Improve the
Reduce maritime Make more use Improve the use
What is the main purpose navigator's
1242 communication of standard of IMO Standard
of seaspeak? problems communication
english Vocabulary
skills
By day, vessels engaged in No necessary
code flag "PT" code flag "T" code flag "P"
1243 pair trawling may display signal to be
flown at the flown at the flown at the
which of the following? foremost shown
foremost foremost
If the helmsman changes
from right rudder to left
rudder, or vice versa, in swing your
1244 shift your rudder ease the rudder meet her
equal number of degrees. rudder
What is the helm
command?
What is the equivalent fog
signal of a "power-driven
1245 vessel, making way" in the MIKE ROMEO TANGO DELTA
International Code single-
letter Signal?
What will you do if you are
helmsman and the OOW Turn the rudder Put the rudder all
Put the rudder to towards midship,
(officer on watch) gives Put the rudder to the way to
1246 starboard to ease but normally not
you the order: "Port 20" all the way to midship position starboard to stop
the turn
and after a while the order: midship position the turn
"Ease your helm"
In a narrow channel or
fairway, the maneuvering
and warning signal of a single letter single letter single letter single letter
1247
vessel intending to signal "ZULU" signal "TANGO" signal "ECHO" signal "BRAVO"
overtake another vessel on
her port side is:
The last vessel of the tow
(if manned) shall sound Single letter Single letter Single letter Single letter
1248
which of the following fog signal GOLF signal ECHO signal BRAVO signal DELTA
signals?
bend shall sound which of
the following signals where Single letter Single letter Single letter Single letter
1249 signal TANGO
other vessels may be signal X-RAY signal WHISKEY signal VICTOR
obscured by an intervening
obstruction?
In the following
single-letter
letters, which is the single-letter single-letter single-letter
1250 signal
equivalent fog signal of a signal "DELTA" signal "JULIETTE" signal "KILO"
"FOXTROT"
"vessel restricted in her
ability to maneuver"?

A vessel when she is
1251 towing shall sound what WHISKEY TANGO DELTA VICTOR
fog-signals?
It is the equivalent fog
signal of a "vessel not
1252 under command" in the MIKE UNIFORM SIERRA DELTA
letter Signal.
What is/are the content of
table #1 of radiotelephony
procedures? I. Nature of
distress in code from the
International code of
1253 signals II. Phonetic I only II only III only I, II & III
alphabets and figure
spelling III. Position in
code from the
signals
power-driven vessel
1254 MIKE BRAVO GOLF CHARLIE
What is the fog-signal for a
power-driven vessel
1255 underway but stopped and CHARLIE BRAVO MIKE GOLF
water?
How should you, as
helmsman, give feedback You don't have By saying:
By saying: By repeating the
1256 to the OOW (officer on to give any "Yes
"OK" order
watch) that his orders are feedback Sir"
understood?
wait until the
1257 find the upper light is present course
come left come right
longer in a
vertical line
should:
The fog-signal for a vessel
No signal
1258 being towed (last vessel of ECHO BRAVO PAPA
required
the tow, if manned) is:
For a vessel engaged in
No signal
1259 fishing, what is her fog DELTA FOXTROT MIKE
required
signal?
Improve the
Reduce maritime Improve the use Make more use
What is the main purpose navigator's
1260 communication of IMO Standard of standard
of seaspeak? communication problems Vocabulary english
skills

By day, vessels engaged in code flag No necessary code flag code flag
1261 pair trawling may display "P" signal to be "PT" "T"
which of the following? flown at the shown flown at the flown at the
foremost foremost foremost
1262 shift your rudder meet her ease the rudder
What is the helm
command?
What is the equivalent fog
signal of a "power-
driven vessel, making
1263 MIKE DELTA TANGO ROMEO
way" in the
letter Signal?
helmsman and the OOW
Put the rudder all Turn the rudder
(officer on watch) gives Put the rudder to towards midship,
Put the rudder to the way to
1264 you the order: "Port starboard to ease but normally not
midship position starboard to stop all the way to
20" and after a while the turn
the turn midship position
the order: "Ease your
helm"
In a narrow channel or
fairway, the maneuvering single letter single letter single letter single letter
and warning signal of a signal signal signal signal
1265 "ZULU&quo "TANGO&q "ECHO&qu "BRAVO&q
vessel intending to
overtake another vessel on t; uot; ot; uot;
her port side is:
The last vessel of the tow
(if manned) shall sound Single letter Single letter Single letter Single letter
1266 signal BRAVO
which of the following fog signal DELTA signal ECHO signal GOLF
signals?
bend shall sound which of
the following signals where Single letter Single letter Single letter Single letter
1267
other vessels may be signal X-RAY signal TANGO signal WHISKEY signal VICTOR
obscured by an intervening
obstruction?
In the following
single-letter single-letter single-letter single-letter
letters, which is the
signal signal signal signal
1268 equivalent fog signal of a
"KILO&quo "FOXTROT "DELTA&q "JULIETTE&
"vessel restricted in uot;
t; " quot;
her ability to
maneuver"?
A vessel when she is
1269 towing shall sound what DELTA TANGO VICTOR WHISKEY
fog-signals?

It is the equivalent fog
signal of a "vessel
1270 not under command" MIKE SIERRA DELTA UNIFORM
in the International Code
single-letter Signal.
What is/are the content of
table #1 of radiotelephony
procedures? I. Nature of
distress in code from the
1271 signals II. Phonetic II only I only III only I, II & III
alphabets and figure
spelling III. Position in
code from the
signals
1272 tropical storm should be distress message safety message routine message urgent message
sent as a(n) __________.
All VHF marine band radios
only two persons
operate in the simplex only one person the radio only the radio only
1273 may talk at the
mode which means that may talk at a time receives transmits
same time
__________.
How should the number 1
be pronounced when
1274 NEW-MAL-WON NUM-EV-WUN OO-NAH-WUN OO-NO
spoken on the
radiotelephone?
If a crew member that was
ill has died which code
1275 MPO MPR MPK MPJ
should your message
contain?
Repeat ... - I say again ... - I reiterate ... - Take note ... -
If any part of the message
followed by the followed by the followed by the followed by the
are considered sufficiently
1276 corresponding corresponding corresponding corresponding
important to need part of the part of the part of the part of the
safeguarding say: message. message. message. message.
It should be expressed in the
24 hour UTC notation; if
1277 local time will be used in Interval Periods Times Phase
ports or harbours it should
clearly be stated.
Message Markers. This
indicates that the following
1278 message is restricted to Advice Information Warning Instruction
observed facts situations
etc..
Preferably to be expressed
in nautical miles or cables
1279 (tenths of a mile) otherwise Distances Space Expanse Vastness
in kilometres or metres the
unit always to be stated.

The Coordinator Surface
a black ball over two black
Search in a SAR situation code flag Quebec
1280 a black diamond diamond shapes the code flags FR
should display by day over a black ball
shape in a vertical line
__________.
The national distress
safety and calling
1281 16 22 13 18
frequency is channel
__________.
156.7 MHz 156.65 MHz 156.6 MHz 156.8 MHz
1282 calling/safety/distress (channel 16)
(channel 14) (channel 13) (channel 12)
frequency is __________.
What is the calling and
distress frequency on a
1283 1492 kHz 2182 kHz 2082 kHz 1892 kHz
single side band (SSB)
marine radiotelephone?
What is the lifesaving
Horizontal
signal for You are seen - Code letter K by 3 white star Vertical motion
1284 motion with a
Assistance will be given as blinker light signals of a white light
white flag
soon as possible ?
What is the radiotelephone
1285 pan pan mayday securite seelonce feenee
urgency signal?
What would be used to call
Calling all
1286 all stations in your vicinity Kilo Charlie Quebec Alpha Alpha
stations
by radiotelephone?
The hoist area
The drop line The vessel should should be Flags should be
should be be stopped with located as far aft flown to provide a
When evacuating a seaman
grounded first the wind dead as possible so the visual reference
1287 by helicopter lift which
then secured as ahead during the pilot will have a as to the
statement is TRUE? direction of the
close to the hoist hoisting visual reference
apparent wind.
point as possible. operation. while
approaching.
When it is accepted to Standing by on Waiting on VHF Staying on VHF Keeping watch
1288 remain on the VHF channel VHF Channel ... / Channel ... / Channel ... / on VHF Channel
/ frequency indicated say: frequency ... frequency ... frequency ... ... / frequency ...
When the information Information
Information not
1289 requested cannot be I do not know .... cannot be No information.
available.
obtained say: obtained.
Which of the signals listed
is required to be displayed A red and yellow
1290 A red light A red flag A yellow flag
during the day while flag
bunkering?
Which radiotelephone
SOS Received
1291 signal indicates receipt of a Mayday roger Roger wilco
acknowledged mayday
distress message?
Which spoken emergency
signal would you use to call None of the
1292 Urgency signal Distress signal Safety signal
a boat to come assist a above
man overboard?

While proceeding to a
Resume base Acknowledge Relay the original
distress site you hear the Monitor the
course and speed receipt and distress message
words Seelonce mayday radiotelephone
1293 as your advise your as no other
on the radiotelephone. but do not
assistance is no course speed vessel has transmit.
Which action should you
longer required. and ETA. acknowledged it.
take?
While proceeding towards
Resume base
a distress site you hear the Relay the initial
course and speed Resume normal Do not transmit
message Seelonce Feenee communications distress message
1294 because the on the guarded
over the
over the radiotelephone. to the nearest
distress situation frequency. radiotelephone.
Which action should you shore station.
is over.
take?
You are the first vessel to
arrive at the scene of a
distress. Due to the volume Key the
Broadcast Broadcast
of traffic on the radio you Switch to flag microphone
1295 Seelonce Charlie Quebec-
are unable to Distress . hoists. three times in
Mayday-Quiet .
communicate with the quick succession.
vessel in distress. Which
action should you take?
You are using VHF channel
16 (156.8 MHz) or 2182
kHz. You need help but are ASSISTANCE
1296 MAYDAY PAN-PAN SECURITE
not in danger. You should NEEDED
use the urgent signal
__________.
A call between any two
ship stations on an
intership working
1297 3 minutes 2 minutes 4 minutes 5 minutes
frequency shall have a
maximum duration of
__________.
A Coast Guard
radiotelephone message
about an aid to navigation
1298 PAN-PAN MAYDAY SOS SECURITY
that is off station is
preceded by the word
__________.
A crew member suddenly
becomes blind in both
1299 MNI MNJ MNO MNM
eyes. Which code should
your message contain?
A long pole with a hook at
one end used to reach for
1300 pike pole hooker line rod jack staff
lines is known as a
__________.
of a hurricane should have Pan-Pan (3 Securite Securite
1301 TTT TTT TTT No special prefix Securite
radiotelephone?

A signal indicating a code hoist to
Greenwich mean time indicate
1302 the letters GT the letter Z the letter G
would be preceded with Greenwich mean
__________. time to follow
A vessel in distress should
send by radio telephone spoken words
1303 the two tone alarm signal distress position ship s name ship s call letters Mayday Mayday
followed immediately by Mayday
the __________.
A vessel which is being
assisted by an icebreaker
sounding five sounding one
should indicate that he is displaying code displaying code
1304 letter Y (Yankee)
short blasts of his prolonged blast
ready to cast off the numeral 5
whistle of his whistle
towline (if one is used) by
__________.
A vessel which is being
assisted by an icebreaker
would display a flag hoist receives ice speed begins to becomes
1305 stops icebound
consisting of the code damage drop
numeral 4 when the vessel
__________.
Daily statement
According to the Vessel
Times of Distress and about the
Bridge-to-Bridge Routine
beginning and alarm signals condition of the
1306 Radiotelephone Act what navigational
end of watch traffic transmitted or required
is NOT required in the
period intercepted radiotelephone
radiotelephone log?
equipment
All towing vessels of 26
feet or longer while At least two A radio direction None of the
1307 A radiotelephone
navigating are required to lifeboats finder above
carry which item?
Always to be expressed in
360 degree notation from
north (true north unless
1308 otherwise stated). Route Courses Tract Direction
Whether this is to TO or
FROM a mark can be
stated.
would display a visual I am altering my stopped and
I am operating I am altering my
1309 signal consisting of the astern propulsion
course to making no way
course to port
code letter S (Sierra) to starboard through the
signify that water
________________.
generally located
fitted in each leg between the
An intermediate spring is usually made of secured at the H
1310 of the towing fishplate and the
__________. manila hawser bitts main towing
bridle
hawser

An oiler was badly burned
and you are
communicating with a
passenger ship that has a
doctor and hospital on
board. You want to
1311 MAB MAF MAA MAE
rendezvous in a certain
position so the oiler can be
evacuated for medical
treatment. Which code
should your message
contain?
By regulation you MUST
keep a record of the use of
1312 thirty months six months two years one year
your radiotelephone for a
minimum of __________.
exchange
Channel 13 (156.65 MHz) exchange navigational exchange
operating
the designated bridge-to- information conduct navigational
1313 schedules with
bridge channel may NOT company between a vessel necessary tests information
be used to __________. dispatcher and a shore between vessels
station
remove and
remove a barge moor a barge to
Hanging a barge off means deliver a loaded tow an empty
1314 while locking the bank and
to __________. barge from a barge astern leave
through
multiple tow
How many VHF Survival
Craft Transceivers are
1315 2 3 4 5
required aboard passenger
ships?
How should the letter Q
be pronounced when
1316 KEH BECK QU UE QWE BEC QUE BACH
spoken on the
radiotelephone?
How should the letter Z be
1317 pronounced when spoken ZEE BR AH ZEE ZE ZE HE ZOO LOO
How should the letter D be
1318 pronounced when spoken DA VID DUKE DELL TAH DOG
If you are transmitting a follow the
always use the
distress message by use English preface it by the transmission
1319 language
International
radiotelephone you should word Interco with the radio
Code
__________. alarm signal
Any person maintaining a
listening watch on a speak a language
1320 bridge-to-bridge repair the unit send Morse Code the vessels crew speak English
radiotelephone must be will understand
able to __________.

When establishing primary
contact between vessels, if
English is the language
International
agreed upon for working Bridge Standard Marine
Oxford Concise Safety Guide for
1321 and a minor understanding Procedures Navigational
Dictionary. Vocabulary. Tankers and
difficulty arises, which Guide.
Terminals.
book would you use to
help overcome
this__________ .
If you wished to transmit a
message by voice
concerning the safety of
1322 Securite Mayday Pan-pan Safety
navigation, you would
preface it by the word
__________.
a ship is
the message threatened by a calling station
In radiotelephone the message
following the grave and has an urgent
communications, the prefix following is a
1323 prefix will be imminent danger message about
PAN-PAN indicates that meteorological the safety of a
about the safety and requests
__________. warning person
of navigation immediate
assistance
In radio telephony what is
the URGENCY CALL which
should be used to indicate
Victor Victor (3 Pan Pan (3 Securite Securite Mayday Mayday
1324 that you have a very urgent
times) times) (3 times) (3 times)
message to transmit
another vessel or person?
1325 the two tone alarm signal Mayday, Mayday, distress position ships name ships call letters
the __________.
Right, .... - Ok, .... - followed Affirmative, .... - Yes, .... -
When the answer to a
followed by the by the followed by the followed by the
1326 question is in the
appropriate appropriate appropriate appropriate
affirmative, say: phrase in full.
phrase in full. phrase in full. phrase in full.
When the answer to a No, .... - followed Negative, .... - Not at all, .... - I do not know, ....
by the followed by the followed by the - followed by the
1327 question is in the negative,
appropriate appropriate appropriate appropriate
say: phrase in full. phrase in full. phrase in full. phrase in full.
Wait - followed Wait a minute - Hold - followed Stand by -
by the time followed by the by the time followed by the
When the information
interval within time interval interval within time interval
1328 requested is not within which the
which the within which the which the
immediately available, say: information will
information will information will information will
be available.
be available. be available. be available.
When the information Information
Information not
1329 requested cannot be No information. cannot be I do not know, ....
available.
obtained, say: obtained.

When an INSTRUCTION
(e.g. by a VTS-Station,
Affirmative ... - Ok ... - followed Yes ... - followed I will/can ... -
Naval vessel or other fully
followed by the by the by the followed by the
1330 authorized personnel ) or instruction or
instruction or instruction or instruction or
an ADVICE is given, advice in full.
advice in full. advice in full. advice in full.
respond if in the
affirmative:
It is use to announce a
1331 MAYDAY PAN - PAN SECURITY SOS
distress message.
It is use to announce an
1332 SOS SECURITY PAN - PAN MAYDAY
urgency message.
It is use to announce a
1333 SECURITE SOS MAYDAY PAN - PAN
safety message.
When it is advisable to Wait on VHF Stand by on VHF Keep watch on Stay on VHF
1334 remain on a VHF Channel / Channel ... / Channel ... / VHF Channel ... / Channel ... /
frequency say: frequency ... frequency ... frequency ... frequency ...
When it is accepted to Standing by on Staying on VHF Keeping watch Waiting on VHF
1335 remain on the VHF channel VHF Channel ... / Channel ... / on VHF Channel Channel ... /
/ frequency indicated, say: frequency ... frequency ... ... / frequency ... frequency ...
When it is advisable to Kindly shift to Please adjust to Advise (you) Please change to
change to VHF
1336 change to another VHF VHF Channel ... / VHF Channel ... / Channel ... /
VHF Channel ... /
Channel / frequency, say: frequency ... . frequency ... . frequency ... . frequency ... .
Going up / down
When the changing of a Changing to VHF Shifting to VHF Moving to VHF
to VHF Channel
1337 VHF Channel / frequency is Channel ... / Channel ... / Channel ... /
frequency ... . ... / frequency ...
accepted, say: frequency ... . frequency ... .
.
I say again ... - Take note ... - Repeat ... - I reiterate ... -
If any part of the message
followed by the followed by the followed by the followed by the
are considered sufficiently
1338 corresponding corresponding corresponding corresponding
important to need part of the
part of the part of the part of the
safeguarding, say: message.
message. message. message.
Always to be expressed in
360 degree notation from
north (true north unless
1339 otherwise stated). Direction Tract Route Courses
Whether this is to TO or
FROM a mark can be
stated.
Preferably to be expressed
in nautical miles or cables
(tenths of a mile)
1340 Space Distances Vastness Expanse
otherwise in kilometres or
metres, the unit always to
be stated.
To be expressed in knots:
15.1 without further
1341 Speed Velocity Rate Momentum
notation meaning speed
through the water.

It should be expressed in
the 24 hour UTC notation;
1342 if local time will be used in Periods Times Interval Phase
ports or harbours it should
clearly be stated.
Place names used should
be those on the chart or in
Sailing Directions in use. Topographical Geographical
1343 Local names names
Terrestial names
Should these not be names
understood, latitude and
longitude should be given.
It is used in order to
especially facilitate shore-
to-ship and ship-to-shore
communication or when Message Message
1344 Message Pointer Message Symbol
one of the Standard Markers Indicator
Marine Communication
Phrases will not fit the
meaning desired.
message implies the
1345 Intention Instruction Advice Information
intention of the sender to
influence others by a
Regulation.
message implies the
1346 Warning Instruction Advice Information
influence others by a
Recommendation.
message implies the
1347 Instruction Intention Advice Warning
inform others about
danger.
1348 message is restricted to Information Warning Advice Instruction
observed facts, situations,
etc..
1349 Inquiry Question Request Query
message is of interrogative
character.
1350 Answer Response Reply Reaction
message is the reply to a
previous question.

1351 message is asking for Advice Instruction Order Request
action from others with
respect to the vessel.
message informs others
1352 Plan Information Intention Instruction
about immediate
navigational action
intended to be taken.
If a receiving station keep the Raise and lower
cannot distinguish a signal answering
1353 Hoist ZQ pennant at the
the answering Hoist ZL
sent by flag hoist it should
dip pennant
__________.
1354 the two tone alarm signal Distress position Ships call letters Mayday, Mayday, Ships name
the __________.
According to the "Vessel
The home
Bridge-to-Bridge a summary of all A record of your
address of the A record of all
1355 Radiotelephone Act", your distress calls and transmissions
messages vessel's Master routine calls
radiotelephone log must only
or owner
contain __________.
If no answer is
It is advisable to
received on the
Which statement about Channel 16 follow a distress designated Distress
transmitting distress (156.8 MHz) may message on distress messages should
1356 messages by be used for 2182 kHz by two frequencies, first be
radiotelephone is distress dashes of 10 to repeat the transmitted on
INCORRECT? messages. 15 seconds distress call on 2182 kHz.
duration.
any frequency
available.
1357 tropical storm should be distress message urgent message routine message safety message
sent as a(n) __________.
of a hurricane should have Securite Securite Pan-Pan (3
1358 Securite
TTT TTT TTT No special prefix
radiotelephone?
If you wished to transmit a
message by voice
1359 Mayday Pan-pan Safety Securite
navigation, you would
preface it by the word
__________.
156.65 MHz 156.8 MHz 156.6 MHz 156.7 MHz
1360 calling/safety/distress (channel 16)
(channel 13) (channel 12) (channel 14)
frequency is __________.

The radiotelephone safety
message urgently
1361 concerned with safety of a Mayday Interco Pan pan Safety
person would be prefixed
by the word __________.
How is the International
1362 Code Signal of distress N.C S.O.S D.S Interco
indicated?
A bell or gong, or other
device having similar sound
characteristics shall 110 dB at 1 100 dB at 1
1363 80 dB at 1 meter 50 dB at a meter
produce a sound pressure meter meter
level of not less than
________
The Rules concerning the
display of lights starts and
1364 sunrise to sunrise sunset to sunrise sunrise to sunset sunset to sunset
ends under which of the
following?
Vertical motion of Code flags
Which is NOT a distress Dye marker on Flames on a
1365 a white lantern at "November" and
signal? night the water vessel
"Charlie"
Distress alerting
to and from
vessels, search
and rescue
Which communications All coordination, on-
functions must all vessels Communications communications scene
be capable of performing in each of the possible within Radio direction communications,
1366 signals for
under GMDSS as defined operational the International finding
by the International ocean areas Safety-NET locating, Maritime
Safety
Maritime Organization? service
Information,
general and
bridge-to-bridge
communications.
is:
is:
1369 158.526 MHz 156.526 MHz 157.526 MHz 159.526 MHz
operates in:
An urgent marine storm 157.10 MHz 156.80 MHz None of the
1371 warning message would be (VHF-FM Ch. 2670 KHz
22A) (VHF-FM Ch. 16) above
broadcast on:

When bunkering at a dock A yellow flag by A green flag by A red flag by day,
A red flag by day,
1372 which of the following day, red light by red light by night
day, green light a blue light by
signals must be displayed? night by night night
About 40-70 About 50-100 About 30-70 About 60-120
In shore-ship use, what is
1373 miles "Line of miles "Line of miles "Line of miles "Line of
useful range of VHF? sight"
sight" sight" sight"
In case a vessel seeks
medical advice including
the onward transmission of
medical messages by radio
According to the
or satellite communication Shall be available None of the
1374 free of charge to Per minute basis seriousness of
between a ship and those all ships choices
the case
ashore giving advice, how
does the payment for such
medical advice being
made?
In the International Code
of Signals, the code signal
1375 DX CB CP AE
meaning "I require
immediate assistance" is:
If you wanted to ask a
nearby vessel if he had a
1376 AL MA AM AN
doctor on board, you
would hoist the flag signal:
Approaching the
anchorage to pick up pilot, Nothing call the
1377 Golf flag Hotel flag Bravo flag
what will be your required pilot thru VHF
signal during daylight?
Channel.
When using the
1379 the end of a WA CQ AR YZ
radiotelephone
transmission is indicated
by the signal:
Hoist which relates to
phrases that are very Double letter
1380 Single letter hoist Three letter hoist Four letter hoist
urgent, important and of hoist
common use is a:
My ship is infected with
infectious disease, what
1381 DQ QQ DR Ql
international flag signal will
I hoist?
The appropriate landing
signals for small boats with horizontal
code flag S as a firing of a white letter K in Morse
1382 crews or persons in code given by motion of a
hoist star signal light
distress to indicate "this white flag
the best place to land" is:

How would the letter "I" be
1383 pronounced over the IN DEE AH I VAN HO IN DEE GO I EE
radiotelephone?
A high intensity all-round
flashing red light is any of the in flight near
1384 landing taking off
exhibited by a WIG craft choices is correct surface
only when:
The Master is allowed by in order to avoid
in order to meet whenever he None of the
1385 the rules to depart from immediate
charterer's order danger desires choices is correct
the normal requirements:
Rules, which of the
International
following is the additional International International International
1386 code flag
day signal for trawlers code flag "PAPA" code flag "ZULU" code flag "GOLF"
"TANGO"
when the net has come
fast an obstruction?
Rules, the additional International International International International
1387
signals for trawlers when code flag "P" code flag "Z" code flag "G" code flag "H"
hauling their nets is:
What does this signal It signifies, "I
displayed by a small craft It signifies, "I am have a diver It signifies, "I
It signifies, "I
signify when in passage up maneuvering down, I am have a diver
have a diver
1388 a river, she is showing a with difficulty, proceeding at down, keep well
down, I require clear at slow
rigid replica of the keep out of my maneuvering
assistance" speed"
international code flag way" speed, keep clear
"A"? of me"
While at sea, a tug is seen keep well clear
displaying a black square render as the tug is keep clear as she keep clear as she
1389 flag below a black ball on assistance to the restricted in her is towing a is escorting a
its mast. What action tug ability to dracone submersible
should be done? maneuver
Keep well clear Keep well clear
At sea you sight a tug Keep well clear as the tug is Give assistance as she is
1390 displaying this signal. as she is towing a restricted in her as the tug is in escorting a
What should you do? dracone ability to distress submersible
maneuver vessel
Three letter hoists that
Meteorological Maneuvering
1391 begin with the code flag Master's advise Medical signals
warnings signals
MIKE signifies:
If a "man overboard" is
1392 heard over the radio, what MAYDAY CQ CQ SECURITE PAN PAN
precedes the message?
During a search, a RU
would like to communicate
by VHF radio telephone on
1393 YY GH MI MG
channel indicated, she
must signal what code
group?

power-driven vessel
1394 making way through the ROMEO TANGO ZULU MIKE
Vessels engaged in pair No necessary
code flag "PT" code flag "P" code flag "T"
1395 trawling show what day signal to be
flown at the flown at the flown at the
signals? shown foremost
foremost foremost
A vessel being towed shall No signal
1396 BRAVO ECHO PAPA
sound a fog-signal of: required
How should the letter "O"
1397 be pronounced over the O RIAN OSS CAH OA KAM OCK TOW BER
radiotelephone?
RT message giving warning
of a hurricane should have Mayday, Pan -Pan (3 Securite Securite
1398 CQ, CQ, CQ
which of the following Mayday, Mayday times) Securite
prefixes:
The signal consist of three Patient has
Patient is found Patient is unable Patient appears
1399 letter signals "MCW" mental to be in a state of
unconscious to sleep shock
means: symptoms
How is the letter "Q"
1400 pronounced when spoken KEH BECK QUE BACK QWE BEK QU UE
R/T Primary R/T Primary
Intership, Maybe Intership, Maybe
What is the purpose of VHF used in co- Public traffic
1401 used in co- Don't know
Channel 06? ordination of SAR channel
ordination of SAR ship to ship and
ship to ship only. ship to aircraft.
To attract the attention of the vessel signals the signal cannot
red and green
other vessel, a vessel may such intentions be mistaken for a white lights are
1402 lights are not signal authorized
use any sound or light over the not used
used by the Rules
signals as long as: radiotelephone
When a vessel is sounding a
single-letter signal any of the
1403 she is at anchor she is in distress she is towing
"ROMEO", this indicates choices is correct
that:
Signaling by flag hoist is
answering
1404 completed by the vessel signal AR code flag R code flag N
pennant
hoisting the:
The maneuvering and
warning signal of a vessel
intending to overtake
single letter single letter single letter single letter
1405 another vessel on her port
signal "TANGO" signal "ZULU" signal "ECHO" signal "BRAVO"
side when in a narrow
channel or fairway shall be
a:
Approaching a bend where
other vessels may be
Single letter Single letter Single letter Single letter
1406 obscured by an intervening
signal TANGO signal VICTOR signal WHISKEY signal X-RAY
obstruction, what signal
shall a vessel sound?

Determine among the
single-letter
letters the equivalent fog single-letter single-letter single-letter
1407 signal
signal of a "vessel signal "KILO" signal "DELTA" signal "JULIETTE"
"FOXTROT"
restricted in her ability to
maneuver".
swing out
transmit lifeboats, ensure
In the event of a collision, hoist the three
MAYDAY or that no
after the impact, which of red lights in a close all
1408 PA_PAN signals, premature
the following should NOT vertical line, one watertight doors
even if not in above the other abandonment
be done?
distress takes place and
prepare life rafts
How is the letter "T"
1409 pronounced when spoken TANG GO TEE TAHO TEEE
over the radiotelephone?
For a vessel at anchor, No additional
1410 what are the additional TANGO and optional ROMEO SIERRA
and optional fog-signals? signal required
The merchant
The flags MV
ship's identify The code
A warship indicates that it close up until The national
signal and pennant, and
wishes to communicate acknowledged ensign of the
1411 keeping it keeps it during
with a merchant ship by and then vessel at the the entire
hoisted during
hoisting: lowering them to starboard yard communication
the entire
the dip
communication
In the event of a collision, to alert the
it will alert to warn the
why is it important to to justify that consignee/s that
shipping to a other ship
1412 transmit MAYDAY or possible future
you are not at their cargoes
involved in the
PAN_PAN signals, even if distress call fault may not arrive
collision
not in distress? on time
What channel is
designated by the Radio MF/HF
1413 VHF channel 16 VHF channel 13 DSC channel 70
Regulations for Bridge-to Watchkeeping
Bridge communications?
What should be used when
language difficulties exist
which cannot be resolved Changing International VHF Communicate to
1414 Code of Signals
by the used of the IMO channels watchkeeping coast stations
Standard Marine
Communication Phrases?
vessel through an ice field my vessel is I am operating I am altering my
would display a visual stopped and I am altering my
1415 astern course to
signal consisting of the making no way course to port
through the water propulsion starboard
code letter M (Mike) to
signify that _______ .

For the purposes of
distress signaling small Three hand red
passenger vessels that flare distress An approved
operate on runs of more A Very pistol signals and
1416 A radiotelephone noise-making
than 30 minutes duration and flare kit three hand
orange smoke device
on lakes bays and sounds
distress signals
and river routes must carry
_______.
With arm
extended
Place both fists in With both arms
Extend arm and front of the body downwards and
extended out
How should you signal the point finger in the forefinger
1417 with the thumbs and palms down
crane operator to swing? direction to move pointing down
the boom. pointing move arms back
move hand in
outward. and forth.
small horizontal
circles.
If there is a possibility of
confusion which signal
1418 should be used to send the B045T 45 B045 A045
group True Bearing 045
Degrees ?
If you make an error while the erase signal
EEE then send the correction then continue the
signaling by flashing light RPT then repeat
1419 the word signal and re- message with the
what action should you last correctly the entire signal
correctly spell the word
take? spelled word
If you were being assisted
that he is
by an icebreaker and he to shorten the that he has his
that his vessel is shortening the
1420 sent you the single letter distance between engines in
vessels healthy distance
Q what would he would reverse
between vessels
be telling you?
a group from the the vessels a group from the
of signals what does a urgency or an
1421 general signal national identity medical signal
group of three letters code emergency
code signal
indicates?
Regardless of the method I wish to
a distance of 4 the wind is from a speed of 4 communicate
1422 it is sent what does he with you by
miles the south knots
signal K4 mean? sound signals
The color of the signal flare
sent up by a submarine
1423 green red yellow white
coming to periscope depth
is _______.
The flag hoist 62.2 would
answering answering answering
be sent as pennant 6 space second
1424 pennant second pennant third pennant first
pennant 2 followed by substitute substitute
substitute substitute
what?
The use of three (3) figure bearing or
1425 longitude distance time
signals denotes _______. azimuth
The vertical dimension of a
1426 Fly Tabling Hoist Tack
flag is called _______.

What does the signal AS
when used in signaling by Finished with
1427 Wait Over Repeat this signal
the International Code of transmission
Signals mean?
What is indicated by the
You are running I require I have a fire on
1428 flag U or the letter U by into danger.
I require a tug.
assistance. board.
blinker?
What is the international
calling and distress channel
found on all VHF-FM
equipped drilling rigs?
What is the lifesaving code letter K
signal used to indicate firing of a white firing of a red star vertical motion given by light or
1430
Landing here is highly star signal signal of a red light sound signaling
dangerous ? apparatus
What is the meaning of the This is the call
Will you lead me
signal QU RQ when sent by Is anchoring sign of a vessel
1431 Interrogative to a safe
the International Code of prohibited? registered in
anchorage?
Signals? Latvia.
DSC provides
DSC is to be
reception of used for This aids SAR DSC provides
weather and transmitting and
What is the primary authorities in low-cost routine
navigational receiving distress
1432 purpose for Digital alerts to and from
tracking a vessels communications
warnings plus
Selective Calling (DSC)? other ships or position by for the vessel
search and
coast radio satellite. operator.
rescue
stations via radio.
information.
What is the unit of one and one-half
four times the twice the length three times the
1433 duration of a dash in times the length
length of a dot of a dot length of a dot
Morse Code? of a dot
Only when there
When is the appropriate is a chance of
During daytime During night time
1434 time for setting off distress them being seen Anytime
only by rescue only
flares and rockets?
vessels.
When signaling by flag hoist
what signal indicates answering
1435 pennant
code flag N code flag R signal AR
completion of the
communication?
When the letter VICTOR is You are running Do not pass I require
1436 I am disabled.
hoisted it means _______. into danger. ahead of me. assistance.
Which distress signal is
required for a liferaft in
ocean service and could be Orange dye
1437 Red flares The water light Smoke marker
effectively used to attract marker
the attention of aircraft at
night?
Which one of the following
signals is made at night by a Vertical motion Horizontal motion Vertical motion
1438 lifesaving station to indicate of a red light or of a white light or of a white light White star rocket
Landing here highly flare flare or flare
dangerous ?

While communicating with
a shore station concerning
an injured female your
1439 message should indicate MAJ 32 MAO 32 MAK 32 MAL 32
the subjects age is 32.
Which code would your
message contain?
Attempt to call
You are approaching Give the vessel a Slow your vessel
the vessel on
another vessel and see that wide berth as and keep well
Stop your vessel VHF
1440 she has the signal flag A she is carrying clear because
instantly. radiotelephone she has a diver
hoisted. What should you dangerous
because she is down.
do? goods.
disabled.
Slow to bare
You are downbound in an
steerageway and
ice filled channel. An No action is Move to the right
Stop your be prepared to
icebreaker is meeting you required; the hand side of the
headway and come ahead as
1441 and sounds two short one icebreaker will channel and slow
await further the icebreaker
prolonged and two short signals. move out of the to bare
commences
blasts on the whistle. What channel. steerageway.
escorting your
action should you take?
vessel.
1442 MNJ MNI MNO MNM
may be used is used to
consists of the consists of 5 or
individually or in indicate doubt
A distress signal raising and more short blasts
1443 conjunction with about another
__________. other distress lowering of a of the fog signal
vessel s
signals large white flag apparatus
intentions
A message by flashing light
consists of four elements
1444 including the call the destination ending answer time
identity the text and
what fourth element?
A radio telegraph message
commencing with XXX has
the same meaning as a The spoken word The spoken word
1445 TTT PAN
SOS
message sent by radio- URGENCY
telephone commencing
with:
A set of code flags on a
1446 26 pieces 40 pieces 36 pieces 60 pieces
vessel totals _______.
A vessel is flying the signal an aircraft is
an aircraft is there is no
BJ-1 from her starboard the aircraft is still ditched in
1447 circling over an danger of
halyard. What does this accident afloat position
explosion
signal mean? indicated
A vessel is signaling to you
by flag hoist and the wait for further
expect no further
1448 answer pennant is hoisted signals after a hoist flag C hoist flag R
flag hoists
close-up. You should short delay
__________.

A vessel which sound on
her whistle 7 successive
1449 Fire drill Abandonship Boat drill Man overboard
short blast and followed by
1 prolonged blast means:
the merchant
the flags MV
the national ship s identity the code pennant
A warship indicates that it close up until
ensign of the signal and and keeping it
wishes to communicate acknowledged
1450 merchant vessel keeping it flying during the
with a merchant ship by entire and then
at the starboard hoisted during
hoisting __________. communication lowering them to
yard the entire
the dip
communication
A yellow signal floating in
the air from a small
has fired a
parachute about 300 feet is about to rise to is disabled and is on the bottom
1451 periscope depth
torpedo during a
above the water would unable to surface in distress
drill
indicate that a submarine
_______.
After sending a message
describing the symptoms
Commence Apply ice-cold
of an ill crew member you
Pass catheter artificial compress and
1452 receive a message respiration
Give enema
into bladder renew every 4
containing the code MRL. immediately hours
message?
An airplane wants a vessel
proceed towards a vessel circling the heading in the flashing the crossing ahead
1453 in distress. The actions of vessel at least direction of the navigation lights and rocking the
the aircraft to convey this once distress location on and off wings
message will NOT include
_______.
An all-round white light
which flashes
simultaneously with the manuevering
1454 anchor light Morse light signal light
ship s whistle when light
signifying a course change
_______.
and you are
board. You want to
1455 MAF MAE MAB MAA
should your message
contain?

As per annex IV(2) the use
or exhibition of any signals
listed Annex IV(1) except
for the purpose of
indicating distress and sometimes
1456 not allowed prohibited not accepted
need of assistance and the allowed
use of other signals that
may be confused with
those listed in (1) is
_______.
By day the horizontal
motion of a white flag or
Tail block is
1457 arms extended horizontally Negative Haul away Affirmative
made fast
by a person on the beach
indicates?
By day the signal meaning vertical motion of
vertical motion white smoke
1458 This is the best place to white star rocket a white flag or
of a red flag signal the arms
land is a _______.
Date may be signaled by
1459 two four or six numerals Papa Delta Lima Zulu
preceded by flag _______.
During a training exercise a
submarine indicating that a
torpedo has been fired will
1460 orange yellow black red
send up smoke from a
float. What color will the
smoke be?
Figures preceeded by letter
1461 distance latitude bearing none of these
R indicate _______.
Figures preceeded by the
1462 letter S indicate ship s heading destination a question speed
_______.
phrases which are very
1463 single-letter hoist three-letter hoist four-letter hoist none of these
urgent important and of
common use _______.
by hoisting the by hoisting the
by hoisting the by hoisting the merchant ship s flags MV close up
How does a warship code pennant
national ensign identity signal until
indicates that it wishes to and keeping it
1464 of the merchant flying during the
and keeping it acknowledged
communicate with a
vessel at the entire hoisted during and then
merchant ship?
starboard yard communication the entire lowering them to
communication the dip
omitting the call
How is the call part of a the identity signal
if the name of
1465 signal by flashing light sending CQ of the station
the station is called
made?
unknown
How should a receiving keep the raise and lower
station indicate that it answering
1466 pennant at the
hoist ZQ the answering hoist ZL
cannot distinguish a signal
dip pennant
sent by flag hoist?

1 answer 1 answer 1 answer
How would the flag hoist N 1 answer
1467 pennant 3 pennant 3 first pennant 3
1.33 be sent? pennant 3 second substitute
third substitute substitute
If a crew member that was
ill has died which code
1468 MPR MPO MPK MPJ
should your message
contain?
What is the International
Code signal for a decimal
1469 TTTT EEEEE AAA AS
point between figures
using flashing light?
While using the
Signals, if the receiving
station can distinguish the
flag signal of the
1470 ZL ZP ZR ZK
transmitting station, but
cannot understand the
meaning of it, the station
can hoist the flag signal
__________.
The letter HOTEL when I require a I have a doctor I have a pilot on
1471
hoisted means: doctor. on board. board.
Figures preceeded by the
1472 speed destination ships heading a question
letter S indicate:
Figures preceeded by letter none of the
1473 bearing distance latitude
R indicate: options
In signaling by Internatinal
geographical
Code Flags, what is the common general
1474 signal and signal urgent messages
significance of four-letter messages station vocabulary
signals?
When bunkering or loading
1475 explosives, my flaghoist Bravo Charlie Delta November
should be:
The call for unknown
1476 T C W AA
station and general call:
What will you hoist when
you have a diver down and
1477 Charlie Bravo Alpha Zulu
require ships to keep
clear?
When navigating at night,
you see a vessel flashing by answering in the stopping your calling the changing course
1478
light the letter KILO, you same manner engine master to starboard
will react by:
My ship is
My ship is suspected, I have
My ship is infected, I had a a case of
none of the
1479 Two flag signal QQ means: healthy, I request case of infectious infectious
options disease more
free pratique. disease less than
5 days ago. than five days
ago.

What international signal
letter is used when calling
1480 Kilo November Delta Bravo
another vessel by light
signal?
The signal of sound
international telegraphic
1481 composed of dots and telephonic signal Morse Code
code signals
dashes is known as:
A set of code flags on a
vessel totals:
In a set of code flags, how
many substitute are there?
When the code flag OSCAR A vessel in I am stopping my I am going A man
1484
is hoisted, it signifies: distress. engine. astern. overboard.
When requesting for free
1485 pratique, which single hoist Quebec Lima X-ray Bravo
is exhibited?
When navigating in a
roadstead, another vessel She is requesting There is a man
none of the She needs a
1486 hoist the letter TANGO on not to pass
options ahead of her. overboard. doctor.
her foremast. What does it
mean?
The use of three (3) figure bearing or
1487 distance longitude time
signals denotes: azimuth
When the letter VICTOR is I require You are running Do not pass
1488 I am disabled. assistance.
hoisted, it means: into danger. ahead of me.
phrases which are very none of the
1489 single-letter hoist three-letter hoist four-letter hoist
urgent, important and of options
common use:
An all-round white light
which flashes
manuevering
1490 simultaneously with the signal light Morse light anchor light
light
ships whistle when
signifying a course change:
The top letter of the
1491 numeral hoist when Tango X-ray Lima Golf
signalling longitude is:
The top letter of the
numeral hoist when
1492 Charlie Papa Alpha Bravo
signalling azimuth or
bearing is:
A vessel which sound on
her whistle 7 successive
1493 Abandonship Man overboard Boat drill Fire drill
short blast and followed by
1 prolonged blast means:
Two prolonged blast
I require I am calling a I request free
1494 followed by one short blast I need a doctor.
assistance. pilot. pratique.
means:
The vertical dimension of a
1495 Hoist Fly Tack Tabling
flag is called:

The horizontal dimension
1496 Wrap Length Fly Hoist
of a flag is called:
In undergoing a speed trial,
1497 Alpha Bravo Papa Zulu
what will you hoist?
What is indicated by the
I require You are running I have a fire on
1498 flag U or the letter U by I require a tug.
assistance. into danger. board.
blinker?
Date may be signaled by
1499 two, four or six numerals Delta Lima Papa Zulu
preceded by flag:
Time is denoted by the use
of the 24-hour clock. Four
1500 numerals are used Alpha Papa Delta Zulu
proceded by T (local time)
or (GMT).
How would 1030 GMT be
1501 1030Z Z1030 G1030 1030G
sent by bllinker?
Three-letter hoist begin Manuevering Meteorological
1502 Medical signals Masters advise
with the letter M indicates: signals warnings
In flag signaling the Indicate Indicate
Indicate a Indicate medical
1503 answering pennant could meteorological manuevering
decimal point. signal.
be used to: warnings. signals.
The word LOBITH is spelled
Lima, Oscar, Liverpool, Oslo, Lima, Oscar,
conform to the
1504 Bravo, India, Bernhard, India, Dont know Bernhard, Italia,
international phonetic Tango, Hotel Taro, Hotel Tripoli, Havana
alphabet:
The word NAVTEX is
November, Anna, November, Able, November, Alfa,
spelled conform to the
1505 Dont know Victor, Tango, Valencia, Tripoli, Victor, Tango,
international phonetic Echo, X-ray
Eduard, X-ray Echo, Xantippe
alphabet:
What signal flag is the Pilot
1506 Flag (I have a pilot on Z P H C
board)?
Vertical motion of Code flags
Which is NOT a distress Dye marker on Flames on a
1507 a white lantern at November and
signal? night the water vessel
Charlie
As per annex IV(2), the use
or exhibition of any signal
listed Annex IV(1), except
for the purpose of
sometimes
1508 indicating distress and not accepted prohibited not allowed
allowed
need of assistance and the
use of other signals that
may be confused with
those listed in (1), is

It will initiate the It will initiate the
DSL distress DSC distress alert
alert, but any but, as no
What does the DSC control It will abort the
station receiving information will It will initiate the
unit do if the GMDSS radio transmission and DSC distress
it will have to be transmitted,
operator fails to insert set off an audible alert and default
1509 establish contact rescue personnel
updated information when alarm that must information will
with the will not be able automatically be
initiating a DSC distress be manually
distressed vessel to identify the transmitted.
alert? reset.
to determine its vessel, its
identity, position position or its
and situation. situation.
Emergency Emergency Electronic
Electronic
What is EPIRB an Position Position Pressure
1510 Purpose If
abbreviation for? Indicating Radio Indication Radio Indication Radar
Beacon. Rescue Begins.
Buoy. Buoy.
Only when there
When is the appropriate
During daytime During night time is a chance of
1511 time for setting off distress them being seen Anytime
only only by rescue
flares and rockets?
vessels.
DSC is to be used
DSC provides
for transmitting
reception of DSC provides low- This aids SAR
and receiving
What is the primary purpose weather and cost, routine authorities in
distress alerts to
1512 for Digital Selective Calling navigational communications tracking a vessels
and from other
(DSC)? warnings plus for the vessel position by
ships or coast
search and rescue operator. satellite.
radio stations via
information.
radio.
Shoreside
Search and rescue Shipping in the authorities and
authorities ashore immediate vessels can assist
What is the basic concept of
1513 All of the options can be alerted to vicinity of a ship in a coordinated
GMDSS?
a distress in distress will be SAR operation
situation. rapidly alerted. with minimum
delay.
Distress alerting
to and from
vessels, search
and rescue
Which communications All coordination, on-
functions must all vessels be communications Communications scene
capable of performing under possible within in each of the Radio direction communications,
1514
GMDSS as defined by the the International operational ocean finding signals for
International Maritime Safety-NET areas locating, Maritime
Organization? service Safety
Information,
general and
bridge-to-bridge
communications.
Which message categories Search and
Navigational Meteorological
1515 cannot be disabled by the All of the options Rescue
warnings warnings
GMDSS Radio Operator? information

If you have to abandon hold the survival send radio
seal leaks in generate orange
1516 ship, the EPIRB can be used crafts head up homing signals to
rubber rafts smoke searching aircraft
to __________. into the seas
may be used is used to
consists of 5 or consists of the
individually or in indicate doubt
A distress signal more short blasts raising and
1517 conjunction with about another
__________. other distress of the fog signal lowering of a
vessels
signals apparatus large white flag
intentions
A SART will
normally
respond to A SART will
interrogation normally
from a searching respond to
It will respond
Which conditions will aircrafts radar if interrogation
only to
normally cause a SART to the radars from a searching
1518 interrogation by All of the options
operate in the active output power is vessels radar if
9-Ghz radar
mode? at least 10,000 the radar
signals.
watts and the antenna is at
aircraft is at a least 15 meters
height of 3000 high.
feet and within
30 nautical miles.
What is the international
calling and distress channel
found on all VHF-FM
equipped drilling rigs?
The distress message of a
ship should include FIRST be ALWAYS be
transmitted as a be sent to a
considerable information include the included in the
1520 series of short Coast Guard
which might facilitate the vessels draft messages, if time initial distress
station
rescue. This information allows message
should:
1521 the two tone alarm signal distress position Mayday, Mayday, ships call letters ships name
the:
A radio telegraph message
commencing with XXX has
the same meaning as a The spoken word The spoken word
1522 TTT SOS
message sent by radio- PAN URGENCY
telephone commencing
with:
In acknowledging receipt
of a distress message, what
code would be sent on the
1523 QRT R EL OK
radiotelegraph to let the
vessel in distress know that
the message was received?

What is the meaning of a
flag hoist consisting of the You should stop I am going Icebreaker Icebreaker
1524 code letters WM (Whiskey your vessel ahead; follow support is support is now
Mike) when displayed by instantly. me. finished. commencing.
an icebreaker?
of Signals, the code signal
1525 meaning I require CB CP AE DX
immediate assistance is
__________.
You are standing the
wheelwatch when you
hear the cry, "Man Give full left Put the rudder Throw a life ring Give full right
1526 rudder
overboard, starboard side". rudder amidships to mark the spot
You should instinctively
__________.
Rudder is put
Man overboard
Rudder must be hard over and the Initial turn
must be not initial turn is
When making a Scharnow put over towards direction is away
1527 more than 300 maintained until
turn, the __________. the side the man about 240 from from the side the
feet astern when
went over the original man went over
starting the turn
course
It is a particular
professional knowledge
regarding own ship various
methods available and how
steering and
1528 to change over to maneuvering conning
propulsion ship handling
secondary from primary
methods. It is the
knowledge on
__________.
In principle of shiphandling
which factor that a master Shallow water reduced engine
1529 factor
wind power ship stops
or a pilot has no direct power
control of the ship
When going astern in a
right-handed propeller ship Rudder to
rudder to port to Rudder amidship
and need to maintain the starboard enough
1530 neutralize the to compensate
to compensate hard port
ship's heading, the rudder
swing the swing the swing
would be place
at__________.
This type of screw is
principally used by fast
coastal craft and some
classes of aircraft carriers.
Triple or multiple
1531 The propeller revolve in twin screw single screw screw
quadruple screw
the same direction, so as to
facilitate engine
installation. This propeller
is __________.

it is a propeller which is
almost invariably right-
handed. When the ship is
driven ahead, the propeller
revolves in a clockwise
1532 twin screw Single screw triple crew quadruple screw
direction, when viewed
from astern. To go astern
the rotation os the
propeller is reversed. It is
__________.
this propeller consist of the
screws that are out-
turning, are right-handed
1533 on the starboard side and Twin screw quadruple screw triple crew single screw
left-handed on the port
side, this type of propeller
is __________.
Using a sea anchor with keep the survival
aid in recovering increase your reduce your drift
1534 the survival craft will craft from
the survival craft visibility rate
__________. turning over
When steering a tow
downstream around the
swift current cross-currents
shape of a sand bar, and cross-currents
under the bar eddies under the pushing the tow
1535 staying on the proper side pushing the tow
causing loss of bar away from the
of the buoys, an operator into the bar
control bar
should be cautious of
__________.
A ship is having a slow
quick water speed of the ship
speed, by using the backing quick water quick water reaches about is the same
1536 maneuver, the ship is reaches the
amidships reaches the stern 1/4 distance speed as quick
considered to be dead on
from the stern water
the water when the
A ship is not turning
around the center of point of no
1537 point of turning point of radius pivot point
gravity, but another point. return
What is the point called?
A ship is turning around a
point called the "pivot
About same
point". What is the position near the stern of outside of the
1538 position as the near the bow
of this invisible point when the ship center of gravity. center line
the ship is "dead" in the
water?
A single-screw vessel going
ahead tends to turn more
1539 thrust discharge current suction current sidewise force
rapidly to port because of
propeller __________.
Put the sea and Put the sea and
Your vessel is off a lee Put the bow
wind about two wind on either Heave to in the
shore in heavy weather directly into the
1540 points on either quarter and trough of the
and laboring. Which action bow and reduce sea and proceed
proceed at sea.
should you take? speed. at full speed.
increased speed.

Your vessel is backing on
the starboard screw, and
move ahead on a back on a swing to
1541 going ahead on the port swing to port starboard
straight line straight line
screw. The bow will
__________.
Your ship is going full Somewhere aft of
astern and making At 1/6 of the At 1/6 of the the center of
gravity, but it is at the center of
1542 sternway. Where will the ship's length ship's length off impossible to pin- gravity
"pivot point" be located? from the stern the bow point the exact
No wind, current. location
Your ship is going full
ahead as you start to slow
It will move aft as It will move to Same position as The "pivot point"
down. Where is the
1543 the ship slows the side of the when the ship is will move to the
position of the "pivot down center line on full ahead stern
point" now? No wind,
current.
Your ship is drifting in open
sea with temporary engine Use the
ask the chief Go to bed and
malfunction. You are opportunity to
engineer when wait for the call the company
1544 equipped with precise plot direction and
the engine will rate of drift for engine to be immediately
navigation equipment.
be ready later use ready
What should you do in this
situation?
Your ship is dead in the
water with the rudder
amidships. As the right- as influenced by
1545 to starboard to port straight ahead
handed screw starts to the tide and sea
turn ahead, the bow will
tend to go __________.
You have made a turning
test on full speed in deep
No, the turning Yes, the turning No, the turning Yes, it will be the
water. You are now going
diameter will be diameter will be diameter will be same provided
1546 to make a test in shallow increased in the same for all smaller in the UKC is 25 % -
water. Do you think the shallow water. depths. shallow water. 50 %.
turning diameter will be
the same?
Your ship is equipped with
a single, right-handed fixed She will most She will most She will most
screw. Steaming full ahead She will stop on likely sheer to likely continue likely sheer to
1547 you reverse the engine to 1,5 times the starboard and
gradually loose on a straight port and stop
stop the ship. How will the ship's length
headway course rather quickly
ship react? No wind or
current.
Your ship is equipped with
a right-handed propeller. Put the rudder Put the rudder
As you go full astern from hard to port to hard to port to
I can swing the
full ahead, the ship is no, there is reduce the water reduce the water
1548 rudder from side
sheering to starboard. Is nothing I can do flow to the right flow to the left
to side side of the
there anything you can do side of the
propeller
to reduce the change in propeller
heading?

Yes, by putting
the rudder hard
Your ship has right handed starboard. it will
Yes, by putting
No the rudder
propeller and is on half shield water flow No, the rudder the rudder hard
must be put
ahead when you put her to the starboard. should always be to port the ship
midships,
1549 full astern to stop her. Do side of the amidships when will go to port,
propeller and otherwise it
you think the rudder will the propeller is even if the
vice versa to could be
have any effect while the going astern. propeller is going
port. This will destroyed.
ship is making headway? effect turning of
astern.
the ship.
Your engine is going astern
and you pick up sternway.
The rudder is midships, and She will most She will most The stern will be She will most
likely change
1550 you are operating on a likely change heading to
lifted to likely go straight
single, right-handed fixed heading to port starboard starboard astern
screw. How will your ship
react?
Use the rudder
You want to stop your ship hard over both
as quickly as possible sides while
do a zig zag make a complete put the engine
1551 without too much change reducing engine
maneuver turning circle full astern power, so-called
in the heading. What can
you do to achieve this? "high frequency
rudder cycling".
No, the turning Yes, the turning No, the turning Yes, it will be the
diameter will be diameter will be diameter will be same provided
1552 to make a test in shallow
increased in the same for all smaller in the UKC is 25 % -
water. Do you think the shallow water. depths. shallow water. 50 %.
the same?
You have anchored in a Drop the second
mud and clay bottom. The Shorten the Drop the other anchor, veer to a
Veer cable to the
1553 anchor appears to be scope of the anchor good scope, then
anchor. weigh the first
dragging in a storm. What cable. underfoot.
action should you take? anchor.
You are sailing in shallow
water, with 15% Under
The RPM will
Keel Clearance. With full
1554 slower faster drop with 15% of stay the same
RPM, what will your speed
full
be compared to deep
water?
You are sailing in shallow
water, with 15% Under
The same as in all about 1 ship-
1555 Keel Clearance. How will shorter longer
depths length longer
the stopping distance be,
compared to deep water?
A nylon mooring rope
undergoes a decrease in
1556 strength of how many 5% 50% 20% 30%
percent if it gets wet by
immersion?

A vessel's bow thruster is
usually quite effective at a
1557 8 3 7 5
speed of up to how many
knots?
Find the scope of an
anchor cable with eight
1558 7.5 4.8 5.4 6.7
shackles paid out in a
depth of 96 feet.
The aft emergency towing
arrangement should be
pre-rigged and be capable
1559 of being deployed in a 5 15 20 10
controlled manner in
harbor conditions in not
more than:
One shackle of anchor
1560 chain is equivalent to how 6 60 15 90
many fathoms?
Quickwater begins to move
forward, up the ship's side,
when the ship is making a
speed approximately
1561 ________ knot, and the (1/0) (2/0) (2/1) (3/1)
quickwater reaches the
ship's midships section
when the ship moving at a
speed of ________ knots.
what speed when touching
berth?
Aft towing arrangement
should be rigged and be
capable of being deployed
in a controlled manner in
harbor conditions in NOT
more than:
How long will a 12 knot
steamer normally complete
one circle turn at full rudder
angle?
The auxiliary steering gear
shall be capable of putting
the rudder over from 15 deg
on one side to 15 deg on the
other side in not more than
1565 15 seconds 28 seconds 38 seconds 60 seconds
_________ at its seagoing
draft and service speed of 7
knots or half of the
maximum ahead speed
whichever is greater.

the compass
At the moment of impact heading and
cargo damage on the Nationality of the Nationality of
1566 of collision, the following approximate
the other ship the other vessel angle between the crew
should be noted:
the two ships
A nylon mooring rope
undergoes a decrease in
1567 strength of how many 20% 5% 50% 30%
percent if it gets wet by
immersion?
A vessel's bow thruster is
usually quite effective at a
1568 8 7 5 3
speed of up to how many
knots?
Find the scope of an
anchor cable with eight
1569 4.8 5.4 7.5 6.7
shackles paid out in a
depth of 96 feet.
The aft emergency towing
1570 of being deployed in a 5 10 20 15
more than:
One shackle of anchor
1571 chain is equivalent to how 15 6 90 60
many fathoms?
Quickwater begins to move
forward, up the ship's side,
when the ship is making a
speed approximately
1572 ________ knot, and the (3/1) (1/0) (2/0) (2/1)
quickwater reaches the
ship's midships section
when the ship moving at a
speed of ________ knots.
what speed when touching
berth?
Aft towing arrangement
should be rigged and be
capable of being deployed
in a controlled manner in
harbor conditions in NOT
more than:
How long will a 12 knot
steamer normally
complete one circle turn at
full rudder angle?

The auxiliary steering gear
shall be capable of putting
the rudder over from 15
deg on one side to 15 deg
on the other side in not
more than _________ at its
seagoing draft and service
speed of 7 knots or half of
the maximum ahead speed
whichever is greater.
the compass
At the moment of impact heading and
the Nationality of cargo damage on the Nationality of
1577 of collision, the following approximate
the crew the other ship the other vessel angle between
should be noted:
the two ships
The use of an anchor to the sign of a to be used only
good
1578 assist in turning in seamanship
a last resort novice with a single-
restricted waters is: shiphandler screw vessel
When proceeding with 8
knots and reversing to full I can find out The stopping
1579 astern, what will be the quarter of a mile 800 meters from sea trials or distance will be 8
stopping distance of your test on my own ships length
ship?
Most naval ships and some
merchant vessels are fitted
with steam turbines in
1580 full half fourth third
which the astern power is
equal to what part of the
ahead power:
to allow crew
to allow another
members and
In the event of collision in ship time to to allow coast
passengers to the colliding ship
calm weather, the colliding assess the guards to assess
1581 transfer from the must pull out
ship should generally remain damage or who is to blame
holed vessel to immediately
embedded: prepare to on the collision
the colliding
abandon ship
vessel
With rudders amidships and
negligible wind, a twin-
in a circular in a fairly straight
1582 screw vessel moving astern to port to starboard
motion line
with both engines backing
will back:
A twin-screw vessel moving
astern with both engines
in a fairly straight in a circular
1583 backing, with rudders to starboard to port
line motion
amidships and negligible
wind, will back:
An item of mooring
equipment used to maintain
or change the direction of a
1584 Fairlead Topping wire Windlass Panting
rope or wire in order to
provide a straight lead to
winch drum.

toward the
center of the
For the deepest water river just before
toward the
when rounding a bend in a the bend, then toward the inside in the river's
1585 outside of the
river, you should navigate change course of the bend center
bend
your vessel: for the river's
center after the
bend
How many turns of wire
normally mark either side
1586 7 turns 3 turns 2 turns 6 turns
of the shackle 105 fathoms
from the anchor?
The capability of towing
vessel is BEST measured by
1587 maneuverability, towrope pull propeller design stability displacement
horsepower, bollard pull
and:
From the point where the
rudder is put over to any
point on the turning circle,
1588 transfer kick advance head reach
the distance a vessel
moves parallel to the
original course is known as:
either trimmed
Before entering an ice trimmed down trimmed down
1589 on an even keel by the head or
area, the ship should be: by the head by the stern
the stern
When approaching
squadrons, convoys,
Stop your vessel
aircraft carriers under way Adopt early Turn reciprocal
as soon as you None of the
1590 or at anchor, and other measures to keep to your original
out of the way
see them choices is correct
warships at sea, what course
approaching
precautions would you
take?
use as little
use as much
consider steering rudder as advise his relief
When steering a vessel, a rudder as possible
1591 a vessel a highly possible to keep of the course
good helmsman does NOT: to keep the vessel
responsible job the vessel on on course being steered
course
The tendency of a vessel
being attracted bodily
1592 Bank suction squat Veering Bow cushion
towards the bank is known
as:
When maneuvering and you Do sternway then
Wheel hard over Wheel hard over Wheel hard over
1593 like to make short turning wheel hard over
slow ahead full ahead half ahead
point, what should you do? full ahead
with the current
The best time to work a boat when the wind is with a cross
1594 setting against at slack water
into a slip is: against you current
you
The helmsman should before the while the before executing while executing
1595
repeat the command given: command command is given the command the command

Over what length of time a
diesel powered vessel
1596 should be slowed down 1 hour 4 hours 20 minutes 10 minutes
from full sea-speed to
maneuvering speed?
You are drifting with a
loaded VLCC in open sea.
You can change You can trim the You can apply
1597 Can you do anything to No
the angle of heel ship by the stern rudder
change your direction and
rate of drift?
Your engine is going astern
and you pick-up sternway.
The rudder is amidships You stern will be You will change
You will change You will go
1598 and you are operating on a pushed to heading to
heading to port starboard straight astern
single, right-handed fixed starboard
screw. How will your ship
react?
You are on a large vessel
You may lose The stern will You will probably The stern will
fitted with a right-handed rudder control immediately slew have full immediately slew
controllable-pitch until the ship's to port due to directional to starboard due
1599 propeller. When making speed has
dropped to unbalanced control to unbalanced
large speed changes while
correspond to forces acting on throughout the forces acting on
decreasing pitch, which
propeller speed. the propeller. speed change. the propeller.
statement is TRUE?
A twin screw vessel is
easier to maneuver than
single-screw vessel with
Permits the Can suck the Can return
the engines half ahead. If Generates more
1600 rudder to move water away from without using her
there is no wind or current power rudder
faster the rudder
and the rudder is
amidships, which of the
following will happen?
How many degrees is the
limit to avoid stalled
1601 35 degrees 15 degrees 25 degrees 45 degrees
condition in a rudder
angle?
What is the frequency of
checking the steering gear 6 hours before 12 hours before 1 hour before 3 hours before
1602
and its auxiliaries prior to departure departure departure departure
departure?
If a ship of 15,000 tons
deadweight fitted with
steam turbine has an
1603 8 knots 16 knots 12 knots 4 knots
astern power of 60,000
knot tons, what is speed of
the ship?
In anchoring, using the
scope of 6, determine the
1604 number of shackles to be 5 shackles 7.5 shackles 6.5 shackles 4 shackles
used if the depth of water
is 35 meters?

The length of mild steel
cable to use in meters
maybe taken as
approximately 25 times the
1605 9.7 shackles 6.7 shackles 8.7 shackles 7.7 shackles
square root of the depth of
the water in meters, thus
for 90 meters depth the
chain, to be laid out is?
The anchor's holding dependent upon
7 - 8 times the 9 - 10 times the 5 - 6 times the
1606 power in tons on good the size of the
anchor's weight anchor's weight anchor's weight
anchoring ground is about: vessel
When using anchor on
conventional mooring
1607 buoy, anchor shots on the 8 shackles 7 shackles 10 shackles 9 shackles
bottom should not be less
than:
Which statement
A fully loaded
concerning the handling A fully loaded A light vessel
vessel will be A light vessel will
characteristics of a fully vessel will loses more
1608 slower to be more affected
loaded vessel as compared maintain her rudder effect in by the wind.
respond to the
with those of a light vessel headway further. shallow water.
engines.
is FALSE?
about one-third of about two-thirds
The pivot point of a vessel
the vessel's of the vessel's
1609 when going ahead is at the hawsepipe at the bow
length from the length from the
located: bow bow
In ship handling as the
beam of the vessel
Remains the
1610 increase for a given length , Decreases Accelerates Increases
same
it is apparent that
directional stability:
How will you act if you are
(officer on watch) gives Alter course to Let the ship turn Don't let the ship Don't give port
1611 turn to port
you the order: starboard to starboard rudder
"Nothing to
port"
anchor should be anchor should be
lowered to the lowered to scope should be
You are coming to anchor
bottom then the within 2 fathoms less than 3 times anchor may be
1612 in 8 fathoms of water. In dropped from the
ship backed and of the bottom the depth of the hawsepipe
this case, the:
the remainder of before being water
the cable veered dropped
When ship-to-ship Anchor watch
operations are being Anchor watch responsibility
responsibility Anchor watch Anchor watch
carried out at anchor, rests with the
rests with both not kept as duty responsibility
1613 irrespective of which ships vessels, each
discharging
officer will be on rests with the off
anchor is down, anchor with its own vessel (which, we
deck take vessel
watch duties are as watch shall assume, has
follows: its anchor down)

While approaching berth
without the assistance of
tugs, what is the usual Approach slowly Have both any of the
1614 stand by engine
precautions made by pilot with safe speed anchors ready choices
to make sure that your
vessel is in safe situation?
A ship turns around a point
called the 'pivot point'. At about 1/4 of At about 1/4 of
1615 What is the usual position he ship's length Amidships At the stern the ship's from
of this point when the ship from the stern the bow
is at full sea speed?
Current from
What is the correct way in
starboard by
approaching the SPM, Current from aft Heading the At any position
allowing the
1616 taking the prevailing wind, with engine current with with minimum
controlled speed vessel to drift
current and waves into slightly backing tug assistance
easily to the
consideration?
buoy
attach a hawser
provide quick join two hawsers
When towing, a tow hook pull a tow to a tow which
1617 release of the for lengthening a
is used to: hawser alongside has no bitts or
tow
pad eyes
An example of a modern
articulated Flipper Delta
1618 anchor which has a stock is Baldt anchor Danforth anchor
anchor anchor
a(n):
have equal legs be formed on a have a large
An ocean towing bridle never be made
1619 of sufficient bight of cable angle between
should: length up of chain
through a ring the legs
You are meeting another
ship in the confined Initially the bows Initially the bows
Both vessels will
waters. Which statement of the ships will of the ship will be There will be no
1620 be affected by
can happen away from the be pulled pushed away effect
squat from each other
ship as they approached together
each other?
When you are steaming in
a heavy seas and you
decide to heave to, you
broad on the forward of the
1621 have to reduce the speed fine on the bow abaft the beam
bow beam
to the minimum to hold
that position and take the
sea:
A tug would NOT assist a
approximately forward on by a tow line
ship to steer if the tug is on n the vessel's
1622 amidships of the either bow of the ahead of the
made up to the large vessel vessel quarter
vessel vessel
in what area of the vessel?
Identify the
Make a extent of damage
Record the
You are a laden tanker Call the company statement and to own vessel
manoeuvre of
which has collided with a immediately and hold the other and take
1623 the other vessel necessary steps
smaller vessel. What ask for further vessel
before the to safeguard the
should your first action be? procedures responsible for
collision complement and
the collision
the vessel

Your ship is steaming at
night with the gyro pilot
engaged when you notice Notify the engine Send the
Change to
that the vessel's course is room of the Quartermaster to
1624 Call the Master telemotor
slowly changing to the steering steering the emergency
right. Which of the malfunction steering station
following actions should
you take FIRST?
It is the term used for the
impact between two
1625 vessels when one of them Allision Double banking Collision Side swipe
is in motion and the other
one is stationary.
Moving vessel striking
1626 against one that is Collision Allision Impact Accident
stationary is called:
During a rescue operations,
a helicopter uses a special
device for hoisting or
multiple lift combo-lift double lift combined lift
1627 lowering persons with method
method method method
rescue sling and a seating
belt from the water or
deck. This method is called:
Basic signals and
maneuvers are common in
any parts of the world. The come ahead full
1628 slow
tug dismissed come astern slow stop
use of ship's whistle to
communicate with tugs,
one long blast means:
You are proceeding along
the right bank of a narrow
channel aboard a right-
stop engines and decrease speed increase speed
handed single-screw back full with
1629 put the rudder and put the and put the
vessel. The vessel starts to rudder amidships rudder right full
left full rudder right full
sheer due to bank
suction/cushion effect.
You should:
Increased Decreased The bow and
Increased effect
The effect we call velocity and velocity and stern wave make
of gravity due to
1630 "squat" occurs. decreased water increased water the ship sink
Why? pressure around closeness of the pressure around lower in the
the ship's hull seabed
the ship's hull water
Prior entering an ice area, either by the
down by the down by the
1631 how should a vessel be head or by the evenly
stern head
trimmed? stern
Bilge keel are more
pitching
1632 effective at dampening draft decrease rolling increases list increase
increases
rolls as the:
The vessel is navigating
the way the pilot away from the
1633 parallel to the bank, her towards the bank either sides
maneuvers bank
stern moves:

You are the Master on
board a single-screw
vessel. You are docking at
a berth without tugs 1.5 to 2 times 5 to 7 times the equal to the you must NEVER
1634 available. You decide to the depth of the depth of the depth of the use the anchor to
drop the offshore anchor water water water help in docking
to help in docking. What is
the amount of chain you
must pay out?
use the a jury may be
In the event of loss of achieved by
emergency execute a
1635 rudder, what appropriate abandon ship providing a drag
steering wheel Williamson turn on each side of
action should be done?
(trick wheel) the ship
During a stay in port, a
towing wire is to be put That the wires The wires are
For night-time are just above For daytime use
1636 out forward and aft. What the water line at
just stand by on
use only only
is important to take care of all times deck
regarding this wire?
Your vessel is navigating
along a narrow channel. Forces the entire
Forces the stern Forces the bow
The effect called Sucks the bow vessel bodily
1637 away from the away from the
"bank cushion" towards the bank away from the bank
bank
has which effect on the bank
vessel?
forward spring forward spring
A twin-screw vessel can forward spring after spring line
line and going line and going
clear the inboard propeller line and going and going slow
1638 slow ahead on slow ahead on
and maneuver off a pier the outboard slow ahead on astern on the
the inboard
best by holding a(n): engine both engines outboard engine
engine
Your vessel is a large twin-
screw ship. You are
stopped at the pilot station
with no way upon your Half ahead with Full ahead on
Full ahead on the hard over rudder,
vessel. You must come one engine, full Slow ahead with
1639 engines and hard then full astern
around 180deg. to board on inboard astern on the hard over rudder
over rudder
your Pilot. How must you engine other
use the engines and rudder
to turn the ship fastest in
the least amount of space?
Your vessel is navigating
along a narrow channel at
a slow speed with your
starboard side near the
full ahead, hard full astern, hard full astern, hard full ahead, hard
1640 right bank of a channel.
left rudder right rudder left rudder right rudder
What would be the best
maneuver if your vessel
suddenly sheers toward
the opposite bank?
What does "Hard Put the rudder Do not come to Hard rocks on A ship is seen to
1641
Starboard" mean? full starboard port starboard starboard

At seaway a thwarthship
1642 Heaving Rolling Pitching Yawning
swinging of a vessel.
A rudder with a blade fully
1643 simple type horn type spade type door type
unbalanced is the:
What would you expect
be sluggish and improve and improve and
your rudder response to be be sluggish and
1644 your speed to your speed to your speed to your speed to
when you enter shallow decrease increase decrease increase
water?
The squat effect of a large
in excess of two
vessel travelling at high in excess of one in excess of two in excess of two
1645 meters by meters by mean
speed will caused an meters by mean meters by astern
foreward
increased of her draft by:
In shiphandling in heavy
weather, you notice your
shift the rudder
vessel's screw is being move more
1646 back and forth decrease speed increase speed
lifted clear of the water weight forward
several times
and racing. One way to
correct this would be to:
To prevent pounding, what change course, in
should you do if you are order to take the
secure all loose
1647 underway in heavy increase speed seas at an 85 decrease speed
gear
weather and your bow is degree angle
into the seas? from the bow
In the vicinity of a collision
area, which of the firefighting an explosive gas intercom
1648 oxygen analyzer
following equipment equipment meter telephone
should be ready?
The effect known as
"bank cushion" it forces the
it forces the it forces the bow it heels the
acts in which of the entire vessel
1649 stern away from away from the vessel towards
following ways on a single- away from the bank
the bank the bank
screw vessel proceeding bank
along a narrow channel?
Bow thrusters are essential
propulsion device to make it is not effective it has no effect it has little effect it does not
on headway to
1650 a vessel more on slow moving on a fully loaded provide greater
slow down or
maneuverable. However, ship hold a ship ship power than tug
the disadvantage is:
keep well clear
At sea you sight a tug
render keep clear as she as the tug is keep clear as she
displaying a black square
1651 assistance to the is towing a restricted in her is escorting a
flag below a black ball on tug dracone ability to submersible
its mast. You should:
maneuver
Engage the Put the rudder 10 Change course Let the vessel
(officer on watch) gives
1652 automatic pilot degrees to 10 degrees to drift 10 degrees
you the order: starboard
and alter course starboard to starboard
"Starboard
ten"

Your vessel is to turn in a
narrow canal by use of one
Make the tug
tug (turn to port with the Make the tug Make the tug Make the tug fast
fast in centre
1653 bow). In which position fast on starboard fast aft for on port shoulder
bow fairlead for to pull
and how would you use shoulder to push pulling
pulling
the tug? (Vessels engine
will be used as well).
When a vessel is using one
anchor her bow and stern Mediterranean
1654 Baltic moor Open moor Y moor
line to the "L" moor
Jetty she said to be:
What is the CORRECT way
to do when making way in
shift the rudder
heavy seas and you notice move more
1655 decrease speed increase speed back and forth
that your vessel's screw is weight forward
several times
being lifted clear of the
water and racing?
When making way in heavy
seas you notice that your
shift the rudder
vessel's screw is being move more
1656 increase speed decrease speed back and forth
lifted clear of the water weight forward
several times
and racing. One way to
correct this would be to:
When your ship is going
full speed ahead with no
At about 1/6 of At about 1/6 of
wind and no current,
1657 the ship's length the ship's length Amidships Near the stern
where do you think the from the bow
from the stern
"pivot point" is
located?
near the
in a traffic terminations of a
separation traffic flow in a in a traffic
Vessels as far as possible in a traffic
1658 scheme or in traffic separation separation
should avoid anchoring: areas near it's separation zone
scheme from scheme
terminations either side shall
do so
Do you think there is any No ,we will Yes, the lift force Yes ,we will loose No, the lift force
reduction in the rudder lift maintain about will be
1659 about 10% of the is not effected
force if the propeller is 90 % of the lift dramatically
reduced lift force by the propeller
stopped? force
No, the vessel
Yes, a vessel Yes, the vessel
Does a vessel's trim has No, it is usually will have the
usually steer usually steer
1660 any influence on steering best to have no same steering better if trimmed
better if trimmed
abilities? trim at all ability unaffected by the stern
by the bow
by trim

Your ship is making
No, the rudder
sternway of about 1.5
will have no
knots, with rudder hard to
Yes, it will give effect when the Yes, it will give
starboard. Will this rudder No, the ship will
1661 the stern a lift ship is making the stern a lift
position have any effect on force to starboard go straight astern
sternway, it force to port
the ship's behavior?
should be in
Choose the most complete
midship position
answer.
You are in charge of a twin-
screw vessel going ahead go first to port
not veer to
1662 with rudders amidships. If go to starboard and then to go to port
either side
suddenly the port screw starboard
stops turning, the bow will:
A passenger vessel must on voyage in more than 50 certificated for
the size of the
1663 have an emergency squad excess of 12 passengers are over 12
crew permits
when: hours duration on board passengers
protect fiber rope pick up heavy strengthen
1664 Chafing gear is used to: from abrasion
anchor the boat
loads mooring lines
What is the diameter of a
circle called which
traversed by a vessel after
1665 running through 360 Turning circle Tactical diameter Final Diameter Pivoting angle
degrees and maintaining
the same speed and rudder
angle?
The best line for towing double-braided three strand
1666 polypropylene manila
small vessels is: nylon nylon
The purpose of
establishing emergency prevent undue
prevent risk of protect the
towing arrangement ensure easier delays to ship
1667 environmental interests of cargo
onboard tankers is to pollution salvage works during engine
owners
facilitate salvage and breakdowns
towing operations and:
Put the rudder all Put the rudder
(officer on watch) gives Put the rudder
the way to port Put the rudder about half way to
1668 you the order: "Hard 15 degrees to
to stop the midship port to slow down
starboard" and after the turning rate starboard
turning
a while the order:
"Meet her"
Put the rudder all Turn the rudder
(officer on watch) gives Put the rudder to towards midship,
Put the rudder to the way to
1669 you the order: "Port starboard to ease but normally not
midship position starboard to stop all the way to
20" and after a while the turn
the turn midship position
the order: "Ease your
helm"
When a tow is trimmed by
1670 sag hog drag list
the stern it is said to:

What maneuver will return
your vessel in the shortest
1671 Anderson Turn Williamson Turn Scharnow turn Any turn will do
possible time to a person
who has fallen overboard?
secure the end of absorb shock protect the stop off the
In towing, chocks are used
1672 the towline on loading on the towline from towline while
to: chafing
the tug towline retrieving it
A rudder with a fixed butt
1673 door type horn type spade type simple type
is the:
These propeller are in
turning but the shaft
revolves always in the
controllable - triple or multiple
1674 same direction the astern twin screw pitch propeller
single screw
screw
power being obtained by
reversing the pitch of the
screws:
The propeller stopped with
the rudder in hard over full astern until
position. The vessel is slow ahead and ship is stopped, half astern as this
1675 turning slowly. In order to leave her in that then full ahead will increase rate a kick ahead
make her turn faster position again with of turn
without increasing forward rudder hard over
speed, give:
Increase in draft
to the point on Squat is not The speed of
How will you define Decrease in draft
1676 your ship which relevant on your your ship will
"squat"? is closest to the of your ship
ship increase
bottom
The anchor's holding
capability is determined shape of the anchor's ability to stowage of the size of the vessel
1677 dig in
primarily by which of the anchor anchor on board and its draft
following?
This term means the
distance that a vessel
travels from the time the
1678 engines were ordered and transfer advance head reach surge
placed on full astern until
the vessel is dead in the
water.
1679 ease the rudder meet her shift your rudder
What is the helm
command?
Current from
What is the correct way in
starboard by
approaching the SPM, Heading the At any position Current from aft
allowing the
1680 taking the prevailing wind, current with with minimum with engine
controlled speed vessel to drift
current and waves into tug assistance slightly backing
easily to the
consideration?
buoy

A motion of a ship in waves
1681 about the ship transverse yawing Pitching rolling heaving
axis.
Heave is the motion of a
1682 longitudinal axis centerline axis transverse axis vertical axis
vessel along the:
Horizontal fore or aft
1683 motion of a vessel is pitch surge sway roll
known as:
Horizontal transverse
1684 motion of a vessel is Heave Sway Surge Pitch
known as:
The oscillating of a vessel
1685 on her longitudinal axis is yawing pitching rolling heaving
termed as:
A synchronous rolling
motion will occur when the natural rolling natural pitching
1686 period
rolling period any of the above
encounter wave period is period
nearly equal to ship's:
Motion of a vessel in waves
1687 about the vessel's vertical Pitching Heaving Yawning Rolling
axis.
1688 Heaving Rolling Yawning Pitching
In bad weather what
6 times the 3 times the 10 times the 15 times the
1689 length of chain should be depth of water
depth of water depth of water depth of water
used with a single anchor?
In securing a towing cable
consideration must be
using a short
given to letting go in an using a pelican increasing the
chain for the lead
1690 emergency. The possible using preventers hook for quick shaft RPM prior
through the
whip of towlines when release to release
stern chock
released can be overcome
by __________.
The biggest problem
encountered when towing hookup to main
1691 adjusting tension retrieval excessive strain
bridle legs are too short is towline
__________.
The effect of ocean current
is usually more evident on
a tug and tow than on a towline catches current causes speed of the tug current will
1692
tug navigating the current yawing and tow is less offset the tow
independently because the
__________.
The effect of wind in an
exposed areas of a ship is
1693 backing going slow ahead going full ahead turning
most noticeable when the
vessel is _____.

The major components
which determine the
length of a catenary in a bottom water
1694 cable tension water density
deployed anchor cable are conditions temperature
water depth cable weight
and __________.
The rudders are amidships
and both screws are going
The bow will go The bow will The stern will go The bow will go
1695 ahead. What will happen if
to port. remain steady. to starboard. to starboard.
the starboard screw is
stopped?
The static bollard pull of a
tug is measured in tons and
consists of the brake
1696 horsepower of the tugs 1.3 0.5 3 10
engine divided by 100 and
multiplied by a factor of
__________.
Reduce the draft Increase the
What are reef points used Keep the sail taut Reduce the area
1697 if the boat runs strength of the of a sail
for? in light airs
aground mast
Both the towed When turning
The towed vessel and towing
There is no both the towed
What does in step refer to follows exactly in vessels reach a
1698 catenary in the and towing
in regards to towing? the wake of the wave crest or
towing hawser. trough at thevessels turn at
towing vessel.
same time. the same time.
Removing the
wire rope from
Removing the
wire rope from the drum and
Cutting off the
What does the term end- the drum and turning it over so
bitter and towing Splicing two wire
1699 for-end refer to in regard reversing it so that the wire
that the towing ends of the wire ropes together
to a wire towing hawser? bends in the
end becomes the rope
opposite
bitter end
direction when
rolled on a drum
locking the
windlass to bringing the
What is meant by veering paying out more heaving in all
1700 prevent more chain
anchor to short
the anchor chain chain
chain from stay
running out
What phenomenon shall a
vessel will rise the bow will
large vessel experience speed will maneuverability
1701 slightly on the squat further than
when entering a shallow increase will increase the stern
bow
water at high speed?
What precaution should be the backing idle for few
1702 in mind when maneuvering power is low in instant reversing powerful
reacting seconds
a steam vessel?
When connecting the tow
bridle to a tug the end of
1703 shot line heaving line high line messenger line
the bridle is passed with a
__________.

When must the owner or When the record
of its material When it has not After it jams on
Master of a towing vessel After it drags on
1704 condition lapses been used for the towing
retest a towline or remove the bottom. for 3 months or over 60 days. winch.
it from service? more.
When towing astern what
equipment should be Axe or cutting
1705 Chafing gear Fire extinguisher First aid kit
stowed ready for use near torch
the towline?
When towing the least
form a large form a small
amount of tension will be are of unequal are joined by a
1706 angle with each angle with each
on each bridle leg when other length fishplate
other
the two legs __________.
When you have a tow
let the barge
alongside your stern provide a better
deflect floating obtain better avoid obscuring
1707 should extend aft of the lead for your steering control
objects from your stern light
tow in order to lines
your propeller
__________.
forces the entire
the effect of bank cushion forces the bow forces the stern
decreases the vessel bodily
1708 on a single screw vessel away from the away from the
bank draft at the bow away from the
proceeding along a narrow bank
bank
channel?
smaller turning larger turning larger turning
the effect of depth of the same turning
1709 radius a shallow radius at deep radius at shallow
water on turning radius if radius water
water water
the ship is at low speed?
While towing bridle legs of
chafing on the the shorter leg to
1710 unequal lengths may cause a bent swivel the bridle to foul
fairlead or bitts fail
__________.
When a sail is A properly
If the thrust on a Adjusting the
trimmed too tight trimmed sail
sail becomes angle of attack on
turbulence will should have
With regard to aerodynamic excessive when a mainsail is
break out on the laminar flow on
1711 lift which statement is close-hauled it is accomplished by
windward side of the windward
TRUE? likely to capsize adjusting the
the sail and cause side and turbulent
the vessel rather outhaul or the
a telltale there to flow on the
than drive it. vang if fitted.
flutter. leeward side.
You are aboard a right- It will swing to the
It will swing to the It will swing to the
handed single-screw vessel left straighten
left and will left without
with headway on. The out and then The bow will
1712 swing left faster increasing or
engine is put full astern and swing to the right swing to the right.
as the vessel loses decreasing its
the rudder hard left. What as the vessel loses
way. swing.
will the bow do? way.
You are aboard a single-
screw vessel (right-hand
port until
propeller) going full ahead
port slowly at first starboard until headway is lost
with good headway. The
1713 and then quickly headway is lost and then may port
engine is put astern and the
to port and then to port possibly swing to
rudder is placed hard left.
starboard
The stern of the vessel will
swing to __________.

A mooring line leading
45Deg to the keel, used to
1714 check forward or astern breast line warp line spring line bow line
movement of a vessel, is
called a __________.
A loose tow may cause damage to the
a saving in the loss of
1715 all of the following EXCEPT transit time
towing vessel lines to part
maneuverability
__________. and tow
A Mediterranean moor when anchoring when anchoring
when docking when docking
1716 should be used when in the in a strong stern to a berth
bow to a berth
__________. Mediterranean current
comes over an
A reaching course is one area extending
has no effect on comes directly comes directly
1717 in which the wind from broad on
the vessel over the bow the bow to the over the stern
__________.
quarter
a mooring line a mooring line
A spring line is running any wire rope
1718 diagonally to the
a fire-warp perpendicular to
__________. used for mooring
keel the keel
a short length of
line used for a snatch block
an engine order the brake on a
1719 A stopper is __________. temporarily for handling a
telegraph cargo winch holding another topping lift
line
A bollard is found on the
1720 towed vessel deck beach pier
__________.
A bow thruster _____? I. is
effective in slowing down a
vessel. II. Loses
effectiveness when the
1721 I and II only II and III only I and III only I II and III
vessel s speed exceeds 3
knots. III. Provides lateral
control without affecting
headway
a single length of
a single nylon
two long legs of heavy chain with
pendant rove
A bridle for an ocean tow two chains of wire rope both ends
1722 through a heavy
consists of __________. equal length shackled to a secured on deck
ring free to move
fishplate to welded pad
on the pendant
eyes
A deep draft VLCC (100 000 draws more water
draws less water requires less
DWT+) navigating in a steers better than when
1723 with an increase power for a given
narrow channel or canal under full power underway in deep
in speed speed
__________. water
A large vessel entering
the bow will squat vessel will rise
shallow water at high speed speed will maneuverability
1724 further than the slightly on the
experience a phenomenon increase will increase
stern bow.
such as ____.
A lashing used to secure
three or four barges at a
1725 common corner lashed in breast wire towing wire scissor wire cross wire
an X fashion is called a
__________.

A method used to make an
eye in a bight of line where
1726 serving seizing braiding plaiting
it cannot be spliced is
known as __________.
A monkey fist is found on a
1727 heaving line manrope mooring line lead line
__________.
A mooring line is described
Strands
as being 6x24 1-3/4 inch Strands wires Wires yarns Strands yarns
1728 circumference
wire rope. What do the diameter diameter circumference
wires
above numbers refer to?
A mooring line leading at
1729 nearly right angles to the spring line stern line bow line breast line
keel is a __________.
A mooring line that checks
1730 forward motion of a vessel stern line stern breast line bow line forward bow line
at a pier is a __________.
A mooring rope breaks
close to the eye splice
Inform the Replace it at Repair it in the Inform the
1731 during cargo operations at
stevedores once morning boatswain
night what action would
you take?
A rope made of a
combination of wire and
1732 preformed independent lang lay spring lay
fiber is known as
__________.
A six-strand composite
rope made up of alternate
1733 fiber and wire strands spring lay lang lay cable lay alternate lay
around a fiber core is
called __________.
A survival craft being used
to pick up a person who
at a high rate of
1734 has fallen overboard from with the wind against the wind under oars
speed
a MODU should approach
the person __________.
A term used to describe
the dip in a towline that
1735 step catenary bight shock dip
acts as a shock absorber is
__________.
A tow astern is veering
from side to side on its adjust the length
trim the tow by list the tow to trim the tow by
1736 towline. The best way of of the towing
the stern windward the bow
controlling the action is to bridle
__________.
coiling it in a spooling it on a
faking it on deck
A towing hawser is readied counterclockwise reel lying on its spooling it on a
1737 in a fore and aft
for service by __________. direction on the side to prevent winch cathead direction
fantail rolling
in a sealed locker
A towing hawser should be by hanging it in by faking on a by spooling it on
1738 with adequate air
stowed __________. the engine room rack circulation the winch

towing bitts by
A towing hook may be
pilot house or aft reaching over tug s engine
1739 released from the forecastle
steering station and releasing a room or the bow
__________.
lever
A vessel reduces speed
without backing. The rate
that her speed through the number of vessels vessels
1740 sea state
water decreases depends propellers horsepower displacement
primarily on the
__________.
Larger turning Larger turning Smaller turning
the effect of depth of The same turning
1741 radius at deep radius at shallow radius a shallow
water on turning radius if water radius
water water
The point where The point on the The point on the
The point on the
the sideways ship where you ship where the
How do we define the ship where the
1742 motion of the have maximum sideways motion
location of the pivot point? ship`s centreline forward motion
sideways motion forward is at
is zero. is at maximum
in a turn maximum
point called the pivot
About same
point. What is the position outside of the near the stern of
1743 position as the near the bow
of this invisible point when center line center of gravity. the ship
the ship is dead in the
water?
A bow thruster _____? I. is
effective in slowing down a
vessel. II. Loses
effectiveness when the
1744 I and II only I and III only I, II and III II and III only
vessels speed exceeds 3
knots. III. Provides lateral
control without affecting
headway
A deep draft VLCC (100,000 draws more requires less draws less water
DWT+) navigating in a water than when steers better
1745 underway in
power for a given with an increase
narrow channel or canal under full power
deep water speed in speed
__________.
For a right handed single
either side to the port side to the stern to the starboard side to
1746 screw vessel it is easier to
wharf wharf wharf the wharf
berth_______
The effects of shallow
water with speed and
rudder of the ship is great less than three less than one less than two
None of the
1747 during maneuvering at and a half the and a half the and a half the
stated options draft
high speed and becomes draft draft
excessive if the depth is
________.
The pivoting point of a
the vessels of the vessels
1748 vessel going ahead is at the hawsepipe near the stern
__________. bow bow

The rudder is in hard over
Give full astern
position, propeller
Give half astern until ship is
stopped. The ship is Give slow ahead
as this will Give a kick stopped, then
1749 turning slowly. What can and leave her in ahead.
increase rate of full ahead again
we do to make her turn that position.
turn. with rudder hard
faster without increasing
over.
forward speed?
The rudders are amidships
and both screws are going
The stern will go The bow will go The bow will go The bow will
1750 ahead. What will happen if
to starboard. to starboard. to port. remain steady.
the starboard screw is
stopped?
What phenomenon shall a
the bow will vessel will rise
large vessel experience speed will maneuverability
1751 squat further than slightly on the
when entering a shallow the stern increase will increase
bow
water at high speed?
What precaution should be the backing
idle for few
1752 in mind when maneuvering instant reversing power is low in powerful
seconds reacting
a steam vessel?
Your ship is going full
ahead as you start to slow It will move aft as It will move to Same position as The pivot point
1753 down. Where is the the ship slows the side of the when the ship is will move to the
position of the pivot point down center line on full ahead stern
now? No wind, current.
Your ship is going full Somewhere aft of
astern and making At 1/6 of the the center of At 1/6 of the
gravity, but it is at the center of
1754 sternway. Where will the ships length off ships length from
impossible to pin- gravity
pivot point be located? No the bow point the exact the stern
wind, current. location
The effect of wind in an
exposed areas of a ship is
1755 going slow ahead going full ahead backing turning
most noticeable when the
vessel is _____.
A vessel is equipped with
twin propellers, both
turning outboard with the
The vessel will The vessel will The bow will
engines half ahead. If The bow will
1756 steer a fairly steer a zigzag swing to
there is no wind or current straight course. swing to port.
course. starboard.
and the rudders are
amidships, what will
happen?
A wind has caused a
difference between drafts
1757 flotation trim heel list
starboard and port. This
difference is __________.
In a following sea, a wave
has overtaken your vessel
and thrown the stern to use more right use more left
1758 decrease speed increase speed
starboard. To continue rudder rudder
along your original course,

In a river subject to tidal
currents, the best time to
when there is a
1759 dock a ship without the at slack water at flood at high water
following current
assistance of tugs is
______.
When making way in heavy
seas you notice that your
vessels screw is being lifted shift the rudder
move more
1760 clear of the water and back and forth decrease speed increase speed
weight forward
racing. One way to correct several times
this would be to
__________.
An execution by swinging
out of the ship with
maximum wheel either
port or starboard, and
subsequently reverse the
1761 wheel so that them ships Double turn Scharnow turn Williamson turn Single turn
head swings out to, but not
beyond 60 from the
original course, then
continue to swing back
with full wheel.
A large vessel, entering
vessel will rise the bow will
shallow water at high speed will maneuverability
1762 slightly on the squat further than
speed experience a increase will increase the stern
bow.
phenomenon such as ____.
A common occurrence squat will cause
a decrease in the vessel is
when a vessel is running the wake is less
1763 bottom clearance more responsive all of the options
into shallow water is that and an increase pronounced
to the rudder
__________. in draft
A vessel traveling down a
narrow channel, especially
if the draft is nearly equal
smelling the
1764 to the depth of the water, squatting bank suction bank cushion
bottom
may set off the nearer side.
This effect is known as
__________.
A vessel will squat when it
only in shallow in all depths of only in deep only in narrow
1765 proceeds underway water
water water channels
__________.
In principles of ship
handling which factor that shallow water deep water
1766 speed factor course factor
a master or a pilot has no factor factor
direct control of the ship.
When you enter shallow
improve and be sluggish and improve and be sluggish and
water, you would expect
1767 your speed to your speed to your speed to your speed to
your rudder response to decrease
decrease increase increase
__________.

smaller turning larger turning larger turning
the effect of depth of the same turning
1768 radius a shallow radius at shallow radius at deep
water on turning radius if water radius
water water
forces the entire
the effect of bank cushion forces the bow forces the stern
decreases the vessel bodily
1769 on a single screw vessel away from the away from the
bank draft at the bow away from the
proceeding along a narrow bank
bank
channel?
shallow water effect will
Smelling the
1770 increase dramatically if you Sinkage Squat Bank cushion
bottom
increase your ships speed
past its critical speed.
You are on a single crew
vessel with a right handed your speed will
you will have your vessel will your rudder
propeller vessel and you increase without
1771 better rudder tend to ride response will
are making headway. a change in you become sluggish
response higher
When you come upon throttle
shallow water _________
circle at full speed in deep The diameter will Yes, it will be a
water. You are now going be the same large difference
Yes, it will be Yes, it will be
to make one with initial whatever initial in the turning
1772 much smaller much greater
speed, slow ahead. Do you speed we have diameter
when starting the with slow ahead. with slow ahead.
think the diameter will between full and
turn.
differ from that of initial slow ahead.
full ahead?
Yes, it will be the No, the turning Yes, the turning No, the turning
same provided diameter will be diameter will be diameter will be
1773 to make a test in shallow
the UKC is 25 % - smaller in the same for all increased in
water. Do you think the shallow water.
50 %. shallow water. depths.
the same?
A ship is having a slow
quick water speed of the ship
speed, by using the backing quick water
quick water reaches about is the same
1774 maneuver, the ship is reaches the
reaches the stern 1/4 distance amidships speed as quick
considered to be dead on
from the stern water
the water when the
How many fathoms are in a
1775 30 6 20 15
shot of anchor cable?
How many feet are there in
1776 60 50 180 360
2 shots of anchor chain?
If you shorten the scope of
has no relation remains the
1777 anchor cable, your anchors decreases increases
to the scope same
holding power _________.
If your vessel is dragging
shorten the increase the
her anchor in a strong put over a stern put over the sea
1778 scope of anchor scope of anchor
wind, you should anchor cable anchor
cable
__________.

In an emergency and the
anchor is dropped while at
cannot
1779 full ahead, do not slack the probably true FALSE TRUE
determine
cable as soon as the anchor
holds.
In bad weather, what
10 times the 6 times the 15 times the 3 times the
1780 length of chain should be depth of water depth of water depth of water depth of water
used with a single anchor?
In determining the scope
of cable to be used when Type of anchor maintenance cost Depth of the Character of the
1781
anchoring, what would cable for the chain water holding ground
NOT be considered?
In moderate wind and 10 times the 8 times the 2 times the 5 times the depth
current what should be the depth of the depth of the depth of the of the water in
1782
length of chain with a water in shallow water in deep water in poor good holding
single anchor? water water holding ground ground
Before letting the anchor
anchor is clear of wildcat is
1783 go, you should check that all of the options chain is clear
obstructions disengaged
the __________.
Generally speaking, the
a mixture of mud
1784 most favorable bottom for loose sand and clay
rocky very soft mud
anchoring is __________.
stem the current stop all headway
stem the current and endeavor to through the stem the current
The easiest way to anchor and make very make neither water and keep and be falling aft
1785 a vessel in a current is to slow headway headway nor the current very slowly when
__________. when the anchor sternway when astern when the the anchor is
is dropped the anchor is anchor is dropped
dropped dropped
This is a modern method of
welding where there is
actual melting of the
materials being joined
1786 although the weld metal is fusion weld arc weld butt weld fillet weld
composed largely of added
materials having the same
characteristics as the metal
being joined.
What is the name called to
a single fitting installed in a
pipeline that either blanks Quick Release
1787 Blind Flange Spectacle Flange Pivot coupling
off the pipe or allows a full Coupling
flow passage of a liquid
through the pipe?
What kind of gauging is
1788 used in airtight enclosed Slip tubes Sounding tape Closed gauging Float gauge
cargo tanks?
Which factor is not
The choice of
important when calculating The value of the The proper use The skill of the
1789 cargo
cargo to fit the
the best use of the cubic of filler cargo longshoremen
hold
capacity of a ships hold?

These are devices which
secure standing and
running riggings that
1790 deck device deck fittings deck store deck gear
includes cleats, bitts,
chocks, fairleads and pad
eye.
When heating a metal and
1791 cooling it down for desired strengthening cooling heating annealing
fashion. This is called:
You are arriving at Edinburg
to load 1,000 cases of Scotch The individual The Scotch is not
required to be The optional
whiskey. The cases are cases must be
This cargo is not shipped under shipping name
packed with 12 bottles of labeled with a
1792 permitted to be the requirements that can be used
one liter each to a case. The red label reading of the hazardous
towed on deck on the manifest
flash point of the Scotch is "Combustible materials
F. Which of the following is is "Intoxicant"
Liquid" regulations
TRUE?
In preparation for receiving
chilled reefer cargo, the
reefer space has been pre-
cooled for over twenty-four
1793 28 F and 40 F 12 F and 20 F -10 F and + 10 F 42 F and 55 F
hours. Loading may begin
when the space has been
cooled to a temperature
between ____________.
What is usually NOT Steam clean Spray of
required in preparing a hold Remove loose areas obstructed Remove residue
1794 by structural
fumigate any
for reception of a bulk grain rust and scale of previous cargo
members insect colonies
cargo?
Under normal weather and
sea conditions when
securing a stack of
Lashing are
1795 containers with non-locking One container Two containers always required
Three containers
fittings, lashings are
required when the tier
exceeds what height?
With the buttress securing
system, containers of next to the on the bottom
1796 on the top tier in the hold
different height must be buttress tower tier on deck
stowed ______.
Relates to the Refers to the Designates the
Relates to the
minimum saturation of dry state of a
When referring to dry bulk suitability of
granule size of a a bulk product commodity when
1797 cargoes, the term flow
with water to the
loading a cargo
particular the ship is heeled
state. point where it by flowing down
product where it past the angle of
acts as a liquid inclined chutes.
will flow like a repose.
When a two-leg sling
attached to one hoist line is
used to lift a load, a sling of sling will easier sling will be load can be lifted tension in the
1798
40 ft. in length is better than to remove easier to attach higher sling leg is less
one of 30 ft. because the
____________.

Your ship has been holed in
amidships compartment
and partially flooded. If
flooded compartment does
lost buoyancy added weight compartment all answers are
1799 not have free flow with the
method method standard method correct
sea, you should use which
of the following method to
calculate the effect of
flooding on your stability.
Which of the following will
NOT increase friction of a
Slowing the Bends in the Backing rings for
1800 liquid flowing in a pipe and pumping rate
Pipeline valves
piping pipe welds
cause a loss of suction
head?
When the dew point of the
outside air is lower than or
Secure all Ventilate the Shut down the Shut down the
1801 equal to the dew point of cargo holds
ventialtion intake blowers exhaust blowers
the air is cargo hold, you
should _________.
statements is true? I.
Dunnages should be
cleaned and dried before
being used in frozen
1802 I and II are true I and II are false Only I is true Only II is true
compartments. II.
Dunnages should not be
pre-cooled prior loading in
refrigerated
compartments.
Which of the following is Oil that was Cargo tanks Discharge time is
No danger of
1803 one major advantage of previously lost is corrosion is significantly
recovered contamination
the load-on-stop system? reduced reduced
Give the Maintain
Which of the following is Notify the engine
operation communications Reduce the
1804 not a precaution to be room of
undivided with the dock loading rate procedure
taken when topping off?
attention man
contains all the
information necessary to grain loading all the given
check that a proposed stability booklet Tank calibration
1805 hydrostatic curve choices are
loading plan complies with and associated curve
plans correct
the stability requirements
of the regulations at all
stages of the voyage.
When viewed from above,
the best position for the at 45 degrees parallel to the
1806 right angle aft of the boom
guy in relation to the boom angle boom
is_____.
Under IMDG Code, acids
skull an
1807 are labeled with a red and white white red
crossbones
_________ placard

This is a piece of securing
dunnage that runs from a
1808 high supporting level down tomming shoring bracing Cribbing
to the cargo to prevent
shifting.
Spontaneous heating of
coal rapidly accelerates at
1809 88 degrees F 100 degrees F 119 degrees F 111 degrees F
the approximate minimum
temperature of:
Packages containing
dangerous goods shall be
provided with ______, as all the given
stencils of the
1810 appropriate, so as to make distinctive labels Placards choices are
labels correct
clear the dangerous
properties of the goods
contained therein.
On a manned ship carrying
Every 24 hours.
packaged hazardous cargo,
Prior to the entry After stowage is unless equipped
1811 the hazardous materials All of the above
into a U.S. port complete with a fire
shall be inspected
detecting system
__________.
If reefer spaces are not
contamination of malfunction of
properly cleaned prior to all answers are mold to develop
1812 the insulation in the refrigeration
loading cargo, it will most correct on commodities
the space equipment
likely cause.
Determine whether the
following statements are
true or false? I. The
separation of odorous and
sensitive cargo into separate
1813 Only II is false I and II are false I and II are true Only I is true
airtight compartment would
prohibit tainting. II. An
odorous cargo may well
leave a well tainted
atmosphere behind after d
Spread the
Lift containers Keep the contents of the
Container spreader are used To secure the
1814 for loading and container in place containers for
to ________. containers in hold
unloading during the voyage Customs
Inspection
Argon is classified as a non flammable
1815 flammable gas corrosive flammable liquid
__________. gas
A condition in which the
oxygen content throughout Inert gas Poisonous
1816 None of these Safety condition
the atmosphere of a tank condition condition
has been reduced to 8%.
IMO Grain Regulations
assume a pattern of
increase of
movement of grain in the rise to adverse increase heeling
1817 stability due to increase of GM
void spaces above the heeling moment angle
heeling moment
grain surfaces which give
________.

If you are on duty and
observe any situation
which presents a safety or Notify the person
Close the valves Close the valves Shut down the
1818 pollution hazard during in charge from transfer operation
at the manifold at the manifold
fuel transfer operations shore
what action should you
take first?
The IMDG Code ensures segregation from
maximizing the other cargoes
safety mainly by stipulating maximizing the all answers are
1819 most available with which there
the packaging required and load capacity could be an correct
space
_____. adverse action
discharged liquid
dispose of increase the left in the cargo
The main function of a maintain the
dangerous loading rate of after the main
1820 stripping system is on temperature of pumps have
vapors within the the shore side
________. the cargo discharged the
cargo tanks pumps
bulk
Ullages are measured from above deck
1821 bushing Tank ceiling thievage mark
the_________. datum
The stowage factor for one short metric one long metric
1822 one long ton one short ton
cargo is based upon _____. ton ton
package the distribute the strengthen the
To shore up the main weld pad eyes on
cargo in wooden weight of the main deck by
deck for, the stowage of deck in proper
1823 crates so that it cargo by placing placing pillars
deck cargo means to underneath it in position to
will not damage fore & aft planks
_____. the tween deck secure the cargo
the deck on the main deck
Which material should not
1824 be used to secure cargo on Steel chain Wire rope Steel strapping Fiber rope
deck for a voyage?
is greatest at an is least at an
increases as the
With a given load on the angle of 45 and increases as the angle of 45 and
angle to the angle to the
1825 cargo hook, the thrust on a decreases as the increases as the
horizontal horizontal
cargo boom _____. boom is raised or increases boom is raised or
decreases
lowered lowered
A vessel has an amidships On top of the On top of the
Beside the
superstructure. Which hatch hatch
hatches, forward On top of # 1
1826 location would be most immediately immediately aft of
of the midships hatch the midships
suitable for on-deck forward of the
house house
stowage of automobiles? midships house
Your ship has been holed in
amidships compartment
and partially flooded. If
flooded compartment has
free communication with lost buoyancy compartment added weight all answers are
1827 method
the sea, you should use standard method method correct
which of the following
method to calculate the
effect of flooding on your
stability.

The securing systems for
containers were developed
to prevent container
1828 Yaw Sway Roll Surge
movement during which of
the following ship
motions?
The weight of the
container and its contents Bottom side and Bottom flooring Bottom flooring Four lower corner
1829 casting
is supported on deck by end rails only and end panels
what parts?
Under normal weather and
sea conditions when
securing a stack of
Lashing are
1830 containers with twist locks, Two containers One container Three containers
always required
lashing are required when
the tier exceeds what
height?
What group of refrigerated
cargoes requires oxygen Inert Non-living
1831 None of these Living cargoes
and gives off carbon commodities organic cargoes
dioxide while in storage?
Containers must All containers
When loading containers The container
have vertical must have No further
into the cell guides in the must be locked
1832 lashings if they vertical and securing is
hold of a container ship, into the cell usually required
do not have twist horizontal
which statement is true? guide
lock securing lashings
Which of the following is Overcarriage is Voids in the The hold space
Dunnage costs
1833 not an advantage of filler reduced or cargo stow are has maximum
eliminated are reduced
cargo? filled utilization
causing moisture
A heated bulkhead has the lowering the
to accumulate lowering the dew raising the vapor
1834 effect on a hygroscopic vapor pressure of pressure of the
against the point of the air commodity
commodity of: the commodity
bulkhead
How should the first layer
At an angle to At an angle to the
of the dunnage be laid for
the keel with the keel with the Diagonally across In a fore and aft
1835 loading of bagged cargo in forward end
forward end the entire hold pattern
the lower hold of a ship inboard
outboard
equipped with side bilges?
Of the general methods of
stowing bagged cargo, Cross tier
1836 Full bag method Brick method Half-bag method
which method will allow method
for maximum ventilation?
Which factor is the most
Dew of the
important in preventing Outside air Dew point of the Temperature of
1837 outside cargo hold
sweat damage within a temperature the cargo
atmosphere
cargo hold?
Damage to cargo caused by
1838 dust is known as tainting oxidation Vaporization contamination
__________.
The heaviest type pallet is
1839 stevedoring pallet Shipping pallet warehouse pallet factory pallet
the __________.

To warm the To remove To prevent ships
1840 the main purpose of sweat
All of these
cargo oxygen
ventilating cargo holds?
Which data cannot be
Wet bulb Dry bulb
1841 found on a moisture temperature
Vapor Pressure Moisture content
temperature
equilibrium chart?
What International Code
Flag is hoisted to denote
1842 Hotel Bravo Zebra Golf
loading of flammable liquid
is going on?
Which term describes a
1843 Marline Lays Strands Reeves
part of a natural fiber line?
Load so that trim Separate wet and Prevent over Make maximum
an example of a
1844 does not exceed dry cargoes into carriage by block use of existing
fundamental objective of separate hold
3 by the stern stowage dunnages
cargo stowage?
Where will the Master find
the detailed guidance for
proper precaution prior
Both choices is
1845 loading a explosive B only Neither A nor B A only
correct
cargoes ? A. Carriage of
dangerous goods in vessels
B. IMDG code
Strips of timber fixed to the
frames of a vessel, either in
horizontal or vertical
1846 pallet cargo battens limber boards dunnages
direction, which keep
cargo away from the sides
of the vessel.
Signal man assisting the
crane operator has his arm
extended downwards,
1847 forefinger pointing down lower the load lower swing load lower boom lower
and moves his hand in
small horizontal circles.
This is the signal to;
The signal man assisting
the crane operator has his
arm extended with the
1848 stop extend boom emergency stop retract boom
palm down and holds this
position rigidly. This is the
signal to _____
Precaution/s to be taken to
avoid spontaneous heating Lowering the Ensure fitness Raising the vapor Proper
ventilations and
1849 when bulk cargoes are dew point of the and safety of pressure of the surveillance of
carried in a general cargo air cargo spaces commodity temperature
vessel?

The measurement from
the tank top to the beams
beneath the overhead and
1850 Net cubic Gross cubic Bale cubic Grain cubic
from sweat batten to
sweat batten is called a
vessel's _______.
The label on a package of
1851 an oxidizing hazardous Green Yellow Red White
material is___.
The REID vapor pressure is
grade E liquids grade D liquids Combustible
1852 used for the classification flammable liquids
only only liquids
of:
If a fruit or other strong
smelling cargo has been wash and load it
wash and wash and dry it wash and make it
1853 carried in the with a different
deodorize it with clean cloth air dry
compartment previously, it cargo
is necessary to ____.
Report the Report the
Immediately incident by the
In case of loss overboard of incident by the Report to the
conduct retrieval fastest
packaged of marine fastest telecom owners first then
1854 operation then telecommunicatio
pollutants into the sea channel to the n channel to to the nearest
report to the
what must be done? CSO and wait for nearest coastal coastal state
owners
others state
On a reefer vessel, the
compartment has been classification
ocular inspection society surveyor
prepared and cooled to the the loading of Inspection of
1855 by Port State to carry out a
loading temperature. This reefer cargoes reefer loading port
inspections
makes the vessel ready for survey
______.
Weight of the Wheels lashed, Brakes on engine
body supported, Body unit lashed,
What is the proper method wheels choked, gear, wheels
1856 brakes on engine brakes engaged,
of lashing cars? gear, wheels hand brakes choked, body
wheels choked
lashed engaged unit lashed
What is the usual carrying
1857 temperature of frozen 0 C - 30 C -10 or - 15 C - 20 C
cargoes?
When chilled meat is to be
carried, the requisite
number of metal bars, hooks
and chains will have to be It should have It should have It should be It should have
1858 placed in the compartment been wrapped in been dried by a checked for its been sterilized
for pre-cooling. What plastic before use clean cloth tensile strength on shore
important concern would
you look into regarding the
hooks and chains?
When loading Frozen beef it
is necessary to put ( 75mms To spread out the
To segregate
x 75 mms) dunnage on All of the choices To allow proper vertical pressure
1859 cargo
decks and inserted every are correct air circulation evenly from top
systematically
five or six tiers. What is the to bottom
purpose?

multiple product
One of the major the cargo that ships can use it discharge time is corrosion within
1860 advantage of the "load-on- was previously without significantly the cargo tanks is
top" system is that: lost is recovered contamination reduced reduced
problem
A most important
consideration in loading staggered at straight and
1861 dunnaged level
cardboard cartons is to different levels clean
keep the tiers ____.
the name of the where the cargo where the cargo the name of the
1862 A port mark shows;
shipper is going is coming from consignee
A reel;I. Should be stowed
on its side whenever
None of the
1863 possible II. If not possible I and II II only I only
above
to stow flat, stow it with its
axis running athwartships
increase the protects the prevents undue prevents the sling
Mousing a cargo with
1864 lifting capacity of hook from the strain on the ring from coming
marline or small line: out of the hook
the hook sling ring sling ring
provided
Open or partially opened provided with covered with
1865 handrails or Lighted
hatches should not be: warning sign tarpaulins
stanchions
with small
brick fashion, with the large cartons placed
where one
Proper stowage for with an upper cartons on the on top of and
carton rests
1866 cardboard cartons is carton resting on bottom and inside the
two cartons directly on top of
__________: small ones on perimeter of the
below it another
top top of large
cartons
painting stripes
Segregating a cargo of
across the chalk or a laying rope yarns
1867 finished lumber is best wire and staples
different cargo marking pen athwartship
done by _______:
blocks
Shoring under a deck load
is usually required when
1868 the deck load exceeds how 350 200 500 100
many pounds per square
foot?
The pre-wash procedure
for ships carrying non-
solidifying substances
1869 which have a viscosity 100 C 80 C 60 C 120 C
equal to or greater than 25
mPa at 20 C is hot water
wash of at least:
The tendency of flammable
Flammable ignition
1870 liquid to vaporize is convection index flash point
Range temperature
indicated by its:
What percent of cargo in
1871 international trade moves 75% or over Under 50% Under 75% under 25%
by container ship?

Exposure to a
Exposure to very low Exposure to
could result in an incorrect
carbon dioxide concentration of None of the carbon dioxide
1872 oxygen concentration
for no more than sulfur dioxide for above for more than 10
reading on the oxygen minutes
1 minute no more than 2
indicator?
minutes
You are loaded with
bundles of steel from
Yokohama to Manila. On
passing Northern Luzon, Yes, the hold
No, because No sweat will Yes, but only if
the dew point of the should be
1873 steel products do form on the steel the air is free of
ambient air was observed bundles ventilated
not require air moisture
to be higher than the dew vigorously
point inside the cargo hold,
under this condition,
should you ventilate?
a hatch with a a hatch whose when
large opening to length is the disproportionate
a hatch over 13 amount of cargo
1874 Long Hatch is; accommodate same as the for one port is
meters in length
cargo such as length of the stowed under
pipe and railroad cargo hold anyone hatch
may be all or maybe carried the shipper may
Optional Cargo refers to partly discharged may or may not
1875 at one or more
either on deck or substitute for
cargo that; be carried
ports below deck another
one cargo
prevents
more cargo is unloading
excess cargo one commodity
Overstowing cargo accepted than another cargo
1876 must be stowed is stowed above
occurs when; the vessel can and must be
on deck moved before another
carry
unloading can
continue
What is the weight of the
1877 product carried at 15 deg. Net Gross Absolute Relative
Celsius?
inspection of the stowing the cargo checking the
assuming heavy
Overcarriage is best hold at which is to bevessels load line
1878 cargo is stowed
prevented by__________. completion of discharged last on calculation
low in the vessel
discharge the bottom carefully
causing moisture
A heated bulkhead has the lowering the raising the vapor
lowering the dew to accumulate
1879 effect on a hygroscopic vapor pressure of pressure of the
point of the air against the
commodity of_______. the commodity commodity
bulkhead.
The corrosion for
The requirement
What is NOT a problem Generation of Spontaneous some types of
1880 for through-
when carrying coal? machine gas heating coal will cause to
ventilation
the ship
In a general cargo ship,
bales of LINEN or FABRIC tea could tea could tea could
1881 should not be stowed damage the contaminate the damage the linen tea is a food item
together with sacks of TEA fabric by tainting linen by staining
because:

Liquids that evaporate
readily are known
as___________ liquids.
1882 Flammable non- volatile volatile combustible
Any petroleum product
with a flash point below
60 C is classed as:
use heating coils
inject nitrogen to not carry any
be furnished with to maintain the
You are to load styrene in pad any ullage cargo in the
a Certificate of styrene within
bulk, which is subject to above the tanks
1883 Inhibition to be the
self-polymerization. You maintained on styrene to surrounding the
temperatures
must __________. the bridge prevent contact tank loaded with
specified by the
with oxygen. styrene
shipper.
In grain loading
computations at all times
during a voyage, the ship
shall have sufficient intact effect of draft maximum adverse heeling
1884 fore and aft
stability to provide limit loadable grain moment
adequate dynamic stability
after taking into account
the ________.
thoroughly
To remove any odor on wash down with ventilate, spray wash down and wash down with
your cargo holds after fresh water then with solution of thoroughly fresh water,
1885 lb. of chloride of
discharging refrigerated spray with ventilate the before spraying
cargoes, you should . solution lime to 3 gallons hold with a solution
of fresh water
The first layer of dunnage
should be laid down
_______, if you are to load
1886 a bagged cargo in lower fore and aft transversely vertically horizontally
hold of a ship with drain
wells at the after end of
the hold.
If you are loading fruit in Carry the cargo
Discharge C02
reefer spaces and you at a cooler Write up
Refuse to carry into the
1887 notice that the fruit is temperature exceptions on the
the cargo cargo compartment
beginning to mold, you than originally
after loading
should: planned
When carried at a lower
temperature than
required, bananas are
1888 chilled. At higher 13.3 C 14.3 C 12.2 C 11.3 C
temperature, they ripen.
What is the carrying
temperature of bananas?
Exposure to a
Exposure to Exposure to very low
could result in an incorrect
carbon dioxide carbon dioxide concentration of None of the
1889 oxygen concentration
for no more than for more than 10 sulfur dioxide for above
reading on the oxygen minutes
1 minute no more than 2
indicator?
minutes

To separate different kinds
be laid tight be laid slack
of bulk grain stowed in the placed next to
1890 between the not be used between the
same hold separation the cargo cargoes
cargoes
cloths should______.
What is the frequent Routine
Loading and
1891 incidents of tanker Grounding discharge of oil Collision
discharging during ballasting
pollution?
When loading a cargo of
taconite, proper Prevent Prevent negative
excessive Provide proper
1892 sequencing of loading by longitudinal
stability from Control list
trim
hatch number is necessary stresses developing
to:
Which of the following is an effective an effective reduction in time
increased work
1893 the advantage of having a monitoring monitoring of passage tank
load in port cleaning
(COW) crude oil washing? system system
the shipper may may be all or maybe carried
Optional Cargo refers to may or may not partly discharged
1894 substitute for either on deck or
cargo that; be carried at one or more
another ports below deck
You are planning to use
crude oil washing system. It must be de- The oil in the
The source tank All of these
What precaution must be bottomed and the source tank must
1895 level lowered by
must have been choices are
taken with the tank as the be sampled for
at least 1 meter crude correct
source for the washing compatibility
machines?
What will happen if the
flash point of kerosene boil off to less volatile and
1896 burn and explode nothing
which is 100 deg F be atmosphere easier to handle
heated above 110 deg F?
Before a tank is crude oil
Immediately
washed, the oxygen At the top of the One meter from
1897 In the vent riser above the level
content in the tank must tank the deck
of the oil
be measured at a position:
To remove the effects of
Completely flood Ballast double Completely flood
free communication Completely flood
1898 off-center deep bottom wing the forepeak
flooding, it would usually tanks high center tanks
tanks tank
be most advantageous to:
Some cargoes are stowed Periodic
These cargoes
in a secured place. They They are cargoes inspection is They are of high
give off toxic
1899 are known as special that contains required while in value and easily
gases when pilferable
cargoes. What does hydrogen sulfide transit to prevent
heated
special cargoes means? spoilage
For package freight, an
1900 average allowance for 0.15 0.3 0.6 0.05
broken stowage is.
Good left over at the
completion of discharging
operation which is
1901 remnants oddments Residue excess cargo
eventually sold by the ship
owner to meet claims for
short delivery are called:

To facilitate faster
discharging operation,
1902 each port of discharge is color coding Ship markings port markings cargo coding
allocated a distinctive color
mark.
re-stowing or
reset during the reduction of
Actions to take once cargo de-ballast the alterations of
cargo and, where speed to reduce
1903 has shifted include the area where the course to reduce
possible, accelerations and
following EXCEPT: cargo has shifted accelerations
increasing the vibrations
friction
You are on a fully loaded
tanker on a even keel. Shifting 500 tons Removing 400 Shifting 300 tons
Adding 350 tons
1904 Which of the following from the forepeak tons from the from the
to the forepeak
actions would create the to afterpeak tank afterpeak tank afterpeak tank
biggest trim by the head?
When fumigation with sulfur
is performed, what will be
the minimum time required
allotted for preparing the
materials before
fumigating?
Which of the following is an Load so that trim Separate wet and Prevent over Make maximum
1906 example of a fundamental does not exceed dry cargoes into carriage by block use of existing
objective of cargo stowage? 3 by the stern separate hold stowage dunnages
A spreader bar is used in
protect the upper increase the increase the
1907 handling cargoes in protect the slings
part of the load lifting radius lifting capacity
container to ______.
How do you arrange a
A. Raise corner
suitable system of
hatches and trim Ventilate only Ventilate only
ventilation for cargoes of
all vents which when going from Good ventilation when going from
1908 copra assuming that the
should also be cold to warm is not required warm to cold
vessel is not fitted with a
covered with weather weather
mechanical ventilation
mesh
system ?
Which factor is not
The choice of
important when calculating The proper use of The skill of the The value of the
1909 cargo to fit the
the best use of the cubic filler cargo longshoremen cargo
hold
capacity of a ships hold?
Exposure to a
Which of the following could very low Exposure to Exposure to
result in an incorrect oxygen concentration of carbon dioxide for carbon dioxide for None of the
1910
concentration reading on sulfur dioxide for more than 10 no more than 1 above
the oxygen indicator? no more than 2 minutes minute
minutes
Which of the two systems
used in cargo handling
considers the prevention of
1911 damage to cargo from heat, II only I only Both I and II Neither I or II
fire and water damage? I.
Cargo Securing II. Cargo
Stowage

You have a quantity of
bagged cargo to stow in a
Half-bagged Bilge and Alternate layer
1912 block in #3 UTD. Which direction
Bag on bag cargo
cargo cantline
stow will provide the
maximum block stability:
With respect to Cargo
Securing, which type of
cargo is subject to the sea
1913 motion of roll, pitch and I & II II I Neither I nor II
heave? I. Standardized
Cargo II. Non-
Standardized Cargo
What percent of cargo in
1914 international trade moves Under 50% Under 25% Under 75% 75% or over
by container ship?
When the dew point of the
outside air is lower than or
not ventilate the energize the ventilate the energize the
1915 equal to the dew point of
cargo exhaust blowers cargo intake blowers
the air in the cargo hold,
you should:
On the fully containerized
ship, approximately one accelerations accelerations the accelerations less
third or more of the cargo greater than on same as on than on
1916 no accelerations
is on deckabove the rolling conventional conventional conventional
center. Top stowed vessels vessels vessels
containers are subject to.
stow cargoes
A high cube container is with carry cargoes of
protect fragile
1917 designed specifically to concentrated carry low density very low stowage
cargoes
_________. weights such as factors
machinery
Cargo holds is to be
washed down after all
cargo residue were put on
deck. Likewise, holds
1918 floorings and bilges should net Canvass synthetic cloth burlap cloth
be dried. A cloth is place
around the bilges cover for
protection to other cargoes
to be loaded.
A vessel is proceeding
along the English Coast
when it sprang a leak on
the hull below the
1919 waterline. Efforts to patch beaching stranding Ditching grounding
her proved futile. It was
added to ditch her to the
nearest shoal. This is
termed as:

A. The
containers refrigerated
A. Package
You are in a containership. A. All packages
provide container with a liquids within a
Which of the following within a
automatic fuel tank container should
statements about the container must
1920 segregation of containing a be stowed on top
stowage of hazardous flammable liquid be mark this end
hazardous of packages of
materials in containers is must be stowed up to indicate
materials except solids to prevent
True? on deck correct
for class A crushing
explosives
STATEMENTS regarding
fumigation is NOT TRUE?
I. Personnel employed in
opening hatches should
1921 I only Both I and II Neither I nor II II only
wear respirators II. The
area should be checked for
gas concentration with
reading recorded in the
log.
In stowing carboys of acid
which are not completely Not more than 2 Not less than 2
1922 tiers
At least 1 tier Just 3 tiers
boxed, what is the tiers
maximum tiers permitted?
You are to load a bagged
cargo in the lower hold of a
At an angle to At an angle to
ship equipped with drain
Diagonally across the keel, with the In the fore and aft the keel, with
1923 walls in the after end of pattern
the entire hold forward end forward end
the hold. The first layer of
inboard outboard
dunnage should be laid
down;
When loading a container
vessel, the operation is
basically that of a vertical
Weight and Crushability and Available dunnage
1924 loading. The important Sweat and weight
refrigeration inherent vice and chocking
factors to be considered
when loading containers is
port of discharge:
A. The cargo
A cargo of refrigerated fruit A. The cargo Both side of each
block should be
is packed in crates with block should crate must be
The crates should tightly packed if
transverse members stowed with air checked for the
1925 NEVER be stowed the cargo suitably
dividing the crate in two channels built temperature and
brick fashion chilled upon
equal parts. Which of the throughout the the appearance of
delivery to the
following is TRUE? stowage cargo. the fruit.
vessel.
The dew point of The outside dew
Hygroscopic cargoes should The dew point of the outside air is point is 60F and Going from a
1926 be ventilated in cases the air in the hold greater than the the cargo warm to a cold
when_________? is very low dew point of the temperature is climate
air in the hold 54F
What purpose does a Restrains the Ties a container
Ties a container Restrain racking
1927 bridge fitting serve when container against to the container
horizontal motion stack to the deck loads
lashing containers? below it

There is little
Danger of heavy danger of ships
On a vessel proceeding There is danger The possibility of
ship sweat exists; sweat, slight
from a very cold to a warm of heavy cargo any sweat
constant and possibility of
1928 climate with a cargo of a sweat if outside problem, either
vigorous cargo sweat; air is introduced
non-hygroscopic nature in cargo or ship, is
ventilation is moderate by ventilation
the holds, which is TRUE? remote
required ventilation is
needed
The Master should be
provided with sufficient bedding areas
securing points,
information on any heavy and particular
lifting points or where provided,
1929 cargo offered for shipment. exact weight bedding
slinging positions including details
The information should at precautions if
of their strength
least include the following applicable
EXCEPT:
The timber deck cargo
should be secured
1930 throughout independent 3 meters 2 meters 4 meters 1 meter
lashing spaced not more
than _____ apart.
Some coals may be liable
to react with water and
produce acids which may
cause corrosion. An
1931 odorless gas much lighter carbon monoxide methane hydrogen carbon dioxide
than air and has flammable
limit in air of 4% to 75 %
by volume has bcause this
reaction.
What purpose does a Ties a container Restrains the
Ties a container Restrains racking
1932 bridge fitting serve when to the container container against
stack to the deck loads horizontal motion
lashing containers? below it
Cargo transport units,
including freight containers
shall be loaded, stowed
and secured throughout classification
1933 administration IMO Organization
the voyage in accordance society
with the cargo securing
manual approved by the
______.
After loading or discharging
cargoes, ventilation of the accommodate
1934 dissipate gasses removed heat remove taint
cargo space may be taint
necessary except:
The certificate of loading
Owner or
required by each vessel American Bureau National Cargo Shipper of the
1935 charterer of the
carrying grain in bulk is of Shipping Bureau cargo
vessel
issued by the ____.
The most accurate account
1936 of cargo will be found in the Portage bill Charter party Manifest Bill of ladings
_______.

There is little
danger of ship
On a vessel proceeding There is danger sweat, slight The possibility of
from a very cold to a warm of heavy cargo Danger of heavy possibility of sweat problem,
1937 climate with a cargo of sweat if outside
air is introduced ship sweat exists cargo sweat; either cargo or
non-hygroscopic nature in
by ventilation moderate ship, is remote
the holds. Which is True?
ventilation is
needed
A survey of refrigerated
cargo, to certify that
Safety and
proper methods of National Cargo American Bureau
1938 U.S. Coast Guard Health
stowage were utilized, can Bureau of Shipping
Administration
be conducted by the
________.
Of the general methods of
stowing bagged cargo, Cross tier
1939 Full-bag method Half-bag method Brick method
which allows maximum method
ventilation?
Which can be prevented
Contamination of Contamination of Contamination of Overcarriage,
only by segregating two
1940 a food cargo by a clean cargo by dry cargo by a overstowage,
lots of cargo into separate an odorous cargo
a dirty cargo wet cargo and short landing
holds?
Rice cargo emits what form Carbon
1941 Oxygen Methane Carbon dioxide
of gas? monoxide
The process of removing
cargo residues in
1942 Hold washing Hold cleaning Hold Sweeping Residue disposal
preparation for the next
cargo.
Measurement for tonnage
and issue of an International
Classification
1943 International tonnage Flag State Port State Maritime
Society
certificate is the Organization
responsibility of:
what additional where may the
When transporting heavy
lifting maximum load of technique of lifting
lift cargoes at the time of
1944 equipments are each specific moving the load attachments be
loading, certain conditions vertically
required to support points made on the
must be required except:
handle the load load
The principal hazards
The potential for The potential to
associated with coal which The potential for
The potential to self heating in cause corrosion
1945 are of importance when ship sweat is
extreme emit methane extreme case to to the ships
shipping the commodity
ignition structure
except:
When pre-cooling the
holds in preparation to at constant slightly above at zero slightly below
1946 receiving refrigerated temperature carrying temp. temperature carrying temp.
cargoes, the hold within 24 hours within 24 hours within 24 hours within 24 hours
temperature must be:

Some of the material listed
in BC Code also appear in
IMDG Code. The material
may at times reduce
1947 woodchips ore fertilizer phospate
oxygen content of a cargo
space or are prone to self
heating and one of these
cargo is:
A. A grain filled cargo
compartment has a
1948 1 0 60-65 % 80-85 %
permeability of about
_________.
Where should you pay
particular attention to be The vertical The horizontal
The cargo in the The under deck
1949 able to maintain adequate distribution of the distribution of
lower hold deck cargo cargo
stability in loading deck the deck cargo
cargo?
Containers
Containers
carried on deck
Which of the following is should be Containers do
or on hatches Containers
FALSE regarding the stowed and not overstress
should should not
1950 carriage of containers on secured so as to the deck or
preferably be hatches on which extend over the
ships not designed to carry permit safe
stowed in the they are stowed ships sides
containers? access for
fore-and-aft
personnel
direction
The main advantage of a
cost reduction in
unitized cargo system such avoid shifting of cleaner
1951 terms of cargo all of these
as pre-sling, palletization, operation cargo at sea operation
or containerization is:
keep
isolate for
What action would you not unnecessary isolate hazard stay at the
miles in all
1952 take in case of a coal gas people away area and deny direction of the
directions if tank wind
fire or explosion occurs? from the entry
is involved in fire
explosion
Because of the
arrangement of the cell
guides, the MOST Weight of the Contents of the Size of the shore
1953 List of the vessel
important factor while container container side crane
loading containers is the
___.
How long is the standard
1954 container used to measure 6 meters 7 meters 5 meters 3 meters
equivalent units?
When commencing cargo
operations on a container
ship, one cell at a hatch is Allow Initiate loading in Remove an
Improve stability
generally discharged longshoremen conjunction with existing list that
1955 during cargo
completely (to the bottom easy access to unloading at the would slow cargo
hatch. operations.
of the ship) before the hatch operations.
removing any containers
from the adjoining cells to:

The timber deck cargo
should be secured
1956 throughout independent 4 meters 1 meter 3 meters 2meters
lashing spaced not more
than _____ apart.
The damage caused by
1957 vermin damage contamination tainting damage pilferage
insects, mice or rats is:
How should grain cargoes Ventilate Surface Through
1958 Do Not Ventilate
be ventilated? vigorously ventilation ventilation
It is a close container with
doors at one end and
others with doors in one General cargo Dry bulk Thermal
1959 Close container
end and sides, sometimes container container container
ventilated but not
insulated.
It is the movement of
moisture contained in
materials by settling and moisture laden moisture
1960 moisture content moist cargo
consolidation of the cargo migration
materials due to vibration
and ship's motion.
It means a log which is
"slab-cut" or ripped
lengthwise so that the
1961 pulpwood lumber poles cant
resulting thick pieces have
two opposing, parallel flat
sides.
A Heterogeneous cargo
refer to: I. A bulk carrier
1962 loaded with steel II. A Both I and II II only I only Neither I nor II
bulk carrier loaded with
heavy ore
What is the term used
bulk cargoes Homogeneous Heterogeneous
1963 when a cargo of the same cargo
Grain cargo
other than grain cargo
density throughout?
Ship's officers should check
The correct All lighting The heavier
every cargo compartment All void spaces
1964 grade of cargo circuits are grade of cargo is
after it is filled with bulk are filled
has been loaded energized in the lower hold
grain to ensure ______.
A high cube container is fragile and
household dense bulk industrial
1965 often used to stow which appliances
breakable
cargoes machineries
of the following? cargoes
A cargo compartment filled
1966 with grain has a 1 0 80-85% 60-85%
permeability of about:
This type of container is
used transporting large,
shapeless, or break bulk Dry bulk Thermal General cargo
1967 Special container
cargoes such as large container container container
machinery, pipes, vehicles
etc.

Materials which at least
contain some fine particles
and some moisture, usually Cargoes which
1968 Wet cargoes Flow state Concentrates
water,although they need may liquefy
not be visibly wet in
appearance are called:
putting bales of placing unloading good stowing good
In containerization, what is
1969 cotton in a foodstuffs in a inside a freight inside a freight
meant by "Stuffing"? container
container tight container container
What type of a bulk carrier
that has high freeboard
1970 Cement Carrier wood chip carrier iron ore carrier coal carrier
and equipped with its own
unloading equipments?
On the fully containerized
ship, approximately one-
accelerations accelerations the accelerations
third or more of the cargo
less than on same as on greater than on
1971 is on deck above the rolling no accelerations
conventional conventional conventional
center. Top stowed vessels vessels vessels
containers are subject to
__________.
It means a vehicle,
container, flat, pallet, Cargo stowage
1972 Hold unit Cargo unit Stowage unit
portable tank, packaged unit
unit, or any other entity:
The term use to denote a
quality of change in some
1973 cargoes which damages Tainting Inherent vice Deterioration A latent defect
the commodity itself is
known as ______.
How many emergency
towing arrangement is
1974 required for tankers not 1 2 3 4
less than 20000 tonnes
deadweight?
Intermediate bulk
container means a rigid,
semi rigid or flexible
1975 3 1 5 7
portable bulk container
packaging of not more
than _______ cubic meter?
The angle of heel due to
1976 shift of the grain shall not 10 degrees 5 degrees 15 degrees 12 degrees
be greater than:
All lashings and
components used for
1977 securing should possess a 183Kn 133 Kn 123 Kn 153 Kn
breaking strength of not
less than:

All lashings used for the
securing of timber shall be
tested by a competent
person to determine
1978 16 mm 0.16 mm 160 mm 0.016 mm
whether they, in the case
of flexible steel wire ropes,
are at least ________ in
diameter.
The fresh water allowance
being 6" for vessel M/V
1979 "DENSAN". What is the 2.5" 3.5" 3.0" 2.0"
increase of draft allowed in
water of 1010-oz density?
What is the measurement
of a standard shipping
container that are specified
1980 20 ft x 8 ft 20 ft x 9.5 ft 20 ft x 8.5 ft 20 ft x 9 ft
by the International
Standards
Organization(ISO)?
How many emergency
towing arrangement is
1981 required for tankers not 2 4 1 3
deadweight?
Intermediate bulk
container means a rigid,
semi rigid or flexible
1982 7 3 5 1
portable bulk container
packaging of not more
than _______ cubic meter?
The angle of heel due to
1983 shift of the grain shall not 15 degrees 10 degrees 5 degrees 12 degrees
be greater than:
All lashings and components
used for securing should
1984 133 Kn 183Kn 153 Kn 123 Kn
possess a breaking strength
of not less than:
All lashings used for the
securing of timber shall be
tested by a competent
person to determine
1985 0.016 mm 160 mm 0.16 mm 16 mm
whether they, in the case of
flexible steel wire ropes, are
at least ________ in
diameter.
What is the measurement of
a standard shipping
container that are specified
1986 20 ft x 8.5 ft 20 ft x 8 ft 20 ft x 9.5 ft 20 ft x 9 ft
by the International
Standards
Organization(ISO)?

About how many degrees
1987 does the optimum lashing 30-45 degrees 60-75 degrees 45-60 degrees 55-70 degrees
angle against tipping it?
Light poles of varying Wood-goods,
1988 Shooks Slats Boards
length: Lights
In a fixed hopper type of
chip unloading equipment,
what is the part in the Orange peel
1989 Feeder conveyor Shuttle conveyor Hopper
system that conveys the bucket
wood chips to the main
conveyor?
The stripping bell mouth about two inches six meters from about two inches
on deck to strip
1990 on a tanker is usually below the the tank top above the bottom
off oil spills of a tank
placed: bottom of a tank inside the tank
This type of container is
1991 used for bulk liquid, and general cargo tank container special thermal
compressed gas.
A ship designed to carry
combination general cargo multi-purpose
1992 either oil or solid cargoes special vessel
carrier vessel vessel
in bulk is known as:
What is meant by the term Spotting the Swinging the
Lowering the
1993 "topping the boom over the boom Raising the boom
boom
boom"? deck athwartships
A cargo that has a stowage
Hygroscopic Measurement
1994 factor over 40 is known as Weight cargo Stowage cargo
cargo cargo
a:
Designed to deliver water
under high water pressure
1995 in rotating stream which Booster Pump Centrifugal pump Stripping pump Emergency pump
are through every possible
angle.
These valves are normally
situated near the bottom
overboard
1996 shell and are use to control discharge valves suction valves sea valves
discharge valves
intake and discharge of
ballast water.
A vessel's stability is greatly
reduced by liquid free Tanks which Tanks which
surface. Which of the Tanks which are have been Tanks which are have been
1997
listed conditions would 95% full. completely 40% full. pressed up to full
develop the greatest emptied. capacity.
adverse effect?
The best way to determine material invoices
a load weight prior experience a boom angle
1998 if a load is within maximum for shipping
indicator with similar lifts indicator
lift limits is to use: weights
What is the volume of a
three cubic
1999 tank which can hold 1000 six cubic meters ten cubic meters one cubic meter
meters
kilograms of fresh water?
have a small be subject to tend to ship
A vessel with a large GM be less likely to
2000 amplitude of roll severe racking water on deck in
will: stresses have cargo shift
in heavy weather heavy weather

A vessel loaded with steel
coils is coming from
Panama to Vancouver. On The cargo will
No cargo sweat Cargo sweat will Amount of dew
2001 passing North California, will occur
partly experience
occur in the hold will increase
the holds were ventilated. sweat
What happens under these
circumstances?
A vessel continually lists to The vessel has
The list can be The center of
one side and has a normal The vessel has asymmetrical
2002 corrected by weight
gravity is on the
rolling period. Which negative GM
reducing KM distribution centerline
statement is TRUE?
If a hydraulic pump on a a check valve will a centrifugal
the electric the control lever
winch accidentally stops close and counterweight
2003 pump motor will prevent reverse
will move to the
while hoisting, the load will counteracts the
cut out circulation stop position
stay suspended because: force of gravity
Ullages are measured an above deck the tank top the thievage
2004 datum
the tank ceiling
from: bushing mark
The three most The three most The three most The three most
common energy common energy common energy common energy
forms are
Name the three most forms are forms are speed forms are mass
2005 mechanical
common energy forms. temperature, energy, chemical energy, rolling energy, physical
pressure and energy and energy and energy and
electrical energy electrical energy electrical energy electrical energy
The vessel's draft The vessel's is
increases this draft is decreased A portion of the The vessel is
An adverse effects due to
2006 increasing the exposing more liquid is removed trimmed by the
free surface?
vessel's water surface are to the from a full tanks stern
plane area wind and current
the vessel's draft
the vessel's draft
is decreased
Adverse effects due to free a portion of liquid the vessel is is increased, thus
exposing more
2007 surface will become is removed from a trimmed by the increasing the
surface area to
apparent when: full tank stern vessel's wetted
the wind and
surface area
current
How should coal cargoes be Surface Through Ventilate
2008 Do not ventilate
ventilated? ventilation ventilation vigorously
A cardboard
The chains and Wooden blocks or
A container or separation piece
In the stowage of deck shackles used to dunnage place
2009 box where a deck in the deck loads
cargo. secure a deck between a deck
cargo is packaged to prevent
cargo load and the deck
chaffing
to carry cargoes
to double the
A half-height container is when stowage such as steel to carry cargoes
2010 stowage capacity
used: space is limited products or of low density
of the vessel
drums
In Container Identification
System, the Equipment
detachable freight
Category Identifier all freight trailers and
2011 container-related All of the choices
represented by Capital letter containers chassis
equipment
"J" in Latin
Alphabet means:

Bottom plating Superstructure
A vessel subject to sagging Main deck under Transverse
2012 under tensile under tensile
has what condition? stress tensile stress bending
stress
The unused volume
between the surface of the
2013 liquid and the tank top of Outage Tankage Innage Ullage
any cargo tank is
________?
All of the following steps
check the open the pump
are taken in starting a vent the pump set the relief
2014 lubrication suction and
centrifugal pump, EXCEPT casing valve
system discharge valves
to:
How would you ventilate
Ventilate at Ventilate at
your cargo holds when No ventilation Ventilate
2015 intervals during intervals during
sailing from cold climate to should be done excessively
the night the day
hot climate?
Too lean ( less
In what kind of than 2% by After having send
atmosphere should tank volume of a man down in Ventilate the After having
hydrocarbons) or
2016 washing be carried out the tank to check tank up to 21% aired the tank for
over rich ( in
when no inert gas plant is excess of 15% that there is no oxygen at least 24 hours
in operation? by volume of more oil left
hydrocarbons )
A term use onboard ship
meaning, the process of
2017 replacing foul air in any of Ventilating Refrigerating Purging Purifying
the ship's compartment
with pure air.
A volume multiplied by a
distance cannot exert a
force but, a volume of
Grain Heeling Volumetric
2018 space divided by the Length Weight
Moment Moment
Stowage Factor of the
commodity which fills that
space, equals a:
A tank
specifically The two most
designed for the Any tank where A tank used for
What is the meaning of aftward fitted
collection of tank tank cleaning
2019 "Slop Tank" as slops sludge's are wing tanks or the
drainings, provided with
per Marpol? washings or collected most aftward
heat coils
other oily fitted center tank
mixtures

Sawn timber not less than
50 mm thick and 230 mm
or 250 mm wide. A
Petrograd "Standard
Deal" is 1 piece, 75
mm x 280 mm x 1,830 mm.
A "Slit-deal" is
2020 Baulks Waney Timber Deals Baulks
30 mm thick. A
"Whole deal" is
15 mm thick. A
"Hundred
deals" = 120 pieces,
150 mm x 75 mm x 280
mm x 165 cu.ft.
After loading operation,
trimming all air blowing all washing all sweeping all
what is done to ensure the
2021 around the panel around the panel around the panel around the panel
watertightness of the and coaming
and coaming and coaming and coaming
hatch cover during closing?
After you have washed the
arrival ballast tanks, what
Nothing in To wash all lines
is extremely important to Washing just the To flush the
2022 particular, just and pumps
do properly before arrival lines properly. properly. pumps properly.
pump in.
ballast is pumped into the
arrival ballast tanks?
After you have
washed the
arrival ballast wave crest plus
tanks, what is wave crest plus the charted
Air gap' is the vertical extremely the charted water depth,
2023 distance between the important to do wave crest
properly before water depth and plus tidal
bottom of the hull and the:
arrival ballast is tidal corrections correction and
pumped into the storm surge
arrival ballast
tanks?
One ton per cubic meter
2024 refers to which of the weight specific gravity mass density specific volume
following?
prevents the
sling ring from prevents the sling
increases the adds strength to ring from coming
coming out of
2025 The latch of a safety hook: strength of the the hook and out of the hook if
the hook if there the strain is
hook other rigging
is a strain on the abruptly eased
sling ring
A vessel's bottom will be
at both ends of
2026 subjected to tension when Amidships forward aft
the vessel
weight is concentrated:
System, the Equipment detachable
Category Identifier all freight freight container- trailers and
2027 All of the choices
represented by Capital containers related chassis
letter "Z" in equipment
Latin Alphabet means:

After it is filled with bulk
All lighting
grain, ship officers should All void spaces The correct cargo
2028 All the choices circuits are
check every cargo to are filled has been loaded
energized
ensure:
any barge or
other ship which an oil tanker of
A shipboard oil pollution an oil tanker of all vessels, is constructed or 400 gross tons
150 gross tons or regardless of size operated in such
emergency plan (SOPEP) is and above, or
2029 above, or other
required to which of the ship of 400 gross and commercial a manner that no other ships of
following? tons or above application oil in any form 150 gross tons
can be carried and above
aboard
A colorless gas with high
carbon content, lighter
2030 Acetone Argon Astatine Acetylene
than air with chemical
formula of C2H2.
rove to the
A tackle is "two
equally sharing as far apart as highest
2031 blocked" when the jammed together
the load possible mechanical
blocks are:
advantage
Sawn timber 50 mm thick
and under, any width.
Above 150 mm stow at
2032 Boards Baulks Baulks Waney Timber
230/240 cu. Ft per
Standard and 250/260 cu.
Ft below 150 mm thick.
It is defined as a black solid
residue, obtained mainly
by cracking and
carbonizing of residue
2033 Bitumen Industrial Spirit Petroleum Coke White Spirit
feedstock, far and pitches
in processes such as
delayed coking or fluid
coking.
It is defined as non-
condensable gas obtained
2034 during distillation of crude Industrial Spirit Refinery gas Bitumen Naphtha
oil or treatment of oil
products.
To lay between tiers of
green fruit or cartons of
refrigerated cargo so as to
assist in the circulation of
2035 air. Maybe of wood or Laths Hardboard Boards Dunnage
polystyrene. Usually 9 mm
(3/8") thick, 25mm
or 50 mm (1' to 2") in
width.
Binder chains used to lash wiring, welding
bolting two links load binders or
2036 down deck cargo may be Knotting and pelican
together turnbuckles
shortened by ? hooks

A venetian vent or rice
Refrigerated
2037 ventilator is used in Bulk grain Bagged cargo Bulk rice
goods
stowage of which cargo?
A cargo that will Cargoes that will
Liquids in
2038 A wet cargo refers to: containers
be damaged if it Bulk liquids cause
gets wet condensation
When loading bulk liquid Call the owner,
Order the dock
cargo, what is the first operator, or
2039 call the Master man to shut fix it immediately
action you should take if a down terminal
cargo valve jammed open? supervisor
After a partial discharge
redo the cargo thoroughly carry out a cargo secure and shore
2040 and prior to sailing, it is the remaining
plan ventilate survey cargo
important to:
A noxious liquid substance
which, if discharged into
the sea from tank cleaning
or deballasting operations,
2041 are deemed to present a Category Z Category A Category X Category Y
minor hazard to either
marine resources or
human health. What is this
category?
A pipe to convey water International
2042 from the pump discharge Centrifugal Pump Centripetal Pump Pump Dale Shore
through the ship's side. Connection
The best way to ensure Test tank
whether adequate oxygen atmosphere Ventilate the tank
Check for rust Open the air vent with fresh air and
2043 is present for safe entry using a
inside the tank prior to entry test with an
into a seldomly used cargo combustible gas oxygen indicator
tank is: indicator
Of 50 mm x 50 mm
(2" x 2") or 76
2044 mm x 76 mm (3" x Battens Hardboard Chipboard Laths
3") used largely with
refrigerated cargo.
If the overflow tank high-
level alarm sounds while close the stop the fuel oil
close the static reduce the fuel
2045 the fuel oil tanks are being overflow tank pumping
leg filling valve oil pumping rate operation
topped off, the engineer filling valve
should:
Which of the following gas
Chemical Gas
2046 tankers is capable of LNG CNG LPG
Tanker
carrying methane?

Generally of rough 150 mm
x 25 mm (6" x
1") or 100 mm x 50
mm (4" x 2");
large used for 'tween deck
dunnage, for laying over
bulk and as a platform for
2047 Boards Battens Coir Bones
the necessary tiers of bags
to secure same, for making
a platform over ores, wet
goods such as oil barrels,
jaggery, etc.; also for laying
on bulkheads, spar ceiling,
etc.
The following are
Melting Point
2048 characteristics of Paraffin Odorless Colorless Translucent
below 45o C
waxes, EXCEPT:
During the entire voyage,
the best way to prevent Appropriate
2049 Blow dry Constant wiping Proper ventilation
cargo from sweating or cover
accumulation of:
An area clearly designated
and set aside for the
loading/unloading of
containers to and from Container
2050 Grid Greed Special Area
road transport vehicle Terminal
using any of the various
types of container lifting
equipment.
A type of vessel used for
rapid loading and
discharging cargo of trailer, General cargo
2051 Container vessel Ro-ro vessel Car carrier vessel
automobile, odd shaped vessel
and other conventional
cargo.
A thermal container with
refrigerating appliances Fully
(mechanical compressor Palletwide Refrigerated Conventional
2052 Reefer Container
unit, absorption unit, etc.) Container Cellular Container
to control the temperature Container
of cargo.
On an OBO or O/O carrier Electrically
one frequently finds isolated by
special isolating Covered securely Hung with
electrical sockets and
with covers warning signs
switches on deck for use of switchboxes in
the Switched off made of an that they should
2053 lighting and other electrical accommodation
locally on deck? electrically not be used
apparatus when operating and the keys of insulating during the
in the dry cargo mode. these retained by
material? carriage of oil?
Before loading oil these a responsible
should be: officer?

atmosphere crossover lines
Cargo pump relief valves suction side of cargo pump
2054 through pump interconnecting
are piped to the: pumps pressure gauges
vents two pumps
What type of line melts
2055 Wire Dacron Polypropylene Nylon
easiest?
The instrument that
2056 measures the density of Hydrometer Anemometer Densometer Manometer
any liquid is called a:
System, the Equipment detachable
Category Identifier trailers and freight container- all freight
2057 All of the choices containers
represented by Capital chassis related
letter "U" in equipment
Latin Alphabet means:
A vessel loading cargo at
the anchorage suddenly
takes a list to port due to Discharge a full
Discharge a full Discharge a
the center of gravity rising double bottom
2058 portside wing center double None of these
above the metacenter. tank on the
tank bottom tank portside.
the best action to correct
the list?
An acceptable method of
discharge the oil pump the oil into
dealing with accumulated pump the oil into transfer the oil to
2059 over the side on a clean ballast
oil found in the pump the slop tanks the sea chest
an outgoing tide tank
room bilges is to:
After loading of the
stability requirements, the
environmentally
2060 master shall ensure that seaworthy upright documented
safe
the ship is ____________
before proceeding to sea.
Cargo holds must be dry
and free from dirt and foul
odor, what must be Watertight
2061 integrity
Ballast condition Draft All choices
determined when
inspecting cargo holds
before taking any cargo?
On board cargo ships, what
2062 is the most common type hard planks soft planks cotton wood fiber wood
of dunnage used?
A large heavy beam of
2063 Deals Flooring Laths Baulks
timber - hewn or sawn.
to pick up a for hammering
What is a wooden fid used strand and open for cutting strand
2064 rope to make none of these
for? rope to allow ends
tucking more liable
A type of ventilation where
the flow of air is controlled Natural Mechanical Free flowing
2065 Dehumidifier
by the proper trimming of ventilation ventilation ventilation
ventilation.

What is an advantage of
the 6 x 19 class of wire
More resistance More resistance Greater holding
2066 rope over the 6 x 37 class Better for towing to corrosion
to elongation power
of wire rope of the same
diameter?
has its main deck
has its main deck has its bottom has its bottom
A vessel which is subjected under
2067 plating under plate under plating under
to 'hogging': tensile stress compressive
tensile stress ductile stress
stress
Holding a metal at a
2068 constant temperature for a hardening soaking tempering heating
specified time is called:
The movement of the
Lowering Hoisting Slewing
2069 crane that is not controlled Luffing Operation Operation
Operation Operation
by any wires is:
Development of molds on
holds not
reefer cargo inside a pre-cooling of cargo not having malfunction of
properly cleaned
2070 refrigerated cargo hold is holds not the correct the refrigeration
correctly attained prior to loading
most likely caused by temperature machinery
cargo
________?
A moment is: I. A weight.
2071 II Neither I nor II Either I or II I
II. A distance
The definition of board
feet is: I. The number of
square feet of planking 1
2072 II only I only Both I and II Neither I nor II
inch in thickness II. The
volume of the lumber
multiplied by 12.
Addition of weight to a reduce reserve increase righting
2073 increase GM All of the above
vessel will ALWAYS: buoyancy moments
As the beam of a vessel for
a given length increases, it Remains the
2074 Decreases Increases Accelerates
is apparent that directional same
stability:
Damage caused by
Inherent vice
2075 excessive heating within Crushing damage Tainting damage Vermin damage
damage
the cargo is classified as:
Before a motor vehicle that
is carrying dangerous
goods classified as Class I in its battery
the IMDG Code and is to be Its engine its ignition is its fuel tank not terminals
2076 switched off
stowed under deck or stopped drain connected and
towed on and off a closed not taped
vehicle deck, the vessel's
master shall ensure that:
The difference between
the height of the
2077 KB KG GM KM
metacenter and the height
of the center of gravity is:

A thick wooden block built
to take a rope whose
2078 Klamp block Clam block Clamp block Clump block
circumference is half the
length of the block?
An absolute necessity for
proper stowage of break
bulk cargo and, when cargo
2079 damage occurs, may result Dunnaging Shoring Lashing Timbering
in allegations of bad
stowage by cargo claims
being difficult to refute.
Under identical load
conditions, nylon, when less and have more and have more and have less and have
2080 greater strength
compared with natural greater strength less strength less strength
fiber line, will stretch:
List until the
Adding weight on one side List to the side center of Decrease the
Heel until the
of a floating vessel, in the opposite TCG buoyancy is draft at the
2081 angle of loll is
absence of external forces, until all moments aligned vertically center of
with the center of reached
causes the vessel to: are equal floatation
gravity
An electro hydraulic
grapple for handling logs in
bundle. It grips only the
2082 uppermost logs in the Log slings Log grab Log lift Log grapple
bundle and is unaffected
by submersion in the
water.
Automatic shutdown of the
inert gas blowers and gas
regulating valve shall be
arranged in case of faulty Low water
condition in the inert gas pressure or low High water level
High water level Low water level
2083 system. Which of the in the water seal
water flow rate in the flue gas
in the water seal
following conditions has to the flue gas scrubber
not correct value scrubber
(high/low) in relation to
automatic stop according
to present regulation?
The load chart of a crane
enables the operator to maximum minimum
hoist rope
2084 combine the load radius counter weight horsepower allowable load
strength
with boom length to required required
determine the:
For tankers of 20000 but
deadweight, what should more than 2000 more than 1000
2085 at least 2000 kN at least 1000 kN
be the strength of the kN kN
emergency towing
arrangement?

For tankers of over 50,000
deadweight, what should
more than 2000 more than 1000
2086 be the strength of the kN
at least 1000 kN at least 2000 kN
kN
emergency towing
arrangement?
The maximum draft to
Muster List
which a vessel can legally Certificate of
2087 tonnage mark load line mark ("Station
be submerged is indicated Inspection
Bill")
by the:
On the cargo manifest, the
2088 total weight of a box net weight gross weight tare weight cargo weight
containing cargo is the:
It is an inexact unit of cargo
capacity often used to
2089 describe the capacity of TEU Tare weight Net Weight Gross Weight
container ships and
container terminals.
A vessel that has a
concentration of weight
2090 Neutral Stiff Buoyant Tender
toward the top of the
vessel is said to be:
Which is the lowest
temperature at which the
2091 liquid will flow when Newtonian flow Pour point Pumpability Cloud point
cooled under prescribed
condition?
During the STS operations
while underway, the signals for signals for vessel
following signals from the vessels restricted no special signal signals for
2092 not under
IMO's Collision Regulations in their ability to required vessels towing
maneuver command
must be displayed by both
ships.
No, the vessel
Yes, the vessel Yes, a vessel
Does a vessel's trim has No, it is usually will have the
usually steer usually steer
2093 any influence on steering best to have no better if trimmed
same steering
better if trimmed
abilities? trim at all by the stern ability unaffected
by the bow
by trim
What is the meaning of Any substances
Petroleum creating harm to
"Harmful Hydrocarbons in
2094 Oils and Fuels products and health and life or
Substances" under able to damage any form
petrochemicals
Marpol? amenities
How often should the
temperature inside the
Once in each
2095 compartment with four-hourly watch
Twice a day Once a day Every six hour
refrigerated cargo be
checked and recorded?

After you have
washed the
All gas carriers, when the arrival ballast
design temperature is tanks, what is
below -55 degrees C and extremely
2096 the tank is not top sided open sided wall sided important to do
independent type C, what properly before
ballast tanks must we arrival ballast is
pumped into the
have? arrival ballast
tanks?
Also called insulated or
CONAIR containers, do not
have their own porthole open-sided open-roof open-top
2097
refrigeration unit and thus container container container container
reliant on an external
supply of cold air.
Any square, round, waney
or other timber, or any
Wood-goods, Wood-goods,
2098 pitch pine, mahogany, oak, Pickets Boards
Heavy Lights
teak or other heavy wood-
goods, Whatever?
This expression applies to
the more valuable classes
of timber, such as oak,
2099 mahogany, beech, Prime-wood Slats Pit-props Boards
whitewood, etc., used in
the furniture and allied
trades.
It is defined as the
remnants of any cargo
materials on board that
2100 cannot be placed in proper waste cargo residues oil residues plastic residues
cargo holds and elsewhere
after unloading operation
is completed:
Your vessel has been
loaded in a sagging
condition. Enroute you
Pump in ballast
encounter heavy weather Pump out ballast Proceed to the
2101 Reduce speed in the center
and notice buckling in the in the peak tanks nearest port
tanks
midship deck plating of
your vessel. To relieve the
strain you could:
The difference between

the height of the height of the
height of the metacentric
2102 metacenter and the center of center of gravity
righting arm
radius
metacentric height is buoyancy
termed:

After unloading of wood
chips go through dust
_______ to remove foreign none of the
2103 Screens strainers mesh
matters before entering a choices
pulp plant from a
stockyard.
Which is CORRECT to
claims in respect of shall rank more shall rank at least
shall rank equally shall rank one
expenses incurred or than half of two thirds of
2104 with other claims third of the total
sacrifice made by the other claims other claims against the fund amount claims
owner voluntarily to against the fund against the fund
prevent pollution damage?
Result of two forces acting
Compression
2105 in opposite directions on Tension Stress Sheer Stress Structural Stress
Stress
the same line.
D flammable
2106 Argon is classified as a: flammable liquid alcohol flammable gas
liquid
Barium cyanide solid is
above 80deg. F
classed as "poison Flammable
2107 flammable solid but below Flammable solids
B" and cannot be 150deg. F liquids
stowed near:
What is the required gas
125% of fan 125% of forced 125% of cargo 125% of shore
2108 supply capacity of an inert pump capacity
capacity draft rate side loading rate
gas system?
What is the temperature at
which a vapor mixture at a
2109 dew point boiling point critical point bubble point
given pressure begins to
condense?
What normally helps in Running hand Increase the line
2110 Odor Red flame
detecting escaping gas? along pipe pressure
What should be the first discharge from
discharge from discharge from
2111 consideration when get the bow up the centerline
the wings first amidships first
discharging an oil cargo? tanks first
What should you do to a
line to prevent fraying Splice that part Worm that part Cover it with
2112 Install a cleat.
where it passes over the of the line. of the line. chafing gear.
side of the vessel?
Damage to the Collision damage
Grounding Extensive
What would have the side shell to the bow
damage to the corrosion to the
2113 greatest affect on a vessels bilge strake just
midway between forward of the
centerline deck
longitudinal strength? aft of midships the bilge and the collision
plating
stringer plate bulkhead
one round turn
When checking down a at least three at least three
and at least two a clove hitch
barge using a check line round turns figure-eights
2114 figure-eights around one
you should use around one around the timber head
around the
__________. timber head timber heads
timber heads
centers of center of
When a wind force causes deck-edge righting moment
buoyancy and buoyancy
2115 a vessel to heel to a static immersion equals the wind-
gravity are in the heeling moment remains the
angle the __________. occurs
same vertical line same

When cargo is shifted from center of gravity center of
2116 the lower hold to the main All of the above will move GM will increase buoyancy will
deck the __________. upwards move downward
When discharging an oil
discharge from
cargo the first discharge from discharge from
2117 get the bow up the centerline
consideration is to the wings first amidships first
tanks first
__________.
When discharging cargo
With permission With permission
from a tank barge in which
from the person from the person When off-loading
2118 case may the cargo pass In no case
in charge of the in charge of the grade C cargo
through or over the towing
towing vessel shore facility
vessel?
When lifting loads from a
boat in heavy weather the reaches the
2119 reaches the crest begins to fall begins to rise
load should be taken when trough
the boat __________.
When loading or
discharging dry mud or
2120 cement crew members ear plugs goggles firemans outfit soft-soled boots
should use facial respirator
masks and __________.
When passing a hawser to
2121 the dock you would first Warp Preventer Gantline Heaving line
use what line?
no extra turns stand clear of the
When paying out nylon line are necessary you can surge bitts and use two
stand in the bight
2122 from around the bitts since nylon has a the line even or more round
turns under your of the line
__________. high coefficient with a single turn
of friction figure eights
When stripping a tank
excessive air in the suction an over increase of
2123 loss of suction back pressure
line may cause pressurized line suction
__________.
lay the coil on
lay the coil on
end with the end with the
When taking a length of roll the coil along mount the coil so
inside end up inside end down it will turn like a
new manila rope from the the deck and
2124 then unwind the then pull the
coil you should allow the rope to inside end up spool and unreel
rope from the
__________. fall off the coil through the from the outside
outside of the
middle of the coil
coil
When the forward drafts
and the after drafts are draft at the
mean of the
2125 averaged which of the true mean draft mean draft center of
calculated drafts
following describes the flotation
result?
The diameter of
a sheave over Metal sheaves
When working with wire It should be It needs better
which a rope is should be lined
2126 rope which must be lubricated care than hemp
worked should with wood or or manila.
considered? annually.
be ten times that leather.
of the rope.

Where are ullages an above deck the thievage the tank top
2127 the tank ceiling
measured from? datum mark bushing
Which action must be
taken when an individual The bypass valve The tank must be
The tank must be The tank must be
2128 cargo tank is closed off must also be vented to the
atmosphere. ballasted. gas freed.
from the inert gas system closed.
by the tank isolation valve?
Which cargo is considered
2129 Bunker C Turkey-red oil Sweet oil iso-Propylamine
volatile?
Which factor is most likely
Washing with
2130 to impair the strength and Sunlight Mildew Dry rot
mild soap
durability of synthetic line?
Which is an example of Sailing short of Sailing with less Sailing short of
2131 failure to exercise due union manning than 30% reserve Overloading being full and
diligence? requirements fuel oil supply down
Which is an indication of Metacentric
2132 Freeboard Rolling period Righting moment
reserve buoyancy? height
Which line cannot be Braided line with Any line can be Double-braided Braided line with
2133
spliced? a hollow core spliced line a solid core
Measuring the Observing for the Opening the Feeling the
Which method is used to reduction in appearance of strands and surface of the
2134
detect rot in manila lines? circumference of mildew on the examining the line for broken
the line outer surface inner fibers fibers
Line Displacement is a
procedure that is followed product during cargo lines at the product before
product after the
2135 at an oil terminal facility, the final phase of terminal before the start of
final discharge
when there is a change of loading loading loading
Determine the Use the
This requires
point where Use the inclining hydrostatic tables
How do you determine the extensive
aground and the experiment and enter with
weight of the vessel that is calculation and is
draft at that formula and the mean draft
2136 supported by the ground usually performed
point, then substitute the before grounding
when a vessel has run only by a naval
calculate it using change of trim for and the mean
aground? architect not by a
the grounding the angle of list. draft after
ship s officer.
formula. grounding.
Inert gas dilutes
Maintains a
the flammable Inert gas filters
How does an inert gas positive pressure
De-energizes the vapor and air out the
system on a tanker function on the vent
2137 charged mist concentrations to flammable vapors
to prevent explosions in header to cool the
effect. keep them below from the cargo
cargo tanks? flammable
the lower tank spaces.
vapors.
explosive limit.
How is the minimum four times the three times the the sum of the twice the sum of
bursting pressure for each sum of the relief sum of the relief relief valve setting the relief valve
2138
cargo hose assembly valve setting and valve setting and and the static setting and the
determined? the static head the static head head static head
How much weight can you
lift by applying 100 lbs. of
2139 force to a twofold purchase 300 lbs. 400 lbs. 200 lbs. 500 lbs.
rigged to disadvantage (do
not consider friction)?

How should pinching of the tying off the
laying out an
cargo hose between the adjusting the topping lifts and install hose
2140 excess length of
vessel and the dock be hose supports runners to winch preventers
hose on deck
prevented? heads
How will the draft at the it will change,
center of floatation change depending on it will remain
2141 it will decrease it will increase
after transferring a weight the location of constant
forward on a vessel? the LCG
What abbreviation
2142 represents the height of KB BM CB BK
the center of buoyancy?
What allows the liquid to
Force inside the Liquid inside the
2143 flow into the suction side Air Gravity
pump pump
of the centrifugal pump?
What are cargo tanks
carrying grades D or E gooseneck vents pressure-vacuum branch vent lines forced draft
2144 liquids on tank barges and flame and a vent
screens relief valves blowers
required to be ventillated header
with?
distribute the
package the strengthen the
What does it mean to weld pad eyes on weight of the
cargo in wooden main deck by
shore up the main deck deck in proper cargo by placing
2145 crates so it will placing pillars
for the stowage of deck position to fore-and-aft underneath it in
not damage the
cargo? secure the cargo planks on the the tween-decks
deck
main deck
What form of venting of
cargo tanks is allowed for a Individual Gooseneck vents Straight vents
pressure-vacuum Gooseneck vents
2146 tank barge certificated to with flame with flame
relief valves with only
carry grade B petroleum flame screens screens screens
products?
What happens to steam
recirculated to jettisoned
that is produced by gas vented to the dumped to a
2147 the first stage overboard below condenser
burning in excess of atmosphere
articulator the waterline
machinery plant demand?
What happens to the it remains
volume of flammable and it remains constant if
2148 it expands it contracts
combustible liquids when constant pressure remains
temperature is increased? constant
A cargo
A cargo that
particularly A liquid cargo A canned or
contains
2149 What is a wet cargo? susceptible to carried in the bottled liquid
hygroscopic
damage by deep tanks such as beer
moisture
moisture
What is an advantage of
Fiber core rope is Fiber core rope
having wire rope with a fiber Fiber core rope Fiber core rope
the only type can be used at
2150 core over that of a wire rope offers greater offers greater
authorized for higher operating
of the same size with a wire flexibility. strength.
cargo runners. temperatures.
core?
What is an example of a Load so the trim Separate wet and Prevent Make maximum
2151 fundamental objective of does not exceed 3 dry cargoes into overcarriage by use of existing
cargo stowage? feet by the stern. separate holds. block stowage. dunnage.

What is an example of a Ethylene
2152 Pentane Methyl alcohol Nonyl phenol
grade A flammable liquid? dibromide
What is another
Twin cranes Single crane Quad lift hoisting
2153 description for a tandem All of the above
hoisting 60 tons hoisting 30 tons 120 tons
crane lift?
What is classified as a Tetraethylene Carbon
2154 Acetaldehyde Ethyl alcohol
combustible liquid? glycol tetrachloride
What is least likely to be Reciprocating
2155 Eductor Rotary pump Centrifugal pump
used to strip a cargo tank? pump
What is litmus paste is the tank datum
2156 thievage ullage innage
used to determine? point
Reducing the Adjusting the Siphoning off a Determining the
What is meant by thieving gross cargo cargo figures to few barrels of amount of water
2157 (if any) in each
a petroleum cargo? calculations to coincide with the petroleum for
net amounts draft shipboard use cargo tank
What is not a motion of the
2158 Trim Roll Yaw Pitch
vessel?
Give the Maintain
What is NOT a precaution Notify the engine
operation your Reduce the communications
2159 to be taken when topping room of the
undivided loading rate. procedure. with the dock
off?
attention. man.
Use portable
washing Decant one
What is NOT a requirement machines to meter from the Strip all tanks Use an inert gas
for the safe and effective reach areas
2160 source tank for and remove the system while
use of a crude oil washing obscured by
structural the tank cleaning bottom residue. washing tanks.
system?
members in the machines.
tanks.
What is NOT an advantage
of containership Greater
Lower Flexibility of Reduction of
2161 operations over operational operation
stevedoring costs cargo damage
conventional break-bulk safety
operations?
A bulk carrier A break bulk
Which vessel is most likely vessel loaded A bulk carrier A tanker loaded
2162 loaded with
loaded full but not down ? with palletized loaded with steel with heavy grain
heavy ore cargo
To determine the weight
general
capacity of a deck in a deck capacity cubic capacity
2163 plan
deadweight scale arrangement
cargo hold, you would tables
plan
refer to the __________.
The stowage factor for a
one long metric one short metric
2164 cargo is based upon one long ton one short ton
ton ton
__________.
You are planning the
stowage of two
Tank containing
incompatible products on Solid (non-
a third cargo Diagonally
2165 your multiple-product Empty tank intercostal)
compatible with bulkhead adjacent tanks
tankship. What will NOT
the other two
provide the minimum
required segregation?

loaded in a sagging
condition. Enroute you
pump fuel oil
encounter heavy weather take a course
all options are from midships to
2166 and notice buckling in the reduce speed which most
correct the ends of the
midships deck plating of eases the vessel
vessel
your vessel. To relieve the
strain you could
__________.
A cargo that has a stowage
measurement hygroscopic
2167 factor over 40 is known as weight cargo stowage cargo
cargo cargo
a __________.
The shipping The ullage must
You are on a vessel The cargo tank Silver and copper
document must be padded with
designed to carry may be sampled are prohibited in
specify the exact the parts of compressed air
2168 compressed gasses in bulk only when the
quantity of valves and at a minimum
with a cargo of butadiene. tank is being fittings in contact
butadiene being pressure of 2
Which statement is TRUE? filled. with the cargo.
carried. psig.
The cargo tank
The pressure in
Cargo ventilation system
You are on a tankship There must be the heating coils
temperature may must maintain the
designed to carry molten two portable toxic in the tanks must
2169 be taken by H2S vapor
sulfur. Which statement is vapor detectors be less than that
portable concentration at
TRUE? on board. of the cargo
thermometers. 1.85% or more by
exerted on them.
volume.
If the tanks are All electrical When transferring
If the tanks are off
pumped out while equipment within sulfuric acid, you
You are on a cargo vessel loaded, no more
remaining on 10 feet must display a red
carrying portable tanks of than two tanks
2170 board, each hose horizontally must flag by day
dangerous cargoes in bulk. may be lifted
connection must be explosion whether at
Which statement is TRUE? together in a
have a minimum proof or anchor or
hoist.
of three bolts. intrinsically safe. moored.
You start a centrifugal cargo
pump to discharge cargo.
the discharge
The pump works for a while the pump running incomplete
2171 head being too All of the optons
and then loses suction. This backwards priming
high
could be caused by
__________.
capable of capable of giving
A hygroscopic cargo is that will ignite in
absorbing off moisture in that is shipped in
2172 defined as a cargo contact with
moisture in the the form of a a liquid state
__________. water
form of a gas liquid
Adjusting the Determining the Reducing the Siphoning off a
What is meant by thieving a cargo figures to amount of water gross cargo few barrels of
2173
petroleum cargo? coincide with the (if any) in each calculations to net petroleum for
draft cargo tank amounts shipboard use
Adjusting the Siphoning off a Determining the Reducing the
What is meant by thieving a cargo figures to few barrels of amount of water gross cargo
2174
petroleum cargo? coincide with the petroleum for (if any) in each calculations to net
draft shipboard use cargo tank amounts

Periodic
It is of high value The cargo gives inspection is
Which is characteristic of a It must be
2175 or easily off toxic gases required while in
special cargo? stowed on deck. pilferable. when heated. transit to prevent
spoilage.
using separation
stowing all the cloths to
Block stowage means having the cargo using port marks
2176 cargo for a port in separate
__________. the same area on pallets on the cargo
different kinds of
cargo
Which can be prevented
Contamination of Contamination of Overcarriage, Contamination of
only by segregating two
2177 a clean cargo by a food cargo by overstowage, dry cargo by a
lots of cargo into separate an odorous cargo and short landing
a dirty cargo wet cargo
holds?
You are on a vessel that
carries liquefied gasses in
Name and
bulk. The person on watch Exact quantity on Firefighting
2178 address of Port of loading procedures
is required to have what board
consignee
information about the
cargo easily accessible?
You are transporting
dangerous cargo on your Master or his
U.S. Coast Guard
2179 vessel. The Dangerous Master only authorized shipper
Marine Inspector representative
Cargo Manifest must be
signed by the __________.
To provide To secure the To support
What is the main purpose ventilation and To act as ballast
2180 drainage for
tarpaulins in weakened
of dunnage? for light vessels
cargo place bulkheads
What refers to the depth
2181 of a petroleum product in a Ullage Innage Thievage Outage
tank?
is placed on the
is run runs from a low
A shore is a piece of deck under the
horizontally from is also known as supporting level
2182 securing dunnage that cargo to
a support to the a distance piece up to the cargo at
__________. an angle distribute its
cargo
weight evenly
The best way to lift many
small articles aboard your
2183 pallet barrel hook spreader snotter
vessel is with a
__________.
Dunnage may be used to
hygroscopic
2184 protect a cargo from loss tainting inherent vice ships sweat
absorption
or damage by _________.
When fruit is carried as
refrigerated cargo, the
improper leaks in the ships improper carriage at the
most frequent cause of its
2185 cleaning of the refrigeration precooling of the wrong
being infected at the cargo spaces system cargo spaces temperature
discharge port is
__________.

Mousing a cargo hook with increases the protects the prevents the sling
2186 marline or small line lifting capacity of hook from the ring from coming All of the options
__________. the hook sling ring out of the hook
The total weight of cargo,
fuel, water, stores,
passengers and crew, and loaded
2187 gross tonnage bale cubic deadweight
their effects, that a ship displacement
can carry, is the
__________.
Class 1.4
Class 1.4 Class 1.1 Class 1.4
explosives must
Which statement is NOT explosives may explosives may explosives must
be separated
true concerning the not be stowed in be stowed with be separated
2188 from a stow of
stowage of class 1 the same hold class 9 from a stow of
with class 6.1 class 5.1
explosives? dangerous class 8 corrosive
poisons. oxidizing
substances materials.
materials.
At the grab
(pear) link, the
When a deck cargo is The lashings
The turnbuckle The amount of slack end of
secured with chain or wire should be
should be take-up is limited chain should be
2189 lashings and grab (pear) inspected each
secured with a by the length of led back and
links, which statement is day and any slack
stick or lock nuts. the turnbuckle. secured to the
FALSE? taken up.
chain above the
link.
When measuring the
one meter from one half the one half the
oxygen content of the at three meter
the tank bottom ullage of the tank ullage of the tank
cargo tanks prior to loading intervals from
2190 and one meter and one meter and one meter
cargoes requiring vapor the tank top to below the tank
below the tank above the tank
recovery, check it the bottom top
top bottom
__________.
On the cargo manifest, the
2191 weight of the cargo inside net weight gross weight light weight rate weight
a box is called __________.
increasing the
Stress on the topping lift of taking all slack
rigging a back mechanical
2192 a swinging boom can be raising the boom out of the
stay advantage of the
reduced by __________. preventer
cargo purchase
deadweight number of long
Displacement refers to the gross tonnage of cubic capacity of tons of water
2193 carrying capacity displaced by a
__________. a vessel a vessel
of a vessel vessel afloat
a large, fresh oil
Cargo transfer operations a tug comes spill is discovered
alongside while there is an there is a fire on
on a tank vessel need NOT immediately
2194 the tanker is electrical storm the dock or on a
be stopped when loading grade D adjacent to the
in the vicinity nearby vessel
__________. and E cargoes side of the
tanker
When planning the loading
or discharging of a VLCC Limits of the
Rate of
2195 (100,000 DWT+) what is bending Draft and trim Rate of loading
discharging moments
the most important
consideration?

You are transporting
periodically keep a fire hose allow no chipping
dangerous cargo on your keep a warning
inspect it and run out and or painting in the
2196 vessel. The regulations make an entry in
sign posted
ready for use if vicinity of the
require you to a log nearby
needed cargo
__________.
Valve
Methyl acrylate Each crew
You are on a multiple components
may be loaded in member working The heating coils
product tankship and to the cargo tank made of
a tank adjacent on deck must
carrying methyl acrylate, loaded with aluminum,
2197 to have an methyl acrylate
diethanolamine, and copper, or zinc
diethanolamine emergency must be blanked
triethylamine. Which may not be in
but not escape breathing off.
statement is TRUE? contact with the
triethylamine. apparatus.
cargoes.
You have completed a
Dangerous Cargo Manifest
outside the
for dangerous cargoes on or near the
2198 in the radio room in the ships office Captains
loaded on board. It should bridge
stateroom
be kept in a conspicuous
location __________.
It is possible, and
welding steel erecting vertical
sometimes necessary, to building a stage
feet to the deck, pillars under the placing bunker
2199 strengthen the deck of a deck to support
on which to
on which the on the deck
vessel for carriage of deck the cargo place the cargo
cargo is placed
cargo by __________.
2200 A long ton is __________. 2,240 pounds 1,000 pounds 2,000 pounds 2,400 pounds
Pounds of force
Total weight of a Weight of the
What is the meaning of the necessary to Weight of a
2201 container and contents of a
term tare weight? damage a container
contents container
container
You are loading a cargo
The tank
tank on your container The tank The tanks There are three
contains an
2202 ship. The tank displays the contains volume is 1077 tanks in the
propylene. oxidizing
red label shown. Which cubic feet. shipment.
material.
statement is TRUE?
Tonnage tax is officially
based upon the figures Load Line Admeasurement displacement
2203 deadweight scale
obtained from the Certificate Certificate scale
__________.
Peck and Hale gear is used
large wooden
2204 most commonly for automobiles baled cargo palletized cargo
crates
securing __________.
When hooking up a cargo insulating flange

self-contained
hose to your vessels international or single length
2205 breathing oxygen analyzer
manifold, you should use shore connection of non-
apparatus conducting hose
a(n) _________.

There is little
Danger of heavy danger of ships
On a vessel proceeding There is danger The possibility of
ship sweat exists; sweat, slight
from a very cold to a warm of heavy cargo any sweat
constant and possibility of
2206 climate with a cargo of a sweat if outside problem, either
air is introduced vigorous cargo sweat;
nonhygroscopic nature in cargo or ship, is
by ventilation. ventilation is moderate
the holds, which is TRUE? remote.
required. ventilation is
needed.
Ballasting is performed
once cargo on each hold is
half-empty. A usual check
leak at deep tank rusty bolts and
2207 on each deep tank cover to water-ingress loosen nuts
cover nuts
ensure that its all
watertight to prevent any
flooding is due to:
What is NOT an item Verification of Repacking and
Inspection of the
2208 requires the vessel to be loadline Belt gauging grinding of skin
measurement tail shaft liner
dry-docked? valves
damage to
damage in way
Which type of hull damage damage at or just damage below interior
2209 of machinery
should be repaired first? above waterline the water line watertight
room
boundaries
Ballasting is performed
once cargo on each hold is
half-empty. A usual check
rusty bolts and leak at deep tank
2210 on each deep tank cover to Water- ingress Loosen nuts
nuts cover
ensure that its all
watertight to prevent any
flooding is due to:
force the
support and hold withstand make a
The objective of shoring a warped, bulged,
the area in the subsequent watertight seal at
2211 damaged bulkhead is to or deformed
damaged additional the damaged
__________. position sections back
damage area
into place
following
Control of flooding should following control only if a threat
2212 first restoration of
be addressed __________. of fire exists
vital services
You must shore up the
collision bulkhead due to
solid flooding forward. The
bulkhead approximates an approximately approximately evenly over the
at the bottom of two-thirds of the
2213 inverted triangle. The way up the
halfway up the surface of the
the bulkhead
center of pressure of the bulkhead bulkhead bulkhead
shores on the bulkhead
should be located
__________.
drilling a sonic- testing and taking the vessel
While in drydock, your measuring the
testing the hull to examining the affect the deck
2214 vessel will be belt-gauged. determined the anchor cables for
thickness of the
for hull
This process involves: plate thickness tail shaft liner
detective links deterioration

This system has been used
for many years. The fittings
cathodic
of these plates in way of impressed sacrificial anode electro-chemical
2215 protection
bronze propellers and current system system system
system
other immersed fittings is a
common practice:
Extended cyclical variations
in tensions will cause an
2216 Fatigue Corrosion Distortion Abrasion
anchor chain to break due
to __________.
Which weld fault can only
be detected by a method Lack of Lack of
2217 Undercut Overlap penetration
that examines the internal reinforcement
structure of a weld?
A reinspection of the vessel
shall be made between
2218 10 - 12 months 10 - 14 months 8 - 12 months 12 - 14 months
months while the
Certificate of Inspection is
valid?
approximately approximately approximately
1/2 inch shorter 1/2 inch longer 1/2 inch shorter
damaged and you must to the same
than the than the per foot of
2219 shore a bulkhead. You length as the
measured length measured length shoring to allow
should cut the shore to allow for measured length
to allow for for wet
__________. wedges trimming expansion
Dunnage may be used to
protect a cargo from loss
hygroscopic
2220 or damage by inherent vice tainting ship's sweat
absorption
______________________
_.
Damage to
Damage at or just
Which type of hull damage interior Damage below Damage in way of
2221 above the
should be repaired FIRST? watertight the waterline machinery rooms
waterline
boundaries
Pounds of force
Weight of the Total weight of a
What is the meaning of the necessary to Weight of a
2222 contents of a container and
term tare weight? damage a container
container contents
container
dew point of the air temperature dew point of the outside air
Sweat damage will occur in
outside air is of the hold is hold is higher temperature is
a cargo hold containing
2223 lower than the higher than the than the colder than the
cased machinery when the
temperature of temperature of temperature of temperature of
__________.
the cargo the outside air the ship's skin the cargo
Sweat damage in a hatch full dew point is air temperature is air temperature is dew point is
of canned goods in cartons higher than the higher than the lower than the lower than the
2224
will occur when the temperature of temperature of temperature of temperature of
__________. the cargo the cargo the cargo the cargo
When underway with a tow, Damage to
An injury Accidental Damage of
you are required to notify property
2225 requiring first aid stranding or bridge-to-bridge
the Coast Guard in which amounting to
treatment grounding radio capability
casualty situation? $12,500

Heavy weather The valve on an
causes damage empty portable A carboy of nitric
Part of your deck
to packages of a tank that acid is broken on cargo of five
What would NOT require
hazardous liquid contained deck while gallon cans of
that a detailed report of
that is acetone is loading and is paint is damaged
2226 the release of hazardous and leaking so
subsequently accidentally flushed
cargo be made to the Local
pumped out at opened and overboard with you jettison them
Authorities? to eliminate the
sea through the some of the no injury or
fire hazard.
bilge pumping residue escapes damage.
system. to the open sea.
Which factor is MOST
Dew point of the
important in preventing Dew point of the Temperature of Outside air
2227 outside
sweat damage within a cargo hold the cargo temperature
atmosphere
cargo hold?
Repairing damage to the
continued
hull at or above the free surface
2228 wind heel progressive capsizing
waterline reduces the flooding effects
threat of __________.
A report of casualty to a the name of the
the estimated an evaluation of the amount of
cost of damage who was at fault ballast on board the vessel
__________.
A vessel has sustained
damage in a collision with
another vessel. It is
Officer in Charge,
necessary to have a Captain of the Classification
2230 American Consul Marine
Seaworthy Certificate Port Society
Inspection
before the vessel sails.
Who will issue this
certificate?
Which factor(s) might A surface Measurements Visible damage
indicate that a towline condition of showing a to the towline,
should be removed from corrosion and decrease in including
service? discoloration. diameter. fishhooks.
The damage to a vessel is
over $25,000. Who must
notify the nearest Coast The Master of the
2232 All of the above vessel
The Chief Officer The Radio Officer
Guard Marine Safety or
Marine Inspection Office as
soon as possible?
You collide with

a buoy and drag Storm damage to Your vessel is at . A seaman slips
Which situation requires anchor and
it off station with the cargo winch on ice on deck
you to furnish a notice of grounds at low
2233 no apparent motors requiring and sprains his
marine casualty to the tide with no
damage to the repairs costing apparent ankle, requiring
Coast Guard?
vessel or the $19,000. damage. an ace bandage.
buoy.

A vessel loads 100 tons of
glass jars. The mate on
watch discovers that some
of the cartons have been Letter of Damage Bill of Unclean Bill of Non-negotiable
2234
damaged and has an Indemnity Lading Lading Bill of Lading
exception made on the Bill
of Lading. What is this
document called?
Under the Carriage of
Goods by Sea Act of 1936,
a vessel will be liable for unseaworthiness insufficient quarantine mismanagement
2235
damage to a cargo when when sailing packing delays of the vessel
the damage arises from
__________.
a vessel will be liable for an error in lack of ventilation
2236 perils of the sea an act of war
damage to cargo when the navigation in transit
damage arises from
__________.
A declaration made by the
Master before a U.S. Consul,
giving particulars regarding
heavy weather or other
Master's
2237 incidents which may have cargo addendum exception report note of protest
declaration
caused damage to the vessel
or cargo, through no fault of
the vessel, her officers, or
crew is a(n) __________.
The document that
establishes the facts of a
casualty and is the prima
2238 adjuster's report invoice Master's protest insurance policy
facie relief from liability for
the damage is the
__________.
A document used to indicate
suspected cargo damage Master's Note of Unseaworthy hull damage
2239 cargo report
caused by rough weather Protest Certificate report
would be the __________.
the vessel
. longshore labor cargo was portions of his
encountered
A Master should file a went on strike in received at ship vessel's cargo
heavy weather
2240 marine note of protest if the port causing side which was were illegally
which might have
__________. undue vessel damaged in land impounded in a
caused cargo
delay transit foreign port
damage
The declaration made by the
Master when he anticipates
2241 hull and/or cargo damage Notice of Casualty Portage Bill Bottomry Bond Note of Protest
due to unusual weather
conditions is a __________.

poor stowage of
a vessel will be liable for fire caused by
2242 overloading inherent vice cargo in a
damage to cargo when the lightning
container
damage arises out of
__________.
While a vessel is at sea, the
mate on watch discovers a
fire in one of the hatches.
Fire hoses are used to put
the fire out and some of fire and water particular
2243 general average an Act of God
the cargo is damaged by damage average
water. In marine insurance
terms, this partial loss by
water is called
__________.
fire caused by delays due to
a vessel will be liable for improper strikes or
2244 fault of the stowage
seizure of the
damage to a cargo when lockouts
carrier vessel
the damage arises out of
__________.
A fire has damaged 20
bales of cotton on a
freighter loaded with total loss of a constructive total particular
2245 note of protest average
general cargo. This claim part loss
would come under
__________.
The two courses of action if
the underwater hull is ballast to establish and secure power to
dewater the
2246 severely damaged are to maintain even maintain flooding the
boundaries compartment
plug the openings or to keel compartment
__________.
the average charges against
claimed after all distance all parties in a
Particular average is loss sustained by
2247 only one party
liens against the steamed per day marine venture
__________.
vessel are settled over the duration to pay for
of the voyage damages
A vessel has been damaged
by fire. The survey shows
the cost of repairs will
constructive total
2248 exceed the value of the preferred loss actual loss salvage loss
loss
repaired vessel. This is an
example of a(n)
__________.
A claim for cargo damages
may be held against the prevent delays correct all
ensure adequate ensure the
shipowner if such damage due to defects in the
2249 packaging of the fitness and safety
is the result of failure of quarantine ship's of cargo spaces
cargo
the ship's officers to restrictions construction
__________.

When shoring a damaged
bulkhead, effort should be nearest
nearest maximum minimum
2250 taken to spread the longitudinal possible area
watertight door possible area
pressure over the girder
__________.
Containers In general,
should be Sweat damage is Sweat damage in
containerized
ventilated, not a problem containers is
Which statement hygroscopic
dehumidified, or except in unusual due to
2251 concerning sweat damage cargoes are the
the contents insulated and the small
in containers is TRUE? physically only ones subject
refrigerated enclosed volume
protected against to sweat
containers. of air.
sweat damage. damage.
If the
The steel at the superstructure is
The aluminum
The aluminum area of the stressed, an structure is
A vessel is constructed will provide aluminum-to- aluminum usually attached
with a steel hull and an greater steel connection structure to a steel
2252
aluminum superstructure. resistance to the must be closely requires coaming by a
Which statement is TRUE? spread of fire by checked for additional method that
conduction. galvanic expansion joints insulates the two
metals.
corrosion. to prevent
fracture.
Damage to the Collision damage
Extensive Grounding
What would have the side shell, to the bow,
corrosion to the damage to the
2253 greatest affect on a vessel's midway between forward of the
centerline deck bilge strake, just
longitudinal strength? aft of midships the bilge and the collision
plating
stringer plate bulkhead
To enable pipes of
reception facilities to be
connected with the ships
discharge pipelines for
2254 183 mm 180 mm 200 mm 185 mm
residues from machinery
bilges. Pipelines should be
standard with an outside
diameter of:
What is the bolt circle
diameter of a standard
pipeline to enable pipes of
2255 190 mm 200mm 183mm 195mm
connected for residue from
machinery bilges is:
The oil record book
maintained on a vessel not
2256 engaged in a foreign trade 12 months 36 months 48 months 24 months
shall be maintained on
board for not less than:
Vessel underwater hull is
submerged in water and cathodic anodes
2257 paint protection anti-fouling
needs corrosion protection protection protection
for this area.

The wooden plug inserted
in the vent of a damaged
pump from the use the crossover
2258 vessel tank should be damaged tank
fight a fire abandon ship
system
removed in case it is
decided to ___________.
in the vent of a damaged Use the Pump from the
2259 Fight a fire Abandon ship
tank should be removed if crossover line damage tank
you are going to.
Repair of emergency immediately, after control of
after control of
machinery and services before the after stability is fire, but before
2260 fire, flooding and
should be accomplished emergency is structural repairs restored control of
after an explosion. under control flooding
a continual
A ship progressive flooding ballast control excessive list or
2261 worsening of list excessive draft
may be indicated. or trim alarms trim
Considered longitudinal
2262 Stem post Beam knees Pillars Floors
framing.
An involuntary and
dangerous change in
2263 heading produced by a Bulk head Forepeak Broaching Body plan
severe following or
quartering sea is called:
The watertight integrity of Can be relaxed
When Can be relaxed in In open waters
2264 a vessel must be intact, maneuvering
during spells of
inshore waters only
when? fine weather
Piping that routes an oil
cargo from the manifold to
2265 cargo fill transfer branch line line drop
under deck pipelines is
known.
Vessel's ballast tanks are
subjected to sea water and Cathodic and
Cathodic Coating Anode
2266 therefore needs special coating
protection only protection only protection protection only
corrosion protection, the
most commonly used.
Resultant of two forces
acting together in opposite
2267 directions and along Shear Tensile Compression Strain
parallel lines, is an example
of what type of stress?
control the control the fire,
restore vital control the fire,
Containing a damage flooding, then control the
services, control restore the vital
control, the order of control the fire, flooding, and
2268 the fire, then services, then
importance should be and repair repair the
control the control the structural
taken into account. structural
flooding flooding damage
damage
Vessel underwater hull is
submerged in water and anodes cathodic
2269 paint protection anti-fouling
needs corrosion protection protection protection
for this area.

in the vent of a damaged
pump from the use the crossover
2270 vessel tank should be damaged tank
fight a fire abandon ship
system
removed in case it is
decided to ___________.
in the vent of a damaged Pump from the Use the
2271 Fight a fire Abandon ship
tank should be removed if damage tank crossover line
you are going to.
Repair of emergency immediately, after control of
after control of
machinery and services after stability is before the fire, but before
2272 fire, flooding and
should be accomplished restored emergency is control of structural repairs
after an explosion. under control flooding
a continual
A ship progressive flooding ballast control excessive list or
2273 worsening of list excessive draft
may be indicated. or trim alarms trim
Considered longitudinal
2274 Beam knees Pillars Stem post Floors
framing.
An involuntary and
dangerous change in
2275 heading produced by a Bulk head Body plan Broaching Forepeak
severe following or
quartering sea is called:
The watertight integrity of Can be relaxed
When Can be relaxed in In open waters
2276 a vessel must be intact, during spells of maneuvering inshore waters only
when? fine weather
Piping that routes an oil
cargo from the manifold to
2277 line drop transfer cargo fill branch line
under deck pipelines is
known.
Vessel's ballast tanks are
subjected to sea water and Cathodic and
Cathodic Anode Coating
2278 therefore needs special coating
protection only protection only protection only protection
corrosion protection, the
most commonly used.
Resultant of two forces
acting together in opposite
2279 directions and along Shear Tensile Compression Strain
parallel lines, is an example
of what type of stress?
control the fire, control the
restore vital control the fire,
Containing a damage control the flooding, then
services, control restore the vital
control, the order of flooding, and control the fire,
2280 the fire, then services, then
importance should be repair the and repair
control the structural control the
taken into account. structural
flooding damage flooding
damage

Ship is proceeding along
the English Coast when
sprang a leak on the hull
below the waterline.
2281 beaching stranding ditching grounding
Efforts to patch her proved
futile It was decide to ditch
her the nearest shoal This
termed as _______.
An acceptable method of apply a patch of
shore up the tack weld a sheet packing
temporarily sealing a crack
2282 drive in wedges crack with doubler plate backed by a
formed in the hull of a shole and
welded braces over the crack
vessel, is to: shoring
Deterioration of steel due
to chemical and electro-
2283 Fouling Corrosion Degradation Electrolysis
chemical reaction to its
environment.
In the maintenance of
cargo handling equipment,
how often should you
Every two
2284 grease the nipples on Weekly Monthly Every two weeks
months
winches, blocks, derrick
heels, crane turntables and
similar equipment?
A ship is holed in cargo
hold and partially flooded.
The hole is plugged against
Factor
further floodin. In Compartment Added weight Lost of buoyancy
2285 methods
subdivision
calculating for the effect of standard method methods
method
flooding on your transverse
stability, you should use
which method?
Maximum length allowed
between main transverse factor of the compartment permissible
2286 floodable length length
bulkheads on a vessel is subdivision standard
referred to.
after double fore and after forward double
2287 Panting frames are located. peaks
centerline tanks
bottoms bottoms
Most effective method of manual power tool
2288 hydro blasting abrasive blasting
corrosion removal . preparation preparation
Ship's flooding of any
compartment in a ship that
cause a serious increase the ship decrease the
2289 result in serious loss of increase the trim
list stability heeling moment
reserve buoyancy will
always________.
NOT a division of lots in a Collapse of Injuries in
Damage by water
survey of damage to package and Damage by obtaining access
2290 stowage of
in extinguishing
facilitate drawing up of a smoke to the seat of the
commodity of the fire
fire damage report. fire

Ship's damaged bulkhead
after takes a permanent Use jacks or
set which is dependent of Install shoring to Install shoring so chain falls to
Place sand bag support the
2291 the panting or caused by damage without
that it pushes on remove the set
by the bulk head
water pressur To contol pushing them the bulkhead before installing
this you shores
should___________.
It begins when the tank is
2292 Middle wash Top wash Deck wash Bottom wash
almost empty.
A vessel which carries a
cargo of grain in bulk
should not, at the same
time, carry any solid bulk
cargo which may
2293 ___________ unless such Liquefy danger mix contaminate
cargo is tested and the
moisture content is equal
to or less than the
transportable moisture
limit.
Hull leaks can be
2294 seizing parceling caulking parbuckling
temporarily repaired.
Angular motion about the
2295 longitudinal axis of a vessel pitch sway surge roll
is known as:
To control a damaged
bulkhead after takes a install shoring so use jacks or chain
that it supports install shoring so
permanent set which is place sand bay falls to remove
2296 on the damaged that it pushes on
independent of the panting bulkhead without by the bulkhead the set before
the bulkhead
or bulge cause by water pushing them installing shores
pressure.
Damaged ship's bulkheads
after collision take a Install shoring so Install shoring so
Placed sandbag Usejacks or chain
permanent set which is that it pushes on that it supports
by the bulkhead falls to remove
2297 independent of the panting the damaged the damaged
without installing the set before
or bulge cause by water bulkhead while bulkhead without
shores installing shores pushing them
pressur To control this, you supporting it
should ___________.
Vessel was damaged and
there no list or trim.The Pump out an Transfer ballast Press up the Pump out wing
rolling period is short. The amidship from fore peak slack centerline tanks from the
2298
freeboard before the centerline ballast to an amidship double bottom starboard side
damage was 3.75 meter. tank centerline tank tanks amidships
Action will you take first.
Calculate the
Vessel has been damaged Establish flooding
free surface
and is partially flooded.
Pump out water effects and lost Plug the holes in boundaries and
2299 The first step to be taken in prevent further
inside the vessel buoyancy to the outer shell spread of flood
attempting to save the
determine water
vessel.
stability

The name called to a single
fitting installed in a
pipeline that either blanks Quick release
2300 Blind flange Spectacle flange Pivot coupling
off pipe or allows a full coupling
passage of liquid trough
the pipe.
Ship vertical distance
between the bottom at the
2301 rise of bottom deadrise rake camber
centerline and the bottom
at any given point.
Vessel has been in collision
and after assessing the
damage, you begin down Remain Shift to the high
2302 Fall Rise
flooding. This will cause the stationary side
KB to do which of the
following?
As the vessel displacement
increase, the detrimental none of these remains the
2303 decrease increase
effect of free surface will choices same
________.
Ship's small hull leaks can
2304 seizing parbuckling caulking parceiling
be temporarily repaired.
Shell plating provides the
greatest contribution to
the longitudinal strength
2305 they are arranged in a fore Seams Butts Strakes Tacks
and aft direction and
welded together,
horizontal welds.
Vessel in a longitudinally
framed, the longitudinal
2306 frames are held in place Margin plates Floors Web frames Stringers
and supported by
atwarship members called.
Angular motion about the
2307 vertical axis of a vessel is surge yaw sway roll
called:
Main under deck pipeline
2308 on a tank ship is connected Branch line Filler drops Tanks drops Crossover
to individual tanks.
Vessel free surface effect
in a slack tank reduced by The free surface The free surface The free surface
The free surface
2309 subdividing the tank is reduce by one is reduce by is reduce by one
is eliminated quarter
longitudinally fore and aft half three quarter
into two equal parts.
If a small ship springs a
leak, if possible, the initial
a list toward any adverse
action before making the jettisoning of a list away from
2310 wind, sea or effects on
temporary repairs is to stability cargo the wind
current
bring the leak above the
water, while avoiding ____.

The slowing is
only temporary The vessel will
The vessel will
A vessel was damaged and and the vessel continue to
The vessel can suddenly flop to
initially assumed a will probably slowly list and/
probably be the same or
significant list and trim; suddenly capsize or trim due to
2311 saved if further greater angle of
however, further increase flooding can be or plunge from the free surface
list on the other
base on this data, what stopped loss of stability effect and free
side and may
should you expect? due to change in communication
capsize
the water plane effect
area
The slowing is
only temporary The vessel will
Vessel was damaged and
and the vessel The vessel will continue to
initially assumed a The vessel can
will probably suddenly flop to slowly list and/or
significant list and trim; probably be
suddenly capsize the same or trim due to the
2312 however, further increase saved if further
or plunge from flooding can be greater angle of free surface
has been also based on this
loss of stability stopped list on the other effect and free
data, what should you
due to change in side may capsize communication
expect?
the waterplane effect
are
NOT an advantage of They require They are smaller
They pump more They are less
2313 centrifugal pumps over priming for for equivalent
stripping cargo in less time expensive
reciprocating pumps. pumping ability
Two factors which make
threat of
underwater hull repair availability of pressure exerted
2314 progressive by the water
shape of the hull
difficult are accessibility tools
flooding
and the ___________.
Riveted joints occur at the
2315 Butts Terminals Trailers Seams
ends of plating called.
Name called for the pipe
used to connect two
2316 Junction Connection Crossover Transfe
separate piping system on
a tank.
A damagedship's bulkhead
install shoring so install shoring so
after takes a permanent placed sand bag use jacks or chain
that it pushes on that it supports
set which is dependent of by the bulkhead falls to remove
2317 the damaged the damaged
the panting or cause by bulkhead without without installing the set before
bulkhead while
water pressur To control pushing them shores installing shores
supporting it
Damaged caused by
cargoes giving off fumes or
2318 odors stowed in the same Tainting damage Inherent vice Vermin damage Vaporization
compartment with fine
goods or foodstuff.
When the wave When the wave
What is the worst case When the wave When the wave length between length are
2319 consideration for a hull crest is crest are in a fore the crest are
equal to the unequal to the
girder at sea? amidships and aft direction
length of the ship length of the ship

Wire rope should Wire rope which
Wire ropes
Wire rope should be condemned if is right-hand laid
should be used
Statement(s) is (are) TRUE be condemned if the outside wires should be coiled
2320 until 5% of
concerning wire rope? the fiber core are worn to one- counterclockwise
half their original strands are
appears moist to prevent
diameter damage
kinking
Free communication effect
length and width length of space width of space neither length
2321 is in direct proportion to
of space only only nor width
_______.
cargo was longshore labor the vessel portions of his
A Master should file a received at ship went on strike in encountered vessels cargo
heavy weather
2322 marine note of protest if side which was the port causing which might have were illegally
_______. damaged in land undue vessel caused cargo impounded in a
transit delay damage foreign port
A product that most likely
2323 to accumulate static Hard asphalt Residual fuel oil Crude oil Lubricating oil
electricity is _______.
is placed on the
runs from a low is run
A shore is a piece of deck under the
supporting level is also known as horizontally from
2324 securing dunnage that cargo to
up to the cargo at a distance piece a support to the
_______. an angle distribute its
cargo
weight evenly
A short length of chain
2325 cable between anchor and gaff ginger panama lead ganger
windlass.
A tank vessel with an oil
cargo capacity of 5000
barrels is required by
regulations to have a fixed inside transfer
number of cargo
container or enclosed deck All of the hose diameter or
oil tank vents cargo oil service
2326 area under or around each mentioned loading arm
overflows and fill pressure
oil loading manifold and answers nominal pipe size
pipe connections
each oil transfer connection diameter
point. The capacity of these
containment areas is based
upon _______.
most tank
A tank which has been moisture
steel surfaces sealed tanks coatings give off
sealed for a long period of condenses in the
2327 consume oxygen usually form a poisonous vapors
time can be dangerous tank displacing
by rusting vacuum in the presence of
because _______. the oxygen
moisture
A watertight compartment
between the foremost
2328 Chain locker Cofferdam Bulbous bow Fore peak
watertight bulkhead and the
stem.
the vessels draft
the vessels draft
is decreased
Adverse effects due to free a portion of liquid the vessel is is increased thus
exposing more
2329 surface will become is removed from a trimmed by the increasing the
surface area to
apparent when __________. full tank stern vessels wetted
the wind and
surface area
current

The vessels is
draft is The vessels draft
A portion of the decreased increases this The vessel is
An adverse effects due to
2330 liquid is removed exposing more increasing the trimmed by the
free surface? from a full tanks surface are to vessels water stern
the wind and plane area
current
Before counterflooding to
correct a list you must be reserve
2331 negative GM off-center weight flooding
sure the list is due to buoyancy
_______.
Characterized by two ships
at full speed two ships all of the
moderate energy low energy high energy
2332 sideswiping each other or mentioned
collision collision collision
one ship sideswiping an answers
object such as an iceberg.
following
be addressed _______. of fire exists
vital services
Deficient oxygen content an oxygen
a combustible gas an oxygen
2334 inside a confined space can breathing litmus paper
indicator indicator
be detected with _______. apparatus
Due to solid flooding
forward you must shore up
approximately
a bulkhead which approximately evenly over the
one-third of the at the bottom of
2335 approximates a rectangle. halfway up the surface of the
way of the the bulkhead
The center of pressure of bulkhead bulkhead
bulkhead
the shores on the bulkhead
should be located _______.
Every ship that carries
ballast water should be
provided with a _______ to Ballast Water Submersible Water Ballast
2336 Bilge Pump
assist in the minimization of Management Plan Pump Pump
transfer of harmful aquatic
organisms and pathogens.
In and out motion of the
2337 plating in the bows of a ship sagging hogging panting Pounding
and is caused by equal:
In cases where ballast
exchange or other
treatment options are not All the mentioned
2338 retained overflowed emptied
possible ballast water may are correct.
be _______ in tanks or
holds.
the space at
which all the an intact space
the volume of all
vertical upward an intact space which can be
Intact buoyancy is a term intact spaces
2339 forces of below the surface flooded without
used to describe _______. above the of a flooded area causing a ship to
buoyancy are
waterline
considered to be sink
concentrated

The effects of free surface
dimensions of specific gravity of volume of
on a vessels initial stability amount of liquid
2340 the surface of the liquid in the displacement of
do not depend upon the in slack tanks
the liquid tank the vessel
_______.
The free surface effects of
size of the displacement placement of the
a partially full liquid tank density of the
2341 surface area in volume of the tank above the
decrease with increased liquid vessel
the tank keel
_______.
The two factors which
make underwater hull threat of
pressure exerted availability of
2342 repair difficult are by the water
progressive shape of the hull
tools
accessibility and the flooding
_______.
To calculate the free
surface correction it is
total weight of total
2343 necessary to divide the lightweight deadweight
liquid loads displacement
free-surface moments by
the _______.
To increase the extent of
flooding your vessel can lower the center increase reserve raise the center
2344 buoyancy
ballast the vessel
suffer without sinking you of gravity of gravity
could _______.
When patching holes in the
hull pillows bedding and
2345 Gaskets Strongbacks Wedges Shores
other soft materials can be
used as _______.
When plugging holes below Eliminate all Reduce the entry Only plug holes in
Plug the largest
2346 the waterline you should water entering of water as much machinery or
holes first
_______. the hole as possible other vital spaces
A Plan showing the location
General
2347 of cargoes stowed inside the Stowage plan Loading plan Discharging plan
arrangement plan
hold:
A point that temperature to
which a combustible liquid
must be heated for it to give
2348 Flush point Firing Point Dew point Flash point
off a vapour that will
momentarily flash in
presence of a naked light.
A portable traverse beam
placed across a cargo
2349 hatchway that acts as a Hatch Beams Pontoons Hatch Cleats Hatch Boards
bearer to support the hatch
covers.
A portion of the cargo of an Mixed with
Compressed
LNG carrier boils off during nitrogen and
condensed and Vented to the Burned in the
2350 each voyage. How is the recirculated
return to the atmosphere. boilers.
cargo boil off normally through the
cargo tanks.
handled? primary barrier.
A product can be wound
immediately into coils from
2351 steel coil steel plates steel slab wire rod coil
the rolling mill whilst still
hot.

A product that most likely
2352 to accumulate static Lubricating oil Residual fuel oil Crude oil Hard asphalt
electricity is:
A property relating to the
ability of a metal to
Strength
2353 withstand continuing Fatigue Strength Toughness Hardness
Equation
changes in the direction of
application of the stress.
A prototype of each
pressure or vacuum or
pressure/vacuum venting
device should be
2354 self vench vents bench
_________ tested for
venting capacity by a test
method acceptable to the
Administration.
A reproductive health
hazard listed on a
Material Safety Data Sheet
2355 teratogen pyrophoric mutagen cryogenic
(MSDS) that can damage
the fetus during
development is called a:
A responsible officer
should be appointed to
maintain appropriate
records and to ensure that
2356 reported trained recorded listed
ballast water management
and/or treatment
procedures are followed
and:
A scale of values Tons per
Centimeter Moment to
Change Trim in
Deadweight Mean Draft Displacement
2357 Centimeters scale
Draft Values
values scale
Displacement and
Deadweight for all draft
readings is:
ballast is taken
all ballast is on and ballast and cargo all ballast lines
tanks and
A segregated ballast processed discharged tanks are
2358 pumps are
system is a system where: through the oily through a separated by independent of
water separator separate main cofferdams those used for oil
deck riser
A semi-automatic tool for
handling unitized pulp
bales w/out baskets. It has
2359 Wire clamp Multi grab Bale clamp Grab bucket
two locating tongues one
at each end so that it
cannot slip off.

A vessel that has grounded
may experience which of
2360 the following? I. An II only I only Both I and II Neither I or II
upward shift in the center
of gravity. II. A capsizing.
is said to be
has its bottom is supported on a
A vessel which is subjected has its main deck under a form of
2361 plating under wave whose
to sagging : in tensile stress tensile stress transverse
crest is amidship
bending
A vessel whose fuel tanks serious loss of
free surface
2362 are half full is subject to effect
reserve severe sagging severe hogging
__________. buoyancy
A vessel s stability is
greatly reduced by liquid Tanks which Tanks which
free surface. Which of the have been Tanks which are Tanks which are have been
2363 40% full.
listed conditions would pressed up to full 95% full. completely
develop the greatest capacity. emptied.
adverse effect?
A void or empty space
between two bulkheads or
2364 floors which prevents Cofferdam Break Bracket Double hull
leakage from one to the
other is called a:
A wooden plug fitted tightly
in the vent of a damaged developing free developing free
2365 collapsing filling completely
tank may prevent the tank surface surface moment
from __________.
Shoring should be Repair is Damaged plating
After an emergency shoring Timbers are
frequently completed and no should be
2366 installation has been nailed in place to
inspected for further action is straightened by
completed the _______. prevent looseness
looseness needed heating
After grounding extent of
the damage to the ship can by checking the Taking sounding Sounding of all by checking the
2367
be determined by which of loadline around the ship compartments summer line
the following?
wave crest plus
Air gap is the vertical wave crest plus
the charted water
distance between the the charted water
2368 wave crest depth plus tidal still water level
bottom of the hull and the depth and tidal
correction and
__________. corrections
storm surge
All dedicated seawater
ballast tanks shall have an efficient corrosion
efficient anti efficient anti- efficient anti-
2369 _____________ such as prevention
freezing system system fouling system scaling system
hard protective coatings or
equivalent.
The maximum length
allowed between main,
permissible factor of compartment
2370 transverse bulkheads on a floodable length
length subdivision standard
vessel is referred to as the
__________.

Damaged bulkheads often install shoring so
take a permanent set install shoring so the shoring
use jacks or chain place sandbags
which is independent of that it pushes on supports the
falls to remove by the bulkhead
2371 the panting or bulge the damaged damaged
the set before bulkheads without installing
caused by water pressure. bulkhead while
installing shores without pushing shores
To control this, you should supporting it
on them
__________.
frames to which longitudinal
longitudinal transverse
the tank top and beams in the
angle bars members of the
Floors aboard ship are bottom shell are extreme bottom
2372 fastened to a fastened on a
ships frame
__________. of a ship from
surface for double bottomed which support
which the ships
strength ship the decks
ribs start
just forward of
The vessels quarter is on either side of
2373 abeam dead astern the beam on
located __________. the stern
either side
are exceptionally are susceptible
Odorous cargoes are those are liquid but are give off fumes
2374 that may damage dusty and leave a to damage by
that __________. in containers other cargoes residue tainting
Ullages are measured from the tank top an above deck the thievage
2375 the tank ceiling datum
__________. bushing mark
Aboard ship, vertical flat
plates running transversely
and connecting the
2376 floors intercostals girders stringers
vertical keel to the margin
plates are called
__________.
Frames to which the tank
top and bottom shell are tank top
2377 intercostals stringers floors
fastened are called supports
__________.
large beams
found in fitted in various vertical
transverse plates
Floors aboard ship are passenger and parts of the
2378 connecting the also called decks
__________. berthing spaces vessel for vertical keel with
only additional the margin plates
strength
material driven
a wooden the overhead in None of the
into seams or
2379 The ceiling is __________. protection placed berthing options are
over the tank top cracks to prevent
compartments correct
leaking
The wooden planking that
protects the tank top from
2380 shores ceiling toms frames
cargo loading is called
__________.
A set of interior steps on a
ship leading up to a deck
2381 a companion way tween-decks stairs All of the options
from below is know as
_________.

Battens are fitted in cargo
for securing a to support the to prevent cargo
holds across the frames of to provide
snatch block dunnage floors from coming in
the vessel from the turn of fittings to which
2382 when snaking which are laid contact with the
the bilge upward. The cargo lashings vessels frames or
cargo into the down between
purpose of these cargo may be secured shell plating
wings of the hold tiers of cargo
battens is __________.
Void or empty Opening in the
Tube fitted to an Area the product
2383 What is a cofferdam? space separating deck used for
two tanks ullage hole is loaded into
cleaning a tank
Which refers to the depth
2384 of a petroleum product in a Ullage Innage Outage Thievage
tank?
The beam of a vessel refers width of the depth between internal cubic molded depth of
2385
to the __________. vessel decks capacity the vessel
The space above the
2386 engine room is called the middle hatch gold locker noble fidley
__________.
A strongback refers to a centerline bar securing a
2387 cargo port
spanner stay deep beam
__________. vertical bulkhead
A vessels quarter is that
on either side of just aft of the
2388 section which is the stern
abeam dead astern
bow
__________.
In the frames or
Where should the other substantial On the deck
On deck, aft of Forward of the
2389 foundation supports for structural plates in the
the towing winch members below towing winch
towing bitts terminate? engineroom
decks
A vessel having continuous
closely spaced transverse longitudinally transversely
2390 cellular framed web framed
strength members is framed framed
__________.
Which structural members
Transverse
improve a towing vessels
2391 watertight Stringers Longitudinals The rake
chance of surviving bulkheads
punctured shell plating?
When considering a vessels
stability, which spaces in a Lower holds at
2392 general cargo vessel are Tween-decks the ends of the Deep tanks Lower holds
the best locations for the vessel
carriage of bulk grain?
Ships officers should check
every cargo compartment all lighting the heavier the correct grade
all void spaces
2393 after it is filled with bulk circuits are grade is in the of cargo has
are filled
grain to ensure energized lower hold been loaded
__________.
Lighter longitudinal
stiffening frames on the
2394 stringers side frames side stiffeners intercostals
vessels side plating are
called __________.

provides furnishes support
transfers the provides
On a single-screw vessel foundations for to the rudder,
driving force of foundations for
2395 the stern frame the main propeller shaft,
the propeller to and transom after mooring
_________. propulsion
the hull frame winches
engines
Insufficient space between
the hull and bottom in
sudden sheering sluggish rudder
2396 shallow water will prevent All of the choices waste of power
to either side response
normal screw currents
resulting in __________.
The terms cant frame and
counter are associated
2397 forecastle steering engine cargo hatch stern
with the vessels
__________.
Panting frames are located after double forward double fore and after centerline tanks
2398
in the __________. bottoms bottoms peaks on tankships
The terms ceiling and
2399 margin plate are associated tank top crews quarters engine room main deck
with the __________.
The projecting lugs of the
rudderpost which furnish
2400 bases rudder lugs pintles gudgeons
support to the rudder are
called __________.
A term applied to the
bottom shell plating in a
2401 outer bottom tank top shear plating bottom floor
double-bottom ship is
__________.
The purpose of sheer in eliminate the allow the ship to give greater eliminate the
2402 ship construction is to need for butt ride waves with strength at the need for margin
__________. straps drier decks deck edge plates
The upward slope of a
ships bottom from the keel
2403 camber slope deadrise keel height
to the bilge is known as
__________.
When the longitudinal
strength members of a
longitudinally transversely intermittently
2404 vessel are continuous and framed
web framed
framed framed
closely spaced, the vessel is
__________.
uppermost
outer strake of outboard strake
continuous plate which sits
The margin plate is the plating on each of plating on
2405 strake of plating atop the center each side of an
__________. side of the main
on the shell of a vertical keel inner bottom
deck of a vessel
vessel
The system of valves and
cargo lines in the bottom
piping network of a tanker
2406 that connects one section runaround come-along crossover manifold
of cargo tanks to another
section is called a
__________.

compartment
between the space between
The inner bottom is the inner side of the
2407 tank top tank top and two transverse
__________. vessels shell
shell of the bottom frames
vessel
protect against
prevent stress
twisting forces
One function of a bulwark concentrations help keep the reinforce the
2408 exerted on the
is to __________. on the stringer deck dry side stringers
frame of the
plate
vessel
uniform over the
length of the
vessel, with the
exception of the uniform over the
In ship construction, frame reduced at the greater at the
2409 machinery length of the
spacing is __________. bow and stern bow and stern
spaces, where it vessel
is reduced due to
increased
stresses
In a longitudinally-framed
ship, the longitudinal
frames are held in place
2410 margin plates stringers floors web frames
and supported by
athwartship members
called __________.
Transverse frames are
longitudinal centerline transverse
more widely spaced on a isometric system
2411 system of system of system of
ship that is designed with framing of framing
framing framing
the __________.
The floors in a vessels hull
structure are kept from transverse deck longitudinal deck bottom
2412 face plates longitudinals
tripping, or folding over, by beams beams
__________.
Vertical structural
members attached to the
2413 floors that add strength to breast hooks stiffeners buckler plates boss plates
the floors are called
__________.
The center of
The floors and They are less
gravity of a
longitudinals The tank top expensive to
loaded bulk
What is NOT an advantage distribute the forms a second construct
2414 cargo ship may because of
of double bottom ships? upward push of skin for the
be raised to increased access
the water on the vessel.
produce a more space.
ships bottom.
comfortable roll.
Tonnage openings must be
steel hatch wooden hatch
2415 closed by means of steel plates press board
boards boards
__________.
Reinforcing frames
2416 attached to a bulkhead on side longitudinals brackets stiffeners intercostals
a vessel are called ______.

The total area of There must be Each vent for the
Which statement is TRUE the vents or the
The tanks must twice as much tank must be
concerning protection of overflow shall be
2417 be protected by vent area as the equal to the area
double bottom tanks at least 125% of
overflows. the area of the fill area of the fill of the tank filling
against excessive pressure?
line. line. line.
any deck below
made by placing a member that a heavy fore-
A cofferdam is the main deck
2418 two bulkheads a gives fore-and- and-aft beam
__________. few feet apart and above the
aft strength under the deck
lowest deck
To determine the weight
general
capacity of a deck in a cubic capacity deck capacity
2419 deadweight scale plan
arrangement
cargo hold, you would tables
plan
refer to the __________.
A crack in the deck plating
of a vessel may be cutting a square welding a drilling a hole at
slot-welding the
2420 temporarily prevented notch at each doubler over the each end of the
crack crack
from increasing in length end of the crack crack
by __________.
Water flowing
into a lower
The amount of Water flowing
A hole in the hull water entering a compartment on
over the focsle
at the waterline is ship through a a ship is more
Which statement about bulwark is more
2421 more dangerous dangerous than
damage control is TRUE? than a hole below hole varies dangerous than a
water on deck or
the inner bottom. inversely to the hole in the hull at
flowing into an
area of the hole the waterline.
upper
compartment.
Repairing damage to the
continued
hull at or above the free surface
2422 capsizing wind heel progressive
waterline reduces the flooding effects
threat of __________.
When bunkering is stowed vertically cleaned
washed out with drained, blanked
2423 complete, the hoses should and allowed to off, and stored internally with a
hot soapy water securely
be __________. drain degreaser
Small oil spills on deck can driving wooden
plugging the closing the lids plugging the
2424 be kept from going plugs into the
scuppers on the vents sounding pipes
overboard by ______: vents
The scuppers had been
plugged as required at the
time an oil spill occurs on spread an
remove the plugs rig a fire hose
deck. After shutting down sound the absorbent
2425 from the and call for water material, such as
the transfer, the general alarm
scuppers on deck sawdust
engineroom should first be
informed and then
__________.
A precaution you should
plug the plug the close the lids on
2426 take before bunkering is to plug the vents scuppers sounding pipes the vents
__________
Most minor spills of oil
equipment unforeseeable
2427 products are caused by human error major casualties
failure circumstances
__________.

Which substance is NOT
Oil refuse and oil
considered to be "Oil" Petroleum and Oil mixed with
2428 mixed with Sludge
under the pollution fuel oil dredge spoil
wastes
prevention regulations?
When oil is accidentally Obtain your Contain the oil Throw chemical
and remove as Throw sand on
discharged into the water, permit from the agents on the
2429 much of it as the water to sink
what should you do after Corps of possible from the water to disperse
the oil.
reporting the discharge? Engineers water. the oil.
On a tankship, sanitary
inspections of the crew's
Master and Chief Master and Master and Master and Chief
2430 quarters are the Engineer Second Mate union delegate Mate
responsibility of the
__________.
Any individual
When a vessel violates the connected with Licensed officers
2431 oil pollution laws, who may Master only Owners only the vessel
involved in the only
be held responsible?
operation
Spreading oil on the open lengthening the preventing the
diminishing the increasing the
2432 sea has the effect of distance between wave crests from
height of the seas height of the seas
__________. successive crests breaking
The preferred type of
pollution control for oil spills chemical
2433 booms straw skimmers
on the water is(are) dispersants
__________.
Fueling results in the
Draining it Adding sinking Mixing it with
collection of waste oil in drip Placing it in
overboard when agents and dispersants
2434 pans and containers. Which proper disposal
the vessel gets discharging it into before draining it
is an approved method of facilities
underway the water overboard
disposing of the waste oil?
Plastic material may be
3 miles from 25 miles from 12 miles from None of the
2435 discharged overboard from
shore shore shore above
a vessel if it is __________.
Increased The fuelling valve
viscosity of the may become
The change in its Air pockets may
Why is it important for fuel product needs stuck closed and
specific volume cause the fuel oil
2436 oil tank not to be topped off higher loading cause the fuel oil
when heated may to bubble out of
when loading cold oil? pressure which to spill before the
cause an overflow the ullage hole
increases the valve can be
chance of spill opened
Spill of Oil Shipboard Oil Shipboard Oil
Shipboard Oil
Prevention and Prevention and Pollution
2437 SOPEP means _______. Pollution and
Environmental Environmental Emergency
Emergency Plans
Protection Protection Protection
that the filter
Before a vessel can pump system have an
it must be more
oily water within a Special have an oily water automatic cut-off
than 12 miles
2438 Area, it has to comply with separating system when the wastes be underway
from the nearest
the following conditions in operation are found to
coast
EXCEPT: exceed 15 ppm of
oily residue

Which should be done with discharge
discharge at sea discharge at sea
the ashes from your overboard
provided you are provided you are discharge to
2439 vessels incinerator which provided you are shore facility only
at least 12 miles more than 25
has burned packages not in a river or
offshore miles offshore
containing plastic? estuary
The scuppers had been
plugged as required at the
time an oil spill occurs on spread an rig a fire hose remove the plugs
deck. After shutting down absorbent sound the
2440 material, such as
and call for water from the
the transfer, the general alarm
sawdust on deck scuppers
engineroom should first be
informed and then
__________.
The standard outside
diameter pipelines to
enable pipes of reception
facilities to be connected
2441 225 mm 235 mm 215 mm 250 mm
with the ships discharge
pipelines for residues from
machinery bilges should
be_________.
Pipelines should be
standard to enable pipes of
2442 181 mms. 185 mms. 179 mms. 183 mms.
bilges. Its bolt circle
diameter should be _____.
To whom is the first report
rendered in the oil
2443 port authorities Coast guard Ship's agent Ship's owner
pollution contingency plan
of the vessel?
Most minor spills of oil
equipment unforeseeable
2444 products are caused by major casualties human error
failure circumstances
__________.
Oil refuse and oil
considered to be "Oil" Oil mixed with Petroleum and
2445 mixed with Sludge
under the pollution dredge spoil fuel oil
wastes
When oil is accidentally Contain the oil Throw chemical Obtain your
and remove as Throw sand on
discharged into the water, agents on the permit from the
2446 much of it as the water to sink
what should you do after possible from the water to disperse Corps of
the oil.
reporting the discharge? water. the oil. Engineers
On a tankship, sanitary
inspections of the crew's
2447 quarters are the Engineer
Mate Second Mate union delegate
__________.

Oil refuse and oil
considered to be "Oil" Oil mixed with Petroleum and
2448 Sludge mixed with
under the pollution dredge spoil fuel oil
wastes
Any individual
When a vessel violates the connected with
Licensed officers
2449 oil pollution laws, who may Owners only Master only the vessel
only involved in the
be held responsible?
operation
lengthening the
Spreading oil on the open diminishing the preventing the increasing the
distance
2450 sea has the effect of height of the wave crests from height of the
between breaking
__________. seas seas
successive crests
The preferred type of
pollution control for oil chemical
2451 booms straw skimmers
spills on the water is(are) dispersants
__________.
Fueling results in the
collection of waste oil in Adding sinking Mixing it with Draining it
Placing it in
drip pans and containers. agents and dispersants overboard when
2452 proper disposal
Which is an approved discharging it facilities before draining it the vessel gets
method of disposing of the into the water overboard underway
waste oil?
Plastic material may be
12 miles from 3 miles from 25 miles from None of the
2453 discharged overboard from
shore shore shore above
a vessel if it is __________.
In reference to accidental
oil pollution, the most
hoses are being final topping off is hoses are being you first start to
2454 critical time during
blown down occurring disconnected receive fuel
bunkering is when
__________.
It is visible for a It is not covered It does little It will sink more
Which statement is TRUE
2455 shorter time than by the pollution harm to marine rapidly than
of a gasoline spill? a fuel oil spill. laws. life. crude oil.
They may cause
serious pollution A small spill is not
Which statement is TRUE They usually They usually stay
2456 as the effect dangerous to sea
concerning small oil spills? disappear quickly. in a small area.
tends to be life in the area.
cumulative.
The term "discharge", as it
applies to the pollution Gassing Up spilling, leaking, ballasting &
2457 inerting & venting
regulations, means &Incinerating pumping deballasting
__________.
Pollution regulations require
that each scupper in an mechanical two-piece soft
2458 wooden plug soft rubber plug
enclosed deck area have a means of closing patch
__________.
The operator of a vessel
the date and hose information
subject to the pollution the name of each
result of the most including the
regulations shall keep a person currently
2459 recent test on the minimum design All of the above
written record available for designated as a
system relief burst pressure for
inspection by the COPT or person in charge
valves each hose
OCMI containing ________.

The operator of each
cargoes carried the date and
vessel subject to the the name of each
and dates hose information results of the
pollution regulations is person
2460 delivered, not marked on most recent
NOT required to keep including designated as a
the hose equipment
written records of destinations person in charge
inspection
__________.
length from the
forward bulkhead
The term, "cargo tank of the length of any
greatest distance
length", as used in part 157 diagonal forwardmost individual cargo
between two
2461 of the Pollution measurement of cargo tanks to space, from
the after opposite cargo
Regulations, means the a cargo tank bulkhead to
bulkhead of the tank bulkheads
__________. bulkhead
aftermost cargo
tanks
the operating
all information a one-line instructions for
the shipboard Oil Pollution an explanation ordinarily schematic of the any and all oily-
2462 Emergency Plan must and purpose of
the plan provided in the plan to be water separators
include __________.
Oil Record Book implemented installed aboard
the vessel
If you observe any
situation which presents a
Close the valves Notify the person
safety or pollution hazard Shut down the Sound the fire
2463 at the transfer in charge of the
during fuel transfer transfer operation alarm
manifold shore facility
operations, what action
should you take FIRST?
Under the Pollution
until the next
Regulations, garbage until the end of
2464 one year Coast Guard two years
disposal records must be the voyage
inspection
kept __________.
Which is NOT a mandatory National and
Reporting Steps to control a
2465 part of the shipboard Oil Diagrams local
requirements discharge
Pollution Emergency Plan? coordination
A list of agencies A list specifying
or officials of who will be
Which list is NOT required
Coastal State responsible for A list of agencies
to be provided as part of A list of
Administrators informing the or officials in
2466 the appendices of the personnel duty
responsible for parties listed and assignments. regularly visited
Shipboard Oil Pollution
receiving and the priority in ports.
Emergency Plan?
processing which they must
incident reports. be notified.
Which is a mandatory
List of individuals
section of the shipboard Reporting Removal Planned
2467 requirements
required to
Oil Pollution Emergency equipment list exercises
respond
Plan?
The regulations that were
passed to implement
MARPOL 73/78 concerning International Inland waters
2468 All of the above Great Lakes only
oil pollution apply to a U.S. waters only
flag vessel that sails on
which waters?

No action is
required if you
Under the Pollution
make an entry in are more than 25
Regulations, when you keep a record for notify the U.S.
2469 two years
the Official miles from land
dump garbage in to the sea Coast Guard
Logbook and no plastic
you must __________.
materials are
dumped.
and can be
implemented
When amendments are
without
made to the Shipboard Oil one month six months
and cannot be immediate
Pollution Emergency Plan, before the before the end of
2470 implemented approval as long
the revisions must be anniversary date without approval the approval
as final approval
submitted to the Coast of the plan period
is received within
Guard __________.
six months of
submission
any barge or ship
an oil tanker of an oil tanker of
constructed or
400 gross tons all vessels, 150 gross tons
A shipboard Oil Pollution operated in such
and above, or regardless of size and above, or
2471 Emergency Plan is required a manner that no
other ships of and commercial other ship of 400
of __________. oil in any form gross tons and
150 gross tons application
can be carried above
and above
aboard
The approval period for a
shipboard Oil Pollution
2472 three years two years five years four years
Emergency Plan expires
after __________.
If you observe any
Notify the person
safety or pollution hazard Shut down the Close the valves Sound the
2473 in charge of the
during fuel transfer operation. at the manifold. general alarm.
shore facility.
operations which action
To enable pipes of reception
2474 pipelines for residues from 200 mm 185 mm 183 mm 180 mm
machinery bilges. Pipelines
should be standard with an
outside diameter of:
2475 190 mm 200mm 195mm 183mm
The oil record book

To enable pipes of
2477 200 mm 183 mm 185 mm 180 mm
diameter of:
2478 183mm 190 mm 200mm 195mm
The oil record book
A tank
heat coils
mixtures
In the Oil Record Book a
comprehensive list of
2481 operational items are symbols number letter abbreviation
grouped into operational
section codified by a/an:
6 months and
The Oil Record Book must not less than 3 the duration of then submitted
years and be an annual
2482 be maintained on board readily available
the ship's active to the nearest
inspection
ship for: for inspection employment Marine Safety
Office
Where do you record the
discharged at sea of bilge
maintenance appropriate log
2483 water containing any oil sounding book oil record book
record to book
from machinery spaces of a
dry cargo vessel?
When must the Master of a
vessel log the position of Only when in
At the change of
2484 load line marks in relation fresh or brackish Once a day Product carrier
every watch
to the surface of the water water
in the Official Logbook?
What is required for each plastic plug
mechanical wooden plug and biogradable
2485 scupper in an enclosed attached to the
means of closing cement rubber plug
area, to prevent oil spill? ship by chain
In cleaning up an oil spill,
2486 blocker sorbent chemical agent none of these
straw is an example of a:

which, if discharged into
the sea from tank cleaning
or deballasting operations,
2487 are deemed to present a Category Z Category A Category X Category Y
minor hazard to either
marine resources or
human health. What is this
category?
The Oil Record Book must Classification
be available at all times for Maritime Society
Port State control
2488 examination by ______ of Coastguard industry Board Inspectors under Inspectors
any port when within the Inspectors whom the vessel
jurisdiction of the State. is classed
Which oil spill clean-up
technique remove the oil
from the surface of the
2489 recover disperse in situ burning containment
water by
"mixing" it into
the water column?
When ballasting cargo
tanks, ________ should be
recorded in the Cargo Number of Density of the
2490 Identity of tank(s) Weight of ballast
Record Book for ships ballast tanks ballast
carrying noxious liquid
substances.
The oil record book shall
be completed in every Discharged
occasion on a tank to tank overboard or Ballasting and Internal transfer
Disposal of oily of oil cargo
2491 basis. For all ships disposal cleaning of fuel during the
residues (sludge)
regarding machinery space otherwise of tanks voyage
operations, the following bilge water
takes place except:
The water washing of cargo
tanks and slop tanks
containing residues of
electrostatic reception
2492 certain substances may Discharge hazard fumes hazard
hazard facilities ashore
produce dangerous
reaction and should be
carefully considered.
notify the shore close the deck fill the tank to
When topping off fuel pumping station close all tank
filling valve to the bottom of
2493 tanks as a precautions to reduce rate as vents to prevent
reduce the the expansion
against oil spill, you should: tanks near full overflow
capacity pumping rate tank
has in his or her has notified the
is in the
has in his or her possession a captain of the immediate
No person may transfer oil possession a valid Certificate port at least 24 vicinity and
2494 to or from a vessel unless copy of the of Inspection or hours before immediately
the person in charge: vessel's Oil Tank Vessel beginning each available to the
Record Book Examination oil transfer oil transfer
personnel
Letter operation

The most critical time for
preventing an accidental fuel begins to hoses are being hoses are being tanks are being
2495
oil spill during bunkering is come aboard blown down disconnected topped off
when the:
Which one need not be date and position Date and time
date and position
recorded when an oil of ship at finish identity of started and
2496 of ship at start of
tanker discharged water of discharge to tank(s) duration of
discharge to sea operation
from slop tanks? sea
International Oil International Oil International Oil
What is the meaning IOPP International Oil
Pollution Payment Providers
2497 Certificates issued by any Prevention and
Prevention Provisional Provisionary
government? Certificate Pollution Cartel
Certificate certificate
The guidelines developed
to assist in the preparation mandatory non-mandatory
2498 Preface Introduction
of SOPEP comprise three provisions provisions
primary sections EXCEPT:
Which is correct with it will sink more it does little visible for a
it is not covered
2499 regards to spillage of rapidly than harm to marine shorter time than
by pollution laws a fuel oil spill
gasoline? crude oil life
It is invisible for a
Which statement is true in It does little harm It will sink more It is not covered
2500 to marine life
shorter time
a gasoline spill? rapidly oil by pollution laws
than crude oil
While leaving post, your
it will be
vessel is involved in a
confined in a oil will sink so it small spills can
collision resulting in a small small oil spills
2501 small area will not be cause danger to
spill of oil. What is true disappear quickly sea life
because it is dangerous
regarding the spill of the
small
oil?
Any individual
When vessel violates the connected with watch keeping
2502 oil pollution laws, who may Owners only the vessel Master only officers/engineer
be held responsible? involved in the s only
operation
The transfer procedure for
Where they can
2503 oil products are required to Pump room Mess hall In the bridge
be easily seen
be posted:
nearest US coast nearest coast nearest NCB
2504 discharge of harmful classification
guard radio station surveyor
reported to the:
creating harm to Petroleum
2505 health and life or Oils and Fuels products and
Substances" under able to damage any form
petrochemicals
Marpol? amenities
When ships are on short
voyages, how often is the
Once every two
2506 quantity residue recorded Once a month Once a week Twice a week
weeks
in the Machinery Space Oil
Record Book?

When ballasting through
cargo piping system to Open the suction Open block Open sluice Start the cargo
2507 prevent escape of oil into valve, then start valve, then start valve, then start pump, then open
the sea, the first thing to the cargo pump cargo the pump the cargo pump sea suction valve
do is to:
"Peck and
Palletized Large wooden
2508 Hale" gear is mostly Automobiles Baled cargoes
cargoes crates
used for storing:
The Marpol Convention mobile oil drilling vessels less than
2509 Warships Passenger ships 500 gross
shall not apply to: units tonnage
The oil record book is all vessels
exceeding 150 passengers
2510 required to be carried on tanker only cargo vessels
GRT and using vessels
board by: fuel oil
The purpose of
protect the prevent risk of
towing arrangement delays to ship ensure easier
2511 interests of cargo environmental
onboard tankers is to during engine pollution salvage works
owners
You are on board a dry
cargo vessel and she is in pump only if
port, if it becomes pump overboard discharged outlet pump only as
Pump only on
2512 necessary to pump bilges, during the hour is led to shore much as
tank, barge or the outgoing tide
which of the following of darkness necessary
procedures should be tank truck
followed?
Type of boom that is made
rapid
2513 of fibers that absorb oil but sorbent type ro type fence type
deployment type
not water.
Under marking and
labeling, packages of
PROVIDED WITH
harmful substance
2514 DOCUMENTED EXEMPTED DETAILED SEPARATED
containing small quantities
STOWAGE PLAN
may be ________ from the
marking requirements.
Spills of persistent oils with should be easily should be do not readily
evaporate and dissipate with
2515 greater than 1.0 specific dispersed with recovered with are difficult to wind and current
gravity: dispersants skimmers recover
These are used to prevent
2516 dispersant sorbents skimmers booms
from oil spreading.
This reduces the size of oil
droplets and the wave
action keeps the tiny
2517 dispersant booms sorbents skimmers
droplets in the water
column eventually
breaking down naturally.
On the completion of oil
Soundings should Valves used Hose should be
transfer operation,
2518 be entered in the during transfer All of the choices blown down with
pollution prevention shall be closed
oil record book air
regulation requires that all:

When using fuel composed
of blends from
hydrocarbons derived from
petroleum refining, test NOx Technical SOx Technical NOxSOx
2519 all of these
procedures and Code Code Technical Code
measurement method
shall be in accordance with
the:
With regards to accidental
When hoses are
oil pollution, the most Start to receive Hoses are being During final
2520 being topping
critical time during fuel blown down
disconnected
bunkering is when:
A sewage system shall be
fitted with facilities to the
satisfaction and approved
by the Administration , for
comminuting and
the temporary storage of disinfecting
2521 disinfecting treatment plant storage system
sewage when the ship is system system
less than 3 nautical miles
from the nearest land.
system?
What does the Acronym Sulphuric
Sulphur Emission Sulfide Emission Sox Emission
2522 SECA under Marpol Annex Extraction
Control Area Control Area Control Area
VI stand for? Command Area
The Chief Officer
Officer or OIC of When the The entries
is to signed when
In the Oil record Book, the operation and operations are match
the operations
each operation specifies in each completed completed will operations
2523 are completed
the regulation must be page will be be signed by the completed after
signed by the and
noted by the: Officer or OIC of which is signed
master countersigned by
the operation by the Master
the Master
Two signatures are the Master and
the Master and the Chief Mate
essential in the Oil Record the Master and the Officer in
2524 the Chief and Chief
Book of a dry-cargo vessel. the Chief Mate charge of the
Engineer Engineer operations
These are:
the most
common method
The use of sinking and
used in the too expensive for generally harmful generally safe to
2525 dispersing agents for
United States common use to sea life sea life
removal of surface oil is:
and European
countries
Under the International
Convention for the
Prevention of Pollution
2526 from Ships,1973, it means Administration Treaty U.S. Coast Guard State
the government of the
state whose authority the
ship is operating.

A term that refers to any
cargo space in which, after
Filled Unfilled Unfilled Filled
loading and trimming as
2527 compartment, compartment, compartment, compartment,
required under A10.2, the trimmed
untrimmed trimmed untrimmed
bulk grain is at its highest
possible.
Which is NOT a type oil Dynamic Incline
2528 Fence Oleophilic Weir
skimmer? Plane
To enable pipes of
2529 185 mm 183 mm 180 mm 200 mm
diameter of:
2530 190 mm 200mm 183mm 195mm
The oil record book
A tank
heat coils
mixtures
In the Oil Record Book a
comprehensive list of
2533 operational items are abbreviation letter symbols number
grouped into operational
section codified by a/an:
6 months and
The Oil Record Book must the duration of then submitted not less than 3
an annual years and be
2534 be maintained on board the ship's active to the nearest readily available
inspection
ship for: employment Marine Safety for inspection
Office
Where do you record the
discharged at sea of bilge
appropriate log maintenance
2535 water containing any oil oil record book sounding book
book record to
from machinery spaces of a
dry cargo vessel?

When must the Master of a
vessel log the position of Only when in
At the change of
2536 load line marks in relation Product carrier Once a day fresh or brackish
every watch
to the surface of the water water
in the Official Logbook?
What is required for each plastic plug
wooden plug and mechanical biogradable
2537 scupper in an enclosed area, attached to the
cement means of closing rubber plug
to prevent oil spill? ship by chain
which, if discharged into the
sea from tank cleaning or
deballasting operations, are
2538 Category X Category Y Category A Category Z
deemed to present a minor
hazard to either marine
resources or human health.
What is this category?
The Oil Record Book must
Classification
be available at all times for
Port State control Society Inspectors Maritime industry
2539 examination by _____ of any Coastguard
Inspectors under whom the Board Inspectors
port when within the
vessel is classed
jurisdiction of the State.
Which oil spill clean-up
technique remove the oil
from the surface of the
2540 recover disperse containment in situ burning
water by
"mixing" it into
the water column?
When ballasting cargo tanks,
_____ should be recorded in
Number of ballast Density of the
2541 the Cargo Record Book for Weight of ballast Identity of tank(s)
tanks ballast
ships carrying noxious liquid
substances.
The oil record book shall be
completed in every occasion Discharged
on a tank to tank basis. For Internal transfer overboard or Ballasting and
Disposal of oily
2542 all ships regarding of oil cargo during disposal cleaning of fuel
residues (sludge)
machinery space operations, the voyage otherwise of bilge tanks
the following takes place water
except:
The water washing of cargo
tanks and slop tanks
containing residues of
electrostatic reception facilities
2543 certain substances may Discharge hazard fumes hazard
hazard ashore
produce dangerous reaction
and should be carefully
considered.
notify the shore
close the deck
When topping off fuel tanks fill the tank to the close all tank pumping station
filling valve to
2544 as a precautions against oil bottom of the vents to prevent to reduce rate as
reduce the
spill, you should: expansion tank overflow tanks near full
pumping rate
capacity

is in the
has notified the has in his or her
immediate has in his or her captain of the possession a
No person may transfer oil vicinity and possession a port at least 24 valid Certificate
2545 to or from a vessel unless immediately copy of the hours before of Inspection or
the person in charge: available to the vessel's Oil beginning each Tank Vessel
oil transfer Record Book oil transfer Examination
personnel
operation Letter
The most critical time for
preventing an accidental tanks are being hoses are being hoses are being fuel begins to
2546 come aboard
oil spill during bunkering is topped off disconnected blown down
when the:
Which one need not be date and position Date and time date and position
recorded when an oil of ship at finish identity of started and
2547 duration of
of ship at start of
tanker discharged water of discharge to tank(s)
operation discharge to sea
from slop tanks? sea
Pollution Payment Providers
2548 Certificates issued by any Prevention
Prevention and
Provisional Provisionary
The guidelines developed
to assist in the preparation mandatory non-mandatory
2549 Preface Introduction
of SOPEP comprise three provisions provisions
primary sections EXCEPT:
Which is correct with visible for a it does little it will sink more
it is not covered
2550 regards to spillage of shorter time than harm to marine rapidly than
a fuel oil spill by pollution laws
gasoline? life crude oil
It is invisible for a
Which statement is true in It is not covered It will sink more It does little harm
2551 shorter time
a gasoline spill? by pollution laws rapidly oil to marine life
than crude oil
While leaving post, your
it will be
vessel is involved in a
confined in a oil will sink so it small spills can
collision resulting in a small small oil spills
2552 small area will not be cause danger to
spill of oil. What is true sea life disappear quickly
because it is dangerous
regarding the spill of the
small
oil?
Any individual
When vessel violates the connected with watch keeping
2553 oil pollution laws, who may the vessel officers/engineer Master only Owners only
be held responsible? involved in the s only
operation
The transfer procedure for
Where they can
2554 oil products are required to In the bridge Mess hall Pump room
be easily seen
be posted:
nearest US coast nearest coast nearest NCB
2555 discharge of harmful classification radio station
guard surveyor
reported to the:
What is the meaning of Any substances Petroleum
"Harmful creating harm to Hydrocarbons in
2556 Oils and Fuels products and
Substances" under health and life or any form
able to damage petrochemicals
Marpol?

amenities

Once every two
2557 quantity residue recorded Twice a week Once a month Once a week
weeks
Record Book?
When ballasting through
cargo piping system to Open the suction Start the cargo Open sluice Open block
2558 prevent escape of oil into valve, then start pump, then open valve, then start valve, then start
the sea, the first thing to the cargo pump sea suction valve the cargo pump cargo the pump
do is to:
"Peck and
Palletized Large wooden
2559 Hale" gear is mostly Automobiles Baled cargoes
cargoes crates
used for storing:
vessels less than
The Marpol Convention mobile oil drilling
2560 Passenger ships 500 gross Warships
shall not apply to: tonnage units
The oil record book is all vessels
exceeding 150 passengers
2561 required to be carried on cargo vessels tanker only
GRT and using vessels
board by: fuel oil
The purpose of
prevent risk of protect the
towing arrangement ensure easier delays to ship
2562 environmental interests of cargo
onboard tankers is to pollution salvage works during engine
owners
You are on board a dry
cargo vessel and she is in pump only if
port, if it becomes pump only as pump overboard discharged outlet
Pump only on
2563 necessary to pump bilges, much as during the hour is led to shore
the outgoing tide tank, barge or
which of the following necessary of darkness
procedures should be tank truck
followed?
Type of boom that is made
rapid
2564 of fibers that absorb oil but fence type sorbent type ro type
deployment type
not water.
Under marking and
labeling, packages of
PROVIDED WITH
harmful substance
2565 EXEMPTED DOCUMENTED SEPARATED DETAILED
containing small quantities
STOWAGE PLAN
may be ________ from the
marking requirements.
Spills of persistent oils with should be easily do not readily should be
dissipate with evaporate and
2566 greater than 1.0 specific dispersed with recovered with
wind and current are difficult to
gravity: dispersants recover skimmers
These are used to prevent
2567 skimmers booms dispersant sorbents
from oil spreading.

This reduces the size of oil
droplets and the wave
action keeps the tiny
2568 dispersant booms sorbents skimmers
droplets in the water
column eventually
breaking down naturally.
On the completion of oil
Valves used Hose should be Soundings should
transfer operation,
2569 All of the choices during transfer blown down with be entered in the
pollution prevention shall be closed air oil record book
regulation requires that all:
When using fuel composed
of blends from
hydrocarbons derived from
petroleum refining, test NOxSOx SOx Technical NOx Technical
2570 all of these Code
procedures and Technical Code Code
measurement method
shall be in accordance with
the:
With regards to accidental
When hoses are
oil pollution, the most During final Start to receive Hoses are being
2571 being
critical time during topping fuel blown down
disconnected
bunkering is when:
A sewage system shall be
fitted with facilities to the
satisfaction and approved
by the Administration , for
comminuting and
the temporary storage of disinfecting
2572 storage system treatment plant disinfecting
sewage when the ship is system system
less than 3 nautical miles
from the nearest land.
system?
What does the Acronym Sulphuric
Sox Emission Sulphur Emission Sulfide Emission
2573 SECA under Marpol Annex Control Area
Extraction
Control Area Control Area
VI stand for? Command Area
The Chief Officer
When the Officer or OIC of
is to signed when The entries match
In the Oil record Book, each operations are the operation and
the operations operations
operation specifies in the completed will be each completed
2574 are completed completed after
regulation must be noted by signed by the page will be
and which is signed by
the: Officer or OIC of signed by the
countersigned by the Master
the operation master
the Master
the Master and
Two signatures are essential the Chief Mate
the Officer in the Master and the Master and
2575 in the Oil Record Book of a and Chief
charge of the the Chief Engineer the Chief Mate
dry-cargo vessel. These are: Engineer
operations
the most common
The use of sinking and method used in
generally safe to too expensive for generally harmful
2576 dispersing agents for the United States
sea life common use to sea life
removal of surface oil is: and European
countries

Convention for the
2577 from Ships,1973, it means Administration Treaty U.S. Coast Guard State
ship is operating.
A term that refers to any
cargo space in which, after
Unfilled Filled Unfilled Filled
loading and trimming as
2578 compartment, compartment, compartment, compartment,
required under A10.2, the trimmed
trimmed untrimmed untrimmed
bulk grain is at its highest
possible.
Which is NOT a type oil Dynamic Incline
2579 Fence Oleophilic Weir
skimmer? Plane
A oil tanker may not
discharge an oily mixture discharging at an is within Special
more than 12 instantaneous
into the sea from a cargo Areas defined in
nautical miles rate of oil content at anchor or
2580 tank slop tank or cargo Regulation 1 (10)
from the nearest not exceeding 30 stopped
pump room bilge unless liters per nautical of Annex I to
land
which of the following mile MARPOL 73/78
conditions is present?
If you are bunkering and
you close off one tank in
the line of tanks being
2581 increase stop decrease remain constant
filled the rate of flow to
other open tanks on the
same line will __________.
annually by the
and the entire owner with a
letter submitted annually by the only once every
plan resubmitted
Shipboard Oil Pollution to the Coast owner with a five years with a
for approval
2582 Emergency Plans must be Guard within one letter submitted letter submitted
once every five month of the
reviewed __________. six months six months
years six months anniversary date
before expiration before expiration
before expiration of the plan
approval
What is the first action you
should take to prevent oil open block open sea suction open sluice start the cargo
pump then open
2583 from escaping into the sea valves then start valves then start valves then start
sea suction
when ballasting through the cargo pump the cargo pump the cargo pump valves
the cargo piping system?
Where are the transfer Where they can
In the upper In the officers
2584 procedures for oil products be easily seen or In the pilothouse
pumproom flat lounge
are required to be posted? readily available
latitude
You discharge garbage
latitude longitude course latitude longitude
overboard at sea. When
longitude and latitude and speed and a and estimated
2585 recording your vessels distance from
approximate longitude only copy of that days
position as required you shore
depth of water noon position
must include __________.
slip

A dry cargo vessel is
required to record in the
Oil Record Book of the ship the distance of method of the distance of the distance of
the discharge of dirty the ship from the discharge the ship from the the ship from the
2586 ballast or cleaning water nearest land if (whether nearest land if nearest land if
from fuel oil tanks. Three not less than 50 separator was not less than 100 not more than 50
of the following is essential miles used) miles miles
and must be recorded.
Which one is not?
A ship that at any time
operates seaward of the
shipboard oil
outermost boundary of the synthetic plastic vapor recovery
2587 pollution oil discharge plan
territorial sea is required to discharge plan emergency plan procedures plan
prepare submit and
maintain a(n) _______.
After making the required
notification that a large oil have the vessel apply straw or
throw grains of contain the
2588 spill into the water has move out of the spread of the oil
sawdust on the
sand into the oil
occurred the FIRST action spill area oil
The equipment required to kept in a
kept at the
remove an on-deck oil spill available by protected
shoreside hose on a tug standing
2589 on a barge transferring oil contract with the shoreside
shore facility connection by
must either be carried on location readily
during transfer
board or __________. accessible
comply with
provide increase allow sufficient
The purpose of inert gas double hull prevent outside
in cargo oxygen in the
2590 systems aboard tank pollution air from entering
discharge tank to sustain the tank
vessels is to __________. prevention
pressure life
regulations
Shifting suction
The ships operations that is Daily inspection
none of the Cleaning of the of main fuel
2591 required to be logged in of engine room fuel oil tanks
above pumpt to reserve
the Oil Record Book is _. bilges
fuel oil tank
the duties by
The transfer procedures name of each
a line diagram of
required to be followed on a list of each port a current crew person in charge
2592 the vessels
tankships shall contain transfer piping of discharge list required for each
__________. transfer
operation
This substance is soluble
with water in all proportion liquifying Solidifying High viscosity low viscosity
2593
at wash water temperature substance substance substance substance
and is called ___________.
To do in the event of a Wash down the
none of the Cover the area
2594 small bunker oil spill on all of these area immediately with saw dust
above
deck while fueling is _. with a fire hose

To ensure that there are
not leakage of bilge of
water contaminated by oil
from machinery spaces it
is required by regulations state quantity
that the transfer of bilge incinerated at
2595 reception
indicate tank(s) none of these any of these
water to slop tanks or
holding tanks be recorded facilities and port
in the Machinery space oil
record book. Listed are
four information data.
Which one is not required?
Under MARPOL
PROTOCOL II Article III the
2596 Nine Six Seven Three
Tribunal shall consist of
_____ members.
What can be done to
driving wooden
prevent small oil spills on plugging the plugging the closing the lids
2597 plugs into the
deck from going scuppers sounding pipes on the vents
vents
overboard?
What is the minimum
number of bolts required A bolt must be
2598 in a permanently 3 used in every 4 6
connected flange oil hose hole.
coupling?
Which international body is
responsible for drafting the International International Association of
Maritime
2599 convention prohibiting Maritime Association of Seafaring
Organization Advisory Council
marine pollution (MARPOL) Shipping Nations
?
a list which a list of agencies
specifies who will or officials of
which of the following is
a list of agencies be responsible for Coastal State
NOT required to be provided
or officials in a list of personnel informing the administrations
2600 as part of the appendixes of
regularly visited duty assignments parties listed and responsible for
the Shipboard Oil Pollution
ports the priority in receiving and
Emergency Plan?
which they must processing
be notified incident reports
any barge or
other ship which an oil tanker of
an oil tanker of
is constructed or all vessels 400 gross tons
Which vessel is required to 150 gross tons or
operated in such regardless of size and above or
2601 have a shipboard oil above or other
a manner that no and commercial other ships of 150
pollution emergency plan? ship of 400 gross
oil in any form application gross tons and
tons or above
can be carried above
aboard
While operating your
oceangoing vessel you must no later than 24
at the time the
keep a record of any before the end of hours after before arriving at
2602 garbage was
discharge or disposal of the voyage disposal of the your next port
disposed
garbage. When should these garbage
entries be made?

A 30,000 DWT tankship is carrying cargoes calling at ports in
required to have an IOPP engaged in the listed in the another country
2603 going foreign
certificate when coastwise trade MARPOL signatory to
__________. regulations MARPOL 73/78
Non-solidifying solidifying flammable Liquefying
2604 which is not a solidifying substance substance substance substance
substance is:
A number of dangerous
substances in various
marine
2605 IMDG Code classes have plants humans living animals environment
been identified as a
substance harmful to the:
plug the plug the close the lids on
2606 take before bunkering is to scuppers
plug the vents
sounding pipes the vents
__________.
A ship of 400 gross
tonnage or more may
discharge machinery space
while enroute, and she is
2607 more than 12 miles from 100 150 200 210
land provided the oil of the
effluent is less than
_________ parts per
million.
A ship of 400 gross
tonnage or more than an oil discharge
oil tanker may discharge monitoring and cathode
oily machinery space bilge anode protection control
2608 COW facility protection
provided she is enroute, equipment equipment and
oily-water equipment
more than 12 miles from
separator
shore and has in operation
a/an _______.
any barge or ship
an oil tanker of an oil tanker of
constructed or
150 gross tons 400 gross tons all vessels,
A shipboard Oil Pollution operated in such
and above, or and above, or regardless of size
2609 Emergency Plan is required a manner that no
other ship of 400 other ships of and commercial
of _______. gross tons and oil in any form
150 gross tons application
above can be carried
and above
aboard
A solidifying noxious
substance with a melting
point of less than 15 not more than 3 not less than 3 not less than 5 not more than 5
2610 degrees Centigrade and a degrees degrees degrees degrees
temperature of _______ Centigrade Centigrade Centigrade Centigrade
above its melting point at
the time of unloading.
A towing vessel is NOT used solely for used occasionally
less than 49 feet
2611 required to be fitted with pollution to assist vessels towing alongside
response in length
radar if it is _______. in distress

A vessel to which Annex V
to MARPOL 73/78 applies
is 24 nautical miles from
2612 the nearest land. Which Metal Crockery Dunnage Glass
type of garbage is
prohibited from being
discharged?
After each operation
involving the transfer of oil within 6 hours of within 1 hour of
as the operation
2613 or oily mixture, an entry without delay completion of completion of
permits
shall be recorded in the Oil the operation the inspection
Record Book ________.
notification that a large oil
have the vessel apply straw or
spill into the water has throw grains of contain the
2614 move out of the sawdust on the
occurred, what is the FIRST sand into the oil spread of the oil
spill area oil
action that should be
taken?
An individual must be
which of the following to have a letter
serve as the person in from the be a certified
2615 be 30 years old be licensed only
charge of oil cargo transfer company stating tankerman (PIC)
operations onboard a self- his qualification
propelled tank vessel?
An ocean going ship of
4000 gross tons must be
fitted with a standard
discharge shore connection
for the discharge of oily
2616 wastes to a reception 155 151 140 152
facility. The dimensions for
the connection are
specified in the Pollution
Prevention Regulations
under Part __________.
Annex V to MARPOL 73/78
contains requirements
pertaining to the discharge None of the noxious liquid
2617 oil garbage
into the marine above substances
environment of
__________.
As soon as the officer in
charge of the vessel has Inform the
taken steps to stop the Call the Coast Environmental Rig a boom for Alert the fire
2618
discharge of oil or oily Guard. Protection recovery. department.
mixture into a U.S. harbor, Agency.
what must he do FIRST?
At what distance from
None of the
shore may plastic material 25 miles from 3 miles from 12 miles from
2619 above are
may be thrown overboard shore shore correct. shore
from a vessel?

Coast Guard regulations
require a shipboard Oil
once every two once every four once every five
2620 Pollution Emergency Plan annually
years years years
to be reviewed
__________.
During oil transfer
operations, who is
The designated The senior able
2621 responsible for ensuring The tankerman The oiler
person in charge seaman
that the posted transfer
procedures are followed?
During transfer operations, add sodium move to a
cover the immediately
a quantity of propylamine bisulfate on the position upwind
contaminated flush the spill
spills on deck. According to contaminated of the spill and
2622 surface with with large surface and
the Chemical Data Guide, allow the
soda-ash-soaked quantities of spray it down
the correct procedure product to boil
lime solution fresh water with water
would be to __________. off
less harmful to more harmful to easier to clean
Heavy fuel oils when not a real threat
2623 sea life than sea life than up than lighter
spilled are __________. lighter oils to marine life
lighter oils refined oils
How long must the
operator of each vessel
engaged in a vessel-to-
2624 vessel oil transfer 1 year 1 month 10 days 6 months
operation keep a signed
copy of the declaration of
inspection for?
If you must pump bilges
if discharge is led
while a vessel is in port, on the outgoing during the hours as much as is
2625 to a shore tank or
you should pump only tide of darkness necessary barge
__________.
If you observe any
Notify the person
safety or pollution hazard Shut down the Close the valves Sound the
2626 operation.
in charge of the
during the fuel transfer at the manifold. general alarm.
shore facility.
operations, which action
On a passenger vessel over
Part III
400 gross tons, routine Part II (Cargo Part I (Machinery (Emergency Oil Record Book
2627 entries for the Oil Record Oil/Ballast Space
Operations) Discharge/Spillag is not required
Book are recorded in Operations)
e)
__________.
Small oil spills on deck can driving wooden
plugging the closing the lids plugging the
2628 be kept from going plugs into the
scuppers on the vents sounding pipes
overboard by ______: vents
that the filter
Before a vessel can pump system have an
it must be more automatic cut-off have an oily
oily water within a Special
than 12 miles water separating
2629 Area, it has to comply with be underway from the nearest
when the wastes
system in
the following conditions coast are found to
operation
EXCEPT: exceed 15 ppm
of oily residue

The standard outside
diameter pipelines to
enable pipes of reception
2630 250 mm 235 mm 215 mm 225 mm
pipelines for residues from
machinery bilges should
be_________.
One of the requirements
for an oil tanker operating Segregated
An oil content Two separate
2631 with Dedicated Clean A COW system Ballast Tanks and
meter slop tanks
Ballast shall be that it is PL
equipped with_________.
Pipelines should be
standard to enable pipes of
2632 185 mms. 181 mms. 183 mms. 179 mms.
bilges. Its bolt circle
diameter should be _____.
The fuelling valve Increased
may become viscosity of the The change in its
Air pockets may
Why is it important for fuel stuck closed and product needs specific volume
cause the fuel oil
2633 oil tank not to be topped cause the fuel oil higher loading when heated
to bubble out of may cause an
off when loading cold oil? to spill before pressure which
the ullage hole overflow
the valve can be increases the
opened chance of spill
Shipboard Oil Shipboard Oil Spill of Oil
Shipboard Oil
Pollution Prevention and Prevention and
2634 SOPEP means _______. Pollution and
Emergency Plans Emergency Environmental Environmental
Protection Protection Protection
The standard unit of liquid
volume used in the
2635 petroleum industry, as well liter barrel gallon drum
as the tanker industry, is a
__________.
In controlling pollution,
which action should be
taken after all dirty ballast The dirty ballast Chemicals should The slops should The clean tanks
2636 has been transferred to the tank is crude oil be added to be allowed time should be
slop tank and prior to washed. emulsify the oil. to settle. ballasted.
discharge through the oily
water separator?
An IOPP Certificate on an
2637 inspected vessel is valid for 5 years 6 months 1 year 2 years
what period of time?
When oil is discharged
overboard, an entry is
2638 Official Logbook engine rough log Oil Record Book deck rough log
required in the
__________.

close the lids on plug the plug the
2639 take before bunkering is to scuppers
plug the vents
the vents sounding pipes
__________
An annual survey
A 15 ppm oily-
is conducted
In which case is the IOPP The required oily- The ship is water separator
fifteen months
2640 Certificate of an inspected water separator transferred to is replaced by a
malfunctions. after the date of
vessel NOT invalidated? Liberian registry. 100 ppm oily-
certificate
water separator.
issuance.
hoses are
The most likely time for oil
disconnected first starting to final topping off is hoses are being
2641 pollution while bunkering
and being receive fuel occurring blown down
is when __________.
capped
When bunkering is cleaned stowed vertically
washed out with drained, blanked
2642 complete, the hoses should internally with a and allowed to off, and stored
hot soapy water securely
be __________. degreaser drain
After each operation
involving the transfer of oil within 1 hour of within 6 hours of
as the operation
2643 or oily mixture, an entry without delay completion of completion of
permits
shall be recorded in the Oil the inspection the operation
Record Book ________.
Container vessels are
required to maintain an Oil 300 gross tons 200 gross tons 400 gross tons 150 gross tons
2644 and above
Record Book when the above and above and above
vessel is _________?
According to Pollution person(s) in
a licensed officer
Prevention Regulations charge of the
present at the person(s) in
(33CFR), after every operation and a
2645 operation the master charge of the
designated operation, the licensed officer operation
designated by
Oil Record Book is to be present at the
the master
signed by ________. operation
A vessel to which Annex V
to MARPOL 73/78 applies
is located 10 nautical miles Food waste, not
Rags ground to Paper ground to None of the
2646 from the nearest land. comminuted or
ground less than 1 less than 1 options
Which type of garbage is
prohibited from being
discharged?
You need not You must keep a You must keep a You need not
keep a record of record of record of the keep a record of
dumping ground garbage
2647 Which statement is TRUE? discharged in
approximate garbage
garbage in to the
weight of the incinerated on
sea more than 25 port to a shore
facility. garbage dumped. the ship.
miles offshore.
Your oceangoing vessel is
required to have a waste disposing waste
collecting and reducing the segregating the
management plan. This from marine
2648 discharging amount of different types of
plan must be in writing and garbage sanitation
shipboard waste shipboard waste
describe procedures for devices
__________.

Which is a mandatory
List of individuals
section of the shipboard Removal Reporting Planned
2649 required to
Oil Pollution Emergency equipment list requirements exercises
respond
Plan?
During oil transfer
operations, who is
The senior able The designated
2650 responsible for ensuring The oiler person in charge
The tankerman
seaman
that the posted transfer
procedures are followed?
500 - 1000 ppm
No chronic
Which statement is TRUE 3000 ppm is for 30 - 60 5.5 ppm for 1
effects noticed
concerning the short endurable for 30 minutes will minute is
2651 - 60 minutes
after 20,000 ppm
exposure tolerance for produce definite practically
(single exposure) irritation to the exposure for 5 -
Benzene? intolerable
10 minutes
trachea
Flanged joints Connections at
Piping through
What is NOT a requirement shall be used for bulkheads must
bunker spaces
of cargo piping installed in pipe sizes be made so that The cargo piping
2652 may be run system shall be
tank vessels carrying grade exceeding 2 the plating does fixed.
through a pipe
D or E cargo ONLY? inches in not form part of
tunnel.
diameter. a flanged joint.
You are keeping the
required garbage disposal both cubic
barrels of 55 both kilos and
2653 records. The amount of meters and cubic cubic meters
gallon capacity pounds
garbage disposed must be feet
stated in __________.
You are offloading garbage
to another ship. Your
2654 records must identify that official number home port Master next port-of-call
ship by name and show her
__________.
notification that a large oil have the vessel apply straw or
throw grains of contain the
2655 spill into the water has move out of the sawdust on the
sand into the oil spread of the oil
occurred, the FIRST action spill area oil
Which is NOT a mandatory National and
Reporting Steps to control a
2656 part of the shipboard Oil Diagrams local
requirements discharge
Pollution Emergency Plan? coordination
latitude,
You discharge garbage latitude, latitude, longitude,
overboard at sea. When longitude, and
latitude and longitude, and course, speed,
2657 recording your vessels estimated
longitude only distance from approximate and a copy of
position as required, you
shore depth of water that days noon
must include __________.
position slip
A gas-free certificate would
ABS marine Coast Guard certified marine
2658 usually be issued by a(n) port engineer
surveyor marine inspector chemist
__________.

at least 13.1 feet
Access to a cargo only from areas isolated from any
away from the
pumproom on a tank equipped with part of the vessel
from the open galleys, living
2659 vessel carrying grades A, B, power which normally
deck quarters or
C or D liquid cargoes shall ventilation contains sources
navigation
be __________. systems of vapor ignition
spaces
The shut off valve at the controls the
is used if the shuts off the
gasoline tank which can be amount of
2660 gasoline tank gasoline supply All of the options
operated from outside the at the tank gasoline to the
leaks
tank space __________. engine
Annex V of Marpol 73/78,
applies to all vessel
regarding strict
2661 wood Glass vinyl Plastic
prohibitions of discharging
__________ anywhere at
sea.
Annex III covering harmful
substances carried in
2662 01 July.1992 31 Dec.1988 27 Sep. 2003 19 May.2005
packaged form and turned
into force on:
Your vessel is at a dock
Set out drip pans
taking bunkers. If oil Close the valve Open the intake Signal the shore
and sawdust and
2663 begins to flow out of a tank on the tank vent valve to an control point to
begin to mop up shut down
vent, what should you do line. adjacent tank
the spill.
FIRST?
Your vessel is taking on fuel
oil when a small leak
place a large drip
develops in the hose and notify the
pan under the repair the hose
2664 you have ordered the replace the hose terminal
leak and plug the with a patch
pumping stopped. Before superintendent
scuppers
resuming pumping you
should __________.
The initial The amount of
2665 Freeboard is a measure of: stability of the reserve neither A nor B both A & B
vessel bouyancy
The initial The amount of
2666 GM is a measure of: stability of the reserve both A & B neither A nor B
vessel bouyancy
When using stabilogauge,
unless the density
At 1/3 of the At 1/2 of the At the geometric
correction is applied, the On deck of the
2667 height of the height of the centerof the
center of gravity of a compartment compartment
compartment compartment
loadable compartment is
assumed to be:
The value of KM at any
Building plans of
2668 draft may be taken from Stabilty Table Trimming Table Hydrostatic Table
the ship
the:
The volume of all
Reserved
2669 watertight enclosed spaces Freeboard Free surface Marginal stability
bouyancy
above water line is called:

In regards to the center of
It is the measure It moves toward It moves toward It is located in the
bouyancy, which of the same position
2670 of metacentric the high side of the low side of
following statement is regardless of
height an inclines vessel an inclines vessel displacement
correct?
Shifting weight Discharging Shifting weight
increase the height of the Loading weight
2671 from upper to weight from lower from lower to
center of buoyancy of your in upper decks decks
lower decks upper decks
vessel?
The space where
The volume of all An intact space all the vertical
An intact space intact spaces when flooded upward forces of
2672 An intact bouyancy means: below the flooded
area above the will not cause the buoyancy are
waterline vessel to sink considered to be
concentrated
Your vessel is damaged and
partially flooded. It is
listing 12 deg to port and Jettison deck Jettison the Press up an
Pump-out after, slack,
2673 trimmed 8 feet down by cargo from the anchors and
forepeak tank centerline double
the head. It has a long, port side anchor cables bottom tank
slow, sluggish roll. What
action will you take first?
The percentage of the total
surface area or volume of a One
Center of
2674 flooded compartment that Permeability compartment Form gain
buoyancy
can be occupied by water standard
by damage is called:
The inward curvature of
2675 Tumble home Flare Hogging Sagging
the ship's side is the:
In a longitudinally framed
vessel, the longitudinal
frames are held in place in
2676 Stringers Floor Web frames Margin plates
a place and supported by
athwartship members
called:
The elevated perforated
bottom of a chain locker
which prevents the chain
2677 from touching the bottom Draft Craddle Harping Manger
of the chain locker and
allows water to flow to the
drain is:
The strake next to the keel
2678 Garboard Gangplank Gunwale Keelson
is:
What is not usually a
Bending
2679 concern when loading a trim Initial stability draft
moments
single-hulled tanker?
Your vessel rolls slowly and
has a greater has a greater
sluggishly. This indicates has off-center
2680 draft forward has poor stability draft forward
that the vessel weights
than aft than aft
__________.

evenly
concentrated concentrated
concentrated low distributed
A vessel is tender if cargo high and the and with the
2681 double bottoms
and the double vertically with
weight is __________. double bottoms
empty bottoms empty the double
full
bottoms full
verify data in the
The purpose of the determine the determine the
vessel's verify the
2682 inclining experiment is to lightweight center location of the
of gravity location operating hydrostatic data
__________. metacenter
manual
Which technique could be
Add weight near Concentrate
used to give a more Move weights Ballast the peak
2683 the centerline of weights on upper
comfortable roll to a stiff lower in the ship decks tanks
the lower hold
vessel?
The point to which your
vessel's center of gravity
(G) may rise and still metacentric metacentric
2684 metacenter tipping center
permit the vessel to have radius point
positive stability is called
the __________.
will always cause should always be always results
A negative metacentric All of the above
2685 a vessel to immediately from off-center
height __________. corrected are correct
capsize weights
Addition of weight to a reduce reserve increase righting
2686 All of the above increase GM
vessel will ALWAYS ______. buoyancy moments
When making a turn
G is above the G is below the
(course change) on most the vessel has the vessel is
2687 center of lateral center of lateral
merchant ships, the vessel very little draft resistance deeply laden
resistance
will heel outwards if _____.
Her period of roll
will be large due She will have an She will have a
Which statement is TRUE She will pitch
2688 to her large unusually high large metacentric
of a stiff vessel? heavily. height.
metacentric center of gravity.
height.
evenly
A vessel would be referred concentrated concentrated low
to as "tender" when the high and the and the double
2689 and the double vertically and the
weight of the cargo is double bottoms bottoms are
are empty bottoms are full double bottoms
__________. empty
are full
evenly
2690 and the double vertically with
weight is __________. double bottoms double bottoms
empty bottoms empty the double
full
bottoms full
Which abbreviation refers
to the horizontal distance
between perpendiculars
taken at the forward-most
2691 LOA LLL LWL LBP
and the after-most points
on a small passenger
vessel's waterline at her
deepest operating draft?

Add weight near Concentrate
used to give a more Ballast the peak Move weights
2692 the centerline of weights on upper
comfortable roll to a stiff decks tanks lower in the ship
the lower hold
vessel?
It has a good
Which statement is TRUE It has a very low Its period of roll is
2693 transverse It has a large GM. long.
of a tender vessel? center of gravity.
stability.
Metacentric height is an
for small angles for large angles for all angles of
2694 indication of a vessel's in no case of inclination of inclination inclination
stability __________.
Metacentric height is a maximum initial stability stability through
measure of __________. righting arm only all angles
It decreases in It increases in
In practice, the It decreases at
direct proportion direct proportion
Which statement about correction is increased angles
to increasing to the length of
2696 the free surface effect is considered to be of heel due to
specific gravity of the tank times pocketing when a
TRUE? a virtual
the liquid in the the breadth
reduction of KG. tank is 90% full.
tank. squared.
neither length length of space length and width width of space
2697 is in direct proportion to of space
nor width only only
__________.
What does NOT affect the Specific gravity of
Registered Width of the Length of the
2698 value of the free surface the liquid in the tonnage tank tank
correction? tank
2699 the lower hold to the main All of the above GM will increase will move buoyancy will
should always be will always cause always results
2700 immediately a vessel to from off-center
capsize weights
What will happen when
The center of The metacenter
cargo is shifted from the The GM will
2701 buoyancy will All of the above will move increase.
main deck into the lower
move upward. upward.
hold of a vessel?
Which factor has the
The specific
greatest effect on the The length of the The draft of the The width of the
2702 tank
gravity of the
value of the free surface tank vessel
liquid in the tank
correction?
may increase or
As the displacement of a
decrease
vessel increases, the remains the
2703 decreases depending on increases
detrimental effect of free same
the fineness of
surface __________.
the vessel's form
The most detrimental pocketing in a flowing from side flowing from fore flowing in and out
2704 effect on initial stability is a slack tank as a to side within the to aft within a of a holed wing
result of liquids ________. vessel heels vessel vessel tank
Holing of the
What is the principal
Loss of stability Rupturing of tank bottom
danger from the liquid in a Corrosion from
2705 from free surface bulkheads from from the weight
half full tank onboard a the shifting liquid effect the shifting liquid of the shifting
vessel?
liquid

You are fighting a fire in a
Removing Draining fire-
cargo hold on your vessel. Maneuvering the Shutting off
burned debris fighting water
2706 Which action is most vessel so the fire and pumping it
electricity to
from the cargo
important concerning the is on the lee side overboard damaged cables
hold
stability of the vessel?
A tank which carries liquid
is dangerous to the completely
2707 low in the vessel completely full slack
stability of a vessel when it empty
is __________.
Your vessel has been calculate the free
damaged and is partially surface effect establish flooding
boundaries and pump out the
flooded. The first step to and lost plug the hole(s)
2708 prevent further water inside the
be taken in attempting to buoyancy to spread of flood in the outer shell vessel
save the vessel is to determine the water
__________. vessel's stability
The operation of
determined to assess the The integrity of The capacity of The operation of
the machinery
2709 potential for progressive the water tight the water emergency bilge
boundaries space bilge level
flooding after a vessel has sprinkler systems system
alarms
been damaged?
following
2710 restoration of first
vital services
A stress called compression
is being placed on the under shearing
2711 hogging sagging inclined
sheer strakes if the vessel force
is ___________?
has a greater
sluggishly. This indicates has off-center is taking on
2712 has poor stability draft forward
that the vessel weights water
than aft
__________.
Your vessel is broken down
moving all
and rolling in heavy seas. moving all constantly
rigging a sea passengers to
2713 You can reduce the danger passengers to shifting the anchor one side of the
of capsizing by the stern rudder
boat
__________.
This is a modern method of
welding where there is
actual melting of the
materials being joined
2714 although the weld metal is fusion weld fillet weld butt weld arc weld
composed largely of added
materials having the same
characteristics as the metal
being joined.
This is the underwater
narrowing part of a ships
2715 Run Fine line Double Entrance
hull forward of the middle
body section?

What bulkheads subdivide
the ship into independent Transverse
2716 Accomodation Longitudinal Compartment
compartments to limit the watertight
extent for flooding?
component parts of cargo
2717 Heel Block Flounder Plate Schooner Guy Gooseneck
gear is associated with
Topping Lifts?
This is the type of hatch
cover which consist of
single or multi-paneled Hinged and
Roll Stowing Sliding hatch Pontoon Hatch
2718 covers operated by either a Folding Hatch
Hatch Covers covers cover Cover
wire rope of the ships gear
or by an electro-hydraulic
system.
What doors are classified
2719 the strongest doors among Airtight Sliding Watertight Non watertight
the doors?
provide openings permit easy
Freeing ports on a vessel allow water prevent stress
through the jettison of deck
2720 with solid bulwarks shipped on deck concentration in
bulwarks for to flow off rapidly cargo in an
______. the bulwark
mooring lines emergency
A plate used vertically in
the bottom of a ship
intercostals
2721 running athwartship from frames floor double bottom
plates
bilged usually on every
frame is the:
Brackets joining the deck
2722 beam and the side frames tripping bracket deep web Plate web beam knees
are known as:
A thirty pound plate would
2723 1/4 inch thick 5/8 inch thick 1 inch thick inch thick
be:
What is the uppermost
continuous deck exposed
to the weather and the sea
2724 Superstructure Weather deck Freeboard deck Boat deck
which has permanent
means of watertight
closure?
How long is the loadline
2725 mark across the loadline 400 mm 450 mm 425 mm 350 mm
disk?
The horizontal line 300mm
by 25mm wide which is
2726 Drop Line summer line deck line loadline
positioned amidship on
port and starboard side.
This is a part of a vessel's
side projecting upwards
2727 along the line of the bulwark bulkhead flush deck transverse frame
weather deck or
uppermost deck.

When using clamp shell
Damage on Cargo residue on Hatch covers are Hatch coaming
discharging of cargo, what
2728 decks railing top of the commonly hit by may suffer minor
damage to ships structure harmful knocks
when swinging coaming clamp shell
it caused?
The curvature of the deck
2729 in the longitudinal baseline sheer camber freeboard
direction.
Lightening holes cut out of
a solid floor allow for
which of the following? I.
2730 Access during construction II only I only Both I and II Neither I nor II
and maintenance of the
double bottom II. A
saving weight
The weight of a vessel
without a load. It includes
hull and fittings, engines Light Dead weight Loaded Displacement
2731 displacement
and boilers, shafting and tonnage displacement tonnage
propellers, water in boilers,
permanent ballast, etc
Reference to freeboard
categories, Type A ships
liquid cargoes in
2732 are those designed timber cargoes bulk
Dry bulk cargoes general cargoes
specifically for the carriage
of ________.
prevents anyone is a safety is a
from working the measure in case
is the same as longshoreman
2733 A preventer guy________. cargo at one of the
the black smith outboard guys who watches for
unauthorized
part accidents
times
The enclosed area defined
as the intersection of the
longitudinal
2734 surface of the water and amidship plane baseline waterplane
reference plane
the hull of a vessel is the
_______.
The frame of the vessel
Longitudinal
2735 that runs parallel to the Center frame transverse frame Parallel frame
frame
keel is called_______.
Which of the following is Emergency
Wheelhouse Steering gear
2736 not exempted when Passenger cabin generator room
chart room room
calculating gross tonnage? on upper deck
When heating a metal and
2737 cooling it down for desired annealing heating strengthening cooling
fashion. This is called:
Extreme
2738 distance from the keel to Extreme depth Extreme draft Extreme breadth
freeboard
the upper deck?
The vertical plate of ship's

2739 flange Knee bracket web
girder is called:

The tube leading from the
focsle deck to the chain
2740 Spurling pipe Hawse pipe Fairlead Scupper
locker enclosing the anchor
chain is called:
What kind of block is used
2741 Heel Block Fiddle Block Gin Block Snatch Block
as a cargo block?
A metal chimney or
passage through which the
2742 smoke and gases are led funnel Chimmey pigment smokestack
from the uptakes to the
open air:
The figure obtained by
dividing the total volume
of the ship in cubic feet light
2743 Bale cubic net tonnage gross tonnage
(after omission of displacement
exempted spaces) by 100 is
the ______.
It refers to any break or
change in section thickness strength of
2744 discontinuity stiffening framing
or amount of plating materia
materials.
The last link of the anchor
chain attached to the pad
2745 Studlink Bitter end Anchor Shackle Securing piece
eye in the chain locker is
called:
What is the purpose of the Prevent chain Engaged and
2746 stripping bar on the anchor Act as a fairlead Clean of mud from fouling the disengaged the
windlass? wildcat wildcat
It means that a piping on
venting system, for
example, is in no way
connected to another
2747 separate self-contained independent Segregated
system and that there are
no provisions available for
the potential connection to
other system.
The making of the load
lines are painted in
2748 white red yellow black
__________ in a dark
ground.
If the winch should fail
while you are hauling in
2749 the anchor, what prevents Riding Pawl Devils Claw Chain stopper Hawse Ratchet
the anchor cable from
running out?
A vertical side battens is horizontal
2750 Botton dunnage a hook spar ceiling
the same __. battens
after most deck of light upper or weather lower most
By definitions, a SPAR weather deck construction deck above the continuous deck
2751
DECK is the: above the main below the main main strength broken by water
strength deck or strength deck deck tight

In the formula, I = L X B X K, Breadth of the Breadth of the Breadth of the
2752 Breadth of ship
what does B means? vessel waterplane cargo
What type of rudder may
loose its effectiveness at
2753 Unbalance Flat plate Contra-guide Balance
angles of 10 or more
degrees?
Which of the following is a
bow shape of a ship
2754 constructed where the Plumb Ice breaker Clipper Raked
stern is at right angle to
the keel?
the deep fore-and-aft
2755 Pillar Girder Beam Stanchion
member supporting the
deck?
The ratio of the transverse
area of the midship section Prismatic Midship Coefficient of
2756 Block coefficient
to a rectangle having the coefficient coefficient fineness
same breadth and depth:
This is the type of hatch
cover which are made of
one or more separate
covers each designed to be Hinged and
Pontoon Hatch Roll Stowing Sliding Hatch
2757 lifted independently to Folding Hatch Covers Hatch Covers Cover
expose the entire hatch Covers
opening. They can be used
for weather and tween
deck hatchways.
Extreme
2758 distance from the keel to Extreme breadth Extreme depth Extreme draft
freeboard
the upper deck?
The deck plating nearest to Intercoastals longitudinal
2759 transverse plates stringer plates
the deck edges are termed: plate plates
Racking stress caused when
2760 ship rolls in a seaway is top corner bottom ports middle top fore and aft
more severe or evident on:
The ___ is an imaginary line,
75 mms below the bulkhead
deck. It is assumed that the
2761 margin line surge line statutory line Deck Line
ship which is sunk to this
line would still be navigable
in fine weather.
Another name for the sheer
2762 Stringer plate A strake Z strake Side keel plate
strake is the _________.
The safety factors which Guys tightly
Allow greater Increase the
must be considered both rigged and as Should be rigged
than normal loads mechanical
2763 and when using a pair of mean as possible at an angle of 70
to be handled by advantages of the
derricks rigged to operate in at 90 to the to 90.
the gear. union purchase.
union purchase? derrick.

What is the distance from
the lower edge of the
2764 winter loadline permitted 75mms 60mms 30mms 50mms
on ships 100 meters or less
in length?
If the winch should fail
while you are hauling in
2765 the anchor, what prevents Devils Claw Hawse Ratchet Chain stopper Riding Pawl
the anchor cable from
running out?
Your vessel has amidship
sagging with hogging with
engine room, and the sagging with hogging with
compressive compressive
2766 cargo is concentrated in tensile stress on tensile stress on
stress on the stress on the the main deck
the end holds. The vessel is the main deck
main deck main deck
said to be:
Deep tanks are normally abaft engine any of the abaft the peak
2767 amidship space
located aboard ship; answer tanks
This is the ratio of the
immersed volume to the
Prismatic Vertical Prismatic Midship section Waterplane area
2768 area of the load
coefficient coefficient area coefficient coefficient
waterplane multiplied by
the mean draught:
It is the work of measuring
the various dimension and
Deck capacity
2769 capacities of the ship in Ship's plan Measurement Dry dock plan
plan
order to get the tonnage
for official registration.
The enclosed area defined
as the intersection of the
Longitudinal
2770 surface of the water and baseline waterplane amidship plane
reference plane
the hull of a vessel is the
_______.
What is the purpose of the Engaged and Prevent chain
2771 stripping bar on the anchor disengaged the from fouling the Act as a fairlead Clean of mud
windlass? wildcat wildcat
Longitudinal Frames to which
Longitudinal Transverse
beams in the the tank top and
angle bars members of the
Floors aboard ship are extreme bottom bottom shell are
2772 fastened to a ships frame
________. of a ship from fastened on a
surface for double bottomed which support
which the ships
strength ship the decks
ribs start
What term indicates the
immersed body of the
2773 Run Stem Entrance Stern
vessel aft of the parallel
mid-body?
What is called the upper
2774 horizontal member of the Keel rider plate Vertical keel Keelson Flat keel
backbone of the ship?
The rudder with small area
unbalanced semi-balanced
2775 forward of the turning axis rudder
neutral rudder balanced rudder
rudder
is known as the:

Concerning the use of
2776 stabilogauge, which of the Trim Mean draft Displacement Deadweight
following cannot be found?
When loading different
cargo through the same
Cleanliness of Trim, hog and
2777 pipeline, you should Specific gravity sag
Flash point
commodity
determine which cargo to
load first EXCEPT:
How many cubic meters
3.255 cubic 3.598 cubic 3.398 cubic 3.410 cubic
2778 are there in 120 cubic meters
meters meters meters
foot?
What authorities arranged
the order of merit of ships
Classification Government
2779 built according to the Port state control society
Port authorities
authorities
standard of
seaworthiness?
Classification
surveys is an initial other Annual
2780 Docking during Intermediate
than the classification in Construction Classification
survey for the first entry?
The piping that routes an
oil cargo from the manifold
2781 Cargo fill drop line transfer Branch line
to under deck pipelines is
known as a:
On a Tanker vessel, the crossover lines atmosphere
cargo pump suction side of
2782 cargo pump relief valves interconnecting through pump pump
gauges
are piped to the: two pumps vents
What is an arthwartship
2783 member supporting the Girder Beam Bulkhead Frame
deck?
Which part of the hull
Parallel middle Middle body
2784 through which the section Fine form Full form
body section
shape remains unchanged?
What is the F in ships
2785 Pillars Girders Beam Floors
construction refers?
from the forward
from the forward from the forward
from the hawse most part of the
Length overall (L.O.A) is most to the perpendicular to
2786 pipe to the aft vessel to the
measured___________? aftermost part of the aft
perpendicular the vessel aftermost part of
perpendicular
the rudder
How long is the loadline
2787 mark across the loadline 450mm 400mm 350mm 425mm
disk?
When a metal is tampered,
2788 More brittle less brittle softer harder
it becomes:
What is drawn to give the
immersed area of
transverse section to any Curves of shear
2789 Load curves Buoyancy curves Bonjean curves
draft and may be used to force
determine the longitudinal
distribution of buoyancy?

Which doors usually have
2790 lever type, quick acting Sliding Watertight Airtight Panel
closures?
Length between
perpendiculars is
measured; I. Along the
2791 summer loadline II. From II only I, II and III I and II only II and III only
the forward stem to the
after part of the rudder.
III. Vertically
Your vessel midship draft is
30-03 The mean draft is
2792 29-11. You have: I. 5 Both I and II II only Neither I nor II I only
hog II. Concentration of
weights fore and aft
What kind of cargo
weighing 2,240 lbs. deadweight measurement
2793 advalorem cargo special cargo cargo
occupies less than 40 cu.ft. cargo
of space?
length from the greatest distance length of any
The term CARGO TANK
collision diagonal individual cargo
LENGTH as used in part between two
2794 bulkhead to the measurement of space, from
157 of the Pollution forward bulkhead opposite cargo
a cargo tank bulkhead to
Regulations, means the: of the machinery tank bulkhead
bulkhead
This is the tonnage of the
space below the tonnage
Underdeck
2795 deck. It is found by dividing tonnage
Net tonnage Tonnage deck Gross tonnage
the tonnage length into a
specified number of parts.
Mainly used to hold the
2796 anchor cable in place while Chain locker Windlass Cable stopper Chain stopper
the ship is riding at anchor.
The ratio of the transverse
area of the midship section Midship Coefficient of Prismatic
2797 Block coefficient
to a rectangle having the coefficient fineness coefficient
same breadth and depth:
These are those portions of
the accommodation spaces
which are used for halls,
2798 service spaces Passenger space crew spaces public spaces
dining rooms, lounges and
similar permanently
enclosed spaces.
Enclosed
Enclosed equipment so Enclosed
constructed that Enclosed
equipment that equipment that a
a steam of water equipment that
can be stream of water
Watertight equipment from those under can be
2799 submerged for a a head of 35 ft.
can be played for
means: submerged for a
period of 30 can be played on 5 minutes under
period of 1 hour
minutes without the apparatus for full pressure
without leakage
leakage 5 minutes without without leakage
leakage

______ may be closed by a
vertical screw thread which
is turned by a shaft vertical sliding horizontal sliding
2800 Watertight door door way
extending above the door door
bulkhead and fitted with a
crane handle
Which kind of pipe has the
2801 best resistance to internal cast iron centrifugally cast cast-steel spiral welded
and external combustion?
A welding process in which
the arc is maintained
within a blanket of
granulated flux; a
submerged arc tungsten inert
2802 consumable filler wire is gravity welding stud welding
welding gas welding
employed and the arc is
maintained between this
wire and parent wire is
______.
In order to determine the
heeling moment due to
grain shift, the master
curves and tables
must have the position details of tables of tween deck
of grain heeling
above the bulkhead deck scantlings of any maximum compartment
2803 moment for extend from deck
and powered by ______. temporary permissible
every to deck
sufficient grain loading fittings heeling moment
compartment
information. The following
information shall include
except:
In passenger ship,
watertight doors may be
2804 all of these hydraulic means electrical means hand pump
closed by remote control
from central
There are two classification
surveys, one is
annual classification
classification in survey for intermediate
2805 classification survey under Docking survey
the first entry, that is initial survey construction
survey
survey and the other is
_____.
condition will cause a concentration of
concentration of concentration of concentration of
2806 vessels bottom to be weight at both
weight forward weight amidships weight aft
subjected to tension end of the vessel
stresses?
The internal volume of a
cargo hold measured from
the inside of the side shell,
2807 Grain cubic Gross cubic Net cubic Bale cubic
the underside of the deck,
and the tank top is known
as ________.

The internal volume of a
cargo hold measured from
the inside faces of the
cargo battens, the lower
2808 Grain cubic Bale cubic Net cubic Gross cubic
side of the deck beams,
and the top of the tank top
ceiling is known as the
_______.
To act as a
To act as a longitudinal and To act as girder To act as a
What is the function of a boundary
2809 vertical support to add strength in order to stiffen
CARLING? stiffener for the
for a deck to the inner the deck hatches
bottom
What is the TPC of a
rectangular shaped vessel
2810 80m x 14m floating in SW 12.52 13.68 10.22 11.48
at an even keel draft of
4m?
The instrument always
2811 used with the salinity Manometer Pyrometer Thermometer Hydrometer
indicator is the:
Where will be the center of
gravity of a cargo One-third the One-quarter the One-half the
compartment filled with height of the height of the height of the At the top of the
2812
general cargo with heavier compartment compartment compartment compartment
items stowed on the above its deck above its deck above its deck
bottom?
What is not usually a
Bending
2813 concern when loading a trim draft Initial stability
moments
single-hulled tanker?
has a greater has a greater
sluggishly. This indicates has off-center
2814 has poor stability draft forward draft forward
that the vessel weights
than aft than aft
__________.
evenly
2815 and the double vertically with
weight is __________. double bottoms double bottoms
bottoms empty the double empty full
bottoms full
fire breaks out in the put the vessel's
abandon ship to keep going at half
2816 forward part of your vessel. stern into the call for assistance
windward speed
If possible you should wind
__________.
The purpose of the inclining determine the determine the verify data in the
verify the
2817 experiment is to location of the lightweight center vessel's operating
hydrostatic data
__________. metacenter of gravity location manual
Concentrate Add weight near
used to give a more Ballast the peak Move weights
2818 weights on upper the centerline of
comfortable roll to a stiff tanks lower in the ship
decks the lower hold
vessel?

The point to which your
vessel's center of gravity
(G) may rise and still metacentric metacentric
2819 tipping center metacenter
permit the vessel to have point radius
positive stability is called
the __________.
will always cause should always be always results
2820 a vessel to immediately from off-center
capsize weights
Addition of weight to a
reduce reserve increase righting
2821 vessel will ALWAYS buoyancy
All of the above increase GM
moments
__________.
When making a turn
(course change) on most G is above the G is below the
the vessel is the vessel has
2822 merchant ships, the vessel center of lateral center of lateral
resistance deeply laden very little draft
will heel outwards if resistance
__________.
Her period of roll
will be large due She will have an She will have a
Which statement is TRUE She will pitch
2823 to her large unusually high large metacentric
of a stiff vessel? heavily. height.
metacentric center of gravity.
height.
evenly
A vessel would be referred concentrated low concentrated
distributed concentrated low
to as "tender" when the and the double high and the
2824 vertically and the and the double
weight of the cargo is bottoms are double bottoms
double bottoms are empty bottoms are full
__________. empty
are full
evenly
A vessel is tender if cargo and with the high and the
2825 and the double vertically with double bottoms
weight is __________. double bottoms
bottoms empty the double empty
full
bottoms full
distribute lumber
In order to minimize the so that those
effects of a tender vessel, keep the vessel's place the stowing most
maximize your
2826 when carrying a cargo of frame spaces heaviest woods compactly per
deck load in the lower holds
lumber, you should free from lumber unit of weight
__________. are in the upper
holds
Which abbreviation refers
2827 LLL LWL LBP LOA
on a small passenger
vessel's waterline at her
Concentrate Add weight near
used to give a more Move weights Ballast the peak
2828 weights on upper the centerline of
comfortable roll to a stiff decks lower in the ship tanks
the lower hold
vessel?

It has a good
Which statement is TRUE Its period of roll is It has a very low
2829 long.
transverse It has a large GM.
of a tender vessel? center of gravity.
stability.
Metacentric height is an
for all angles of for large angles for small angles
2830 indication of a vessel's in no case of inclination
inclination of inclination
stability __________.
Metacentric height is a stability through maximum
initial stability
2831 All of the above only
measure of __________. all angles righting arm
It increases in It decreases in
It decreases at In practice, the
direct proportion direct proportion
Which statement about correction is
to the length of increased angles to increasing
2832 the free surface effect is of heel due to considered to be
the tank times pocketing when a specific gravity of
TRUE? a virtual
the breadth tank is 90% full. reduction of KG. the liquid in the
squared. tank.
You are in a tank wearing
the self-contained
breathing apparatus and
2833 you desire to return Three Two One Four
topside. How many tugs of
the lifeline mean to take
up the slack?
length of space neither length length and width width of space
2834 is in direct proportion to
only nor width of space only
__________.
What does NOT affect the Specific gravity of
Width of the Registered Length of the
2835 value of the free surface the liquid in the
tank tonnage tank
correction? tank
What is the minimum
number of fire pumps
2836 2 3 4 1
required on a cargo vessel
of 900 GT?
2837 the lower hold to the main will move GM will increase buoyancy will All of the above
will always cause always results should always be
2838 a vessel to from off-center immediately
height __________. are correct corrected
capsize weights
What will happen when
The metacenter The center of
cargo is shifted from the The GM will
2839 will move buoyancy will All of the above
main deck into the lower increase.
upward. move upward.
hold of a vessel?
Which factor has the
The specific
greatest effect on the The length of the The draft of the The width of the
2840 gravity of the
value of the free surface tank vessel tank
liquid in the tank
correction?
may increase or
As the displacement of a
decrease
vessel increases, the remains the
2841 decreases depending on increases
detrimental effect of free same
the fineness of
surface __________.
the vessel's form

The most detrimental
pocketing in a flowing from side flowing from fore
effect on initial stability is a flowing in and out
2842 of a holed wing slack tank as a to side within the to aft within a
result of liquids tank vessel heels vessel vessel
__________.
Holing of the
What is the principal
Rupturing of Loss of stability tank bottom
danger from the liquid in a Corrosion from
2843 bulkheads from from free surface from the weight
half full tank onboard a the shifting liquid effect
the shifting liquid of the shifting
vessel?
liquid
You are fighting a fire in a
Draining fire- Removing
cargo hold on your vessel. Maneuvering the Shutting off
fighting water burned debris
2844 Which action is most vessel so the fire electricity to
and pumping it from the cargo
important concerning the is on the lee side overboard damaged cables
hold
stability of the vessel?
A tank which carries liquid
is dangerous to the completely
2845 slack low in the vessel completely full
stability of a vessel when it empty
is __________.
The number of fire
detectors that a single
power supply is capable to
2846 50 80 100 200
handle for continuous
operation is limited to a
maximum of _________.
2847 190 mm 200mm 195mm 183mm
The pivot point of a vessel
the vessel's of the vessel's
2848 when going ahead is at the bow at the hawsepipe
located: bow bow
It forms the after bearing
of the propeller shaft and
2849 incorporates the Shaft Bossing Stern tube A-frame
watertight gland through
the intact hull.
To assess the damage of a
all cargo tanks
beached vessel, what tanks all cargo
2850 all bilges all ballast tanks and
or compartment should be compartments compartments
sounded?
A tank or a compartment is
said to be gas-free when
any combustible residues from oil any inflammable flammable or
2851 there is an absence of
liquid cargo liquid toxic gases
dangerous concentration
of which of the following?
A tackle is "two rove to the
equally sharing as far apart as
2852 blocked" when the jammed together highest
the load possible
blocks are: mechanical

advantage
How will a reverse current Automatically Automatically Automatically

Tripping the
2853 relay prevent DC generator securing the redirecting the speeding up the
circuit breaker
system of the following? excites generator load prime mover
Forces acting longitudinally
Compression Combination
2854 and vertically in a beam is Bending stress Tension stress
stress stress
termed _______?
A vessel has an amidships On top of the On top of the Beside the
superstructure. Which hatch hatch
On top of # 1 hatches, forward
2855 location would be most immediately immediately aft of
hatch the midships of the midships
suitable for on-deck forward of the
house house
stowage of automobiles? midships house
Binder chains used to lash wiring, welding
bolting two links load binders or
2856 down deck cargo may be and pelican Knotting
together turnbuckles
shortened by ? hooks
It is an apparatus in which
horizontal or vertical
drums or gypsies and
wildcats are operated by
2857 Deck Machinery Capstan Rollers Windlass
means of a steam engine
or motor for the purpose
of handling heavy anchor
chains, hawsers, etc.
Cargo-handling equipment
is provided in the form of
pumps located in a
Cargo Control Cargo Handling Engine Control
2858 ____________, usually Pump Room
Room Room Room
positioned between the
machinery space and the
cargo tanks.
A pipe to convey water International
2859 from the pump discharge Centripetal Pump Shore Centrifugal Pump Pump Dale
through the ship's side. Connection
The best way to ensure Test tank
whether adequate oxygen atmosphere Ventilate the tank
Check for rust Open the air vent with fresh air and
2860 is present for safe entry using a
inside the tank prior to entry test with an
into a seldomly used cargo combustible gas oxygen indicator
tank is: indicator
Strong twin posts for
2861 bitts mast cleats bollard
making fast mooring ropes.
atmosphere crossover lines
Cargo pump relief valves suction side of cargo pump
2862 through pump interconnecting
are piped to the: pumps pressure gauges
vents two pumps
These valves are at a
higher level in the ship on
the discharge side of the overboard
2863 discharge valves suction valves sea valves
pump and are the route for discharge valves
pumping ballast water to
the sea.

The space around a pipe in
a wellbore, the outer wall
2864 of which may be the wall of down hole annulus bore open hole
either the borehole or the
casing, is the:
Cargo holds must be dry
and free from dirt and foul
odor, what must be Watertight
2865 Draft All choices integrity
Ballast condition
determined when
inspecting cargo holds
before taking any cargo?
Bilge keel are more
pitching
2866 effective at dampening list increase draft decrease rolling increases
increases
rolls as the:
A vertical line on the ship's
side, beside the plimsoll
mark, with horizontal lines
2867 running from it denoting depth draught mark midship mark loadline
the depth to which the ship
may load under varying
conditions and seasons.
A type of condensation
that forms on surfaces and
on all goods in a
2868 compartment caused by Condensation Precipitation Sweat Evaporation
the inability of cooled air to
hold in suspension as much
water vapor as warm air.
Closing mechanism of
water tight doors must be
every thrice a every twice a
2869 tested of its effective every month every week
month month
operation at what
frequency?
A rectangular cross-section
as on a tanker and has less
reserve buoyancy with the
2870 foul Sheer Fowl Full
same freeboard than a more
rounded hull like that of a
tugboat or liner.
A type of ventilation where
the flow of air is controlled Free flowing Natural Mechanical
2871 Dehumidifier
by the proper trimming of ventilation ventilation ventilation
ventilation.
An electrically
diesel engine fuel tank vent cargo tank during flash evaporator
2872 "charged mist"
cylinder outlet Butterworthing flash chamber
will be found in a:
A large quarter circle on the
2873 guard plate quadrant propeller pelorus
rudder post head.
Which device is designed to
automatically hold the load Electromagnetic
2874 Hand brake Motor controller Pneumatic brake
if power should fail to an brake
electric winch?

2875 Yawning Heaving Rolling Pitching
Motion of a vessel in waves
2876 about the vessel's vertical Pitching Rolling Yawning Heaving
axis.
2877 Heaving Rolling Yawning Pitching
protect from
Bilge keels are fitted on assists in drydock improve the reduce the rolling
2878 slamming against
ships to: alignment vessel's stability of the vessel
piers
The bilge main is arranged
to drain any watertight
compartment,
supplementary
2879 ___________ ballast, oil or in addition that other than except
to
water tanks and to
discharge the contents
overboard.
backing plate
which is used to seam that is small plate which
A "liner" in internal frame to fills the aperture
level the strakes welded after
2880 riveted construction of a which the side between riveted
while riveting, riveting is strakes and the
vessel is a(n): shell is riveted
and then completed vessel framing
removed
Forces which result from
the ship's motion in the sea
2881 kinetic force dynamic force static force hydraulic force
and the actions of the
waves is termed as:
Automatic shutdown of the
inert gas blowers and gas
regulating valve shall be
arranged in case of faulty Low water
condition in the inert gas pressure or low High water level
Low water level High water level
2882 system. Which of the water flow rate in the flue gas
in the water seal in the water seal
following conditions has to the flue gas scrubber
not correct value scrubber
(high/low) in relation to
automatic stop according
to present regulation?
Which bulkhead is the
vessels immediate
2883 machinery space aft collision after peak stern frame
protection in the event of a
broken stern tube?
In regard to fire protection,
which spaces shall be Storage rooms
Cargo Machinery
2884 separated from the rest of for inflammable Accommodation
compartments spaces
the ship by thermal and materials
structural boundaries?
If you were to pass a
stopper on a wire rope,
2885 Nylon Chain Manila Wire
what should the stopper
be made of?

A __________ frequency
electric current causes a
2886 very low low medium high
quartz crystal to vibrate at
a high pitch.
A tank which has been
tank coating steel surfaces sealed tank
sealed for a long time can moisture
2887 gives off toxic consumes usually form a
be dangerous for human displaces oxygen oxygen by rusting
fumes vacuum
entry because:
An alarm be required an
Malfunction Monitoring alarm Deadman alarm Audible task
2888 overflow control system to overflow alarms
alarm system system
the ship's operator?
point called the
"pivot point". About same Outside of the Near the stern of
2889 What is the position of this position as the Near the bow
center of gravity center line the ship
invisible point when the
ship is "dead"
in the water?
Always carry a
Notify the Chief walkie talkie with
Officer or officer you into the
What should be carried out notify the Chief run the
on duty and run pump room and
2890 before entering the pump Officer or officer ventilation for at
the ventilation for call for help
room? at least 15 on duty least 15 minutes
immediately if
minutes. you start feeling
dizzy
A vessel has an amidships on top of the beside the
superstructure. Which hatch on top of the
on top of no. 1 hatches, forward
2891 location would be most immediately aft of aftermost hatch
the midships hatch of midships
suitable for main deck on the vessel
house house
stowage of vehicles?
The oscillating of a vessel
2892 on her longitudinal axis is rolling pitching yawing heaving
termed as:
A vertical division of a
vessel, used as a part of
2893 Bay Tier Row Column
the indication of a stowage
place for containers.
Which spaces may be
excepted from protection
2894 service spaces stairways control spaces sanitary spaces
by a fixed fire detection
and fire alarm system?
This type of screw is
principally used by fast
coastal craft and some
classes of aircraft carriers.
controllable - triple or multiple
2895 The propeller revolves in twin screw single crew
pitch propeller screw
the same direction, so as to
facilitate engine
installation. This propeller
is:

All bilge suctions must be
fitted with suitable
___________, which in the
emergency
2896 machinery space would be relief valves strainers stringers
valves
mud boxes positioned at
floor plate level for easy
access.
These valves are normally
situated near the bottom
overboard
2897 shell and are use to control sea valves suction valves discharge valves
discharge valves
intake and discharge of
ballast water.
A line 1/48 of the summer
Lumber summer Summer Lumber tropical
2898 draft of the vessel above Tropical load line
load line Freeboard load line
the summer load line.
Horizontal transverse
2899 motion of a vessel is Heave Surge Sway Pitch
known as:
Horizontal fore or aft
2900 motion of a vessel is surge sway roll pitch
known as:
Which of the following is oxygen is
cargo inside may tank may have enclosed as it is,
FALSE why there may not depleted as
2901 have absorb the been coated with no proper
be enough oxygen in an oxidation may circulation of air
oxygen preservatives
enclosed space or tank? have taken place
Occasionally a MAcGregor the eccentric the cross wedges the pulling chains
the locking cleats
2902 hatch may pull from side to rollers not being not being being of unequal
seizing length
side. This could be due to: in place removed
From the point where the
rudder is put over to any
point on the turning circle,
2903 kick advance transfer head reach
the distance a vessel
moves parallel to the
original course is known as:
be placed
transmit the between the transmit the
absorb the shock
A thrust block is designed thrust of the engines and the thrust of the
2904 of wave pressure
to: propeller to the foundation to engine to the
vessel at the bow
absorb the propeller
vibration
Heave is the motion of a
2905 transverse axis longitudinal axis centerline axis vertical axis
vessel along the:
using water from
two equally sized
using fuel from using water from
A vessel would most likely burning fuel from tanks on either
2906 tanks on the port the fore peak
develop a list if you were: side only a centerline tank side of the
tank
centerline
simultaneously
According to the
Not any
2907 regulations in force, Which Ejector. Vacuum strip. Stripping pump.
particular.
one of the following

stripping device is a
demand on an oil tanker?
A motion of a ship in waves

2908 about the ship transverse yawing Pitching heaving rolling
axis.
Bilge keel are more
pitching
2909 effective at dampening rolling increases list increase draft decrease
increases
rolls as the:
Following a collision or
accident the Master of if he can do so
each vessel involved must without regard without serious if he can do so if he can do so
danger to his
2910 render assistance to to any danger to without undue without any risk
vessel or to
persons affected by the his vessel individuals on delay to his vessel
collision or accident board
_______.
The fitting at the end of a
cargo line in a tank that
2911 allows suction to be taken vacuum valve strainer bell-mouth suction end
close to the bottom of a
tank is a _______.
The total weight of cargo
fuel water stores
loaded
2912 passengers and crew and deadweight bale cubic gross tonnage
displacement
their effects that a ship
can carry is the _______.
Ultrasonic testing is used test the links of
check the wear test welds for
to determine the thickness the anchor provide tail shaft
2913 of the rudder subsurface
of a vessels shell plating defects cables while clearances
carrier bearing
and to _______. being ranged
What fitting on the mast
works in conjunction with
2914 Chainplate Crowfoot Spreader Hound
the shrouds to control side
bend of the mast?
What term indicates a
2915 curvature of the decks in a Camber Flare Deadrise Sheer
longitudinal direction?
the pipe used to connect
2916 transfer connection junction crossover
two separate piping
systems on a tank vessel?
2917 Overlap Undercut
that examines the internal reinforcement penetration
A charterer is unable to
complete the loading of a ship is authorized
effective period harterer must vessel operator
vessel during the lay days extra time to
2918 of the charter is pay dispatch can collect
specified in the charter discharge the demurrage
extended money
party. Under these cargo
circumstances the ______.

2919 shear plating outer bottom tank top bottom floor
_______.
A vessels quarter is that just aft of the on either side of
2920 abeam dead astern
section which is _______. bow the stern
Another name for the
2921 garboard strake is the side keel plate stringer plate A strake Z strake
_______.
Branch venting from
safety relief valves on
barges shall be
2922 constructed to discharge 8 feet 12 feet 10 feet 6 feet
gas at what minimum
vertical height above the
weather deck?
be open to view
be painted a
not be operated so if a foreign
Mechanical gearing of deck contrasting color
if there is any object gets in the
machinery such as the from the base have a guard
2923 crew within 10 gearing the over the gearing
windlass or boat hoists color in order to
feet of the operator can
should _______. call attention to
machinery immediately stop
the gearing
the machinery
On an inspected vessel
which abbreviation refers
2924 LBP LOA LLL LWL
on the waterline at her
The best information on
the location of the blocks general
ships docking shell expansion
2925 when dry docking a vessel docking diagram arrangement plan plan
is contained in the plan
_______.
The horizontal flat surfaces
where the upper stock shoes of the
2926 lifting flanges rudder keys rudder palms
joins the rudder are the rudder
_______.
The point that is halfway
between the forward and
after perpendicular and is a
2927 center line half length mid-body amidships
reference point for vessel
construction is the
_______.
afford access to
provide access provide a base
The purpose of a bilge well the shell through collect water to
2928 for the be pumped out
line for sounding
is to _______. the double
pneumercator measurements
bottoms

The term pintle and
2929 gudgeon are associated jumbo boom rudder anchor windlass steering engine
with the _______.
2930 counter are associated stern steering engine cargo hatch forecastle
with the vessels _______.
The welds used to join shell
2931 plates in flush construction seam welds fillet welds butt welds continuous welds
are known as _______.
2932 frames ceiling shores toms
_______.
To add strength
What is the purpose of To support the to the deck To provide To support the
strength to shell
2933 cant frames in steel plating of a beams which plating at the
overhang of the
vessels? cylindrical tank support the stern stern
weather decks
Pipe lines must
All tanks must be run vertically
What is used to prevent served by the Separate lines from the tank to
accidental flooding of a fewest possible Suction lines are are provided for a point above the
2934 double bottom or peak number of pipes fitted with a non- filling and margin line
tanks in the event of a pipe to reduce the return valve pumping these before turning
rupture due to collision? possibility of tanks. fore or aft
rupture. towards the
pump.
While in dry dock your drilling or sonic- taking the testing and
measuring the
vessel will be belt-gauged. testing the hull to vessels offsets to examining the
2935 thickness of the
This process involves determine the check for hull anchor cables for
plate thickness tail shaft liner
_______. deformation defective links
While in transit during
heavy weather the crew
ballasted to a
aboard a semisubmersible
draft in which towed in the
should be alert to repeated deballasted to a ballasted to
2936 the KG exceeds trough of the
pounding of waves on the shallower draft survival draft
the maximum waves
lower bracing. If necessary
allowed
the unit should be
_______.
Following a collision or
accident the Master of if he can do so
each vessel involved must if he can do so without regard if he can do so without serious
danger to his
2937 render assistance to without any risk to any danger to without undue
vessel or to
persons affected by the to his vessel his vessel delay individuals on
collision or accident board
_______.
The fitting at the end of a
cargo line in a tank that
2938 allows suction to be taken strainer vacuum valve suction end bell-mouth
close to the bottom of a
tank is a _______.

The total weight of cargo
fuel water stores
loaded
2939 passengers and crew and bale cubic deadweight gross tonnage
displacement
their effects that a ship
can carry is the _______.
Ultrasonic testing is used test the links of
test welds for check the wear
to determine the thickness provide tail shaft the anchor
2940 subsurface of the rudder
of a vessel s shell plating clearances defects cables while
carrier bearing
and to _______. being ranged
What fitting on the mast
works in conjunction with
2941 Hound Spreader Crowfoot Chainplate
the shrouds to control side
bend of the mast?
What term indicates a
2942 curvature of the decks in a Camber Sheer Flare Deadrise
longitudinal direction?
the pipe used to connect
2943 crossover junction connection transfer
two separate piping
systems on a tank vessel?
2944 Overlap Undercut
that examines the internal penetration reinforcement
A charterer is unable to
complete the loading of a
ship is authorized
vessel during the lay days harterer must vessel operator effective period
extra time to
2945 specified in the charter pay dispatch can collect of the charter is
demurrage discharge the
party. Under these money extended
cargo
circumstances the
_______.
2946 outer bottom bottom floor shear plating tank top
_______.
A vessel s quarter is that just aft of the on either side of
2947 abeam the stern
dead astern
section which is _______. bow
Another name for the
2948 garboard strake is the A strake side keel plate Z strake stringer plate
_______.
Branch venting from
safety relief valves on
barges shall be
2949 constructed to discharge 8 feet 6 feet 12 feet 10 feet
gas at what minimum
vertical height above the
weather deck?

be open to view
be painted a
so if a foreign not be operated
object gets in the if there is any
2950 gearing the over the gearing
crew within 10
windlass or boat hoists color in order to
operator can feet of the
immediately stop machinery
the gearing
the machinery
On an inspected vessel
which abbreviation refers
2951 LWL LLL LOA LBP
on the waterline at her
The best information on
the location of the blocks general
ship s docking shell expansion
2952 when dry docking a vessel arrangement plan
docking diagram
plan
is contained in the plan
_______.
The horizontal flat surfaces
where the upper stock shoes of the
2953 rudder palms lifting flanges rudder keys
joins the rudder are the rudder
_______.
The point that is halfway
between the forward and
2954 after perpendicular and is a half length mid-body center line amidships
reference point for vessel
construction is the ______.
afford access to
provide a base provide access
The purpose of a bilge well the shell through collect water to
2955 line for sounding for the be pumped out
is to _______. the double
measurements pneumercator
bottoms
The term pintle and
2956 gudgeon are associated anchor windlass steering engine jumbo boom rudder
with the _______.
2957 counter are associated steering engine forecastle stern cargo hatch
with the vessel s _______.
The welds used to join shell
2958 plates in flush construction continuous welds seam welds butt welds fillet welds
are known as _______.
2959 frames ceiling shores toms
_______.
To add strength
What is the purpose of To provide To support the To support the to the deck
strength to shell
2960 cant frames in steel plating of a overhang of the beams which
plating at the
vessels? stern cylindrical tank stern support the
weather decks

Pipe lines must
run vertically All tanks must be
What is used to prevent from the tank to Separate lines served by the
accidental flooding of a Suction lines are a point above the are provided for fewest possible
2961 double bottom or peak fitted with a non- margin line filling and number of pipes
tanks in the event of a pipe return valve before turning pumping these to reduce the
rupture due to collision? fore or aft tanks. possibility of
towards the rupture.
pump.
While in dry dock your testing and taking the vessel drilling or sonic-
measuring the
vessel will be belt-gauged. examining the s offsets to check testing the hull to
2962 thickness of the
This process involves anchor cables for for hull determine the
tail shaft liner plate thickness
_______. defective links deformation
While in transit during
heavy weather the crew ballasted to a
aboard a semisubmersible towed in the draft in which
deballasted to a ballasted to
2963 should be alert to repeated trough of the the KG exceeds survival draft
shallower draft
pounding of waves on the waves the maximum
lower bracing. If necessary allowed
the unit should be ______.
Limber is a term deck cargo
2964 drainage emergency gear securing gear
associated with _______. storage
attach a towline shorten the
A skiff hook is a device join a towline to to create a
to the eye bolt to length of
2965 used to do which of the a pair of towing temporary
the bow of a catenary in the
following? trailer-able boat bridles fairlead
towline
A strongback refers to a centerline bar securing a
2966 deep beam spanner stay
_______. vertical bulkhead cargo port
A ballasted vessel sinks
enroute to a dry dock.
constructive total particular
2967 Under these circumstances general average actual total loss
loss average
the vessel s owner can
claim _______.
to prevent the as a connecting to stiffen areas to provide an
A carling is used aboard anchor from strap between under points of extra heavy
2968
ship _______. fouling when the the butted ends great stress fitting in a heavy
brake is released of plating between beams lift cargo rig
A crack in the deck plating
of a vessel may be cutting a square drilling a hole at welding a
slot-welding the
2969 temporarily prevented notch at each each end of the doubler over the
crack crack
from increasing in length end of the crack crack
by _______.
A relief valve for a cargo between the between the
after the suction after the
2970 pump is generally installed pump and pump and
valve discharge valve discharge valve
_______. suction valve
A set of interior steps on a
ship leading up to a deck All of the above
2971 stairs tween-decks a companion way
from below is known as are acceptable
_______.
A thirty pound plate would
2972 3/8 thick 1/2 thick 3/4 thick 1 thick
be _______.

If the
superstructure is The steel at the
The aluminum
The aluminum structure is stressed an area of the
A vessel is constructed will provide usually attached aluminum aluminum-to-
with a steel hull and an greater to a steel structure steel connection
2973 coaming by a
aluminum superstructure. resistance to the requires must be closely
Which statement is true? spread of fire by method that additional checked for
insulates the two expansion joints
conduction. galvanic
metals.
to prevent corrosion.
fracture.
damage claims
cost of labor and
awarded to material to loss of revenue
A vessel is involved in a individuals or restore the while the vessel
casualty. The cost of companies vessel to the
2974 is being repaired All of the above
property damage includes involved in the service condition
which existed up to a maximum
the _______. casualty up to a
before the of $50 000
maximum of $50
casualty
000
A welded joint s
2975 effectiveness is considered 0.48 0.9 1.21 1
_______.
prevent prevent them
All electrical appliances increase their protect personnel
unauthorized from falling
2976 aboard a vessel should be operating from electrical
personnel from when the vessel shock
grounded to _______. efficiency
operating them rolls
An implied warranty of
contract of
seaworthiness on the part Certificate of Classification
2977 carriage i.e. Bill Cargo Manifest
of the vessel s owner lies Inspection Certificate of Lading
in the _______.
difference in the
amount of cargo difference in the
cost of
loaded and the amount of cargo
Dead freight is the charge transshipment of carriage of
2978 amount of cargo loaded and the
for the _______. over-carried booked through demise cargo
amount of cargo
cargo no fault of the discharged
vessel
Freeboard is measured
2979 from the upper edge of the sheer strake bulwark deck line gunwale bar
_______.
Gross tonnage indicates total weight displacement in volume in cubic
2980 draft in feet
the vessel s _______. including cargo metric tons feet
In a combination chain and
wire rope mooring system reduce the time
increase fatigue reduce the increase the
2981 the anchor chain is to retrieve the holding power
life of the system catenary
deployed at the anchor line
end of the line to _______.
In a combination chain and
wire rope mooring system eliminate the prevent the
increase fatigue increase the
2982 the chain is deployed at need for mooring catenary
anchor from
life
the anchor end of the line buoys fouling
to _______.

In a longitudinally-framed
ship the longitudinal
frames are held in place
2983 stringers floors margin plates web frames
and supported by
athwartship members
called _______.
device to force a
In nautical terminology a
2984 wedge crow bar heavy steel beam water tight door
dog is a _______. against the frame
In vessel construction the located next to located next to
another term for another term for
2985 garboard strake is and parallel to and parallel to
the bilge keel the keel the rub rail
__________. the gunwale
be open to view
be painted a
so if a foreign not be operated
object gets in the if there is any
2986 gearing the crew within 10
windlass or towing engine color in order to over the gearing
operator can feet of the
immediately stop machinery
the gearing
the machinery
Molded depth is measured top of the top of the center outside of the
2987 inside of the shell
from the _______. garboard stake vertical keel shell
On a tankship sanitary
inspections of the crew s
2988 quarters are the
Mate union delegate Second Mate Engineer
_______.
protect against
prevent stress
twisting forces
One function of a bulwark reinforce the help keep the concentrations
2989 exerted on the
is to _______. side stringers deck dry on the stringer
frame of the
plate
vessel
One of the requirements
a successful no imminent
2990 for a general average act is All of the above no losses
venture peril
_______.
The amount of The initial
both A
2991 GM is a measure of: reserve stability of the neither A nor B
vessel & B
bouyancy
When using stabilogauge,
unless the density
At 1/3 of the At 1/2 of the At the geometric
correction is applied, the On deck of the
2992 height of the height of the centerof the
center of gravity of a compartment compartment
compartment compartment
loadable compartment is
assumed to be:
The value of KM at any
Building plans of
2993 draft may be taken from Stabilty Table Trimming Table Hydrostatic Table
the ship
the:
The volume of all
Reserved
2994 watertight enclosed spaces Freeboard Free surface Marginal stability
bouyancy
above water line is called:

In regards to the center of
It is the measure It moves toward It is located in the It moves toward
bouyancy, which of the same position
2995 of metacentric the high side of the low side of
following statement is regardless of
height an inclines vessel displacement an inclines vessel
correct?
Shifting weight Discharging Shifting weight
increase the height of the Loading weight
2996 from lower to weight from lower from upper to
center of buoyancy of your in upper decks decks
upper decks lower decks
vessel?
The space where
An intact space all the vertical The volume of all
when flooded upward forces of An intact space intact spaces
2997 An intact bouyancy means: below the flooded
will not cause the buoyancy are area above the
vessel to sink considered to be waterline
concentrated
The percentage of the total
surface area or volume of a One
Center of
2998 flooded compartment that compartment Form gain Permeability
buoyancy
can be occupied by water standard
by damage is called:
Your vessel has been calculate the free
damaged and is partially surface effect establish flooding
pump out the boundaries and
flooded. The first step to plug the hole(s) and lost
2999 water inside the prevent further
be taken in attempting to in the outer shell buoyancy to spread of flood
vessel
save the vessel is to determine the water
__________. vessels stability
force the
make a withstand
The objective of shoring a warped, bulged, support and hold
the area in the watertight seal at subsequent
3000 damaged bulkhead is to or deformed damaged the damaged additional
__________. sections back position area damage
into place
The operation of
determined to assess the The integrity of The capacity of The operation of
the machinery
3001 potential for progressive the water tight the water emergency bilge
boundaries space bilge level
flooding after a vessel has sprinkler systems system
alarms
been damaged?
following
vital services
In a longitudinally framed
vessel, the longitudinal
frames are held in place in
3003 Floor Margin plates Web frames Stringers
a place and supported by
athwartship members
called:
The strake next to the keel
3004 Gangplank Garboard Keelson Gunwale
is:
The bleeder plug, or
docking plug located on a provide a vent air from the indicate when
empty the tank
3005 motor vessel double secondary means tank when the tank is
when in drydock
bottom tank is used to of tank sounding bunkering pressed up
______________.

Adding strength
Acting bumper
The bilge keel is for the to main Strengthening
3006 Reducing rolling when vessel is on
purpose of: structural the bilge
drydock
members
The inward curvature of
3007 Sagging Flare Tumble home Hogging
the ships side is the:
just forward of
The vessels quarter is on either side of
3008 the beam either abeam dead astern
located ___________. the beam
side
number of long deadweight
Displacement refers to the grss tonnage of a tons of water cubic capacity of
3009 displaced by a
carrying capacity
____________________. vessel a vessel
vessel afloat of a vessel
The extension of the after
part of the keel in a single-
3010 screw vessel upon which strut skeg boss knuckle
the stern post rests is
called__________.
furnishes support provides
transfer the provides
On a single-screw vessel to the rudder, foundations for
driving force of foundations for
3011 the stern frame propeller shaft, the main
and transom the propeller to after mooring
___________. propulsion
frame the hull winches
engines
Fire hose stations shall be
marked in red letters and
figures such as Fire Station
3012 No. "1", "2", "3", etc. The 1/2 inch 1-1/2 inches 2 inches 1 inch
height of the letters and
figures must be at least
__________.
When two fire hose teams not attack the fire not wear
use different fire use fire hoses of
3013 are attacking a fire they from opposite protective
hose pressures different sizes sides
should __________. clothing
You are fighting a fire in
use a low-
the electrical switchboard use a portable
velocity fog determine the use a portable
3014 in the engine room. You CO2 extinguisher
foam
adapter with the cause of the fire
should secure the power, extinguisher
fire hose
then __________.
On cargo and Self-contained
miscellaneous vessels what Flame safety Rigid helmet, Combustible gas breathing
3015
is NOT a required part of lamp boots, and gloves indicator apparatus with a
the fireman's outfit? lifeline attached
The minimum
concentration of a vapor in
threshold limit auto-ignition lower explosive
3016 air which can form an flash point
value (TLV) point limit (LEL)
explosive mixture is called
the __________.
Where on your vessel shall The same
the recharge for each self- Bridge or location as the Where they can Emergency gear
3017 equipment it
contained breathing pilothouse area be readily found locker
apparatus be carried? reactivates

should be
are made of are specially should be
Fire hose couplings painted red in
3018 bronze, brass, or hardened to greased
__________. soft alloy metals order to identify
prevent crushing frequently
hose lengths
Each hand portable fire the names of the the name of the
the date that it an identification
3019 extinguisher must be individuals vessel on which
was installed number
marked with __________. qualified to use it it is located
A squeeze-grip type carbon
replaced in its replaced in its replaced in its
dioxide portable fire labeled empty
proper location proper location if proper location if
3020 extinguisher has been and recharged as
regardless of weight loss is no weight loss is no soon as possible
partially discharged. It
weight more than 15% more than 25%
should be __________.
Which extinguishing agent
is most likely to allow
3021 reflash as a result of not Water spray Water stream CO2 Foam
cooling the fuel below its
ignition temperature?
Except in rare cases, it is
impossible to extinguish a . interrupting the removing the removing the
3022 removing the fuel
shipboard fire by chain reaction oxygen heat
__________.
In the event of a fire, the
doors to a stair tower must
3023 be closed to prevent the conduction radiation convection ventilation
spread of fire by
__________.
Combustible gas indicators over an
where its specific where it is
operate by drawing an air electrically where it is mixed
3024 gravity is ignited by a
sample into the instrument heated platinum with nitrogen
measured sparking device filament
__________.
When pressure The valve opens
The valve
In the event of a in the apparatus in excessive heat
reduces the high malfunction in the
What is the function of the exceeds 7 psi to release the
pressure in the equipment, the
bypass valve on the self- above oxygen in the
3025 bottle to about 3 valve can be
contained breathing operated atmospheric bottle and
psi above
apparatus? manually to give pressure, the prevent the
atmospheric
the wearer air. valve opens to bottle from
pressure.
release pressure. exploding.
release excess
The function of the bypass control the allow exhaled
allow the wearer heat which
valve on the self-contained pressure of the gases to pass
3026 to manually give would otherwise
breathing apparatus is to himself oxygen oxygen as it outside the
cause the bottle
__________. enters the body bottle
to explode
keep going at abandon ship to
3027 forward part of your call for assistance stern into the
half speed wind windward
should __________.
When two fire hose teams not attack the fire not wear
use different fire use fire hoses of
sides hose pressures different sizes

an electric eye
Fire alarm system pressure loss due the difference in which actuates
thermal
3029 thermostats are actuated to air being expansion of two
when smoke smoke sensors
by __________. heated dissimilar metals interferes with
the beam
alternate
A definite advantage of rapid expansion absorption of
expansion and rapid contraction
using water as a fire as water absorbs smoke and gases
contraction as as water is
3030 extinguishing agent is its heat and as water is
changes to water in a liquid converted from a
characteristic of converted from a
steam state becomes a liquid to a vapor
__________. liquid to a vapor
vapor
. order the put the lever on attach a low- put the lever on
If a firefighting situation velocity fog
engine room to an all-purpose an all-purpose
3031 calls for low-velocity fog applicator with
reduce pressure fire nozzle all the the nozzle shut fire nozzle all the
you would __________.
on the fire pump way forward down way back
The supply of carbon
dioxide used in the fixed
the space the engine room
extinguishing system all the spaces of
3032 requiring the all cargo spaces and largest cargo
aboard a cargo vessel largest amount a vessel
space
MUST be at least sufficient
for __________.
the master the master the master
Valves on steam-
control valve control valve control valve shut
smothering lines to cargo
3033 shut and valves open and valves and valves to all valves open
tanks shall be set with individual cargo
to individual to individual
__________. tanks open
cargo tanks shut cargo tanks shut
At the required fire drill, all
persons must report to
By the Coast By the person
their stations and In the Muster List At the previous
3034 Guard conducting the
demonstrate their ability (Station Bill) safety meeting
regulations drill
to perform duties assigned
to them ________.
How often shall crew
once every 6 once every
3035 members participate in fire once every year once every week
months month
drills?
All of the following are part
3036 of the fire triangle EXCEPT oxygen heat fuel electricity
__________.
What is required in
addition to the heat, fuel,
3037 Electricity Smoke Chain reaction Pressure
and oxygen of the fire
triangle to have a fire?
By cooling the oil
By excluding the By removing the
How does foam extinguish below the By increasing the
3038 oxygen from the fuel source from
an oil fire? ignition weight of the oil fire the fire
temperature
Cooling below its
Extinguishing oil fire is very Spraying with Cutting off
3039 Removing fuel ignition
effective when: water oxygen source
temperature

an electric eye
Fire alarm system which actuates difference in pressure loss due
thermal
3040 thermostats are actuated when smoke expansion of two
to air being smoke sensors
by? interfere with dissimilar metals heated
the beam
Fuel vents are fitted with Escape of
Damge to the Flames entering Corrosion in the
3041 corrosion resistant screen the tank vent
flammable
ball check tank vent
to prevent: vapors
3042 Foam extinguishes fire by: Inerting the air Cooling Smoothering Chemical action
Which fire extinguishing
agent has the greatest
3043 Water Foam Dry chemical Carbon dioxide
capacity for absorbing
heat?
The smoke detector (fire Start the fire Inspect the scene Close the
Use the ship's ventilation
indicator) indicates fire in a pumps, open the before deciding
gas extinguishing system and other
3044 cargo hold loaded by hatches and start the method to be
central system to openings to the
general cargo. What first fighting the fire used for fire- hold in order to
put out the fire
action should be taken? by fire hoses fighting choke the fire
The total available supply
of CO2 for use in a fixed
Engine room and
extinguishing system of a Space requiring All the space of
3045 All cargo-space largest cargo
cargo vessel shall be at largest amount the vessel
space
least sufficient
for_________________.
Which fire-fighting
equipment is most efficient Central gas Powder Central foam
extinguishing
3046 and with least side effects Sprinkler system extinguishing extinguishing
system and/or
in case of a large fire in the water fog. system system
engine room?
3047 is the best for use on CO2 Water fog Foam Dry chemical
electrical fires?
The heat from
the fire causes
How does low expansion the foam to By smothering
foam act as an produce an inert and also By smothering
3048 By cooling only
extinguishing agent when gas which providing some only
dealing with oil fires? gradually cooling
extinguishes the
fire.
One of the limitations of is heavier than is corrosive and a
cannot be made Conducts
3049 foam as an extinguishing oil and sinks electricity
hazard to fire
with salt water
agent is that foam below its surface fighters
All possible fire-
All fire-fighting
Which activity will have the fighting Extinguishing
teams are Call the Chief
3050 greatest fire-fighting effect equipment is attempt is started
organized as Officer immediately
in case of a fire? brought to the
soon as possible
scene

Fire in an engine
Increasing the air Closing the
compartment is best Completely Leaving the
flow to the compartment
3051 extinguished with carbon closing the compartment
compartment by compartment except for the
dioxide gas (CO2) and by open to the air
blowers ventilators
__________.
If heavy smoke is coming
Enter and use a Open the door to
from the paint locker, the Release the CO2 Secure the
3052 portable evaluate the
FIRST firefighting response flooding system ventilation
extinguisher extent of the fire
There is a fire aft aboard
Stern into the Bow into the wind Stern into the
your vessel. To help fight wind off either
3053 wind and and decrease wind and
the fire, you should put the beam speed
decrease speed increase speed
__________.
Following Immediately
Control of fire should be Following control
3054 establishment of Immediately after restoring
addressed __________. of flooding
fire boundaries vital services
You are in a tank wearing
the self-contained
breathing apparatus and
3055 you desire to return Two One Four Three
topside. How many tugs of
the lifeline mean to take
up the slack?
Which statement is FALSE It is more
It is It leaves no It is always non-
3056 regarding Halon as a fire effective than
noncorrosive. residue. toxic.
extinguishing agent? CO2.
3057 No. "1", "2", "3", etc. The 1/2 inch 2 inches 1 inch 1-1/2 inches
__________.
When two fire hose teams not wear not attack the fire use different fire
use fire hoses of
3058 are attacking a fire they protective from opposite
different sizes sides hose pressures
use a low-
determine the velocity fog use a portable
3059 in the engine room. You CO2 extinguisher
foam
cause of the fire adapter with the
fire hose
then __________.
On cargo and Self-contained
miscellaneous vessels what breathing Flame safety Combustible gas Rigid helmet,
3060
is NOT a required part of apparatus with a lamp indicator boots, and gloves
the fireman's outfit? lifeline attached
The minimum
concentration of a vapor in
lower explosive threshold limit auto-ignition
3061 air which can form an flash point
limit (LEL) value (TLV) point
explosive mixture is called
the __________.

Where on your vessel shall The same
the recharge for each self- location as the Emergency gear Bridge or Where they can
3062
contained breathing equipment it locker pilothouse area be readily found
apparatus be carried? reactivates
should be
are made of should be are specially
Fire hose couplings painted red in
3063 bronze, brass, or greased hardened to
__________. soft alloy metals order to identify
frequently prevent crushing
hose lengths
Each hand portable fire the name of the the names of the
an identification the date that it
3064 extinguisher must be number
vessel on which individuals
was installed
marked with __________. it is located qualified to use it
dioxide portable fire labeled empty proper location if proper location proper location if
soon as possible weight loss is no regardless of weight loss is no
partially discharged. It
more than 15% weight more than 25%
should be __________.
3066 reflash as a result of not Water spray Water stream CO2 Foam
On an inspection of your
should arrange need not be
tankship you notice that should arrange to concerned since
to have a B-II may substitute
there are no portable fire have a B-II
extinguisher no portable sand for the
3067 extinguishers in the extinguisher
placed in the placed in the extinguishers are required
pumproom. To comply
vicinity of the lower pumproom required in the extinguishers
with regulations, you
exit pumproom
__________.
Except in rare cases, it is
impossible to extinguish a removing the . interrupting the removing the
3068 removing the fuel
shipboard fire by oxygen chain reaction heat
__________.
3069 be closed to prevent the radiation convection conduction ventilation
spread of fire by
__________.
Combustible gas indicators over an
where its specific where it is
operate by drawing an air where it is mixed electrically
3070 gravity is ignited by a heated platinum
sample into the instrument with nitrogen
measured sparking device filament
__________.
The valve opens When pressure
The valve
in excessive heat In the event of a in the apparatus
malfunction in the reduces the high
What is the function of the to release the exceeds 7 psi
equipment, the pressure in the
bypass valve on the self- oxygen in the above
3071 valve can be bottle to about 3
contained breathing bottle and operated atmospheric
psi above
apparatus? prevent the manually to give pressure, the
atmospheric
bottle from the wearer air. valve opens to
pressure.
exploding. release pressure.

release excess
The function of the bypass control the allow exhaled
heat which allow the wearer
valve on the self-contained pressure of the gases to pass
3072 would otherwise to manually give
breathing apparatus is to himself oxygen oxygen as it outside the
cause the bottle
__________. enters the body bottle
to explode
abandon ship to keep going at
3073 forward part of your call for assistance stern into the
windward half speed wind
should __________.
When two fire hose teams not wear
use different fire not attack the fire use fire hoses of
hose pressures sides different sizes
What is the minimum
3075 1 4 3 2
of 2,000 GT?
Which vessel greater than A non self-
3076 100 GT is NOT required to A fishing vessel A sailing vessel A towing vessel propelled vessel
have an EPIRB. in tow
an electric eye
Fire alarm system which actuates the difference in pressure loss due
thermal
3077 thermostats are actuated when smoke smoke sensors to air being
expansion of two
by __________. interferes with dissimilar metals heated
the beam
alternate
absorption of rapid expansion
A definite advantage of rapid contraction expansion and
smoke and gases as water absorbs
using water as a fire as water is contraction as
3078 as water is heat and
extinguishing agent is its converted from a changes to water in a liquid
converted from a
characteristic of ________. liquid to a vapor steam state becomes a
liquid to a vapor
vapor
. order the attach a low- put the lever on put the lever on
engine room to an all-purpose an all-purpose
reduce pressure the nozzle shut fire nozzle all the fire nozzle all the
you would __________.
on the fire pump down way forward way back
The supply of carbon
dioxide used in the fixed
the space the engine room
extinguishing system all the spaces of
3080 requiring the and largest cargo all cargo spaces
aboard a cargo vessel largest amount a vessel
space
MUST be at least sufficient
for __________.
the master the master the master
Valves on steam-
control valve control valve shut control valve
smothering lines to cargo
3081 shut and valves all valves open and valves to open and valves
tanks shall be set with individual cargo
to individual to individual
__________. tanks open
cargo tanks shut cargo tanks shut
The number of fire
3082 power supply is capable to 100 50 80 200

What do you called an area

defined as a contour of
land or a physical barrier
3083 Bund Bond Band Bend
that retains a fuel to a
depth greater than
1"?
Running on emergency
power source, all
connected visual and
audible fire alarm signals
3084 1 hour 30mins 1.5 hours 15mins
on fixed fire detection
system to be capable of
operating for a period of at
least __________.
22.5% 15% obscuration 125%
Smoke detectors required 12.5%
obscuration per obscuration per per metre, but obscuration per
in all stairways, corridors
metre, but not metre, but not not until the metre, but not
and escape routes within
3085 until the smoke until the smoke smoke density until the smoke
accommodation spaces density exceeds
density exceeds exceeds 2% density exceeds
shall operate before the 2% obscuration
2.5% obscuration obscuration per 2% obscuration
smoke density exceeds per metre
per metre metre per metre
800 gallons of 800 gallons of
Foam expansion ratio of unfinished foam finished foam
water combined water mixed
3086 8:1 means were created were created
from 100 gallons from 100 gallons from 100 gallons
______________. from 100 gallons
of foam solution of foam solution of foam solution
of foam solution
What is a device that
siphons foam from a Angle Curve Shape
3087 Line proportioner
container to make a foam proportioner proportioner proportioner
solution?
Aqueous Alcohol Aspirate Adhesive
3088 Resistance Resistance Resistance Resistance
ARC in foam? Concentrate
Concentrate Concentrate Concentrate
What do you called the
violent ejection of
flammable liquid from its
3089 container caused by the Hot over Burning over Cold over Boil over
vaporization of water
beneath a body of burning
hydrocarbon liquid?
manual addition of foam
3090 concentrate to a water Boil mix Concentrate mix Batch mix Complete mix
storage container or to
make a foam solution?

What is a chemical that,
when added to water,
reduces the surface
tension and increases the
Concentrating
3091 wetting effectiveness of Mixing agent Wetting agent Drying agent
agent
the solution and causes it
to spread and penetrate
exposed objects more
effectively?
removing
Sread of fire may be heating the throwing the
combustible covering the fire
3092 prevented by which of the surface adjacent burning material
materials from with cloth
following? to the fire overboard
adjacent areas
decomposition by
Micro Protein
3093 microbial action as with Degradation Biodegradation
Degradation Degradation
synthetic detergent or
protein based agents?
What is a negative change in
3094 the characteristics of Degraduation Degradation Drainage Discharge
qualities of foam?
What is an inert organic
3095 compound in which fluorine Hydrofluoro Fluorohydro Fluorocarbon Fluoroprotein
replaces hydrogen?
According to SOLAS
convention, fired fire
3096 Fire proof Flame retardant Heavily insulated Heat proof
detection system cables
must be ________.
Cables used for fixed fire
3097 detection system should be Heat proof Fire proof Heavily insulated Flame retardant
___________.
As far as practicable, every
name of pictorial and
fire extinguisher on board labeling of every
3098 manufacturer and date of expiry legible operating
ship shall be clearly marked fire extinguisher
inspector instructions
of the following EXCEPT:
In passenger ships fixed fire
fighting system, a section of
detectors and manually
3099 operated call points shall Mess hall Pool area Cabin balconies Lounge
not be situated in more than
one main vertical zone
except on ____________.
Supplies for fixed fire
detection system should
have feeders that shall run
to a switch situated in or automatic manual change automatic
3100 manual recovery
adjacent to the control change-over over recovery
panel for the fire detection
system, such switch must
be _________.

ratio of volume of foam
Combination
3101 formed to the volume of Expansion ratio All of the above Mixed ratio
ratio
solution used to generate
the foam?
Which faults would you
None of the No hydrant cap
3102 consider less serious on a No volt Not greased fitted
above
fire hydrant?
The main feeder for fixed
fire detection system shall
run from the main
switchboard to the change-
3103 over switch passing not stated not regulated allowed not allowed
through another
distributing switchboard, it
is __________ under
SOLAS convention.
What is a thin, durable,
plastic layer formed on a
polar solvent fuel surface Polymeric Polydemeric Polygon
3104 Poly membrane
protecting the foam cells membrane membrane membrane
from destruction by the
fuel?
heated gases the heat transfer
Heat transfer includes smoke
heat from the flowing through across an
3105 convection. Convection sorrounding a
fire ventilation unobstructed
spreads a fire by: compartment systems space
describes a relationship The ignition The ignition
None of the The flash point is
3106 between flash point and temperature is temperature is
above always higher always higher
ignition temperature? always lower
What is a flammable liquid
fire such as a spill on a
3107 solid surface where the Skin fire Half fire Whole fire Body fire
liquid is not present in a
depth exceeding one inch?
The number of fire
3108 100 50 80 200
What do you called an area

defined as a contour of
land or a physical barrier
3109 Bend Bond Band Bund
that retains a fuel to a
depth greater than
1"?

power source, all
3110 1 hour 1.5 hours 30mins 15mins
least __________.
125% 22.5% 15% obscuration
Smoke detectors required 12.5%
obscuration per obscuration per per metre, but obscuration per
metre, but not metre, but not not until the metre, but not
3111 until the smoke until the smoke smoke density until the smoke
density exceeds density exceeds exceeds 2%
2% obscuration 2.5% obscuration obscuration per
per metre per metre metre
800 gallons of 800 gallons of 800 gallons of 800 gallons of
Foam expansion ratio of unfinished foam finished foam water combined water mixed
from 100 gallons from 100 gallons
______________. from 100 gallons from 100 gallons
of foam solution of foam solution
of foam solution of foam solution
siphons foam from a Shape Curve Angle
solution?
Aqueous Alcohol Aspirate Adhesive
violent ejection of
3115 container caused by the Cold over Boil over Hot over Burning over
hydrocarbon liquid?
3116 concentrate to a water Boil mix Concentrate mix Complete mix Batch mix
reduces the surface
Concentrating
3117 wetting effectiveness of Mixing agent Drying agent Wetting agent
agent
effectively?
Sread of fire may be throwing the heating the removing
covering the fire combustible
3118 prevented by which of the burning material surface adjacent materials from
with cloth
following? overboard to the fire adjacent areas

decomposition by
Protein Micro
3119 microbial action as with Biodegradation Degradation
What is a negative change
3120 in the characteristics of Discharge Degraduation Drainage Degradation
qualities of foam?
compound in which
3121 Fluoroprotein Hydrofluoro Fluorocarbon Fluorohydro
fluorine replaces
hydrogen?
According to SOLAS
3122 Flame retardant Heavily insulated Fire proof Heat proof
must be ________.
3123 detection system should be Heavily insulated Fire proof Heat proof Flame retardant
___________.
fire extinguisher on board pictorial and name of
labeling of every
3124 ship shall be clearly legible operating manufacturer and date of expiry
fire extinguisher inspector
marked of the following instructions
EXCEPT:
In passenger ships fixed
fire fighting system, a
section of detectors and
manually operated call
3125 Mess hall Lounge Cabin balconies Pool area
points shall not be situated
in more than one main
vertical zone except on
____________.
to a switch situated in or automatic automatic manual change
3126 manual recovery
adjacent to the control change-over recovery over
be _________.
Combination
3127 formed to the volume of All of the above Mixed ratio Expansion ratio
ratio
the foam?
None of the No hydrant cap
3128 consider less serious on a No volt Not greased
above fitted
fire hydrant?

run from the main
3129 over switch passing not regulated not allowed allowed not stated
through another
is __________ under
SOLAS convention.
polar solvent fuel surface Polydemeric Polymeric Polygon
3130 Poly membrane
fuel?
the heat transfer heated gases
across an heat from the flowing through
unobstructed fire ventilation
spreads a fire by: compartment systems
space
always higher above always higher
3133 solid surface where the Half fire Whole fire Body fire Skin fire
The number of fire
3134 80 50 100 200
power source, all
3135 1.5 hours 1 hour 30mins 15mins
least __________.
15% obscuration 12.5%
22.5% 125%
Smoke detectors required
per metre, but obscuration per obscuration per obscuration per
not until the metre, but not metre, but not metre, but not
3136 smoke density until the smoke until the smoke until the smoke
exceeds 2% density exceeds density exceeds
obscuration per 2.5% obscuration 2% obscuration
metre per metre per metre

Foam expansion ratio of unfinished foam finished foam
water mixed water combined
from 100 gallons from 100 gallons from 100 gallons
______________. from 100 gallons
of foam solution of foam solution of foam solution
of foam solution
siphons foam from a Curve Angle Shape
solution?
Aspirate Aqueous Alcohol Adhesive
violent ejection of
3140 container caused by the Boil over Hot over Cold over Burning over
hydrocarbon liquid?
3141 concentrate to a water Batch mix Boil mix Concentrate mix Complete mix
reduces the surface
Concentrating
3142 wetting effectiveness of Wetting agent Mixing agent Drying agent
agent
effectively?
Sread of fire may be heating the removing throwing the
covering the fire combustible
3143 prevented by which of the surface adjacent burning material
with cloth materials from
following? to the fire adjacent areas overboard
decomposition by
Protein Micro
3144 microbial action as with Biodegradation Degradation
What is a negative change
3145 in the characteristics of Discharge Degraduation Degradation Drainage
qualities of foam?
compound in which
3146 Fluorohydro Fluoroprotein Hydrofluoro Fluorocarbon
fluorine replaces
hydrogen?
According to SOLAS
3147 Fire proof Heat proof Flame retardant Heavily insulated

must be ________.
3148 detection system should be Heavily insulated Fire proof Flame retardant Heat proof
___________.
fire extinguisher on board name of pictorial and
labeling of every
3149 ship shall be clearly manufacturer and date of expiry legible operating
fire extinguisher inspector
marked of the following instructions
EXCEPT:
In passenger ships fixed
fire fighting system, a
section of detectors and
manually operated call
3150 Cabin balconies Lounge Pool area Mess hall
points shall not be situated
in more than one main
vertical zone except on
____________.
to a switch situated in or automatic manual change automatic
3151 change-over
manual recovery
adjacent to the control over recovery
be _________.
Combination
3152 formed to the volume of All of the above Mixed ratio Expansion ratio
ratio
the foam?
No hydrant cap None of the
3153 consider less serious on a No volt Not greased fitted above
fire hydrant?
run from the main
3154 over switch passing not stated not regulated allowed not allowed
through another
is __________ under
SOLAS convention.
polar solvent fuel surface Polymeric Polygon Polydemeric
3155 Poly membrane
fuel?

heated gases the heat transfer
flowing through across an heat from the
ventilation unobstructed fire
spreads a fire by: systems compartment
space
above always higher always higher
3158 solid surface where the Skin fire Body fire Whole fire Half fire
contaminating spreading
A fire in the galley ALWAYS a grease fire in causing loss of food with through the
3159 poses the additional threat the ventilation
system stability extinguishing engineering
of _______.
agent space
Aboard a cargo vessel the
carbon dioxide supply used
the engine room the space
in a fixed extinguishing all the spaces of
3160 all cargo spaces and largest cargo requiring the
system MUST at least be a vessel largest amount
space
sufficient for what
space(s)?
As compared to carbon
More cooling Effective on
3161 dioxide dry chemical has Cleaner Greater range
effect metal fires
which advantage?
Each fireman s outfit and
unlocked cabinet locked cabinet in separate and
its spare equipment on a location near a
3162 in the machinery the machinery accessible
tankship must be stowed in fire hydrant location
space space
a(n) _______.
If heavy smoke is coming
open the door to enter and use a
from the paint locker the secure the release the CO2
3163 ventilation
evaluate the portable
FIRST firefighting response flooding system
extent of the fire extinguisher
should be to _______.
the speed of each pound of
In the production of the maximum
foam production foam powder
chemical foam by a fresh water only water pressure
3164 is slower at lower produces about
continuous-type generator should be used water to be used is 50
800 gallons of
_______. temperatures psi
chemical foam
No outlet on a fire hydrant
avoid personal prevent spray on
may point above the make connecting avoid kinking the
3165 injury during electrical
horizontal in order to easier hose
connection equipment
_______.
Spontaneous combustion
overloaded partially loaded dirty swabs and rags soaked in
3166 is most likely to occur in
electrical circuits fuel tanks cleaning gear linseed oil
_______.
securing the
The accumulation of
mounting the batteries to covering the
dangerous fumes natural or
batteries in a vibration batteries in a
3167 generated by the storage mechanical
position as high reducing nonconducting ventilation
batteries is best prevented
as possible mounting solid enclosure
by _______.
brackets

The required number and
type of hand portable fire
two B-II s or C-II
3168 extinguishers required for one B-II s
two A-II s or B-II s one C-II
a galley having an area of 3
500 square feet is _______.
When discharging a
portable CO2 fire
extinguisher you should becomes becomes could come off in is placed directly
3169 extremely cold
NOT hold the horn of the extremely hot your hands in the flames
extinguisher because the
horn _______.
When fighting an oil or
gasoline fire in the bilge Solid stream All-purpose
3170 water nozzle
Foam Carbon dioxide
which of the following nozzle
should NOT be used?
Which danger exists to
people when CO2 is Respiratory Damaged
3171 arrest
Frostbite Electric shock
discharged into a small eardrums
enclosed space?
3172 is best for use on a CO2 Sand Dry chemical Water
magnesium fire?
the chief source of oil soaked rags
3173 gasoline cargo or rubbish
kerosene cargo JP4 cargo
spontaneous combustion
aboard tankers?
To coat the
Why should foam be To prevent To prevent any
To cool the surrounding
banked off a bulkhead agitation of the oil oil on the
3174 bulkhead closest bulkheads with
when extinguishing an oil and spreading bulkheads from
to the fire the fire foam in case the
fire? igniting
fire spreads
A combination or all-
low-velocity fog a solid stream a solid stream a solid stream
3175 purpose nozzle produces
only and fog and foam only
_______.
A fire starts on your vessel attempt to
determine the stop the sound the
3176 while refueling. You should extinguish the
source of the fire ventilation general alarm
first _______. fire
A fixed carbon dioxide
extinguishing system for a
machinery space designed
none of the
3177 without a stop valve in the two controls one control three controls
above
line leading to the
protected space is
actuated by __________.
A portable foam (stored-
pressure type) fire
extinguisher would be the bridge combustible
3178 oil drums generators
most useful in combating a controls metals
fire in _______.

over over flooding of a rupture of
A safety outlet is provided
pressurization of pressurization of space where cylinder due to
3179 on the CO2 discharge
the space being the CO2 personnel are temperature
piping to prevent _______. discharge piping
flooded present increase
All fire hoses on mobile
offshore drilling units must
3180 120 psi 100 psi 130 psi 110 psi
be tested to a pressure of
at least _______.
An important step in apply water to
de-energize the
3181 fighting any electrical fire is stop the vessel extinguish the circuit
stop ventilation
to _______. fire
Carbon dioxide cylinders
which protect machinery
spaces paint lockers and
tanks may be located
3182 600 lbs 300 lbs 150 lbs 450 lbs
within those spaces when
the amount of carbon
dioxide does not exceed
_______.
one oxygen
two canister type
breathing
two self- gas masks if such emergency
apparatus with
A 2 000 GT tankship is contained vessel is outfits only on an
3183 breathing
enough lifeline to
required to carry _______. authorized to international
apparati reach from the
carry grade A B voyage
open deck to any
C or D liquids
part of the tanks
using the
using the extinguishing cooling the preventing
A class B fire is most
extinguishing agent to make burning material oxygen from
3184 successfully fought by
agent to absorb the burning below its ignition reaching the
_______. burning material
the heat material fire- temperature
resistant
A class C fire would be electrical
3185 celluloid insulation
wood fuel oil
burning _______.
A CO2 extinguisher which used at the
weighed again in
3186 has lost 10% of its charge recharged earliest hydro tested
one month
must be _______. opportunity
has outside has inside
A double male coupling is takes two men to has left hand
3187 threads on both threads on both
one that _______. ends operate twist
ends
female coupling male coupling at
at the nozzle end the nozzle end
male coupling at female coupling
3188 A fire hose has a _______. and a male and a female
coupling at the both ends at both ends
coupling at the
hydrant end hydrant end
A fire in a pile of canvas is
3189 B C A D
classified as class _______.
A fire in a pile of dunnage
3190 would be classified as class A C D B
_______.

A fire in a transformer
3191 terminal would be B C D A
A fire in electrical
equipment should be
3192 CO2 salt water low-velocity fog foam
extinguished by using
_______.
A fire in the radio
3193 transmitter would be of B A D C
what class?
A fire in trash and paper
3194 waste is classified as class A D C B
_______.
A fire main system must
have enough fire hydrants at least 25 psi
a low velocity at least two spray a water spray or
3195 so that each accessible patterns of water
delivered
spray applicator solid stream
space may be sprayed with pressure
_______.
one of the the other
A fire pump may be used all of the above required pumps services are run
no relief valves is kept available
3196 for other purposes if conditions are off a reducing
are installed for use on the fire
_______. met main system at station with a
all times pressure gage
A fire starts in a
switchboard due to a short
3197 B D C A
circuit. This is which class
of fire?
prevents the
prevents inert permits vapors permits the passage of
3198 A flame screen _______. gas from leaving to exit but not passage of vapor
but not of flame flammable
a tank enter a tank
vapors
A galley grease fire on the the range hood
3199 stove may be extinguished extinguishing foam fire dampers water
using _______. system
A magnesium fire is
3200 D A B C
cross connection special wrench tackle rigged to
None of the
3201 A spanner is a _______. line between two for the couplings support a fire
above in a fire hose line
main fire lines hose
A vessel must have at least
is under foreign has more than 49 is over 100 gross
3202 two fireman s outfits is documented
articles people aboard tons
aboard if she _______.
Actuating the CO2 fixed supply and mechanical and
exhaust
3203 system causes the exhaust natural fuel supply
ventilation ventilation
shutdown of the _______. ventilation
After extinguishing a paint remain closed
locker fire using the fixed opened and with vents off doused with
checked for
3204 CO2 system the next burned material until all water to prevent
oxygen content boundaries are
action is to have the space removed reflash
_______. cool

After using a CO2 portable put back in
hydrostatically
3205 extinguisher it should be retagged service if some recharged
tested
_______. CO2 remains
An oil fire is classified as
3206 D B C A
class _______.
Any extinguishing agent
used on a Class C fire Leaves no Penetrating
3207 Cooling ability Nonconductivity
must have which important residue power
property?
Any firefighting equipment
be marked as meet the
that is carried in addition be stowed in a
3208 additional All of the above applicable
to the minimum required separate area standards
equipment
must _______.
There are two that it cannot be
that it breaks
disadvantages to CO2 as a there is no effect used in a dead
down under the lack of
firefighting agent. One of on a class A fire ship situation
3209 extreme heat to cooling effect on
these is the limited even in an with no electrical heated materials
form poisonous
quantity available, and the enclosed space power to the
gases
other is __________. CO2 pump
Which toxic gas is a
product of incomplete
Carbon
3210 combustion, and is often Hydrogen sulfide Carbon dioxide monoxide
Nitric oxide
present when a fire burns
in a closed compartment?
The primary method by cooling the fire diluting removing
removing the
3211 which water spray puts out below the ignition combustible combustible
temperature oxygen
fires is by __________. vapors material
A large oil fire on the deck
of a ship can be fought Water (cartridge-
3212 foam dry chemical high-velocity fog
most effectively with operated)
__________.
upper and lower two
percentage of two upper and lower temperatures
The flammable limits of an vapor temperatures pressures between which
concentrations in
3213 atmosphere are the between which between which an atmosphere
an atmosphere
__________. which will burn if an atmosphere an atmosphere will burn if an
an ignition source will self ignite will not burn ignition source is
is present present
each pound of the speed of
In the production of
the maximum foam powder foam production
chemical foam by a fresh water only
3214 water pressure to produces about is slower at
continuous-type generator should be used
be used is 50 psi 800 gallons of lower water
__________. temperatures
chemical foam
The volatility of a flammable
ignition
3215 liquid is indicated by its conversion index flammable range flash point
temperature
__________.
The most effective way to
ahead of the
apply a foam stream if the onto the surface at the base of the just above the
burning liquid
3216 fire is on deck or is a running of the burning burning liquid in a surface of the
and bounce it on
fire, is to direct the stream liquid sweeping motion burning liquid
the fire
__________.

Which type of portable fire
extinguishers is NOT Foam (stored- Water (cartridge-
3217 Carbon dioxide Dry chemical
designed for use on pressure) operated)
flammable liquid fires?
When approaching a fire
from leeward, you should a straight stream
3218 foam spray high-velocity fog low-velocity fog
shield firefighters from the of water
fire by using __________.
The BEST method of spray directly on spray directly on flow the foam
sweep the fire
3219 applying foam to a fire is to the surface of the base of the down a nearby
with the foam vertical surface
__________. the fire fire
hold the
The water pockets located freshwater stow rainwater; act as stabilizers
by filling with sea
on the underside of required by these 4 spaces none of the
3220 water as soon as
inflatable liferafts regulation to be do not take up the raft is inflated options
__________. provided in the valuable space and upright
raft when packed
When possible, what is the
Secure all engine
FIRST step in fighting an Check the spread
room doors, Close the fuel Cast the barge
3221 engine fuel-pump fire of the fire with
hatches, and line valve. off the wharf.
which results from a foam.
vents.
broken fuel line?
3222 is the best for use on Foam Water fog CO2 Dry chemical
electrical fires?
What is the MOST Whether the fire The amount of
important consideration Danger of shock Maintaining is in machinery toxic fumes
3223 to personnel
when determining how to electrical power or passenger created by the
fight an electrical fire? spaces extinguisher
What would be the most
effective agent to use to
extinguish a fire in drums
3224 Water fog Steam Foam Carbon dioxide
of flammable liquids
stowed on the weather
deck of a vessel?
The best method of cool fuel below
smother with smother fire with remove oxygen
3225 extinguishing a class A fire ignition
CO2 foam from the area temperature
is to __________.
bouncing the
The most effective way of
discharging the discharge off an directing the gas
applying carbon dioxide forming a cloud
carbon dioxide adjacent at the base of the
3226 from a portable cover over the
into the heart of bulkhead just flames in a slow
extinguisher to a fire is by flames sweeping motion
the flames above the
__________.
burning surface
3227 is best for use on a CO2 Sand Water Dry chemical
magnesium fire?
You will extinguish a fire
3228 when you remove nitrogen carbon dioxide oxygen sodium
__________.

Why is carbon dioxide It takes smaller
(CO2) better than dry CO2 will not The dry chemical amounts of CO2 The dry chemical
3229
chemical for fighting a class dissipate in air. is a conductor. to cover the leaves a residue.
C fire? same area.
remove
To prevent the spread of cool the close all
shut off all combustibles
3230 fire by convection you bulkhead around openings to the
electrical power from direct area
should __________. the fire
exposure
A portable foam (stored-
pressure type) fire
combustible the bridge
3231 extinguisher would be oil drums generators
metals controls
most useful in combating a
fire in __________.
Allows fire to be Reaches areas Cools fire and
What are the most Smothers
attacked from not protected by adjacent
important reasons for burning surfaces,
3232 leeward, steam or CO2 surfaces,
using water fog to fight organically provides
saturates liquid smothering
fires? destroys fuel protective barrier
surfaces systems
CO2 extinguishes a fire by
3233 cooling smothering chemical action all of the options
__________.
How often shall crew
once every once every 6
3234 members participate in fire month
once every week once every year
months
drills?
The Chief Engineer belongs Engine Room
3235 Back-up team Mobile Team Command team
to what emergency team: team
By cooling the oil
By removing the By excluding the
How does foam extinguish below the By increasing the
3236 fuel source from oxygen from the
an oil fire? ignition weight of the oil fire
the fire
temperature
Cooling below its
Extinguishing oil fire is very Cutting off Spraying with
3237 ignition Removing fuel
effective when: oxygen source water
temperature
Fuel vents are fitted with Escape of
Corrosion in the Flames entering Damge to the
3238 corrosion resistant screen flammable
tank vent the tank vent ball check
to prevent: vapors
3239 Foam extinguishes fire by: Inerting the air Cooling Smoothering Chemical action
The smoke detector (fire Inspect the scene Close the Start the fire
Use the ships gas ventilation
indicator) indicates fire in a before deciding pumps, open the
extinguishing system and other
3240 cargo hold loaded by the method to be hatches and start
central system to openings to the
general cargo. What first used for fire- hold in order to fighting the fire
put out the fire
action should be taken? fighting choke the fire by fire hoses
For carbon dioxide fire-
fighting systems for 100% of the gas 70% of the gas 100% of the gas 85% of the gas
machinery spaces the fixed can be can be can be can be
3241 piping system shall be such discharged into discharged into discharged into discharged into
that: (SOLAS II-2/5.2.4) the space within the space within the space within the space within
two minutes one minute three minutes two minutes

The total available supply
of CO2 for use in a fixed
Engine room and
extinguishing system of a All the space of Space requiring
3242 All cargo-space largest cargo
cargo vessel shall be at the vessel largest amount
space
least sufficient
for_________________.
The heat from
the fire causes
How does low expansion the foam to By smothering
foam act as an By smothering produce an inert and also
3243 By cooling only providing some
extinguishing agent when only gas which
dealing with oil fires? gradually cooling
extinguishes the
fire.
One of the limitations of is heavier than is corrosive and a
Conducts cannot be made
3244 foam as an extinguishing electricity
oil and sinks hazard to fire
with salt water
agent is that foam below its surface fighters
At the required fire drill, all
persons must report to
By the person By the Coast
their stations and At the previous In the Muster List
3245 conducting the Guard
demonstrate their ability safety meeting (Station Bill)
drill regulations
to perform duties assigned
to them ________.
Each hand portable fire the name of the the names of the
an identification the date that it
3246 extinguisher must be vessel on which number
individuals
was installed
marked with __________. it is located qualified to use it
dioxide portable fire labeled empty proper location if proper location proper location if
partially discharged. It soon as possible weight loss is no regardless of weight loss is no
should be __________.
3248 reflash as a result of not Water spray CO2 Water stream Foam
3249 be closed to prevent the convection radiation conduction ventilation
spread of fire by
__________.
All possible fire-
All fire-fighting
organized as Officer immediately
soon as possible
scene
Slow down the Break up solid
Smother the fire objects to ensure
What is meant by the term spread of fire by Cover the fire
3251 with a blanket or that any deep
overhaul in firefighting? cooling adjacent with foam seated fires are
similar object
structures extinguished

When two fire hose teams not wear not attack the fire
use fire hoses of use different fire
3252 are attacking a fire they protective from opposite
different sizes hose pressures sides
use a low-
determine the use a portable velocity fog
3253 in the engine room. You foam CO2 extinguisher adapter with the
cause of the fire
fire hose
then __________.
alternate
A definite advantage of absorption of
rapid contraction rapid expansion expansion and
using water as a fire as water absorbs smoke and gases
as water is contraction as
3254 extinguishing agent is its heat and as water is
converted from a changes to water in a liquid
characteristic of converted from a
liquid to a vapor steam state becomes a
__________. liquid to a vapor
vapor
attach a low- put the lever on put the lever on order the engine
an all-purpose an all-purpose room to reduce
the nozzle shut fire nozzle all the fire nozzle all the pressure on the
you would __________.
down way forward way back fire pump
With this type of
A cargo hold containing Close the material the
cargo such as nitrates, hatches, apply hatches should
Close the not be battened
chlorates etc which boundary cooling
Apply boundary hatches and use down. The fire
3256 produce oxygen under the and allow the fire can only be
cooling the fixed CO2
influence of heat catches to use up the extinguished by
system
fire. How would you deal oxygen and using large
with this? extinguish itself quantities of
water.
Control flooding, Restore vital Control fire,
The order of importance in Control fire,
control fire, services, control control flooding,
3257 addressing damage control restore services,
repair structural fire, control repair structural
is: control flooding damage
damage flooding
Personal
3258 considered primary life- Lifering Lifeboat Life Preserver
flotation device
saving equipment?
The purpose of storm oil is Weight down the Repel dangerous Lubricate sea
3259 Smooth the sea
to: sea anchor fish anchor
An orage colored smoke
signal or detonating We see you, we This is the most
will provide help To embark here
3260 luminous signals fired at suitable place to Man in the buoy
as soon as is dangerous
interval of one minute possible embark
means:
Must be
Should be kept submerged to a Must be wet
A hydrostatic release Wll inflate the
3261 watertight certain depth to before it will
mechanism for a liferaft: liferaft release
before release release
automatically
Checking the
Checking the
Which of following items distress signal Checking that Checking
lifeboat
3262 shall be included in an rockets and lifejackets are passenger's
correctly donned. provisions and
abandon ship drill? other distress immersion suits.
supplies.
signals.

The Muster List shall show
Preparation of Preparation of Closing of
the duties assigned to
Operation of the immersion suits survival craft's watertight doors,
members of the crew.
vessel's and thermo Emergency fire doors, valves,
3263 Which of the following scuppers, side
propulsion protective aids Positions
duties shall be included in scuttles,
system. for the ship's Indicating Radio
the "muster list" according skylights.
passengers. Beacons.
to present regulations?
Davit-launched
survival craft Muster and
Which one of the given Muster and
embarkation muster and embarkation
requirements regarding Searchlights to
stations shall be embarkation stations are to be
survival craft muster and be provided at
3264 readily stations shall not arranged
embarkation arrangements accessible from the launching
be arranged to separately to
corresponds to the present accommodation enable stretchers station.
improve working
SOLAS regulations? and work areas.
to be placed in conditions.
survival craft.
Organize a watch
system, post as a
You have abandoned ship lookout, tie up Join up with any
start paddling in
in a life raft. Which of the with other other survival organize a
3265 the direction of
following actions should survival craft if craft and stream lookout system
possible, and the nearest land
you take? the sea anchor
stream the sea
anchor
Must be
submerged to a Should be kept Must be wet
3266 certain depth to watertight before it will
mechanism for a liferaft: release liferaft
before release release
automatically
activating the removing it from
One can check the SART and activating it by
the holder and
3267 functioning of the SART checking the Don't know extracting the
effect on the turning the SART
by__________ antenna
radar screen upside down
How often must inspection
of proper working of the
3268 EPIRB s and SART s take month week 14 days Don't know
place on board? Once
per__________
and after two days in a Use visual transmission Turn on the
Switch the EPIRB
raft, you can see an aircraft distress signals capability of the strobe light on
3269 to the homing
near the horizon in conjunction EPIRB to guide the top of the
apparently carrying out a the aircraft to EPIRB
They provide
A puncture in the Only a light layer sufficient flotation
Which is TRUE concerning
suit will not of clothing may to do away with They should be
3270 immersion suits and their the necessity of
appreciably be worn tight fitting.
use? wearing a life
reduce its value. underneath.
jacket.
Keep personnel
should deploy the sea Navigate against keep the liferaft Stay in the
3271 general location
from getting
anchor from a liferaft to the current from capsizing
seasick
__________.

vote on what to
If you are forced to remain in the
head for the do, so all hands head for the
3272 abandon ship in a lifeboat, immediate
nearest land will have a part closest sea-lanes vicinity
in the decision
getting at least standing on the
doing nothing; it three or four CO2 bottle,
If an inflatable liferaft holding the
will right itself men to push pushing up on
3273 inflates upside down, you bottom straps,
after the canopy down on the side one side and throwing
can right it by __________.
supports inflate containing the your weight
CO2 cylinder backwards
You have abandoned ship
and are in charge of a
liferaft. How much water
3274 1 pint 1 can 1 gallon 1 quart
per day should you permit
each occupant to drink
after the first 24 hours?
Wet clothes
in tropical waters. Which Keep the
Get plenty of during the day to
3275 procedure(s) should be entrance curtains All of the above
rest. decrease
used during a prolonged open.
perspiration.
period in a raft?
drag the raft set the raft back
If you reach shore in a get the
ashore and lash out to sea so find some wood
3276 liferaft, the first thing to do provisions out of
it down for a someone may for a fire
is __________. shelter the raft
spot it
You are at sea in an
hypothermia collapse of the asphyxiation due
inflatable liferaft. In high
3277 caused by cold starvation raft due to cold to keeping the
latitudes, the greatest temperature temperatures canopy closed
danger is __________.
the pressure
the canopy valve may be
While adrift in an inflatable the entrance should be deflating the floor periodically
3278 liferaft in hot, tropical curtains should deflated so that panels may help opened to
weather __________. never be opened it will not block to cool personnel prevent
cooling breezes excessive air
pressure
3279 righting strap sea painter manropes canopy
__________.
Your liferaft is to leeward
of a fire on the water and splash water get out of the
paddle away boat the sea
3280 riding to its sea anchor. over the liferaft raft and swim to
from the fire anchor
You should FIRST to cool it safety
__________.
A life float on a fishing
3281 vessel must be equipped drinking water pendants a righting line red hand flares
with __________.
Which is an indication of Metacentric
3282 Righting moment Rolling period Freeboard
reserve buoyancy? height

Securely attached
By splicing one
around the With an approved
How are lifelines attached to end of the line
3283 outside in bights By serving safety hook or
a life float? around the
no longer than shackle
apparatus
three feet
On an oceangoing vessel, for
each person a lifeboat
(without desalting kits) is 2 pounds of
3284 a signaling whistle a life preserver 3 liters of water
certified to carry, the boat condensed milk
must be supplied with
__________.
standing on the
getting at least
CO2 bottle,
three or four men doing nothing; it
to push down on will right itself pushing up on
the side after the canopy one side
can right it by and throwing
containing the supports inflate
your weight
CO2 cylinder
backwards
To disengage a survival
pull the hook pull the hook
craft suspended from the use the ratchet
release handle release handle pull the hook
3286 cable above the water, you bar and depress and use the
and depress the release handle
must pull the safety pin the retainer ratchet bar
retainer
and __________.
should be righted should be righted
must be cleared by standing on by standing on
A liferaft which has inflated of the buoyant will right itself the life line, the carbon
dioxide cylinder,
3287 bottom-up on the water equipment when the canopy holding the
holding the
__________. before it will tubes inflate righting straps, righting straps,
right itself and leaning and leaning
backwards backwards
reduce the
If more than one raft is tie the rafts go in a different increase the by getting as
3288 to stay in a single
direction in possibility of a many people as
has sunk, you should
group search of land search aircraft possible into as
__________.
possible
remain together
If, for any reason, it is
in the area get away from the separate from
immediately head because rescuers area because each other as this
3289 for the nearest will start sharks will be will increase the
important that the crew
land searching at the attracted to the chances of being
members should
vessel's last vessel rescued
__________.
known position
keep going at half abandon ship to
3290 forward part of your vessel. stern into the call for assistance
speed windward
If possible, you should wind
__________.

You have just abandoned
ship and boarded a raft. not become
remove the safety
After the raft is completely alarmed unless it
plug the safety valve and replace unscrew the
3291 inflated you hear a whistling continues for a
valve it with a soft deflation plugs
noise coming from a safety long period of
patch
valve. You should time
__________.
Your small vessel is broken
down and rolling in heavy constantly moving all
moving all rigging a sea
3292 seas. You can reduce the shifting the anchor
personnel
personnel aft
possibility of capsizing by rudder forward and low
__________.
check the painter check the sea not panic since
You hear air escaping from
quickly hunt for line attachment anchor line the safety valves
the liferaft just after it has
3293 the hole before for a tear caused attachment for a allow excess
inflated. You should pressure to
the raft deflates by the initial tear if the seas
__________. escape
opening are rough
vote on what to
head for the head for the do, so all hands
nearest land vicinity closest sea-lanes will have a part
in the decision
find some wood ashore and lash out to sea so
3295 liferaft, the first thing to do provisions out of it down for a
for a fire someone may
is __________. the raft shelter spot it
asphyxiation due collapse of the hypothermia
3296 to keeping the raft due to cold starvation caused by cold
latitudes, the greatest temperature
canopy closed temperatures
danger is __________.
the pressure
valve may be the canopy
While adrift in an inflatable the entrance deflating the floor periodically should be
3297 liferaft in hot, tropical curtains should panels may help opened to deflated so that
weather __________. never be opened to cool personnel prevent it will not block
excessive air cooling breezes
pressure
The motor takes A water spray
The ventilators
Your vessel is equipped its air supply system to cool An air tank will
will
with totally enclosed from outside the the outside of provide about ten
automatically
3298 lifeboats. Which statement lifeboat to the boat is minutes of air for
close by the the survivors and
is TRUE when the boat is prevent operated by a
action of fusible the engine.
enveloped in flames? asphyxiation of high-volume
links.
the crew. manual pump.
The number 2 lifeboat on a forwardmost on
abaft #1 lifeboat abaft #1 lifeboat forwardmost on
3299 tanker would be the starboard
starboard side port side the port side
__________. side
The number 2 lifeboat on a abaft #1 lifeboat
abaft #1 lifeboat on the starboard
3300 tanker would be found on the port side on the starboard
on the port side side
__________. side
Most lifeboats are contraguide unbalanced
3301 balanced rudders straight rudders rudders
equipped with _________. rudders

used by the longer than the
The steering oar in a forward man in others and shorter than the used for the
3302
lifeboat is __________. the boat to direct should be lashed others stroke oar
the bow to the stern
longer than the used by the
The steering oar in a used for the others and forward man in shorter than the
3303
lifeboat is __________. stroke oar should be lashed the boat to direct others
to the stern the bow
The Emergency Position so that it is
so that it will float
Indicating Radio beacon on in an approved accessible from in an inside
3304 free if the vessel
a cargo vessel must be bracket the bridge of the passageway sinks
stowed __________. vessel
You are tending the lifeline
of a person who has
entered a compartment
3305 wearing a breathing . Four Two One Three
apparatus. How many tugs
of the lifeline mean "Are
you all right"?
Most enclosed lifeboats
passengers are lower ballast sea anchor is
will right themselves after fuel tanks are not
3306 strapped to their tanks are filled deployed to
capsizing IF the seats less than half full
with water windward
__________.
Which type of EPIRB must
3307 each ocean-going ship Category 1 Class B Class A Class C
carry?
The vessel's Emergency
Position Indicating Radio
3308 weekly monthly every 3 months every 2 months
beacon (EPIRB) must be
tested __________.
The Master shall insure
that the Emergency secured in the
secured inside
3309 Position Indicating Radio tested monthly emergency tested annually
the wheelhouse
beacon (EPIRB) is locker
__________.
slacking the slacking the
When a sea anchor is used towing with the
tripping line and towing the apex tripping line and
in landing stern first in a tripping line and
3310 towing the sea end forward with towing the sea
heavy surf, sternway is anchor by the leaving the
the tripping line anchor from the
checked by __________. holding line holding line slack
stern
which, in the
absence of
The center of flotation of a about which the external forces, which is shown which coincides
3311 vessel is the point in the vessel lists and is always in the hydrostatic with the center
waterplane __________. trims vertically aligned tables as VCB of buoyancy
with the center
of gravity
The greatest effect on in and out of a in and out of a
from side to side from fore to aft
stability occurs from loose vessel that is vessel that is
3312 in the tanks of holed in a wing
in the tanks of a
liquids flowing holed in a peak
the vessel tank vessel
__________. tank

maintain
The purpose of the tripping
direct the drift of maximum
3313 line on a sea anchor is to aid in its recovery aid in casting off
the vessel resistance to
__________.
broaching
Liferafts carried on
passenger ships shall be
fitted with radar
3314 12 7 5 4
transponder in a ratio of
one transponder for every
how many liferafts?
What is the minimum
number of lifebuoys shall a
3315 15 6 12 9
cargo ship of 150 meters or
more in length carry?
The engines for lifeboats
and rescue boats must be
run for a total period of
NOT less than:
fitted with radar
3317 7 12 5 4
how many liferafts?
What is the minimum
3318 9 12 15 6
NOT less than:
Recovery time of rescue
boats shall NOT be more
than how many minutes in
3320 moderate sea conditions 30 minutes 25 minutes 5 minutes 10 minutes
when loaded with its full
complement and
equipment?
Emergency towing
3321 of being deployed in a 30 minutes 15 Minutes 20 minutes 25 minutes
more than ___________,
What is the period of
validity of a cargo ship
3322 24 months 12 months 60 months 36 months
safety equipment
certificate?

Liferafts are sent for re-
3323 packing and checking 6 months 4 months year 36 months
every:
SOLAS requires that the
boarding arrangement of
every cargo ship davit-
launched liferaft shall be
that it can be boarded in
how many minutes from
the time the instruction to
board is given?
A distress alert from an
Inmarsat-EPIRB, is received
3325 in the coverage area of a 30 to 60 minutes two minutes Don't know 60 to 90 minutes
satellite by ground station
within:
To enable periodic
maintenance of the
food, clothings, hanging-off to
survival craft launching and off-load release a gong, a whistle
3326 emergency kit free the release
recovery arrangement, system gear and a flare
and a radio
lifeboats must be provided
with:
About 3 nm at About 1 nm at About 5 nm at About 2 nm at
What is the range of SART sea level, about sea level, about sea level, about sea level, about
3327 - at sea level and to 30 nm to Aircraft 30 nm to Aircraft 60 nm to Aircraft30 nm to Aircraft
Aircraft? "line of "line of "line of "line of
sight" sight" sight" sight"
be open to view
be painted a
not be operated so, if a foreign
if there is any object gets in the
3328 crew within 10 gearing, the
windlass or boat hoists color in order to over the gearing
feet of the operator can
should ________. call attention to
machinery immediately stop
the gearing
the machinery
One of your crew members position your
throw the crew
falls overboard from the begin backing vessel to
3329 apply left rudder member a life
starboard side. You should your engines preserver windward and
IMMEDIATELY: begin recovery
In a rescue operation in
brought to a
heavy sea, you decide to brought quarter brought bow into brought to the
3330 position with
hove to, the lifeboat into the sea the sea sea
stern into the sea
should be:
COSPAS-
COSPAS-SARSAT SARSAT - A1,
What is the EPIRB Inmarsat - A1, A2
3331 Sea Area 4 - A1, A2, A3 and A2, A3 and A4 /
coverage? and A3 Inmarsat - A1, A2
A4
and A3
Slacking the Slacking the
When a sea anchor is used tripping line and
tripping line and Drag the sea Open the
3332 in landing in heavy surf, towing the mouth
towing the apex forward by the anchor watertight door
headway is checked by:
end forward holding line

Bring survivors in a lifeboat
and your position has not ration the water fire smoke start rowing in a light a fire at
3333 been transmitted to rescue and food in case signals to show fixed direction to night to show
services. What is the first rescue is delayed your position look for help your position
action you should do?
As per LSA Code, buoyant have a diameter have a breaking have a diameter
3334 lifelines as required shall of not less than 8 strength of less be kinking of less than 8
_________. mm than 5 kN mm
enter areas that have a safe air
determine if the
Self-contained breathing may contain when fight a dangerous
3335 air in a tank is
apparatus is used to: dangerous fumes abandoning a fire onboard
or lack oxygen safe for men
ship
have an outer have an outer have an outer
have an outer diameter of not diameter of diameter of not
With regards to Lifebuoy
diameter of 800 more than 800 more than 800 more than 800
specification as per LSA
3336 mm and an inner mm and an inner mm and an inner mm and an inner
Code, every lifebuoy shall diameter of not
diameter of 600 diameter of not diameter of not
________. less than 400
mm less than 200 less than 600
mm
mm mm
if it is not
The immersion suits and ship is constantly persons are
required to use if the Captain
thermal protective aids are engaged on accommodated
3337 the immersion says it is not
required on all passenger voyages on warm in open lifeboats
climates suit and thermal needed onboard
ship EXCEPT if the: only
protective aid
Each lifeboat fitted with a
certificate of approval,
endorsed by the
Administration, shall be
containing the following
items;
3338 I, II and III I and III I and II II and III
I. manufacturer's name
and address; II. month and
year of manufacture; III.
number of persons the
lifeboat is approved to
carry
The certifying organization
shall provide the lifeboat
with a certificate of
approval which specifies
among others the____.
I. number of the certificate
3339 II and III I and III I and II I, II and III
of approval II. material of
hull construction III. total
mass fully equipped and
fully manned

In addition to the
equipment required to the
normal equipment of every
3340 rescue boat, every rigid II and III I and III I and II I, II and III
rescue boat shall include:
I. a boat-hook II. a bucket
III. a knife or hatchet
The markings on inflatable
liferafts shall be marked
with ________.
I. maker's name or trade
3341 II and III I and II I, II and III I and III
mark II. date of
manufacture (month and
year) III. name of
approving authority
A Float-free arrangement
for life rafts should
have____.
3342 II and III I and III I and II I, II and III
I. Painter system II. Weak
link III. Hydrostatic release
units
Your course of action if you remain in the remain just a few immediately get
get underway as
3343 have to abandon ship and vicinity of the meters from the underway to
far as you can sinking ship
enter a liferaft should be: vessel avoid suction
Throw a lifebuoy
What shall you do if you over board and
Put on a
3344 see a person falling into Run aft Launch a lifeboat report to the
lifejacket bridge
the sea?
immediately
If a vessel is to be
abandoned and the vessel
may be struck by
is listed, passengers should will have a better is likely to strike
underwater masts, funnel,
3345 be instructed to leap from chance of any of these
projections or the ventilators or
the ends. If it is made from survival hull plating Samson post
the high side, the
passenger:
If a "man
overboard" is heard
3346 PAN PAN MAYDAY SECURITE CQ CQ
over the radio, what
which of the following do Look for a good
Release the
you do to let-go the boat Release the sea Drag the sea sign before
3347 painter when
from the ship In launching anchor anchor. releasing the sea ready.
an enclosed lifeboat? anchor
In an enclosed lifeboat, If in a dangerous
Release the sea
which of the following do If in dangerous atmosphere,
anchor and drag Open the
3348 you do to let-go the boat water, release open the air
and confirm your supply and water watertight door
from the ship? the sea anchor.
position spray valves.

During a helicopter
Stand on the Remove their Remain seated
operation, while lifting a
outside of the lifejackets to inside the craft to
personnel from a survival
3349 craft to assist the All of the choices prepare for their provide body
craft, what should the weight for
person being transfer to the
other individuals in the stability
lifted helicopter
craft do?
go to the bridge
reporting to any inform the first
quickly and look for ship
Anyone seeing a person in officer that you crew member
report the telephone and
the water should can see and that you met and
3350 incident and report what you
immediately throw a point to the point out the
point to where person in the saw to the
lifebuoy and give alarm by: person in the
the person is in water Captain
water
the water
keep the bow into keep the bow
What is the recommended head directly into the seas with the
directly in
method if you must land ride in on the the beach by sea anchor out
toward the
3351 on a beach with an oar- back of a large staying, between over the bow,
and row to meet beach, and tow
propelled lifeboat through breaker the crests of the
the breaking the sea anchor
a heavy surf? waves
waves off the stern
In a distress situation and
Use the VHF- Use the intercom
immediately after the
Send distress radio telephone to inform crew Call the nearest
distress signal has been
3352 signals to call for to ask ships in and passengers coastal radio
sounded, what is the next of the reason for
help the vicinity to station
action to be taken by the the alarm
stand by
Chief Officer on duty?
In an enclosed lifeboat, Slacking the
If in dangerous
which of the following do Steer away from Drag the sea tripping lineand
3353 the ship.
water, release
you do to let-go the boat anchor. towing the appex
the sea anchor
from the ship? end forward
pass the word
What should be done by throw a life ring inform the
sound fire alarm, man overboard
3354 the first person to notice a to the victim, watch, throw life
notify the crew throw life buoy over the P.A
man overboard incident? buoy
system
In all probability, the LAST
persons to abandon the
vessel will be _______.
The Master, those engaged in those who those person
When they leave their
3355 Chief Cook and last-minute brought their more than 75
post, all machinery should damage control
the Chief Officer luggage kgs.
be stopped and watertight
doors and hatches tightly
closed.
reported position, the Expanding Parallel track
3356 square
Track crawl Sector search
search should be
conducted?

During monthly inspection at any time not turned end-for- turned out from
of survival crafts, to ensure be inspected for end so that the turned out in any their stowed
3357 operational readiness, all it is already wire falls can be weather and sea position if
lifeboats without any certified and thoroughly condition weather and sea
persons on board shall be: tested greased conditions allow
When the GMDSS Radio
Operator on watch hears the safety of a the safety of
navigation or
"SECURITE" vessel or a
3358 important urgent message distress message
spoken three times he can person is in meteorological
expect to receive a jeopardy warnings
message concerning:
No maitenance is
Maintenance of lifeboat Testing, painting Weekly painting Greasing all over
3359 needed as long
davits consist of? and greasing can be necessary its surface
as it working
fitted with radar
3360 12 7 4 5
how many liferafts?
What is the minimum
3361 15 6 12 9
NOT less than:
Recovery time of rescue
boats shall NOT be more
than how many minutes in
3363 moderate sea conditions 10 minutes 25 minutes 5 minutes 30 minutes
when loaded with its full
complement and
equipment?
Emergency towing
3364 of being deployed in a 25 minutes 15 Minutes 30 minutes 20 minutes
more than ___________,
validity of a cargo ship
safety equipment
certificate?
Liferafts are sent for re-
3366 packing and checking 4 months 36 months 6 months year
every:

SOLAS requires that the
boarding arrangement of
every cargo ship davit-
launched liferaft shall be
that it can be boarded in
how many minutes from
the time the instruction to
board is given?
A distress alert from an
Inmarsat-EPIRB, is received
3368 in the coverage area of a two minutes 60 to 90 minutes 30 to 60 minutes Don't know
satellite by ground station
within:
To enable periodic
maintenance of the survival food, clothings, hanging-off to
a gong, a whistle off-load release
3369 craft launching and recovery emergency kit free the release
and a flare system
arrangement, lifeboats must and a radio gear
be provided with:
About 3 nm at sea About 5 nm at sea About 1 nm at sea About 2 nm at sea
level, about 30 level, about 60 level, about 30 level, about 30
What is the range of SART -
3370 nm to Aircraft nm to Aircraft nm to Aircraft nm to Aircraft
at sea level and to Aircraft?
"line of "line of "line of "line of
sight" sight" sight" sight"
be open to view
be painted a
so, if a foreign
Mechanical gearing of deck not be operated if contrasting color
object gets in the
machinery such as the there is any crew have a guard over from the base
3371 gearing, the
windlass or boat hoists within 10 feet of the gearing color in order to
operator can
should ________. the machinery call attention to
immediately stop
the gearing
the machinery
One of your crew members position your
throw the crew
falls overboard from the begin backing vessel to
3372 apply left rudder member a life
starboard side. You should your engines windward and
preserver
IMMEDIATELY: begin recovery
In a rescue operation in
brought to a
heavy sea, you decide to brought quarter brought bow into brought to the
3373 position with
hove to, the lifeboat should into the sea the sea sea
stern into the sea
be:
COSPAS-SARSAT -
COSPAS-SARSAT - A1, A2, A3 and A4 Inmarsat - A1, A2
3374 What is the EPIRB coverage? Sea Area 4
A1, A2, A3 and A4 / Inmarsat - A1, and A3
A2 and A3
Slacking the
Slacking the
When a sea anchor is used tripping line and
Drag the sea tripping line and Open the
3375 in landing in heavy surf, towing the mouth
anchor towing the apex watertight door
headway is checked by: forward by the
end forward
holding line
Bring survivors in a lifeboat
and your position has not start rowing in a ration the water fire smoke signals light a fire at night
3376 been transmitted to rescue fixed direction to and food in case to show your to show your
services. What is the first look for help rescue is delayed position position
action you should do?

As per LSA Code, buoyant have a breaking have a diameter have a diameter
3377 lifelines as required shall strength of less be kinking of not less than 8 of less than 8
_________. than 5 kN mm mm
have a safe air enter areas that
determine if the
Self-contained breathing when fight a dangerous may contain
3378 air in a tank is
apparatus is used to: abandoning a fire onboard dangerous fumes
safe for men or lack oxygen
ship
have an outer have an outer
have an outer
diameter of not diameter of have an outer diameter of not
With regards to Lifebuoy
more than 800 more than 800 diameter of 800 more than 800
specification as per LSA
3379 mm and an inner mm and an inner mm and an inner mm and an inner
Code, every lifebuoy shall diameter of not diameter of not diameter of 600 diameter of not
________. less than 400 less than 600 mm less than 200
mm
mm mm
if it is not
The immersion suits and ship is constantly required to use persons are
if the Captain
thermal protective aids are engaged on accommodated
3380 says it is not the immersion
required on all passenger voyages on warm in open lifeboats
needed onboard climates suit and thermal
ship EXCEPT if the: only
protective aid
Each lifeboat fitted with a
certificate of approval,
endorsed by the
Administration, shall be
containing the following
items;
3381 I and III I and II I, II and III II and III
I. manufacturer's name
and address; II. month and
year of manufacture; III.
number of persons the
lifeboat is approved to
carry
The certifying organization
shall provide the lifeboat
with a certificate of
approval which specifies
among others the____.
3382 I and II II and III I, II and III I and III
I. number of the certificate
of approval II. material of
hull construction III. total
mass fully equipped and
fully manned
In addition to the
equipment required to the
normal equipment of every
3383 rescue boat, every rigid I, II and III I and III II and III I and II
rescue boat shall include:
I. a boat-hook II. a bucket
III. a knife or hatchet

The markings on inflatable
liferafts shall be marked
with ________.
I. maker's name or trade
3384 I, II and III II and III I and III I and II
mark II. date of
manufacture (month and
year) III. name of
approving authority
A Float-free arrangement
for life rafts should
have____.
3385 I and II I and III I, II and III II and III
I. Painter system II. Weak
link III. Hydrostatic release
units
Your course of action if you immediately get remain in the remain just a few
get underway as
3386 have to abandon ship and underway to vicinity of the meters from the
sinking ship far as you can
enter a liferaft should be: avoid suction vessel
Throw a lifebuoy
What shall you do if you over board and
Put on a
3387 see a person falling into Run aft Launch a lifeboat report to the
lifejacket bridge
the sea?
immediately
If a vessel is to be
abandoned and the vessel
may be struck by
is listed, passengers should will have a better is likely to strike
masts, funnel, underwater
3388 be instructed to leap from chance of projections or the
any of these
ventilators or
the ends. If it is made from survival hull plating
Samson post
the high side, the
passenger:
If a "man
overboard" is heard
3389 SECURITE CQ CQ MAYDAY PAN PAN
over the radio, what
which of the following do Look for a good
Release the
you do to let-go the boat Release the sea sign before Drag the sea
3390 painter when
from the ship In launching anchor ready. releasing the sea anchor.
an enclosed lifeboat? anchor
In an enclosed lifeboat, Release the sea If in a dangerous
atmosphere, If in dangerous
which of the following do anchor and drag Open the
3391 open the air water, release
you do to let-go the boat and confirm your watertight door supply and water the sea anchor.
from the ship? position spray valves.
During a helicopter
operation, while lifting a Stand on the Remove their Remain seated
personnel from a survival outside of the lifejackets to inside the craft to
3392 craft, what should the craft to assist the prepare for their All of the choices provide body
other individuals in the person being transfer to the weight for
craft do? lifted helicopter stability

go to the bridge
inform the first reporting to any
quickly and look for ship
Anyone seeing a person in crew member officer that you
report the telephone and
the water should that you met and can see and
3393 incident and report what you point out the
immediately throw a point to the
point to where saw to the person in the
lifebuoy and give alarm by: person in the
the person is in Captain water
water
the water
keep the bow keep the bow into
What is the recommended head directly into the seas with the
directly in
method if you must land the beach by ride in on the sea anchor out
toward the
3394 on a beach with an oar- staying, between back of a large over the bow,
beach, and tow and row to meet
propelled lifeboat through the crests of the breaker
the sea anchor the breaking
a heavy surf? waves
off the stern waves
In a distress situation and
Use the intercom Use the VHF-
immediately after the
Call the nearest to inform crew radio telephone Send distress
distress signal has been
3395 coastal radio and passengers to ask ships in signals to call for
sounded, what is the next of the reason for
station the vicinity to help
action to be taken by the the alarm stand by
Chief Officer on duty?
In an enclosed lifeboat, Slacking the
If in dangerous
which of the following do Steer away from Drag the sea tripping lineand
3396 water, release
you do to let-go the boat the ship. anchor. towing the appex
the sea anchor
from the ship? end forward
pass the word
What should be done by throw a life ring inform the
sound fire alarm, man overboard
3397 the first person to notice a to the victim, watch, throw life
throw life buoy notify the crew over the P.A
man overboard incident? buoy
system
In all probability, the LAST
persons to abandon the
vessel will be _______.
The Master, those engaged in those person those who
When they leave their
3398 Chief Cook and last-minute more than 75 brought their
post, all machinery should
the Chief Officer damage control kgs. luggage
be stopped and watertight
doors and hatches tightly
closed.
reported position, the Parallel track Expanding
3399 Track crawl Sector search
vessel in distress is not search square
search should be
conducted?
During monthly inspection
turned end-for- turned out from at any time not
of survival crafts, to ensure
turned out in any end so that the their stowed be inspected for
operational readiness, all
3400 weather and sea wire falls can be position if it is already
lifeboats without any weather and sea
condition thoroughly certified and
persons on board shall be: conditions allow
greased tested

When the GMDSS Radio
Operator on watch hears the safety of a the safety of
navigation or
"SECURITE" vessel or a
3401 urgent message distress message important
spoken three times he can person is in meteorological
expect to receive a jeopardy warnings
message concerning:
No maitenance is
Maintenance of lifeboat Testing, painting Greasing all over Weekly painting
3402 needed as long
davits consist of? and greasing its surface can be necessary
as it working
According to the SOLAS
regulations lifeboat falls
3403 must be renewed at 2.5 5 4 3
intervals of how many
years?
All vessels not limited to
daylight service shall be with a water light
with a twenty
fitted with a ring life buoy with no line to be attached on the stern of
3404 fathom line during nighttime
__________. (small attached the vessel
attached operation
passenger vessel
regulations)
By regulation life
preservers aboard an stowed with the
readily stored in sealed
3405 uninspected towing vessel emergency accessible
securely stowed
containers
must be which of the provisions
following?
Use them only Employ a signal
How should signal flares
Use all the when you are Immediately use every hour after
be used after you have
3406 signals during aware of a ship all the signals at abandoning ship
abandoned ship and are or plane in the
the first night. once. until they are
adrift in a liferaft? area. gone.
If a man falls overboard
sound the
3407 from a rig under tow you deploy life buoys notify the tug launch a boat
general alarm
should FIRST __________.
Ring life buoys used
aboard a small passenger Any highly visible White or
3408 vessels on oceans or Orange color easily seen international White
coastwise routes are from the air orange
required to be what color?
Steering a motor lifeboat
3409 broadside to the sea could sink capsize run smoother run faster
cause it to __________.
The lights on the outside
automatically
of the canopy on an by a switch at by turning the
3410 when the raft is by a light sensor
inflatable liferaft operate each light inflated globe clockwise
__________.
The number 2 lifeboat on forwardmost on abaft no.1
forwardmost on abaft no.1
3411 a tanker would be the port side
the starboard lifeboat
lifeboat port side
__________. side starboard side
Vessels in ocean service
50% of all 25% of all 75% of all 100% of all
3412 shall carry sufficient life
persons on board persons on board persons on board persons on board
floats for __________.

When lowering a boat
with gravity davits it will
3413 be pulled into the boat hooks falls frapping lines tricing pendants
embarkation deck by the
__________.
Determine
steps should normally be Check
Ration food and position and Search for
3414 taken first by those who pyrotechnic
water supplies closest point of survivors
have boarded a liferaft in supplies
land
an emergency situation?
It has a sufficient
Which statement is TRUE It is propelled by fuel capacity if It must be able to
maintain a
3415 concerning a motor engine or hand- All of the above motorized for 48
loaded speed of
lifeboat? propelling gear. hours of 6 knots.
operation.
You should stop Survivors in the
An inflatable If the survivors
to windward of water should liferaft secured
You are proceeding to a are in inflatable
the survivors in never be alongside can be
distress site and expect rafts you should
the water and permitted an effective
3416 large numbers of people in approach from
only use the ship alongside due to boarding station
the water. Which for transfer of windward to
s boats to the possibility of
statement is TRUE? survivors from create a lee for
recover the injury from the
the boats. the survivors.
survivors. vessel.
health
clearance requirements
requirements for have been met tonnage taxes
Free pratique means that shipment will be
3417 all regulatory and no further are not required
__________. quarantine made at no cost
bodies have to be paid
been met formalities are
required
A right-handed propeller run faster than a walk the stern to
right itself if walk the stern to
3418 will cause the survival craft left-handed starboard in port in reverse
capsized
to __________. propeller reverse
A safety feature provided
water stabilizing overhead safety internal releasing
3419 on all inflatable liferafts is pockets
built in seats
straps hooks
__________.
All personnel should be boarding and
fuel consumption navigational maintenance
3420 familiar with the lifeboats operating
rates systems procedures schedule
__________.
Aluminum lifeboats are
subject to damage by
electrolytic corrosion (the not to leave steel to keep an
to rinse these to keep the boats
aluminum being eaten or iron tools lying electric charge
3421 boats regularly covered at all
away). In working around in or near these on the hull at all
boats with salt water times
boats of aluminum you times
must be very careful
__________.
By regulation orange
smoke distress signals will
3422 expire not more than how 24 months 54 months 36 months 42 months
many months from the
date of manufacture?

Category 1 EPIRBs are small passenger
fishing industry small passenger all deep draft
3423 required to be carried on vessels on the vessels vessels vessels
board __________. Great Lakes
secure the reduce the
hold the lifeboat swinging of the
Frapping lines are fitted to lifeboat in the be used as a
to the ship s side lifeboat as it is
3424 lifeboat davits to davits when in safety line in an
until the tricing being lowered
__________. the stowed emergency from the
lines are passed
position embarkation level
Generally when lifting an
inflatable liferaft back main weather
3425 external lifelines righting strap towing bridle
aboard ship you would use cover
the __________.
If an inflatable liferaft is to Do not attach the
Attach the cord
be released manually cord to anything
to the special Attach the cord to
where should the You should stand but throw it
3426 pad eye on the a fixed object on
operating cord be attached on the cord. overboard with the ship.
raft davit
before throwing the raft the raft
launcher .
overboard? container.
reduce the
number of rafts spread out to
If more than one raft is tie the rafts
by getting as increase the go in a different
3427 many people as possibility of a to stay in a single
direction in
has sunk you should
possible into as search aircraft group search of land
__________.
few rafts as finding you
possible
If water is rising in the bilge shift all
abandon the check the bilge check for cracks
3428 of a survival craft you personnel to the drain plug
survival craft in the hull
should first __________. stern
If you find an inflatable
liferaft container with the
remove the leave the bands
3429 steel bands still in place tell the Mate tell the Master
bands yourself in place
around its case you should
__________.
A documented vessel
operating over 50 miles
3430 offshore must carry an SOLAS B pack SOLAS A pack coastal pack small vessel pack
inflatable liferaft with a
__________.
A feature of an inflatable lashings on the
raft which helps keep straps from the floor of the raft ridges in the lifelines on the
3431 inside of the raft
people stationary in rough overhead for the passenger floor of the raft
weather is __________. s feet
A fully loaded motor-
propelled lifeboat must be
3 knots in rough 3 knots in 6 knots in smooth 6 knots in rough
3432 capable of attaining a
water smooth water water water
speed of at least
__________.
must be will inflate the should be kept in
A hydrostatic release submerged to a raft in its cradle if must be wet
a watertight
3433 mechanism for a liferaft certain depth to before it will
release operated cover except in
__________. release
automatically manually an emergency

A life line must be
3434 connected to the liferaft in the middle at the stern at the bow all around
__________.
A lifeline must be
3435 connected to the liferaft at the bow all around in the middle at the stern
__________.
position the boat
A mechanical davit is energize the lift the boat off
at the set the brake on
3436 designed to automatically winch for the the inboard
embarkation the winch chocks
__________. falls
station
A motor lifeboat shall carry
sufficient fuel to operate
continuously for a period
of __________.
attached to the
A new liferaft has been raft stowage
checked to see coiled neatly on faked on deck
installed on your vessel. cradle or to a
3438 that it s the raft and lead through
The operating cord should secure object
unattached container a chock nearby with a
be __________.
weak link
A person referring to the the line attached
the emergency the aftermost
3439 stern sheets of a lifeboat is to the tack of the a canvas awning
rudder seating
speaking of __________. lugsail
A rigid lifesaving device
designed to support
3440 rigid liferaft survival capsule inflatable liferaft life float
survivors in the water is a
__________.
a heavy anchor
a pad eye to a cone shaped with an extra made of wood if
A sea anchor is which the sea bag used to slow
3441 long line used to it is of an
__________. painter is made down the wind
drift effect anchor in deep approved type
fast
water
A self-righting survival craft
are seated with are to shift to are seated with
will return to an upright escape from the
3442 seat belts on and one side to right seat belts on and
position provided that all craft doors shut
doors open it
personnel __________.
is raised in the
is longer than the generally shorter
longer than the bow of the boat
A sweep oar is an oar that others and is than the others
3443 others used for for the
is __________. used as the steering and is used to
steersman to
stroke oar steer with
steer by
A vessel carrying
or buoyant for every person
passengers for hire shall for every person
cushion for every for every on board plus
have on board an approved on board plus
3444 person on board passenger on 10% additional
life jacket __________. 10% childrens
plus 10% for board life jackets on upper deck in
(small passenger vessel
children box
regulations)
Aboard a survival craft aid in helping
prime the prime the air start the engine
3445 ether can be used to personnel in cold weather
sprinkler system supply
__________. breathe

According to the Lifesaving
regulations in Subchapter
W fire and abandon ship
drills must be held within
24 hours of leaving port if
3446 0.05 0.4 0.25 0.1
the percentage of the crew
that has not participated in
drills aboard that particular
vessel in the prior month
exceeds __________.
According to the
regulations for lifeboat falls
3447 End-for-ended Renewed Inspected Weight tested
which action must be taken
at 30-month intervals?
is cut
After a liferaft is launched
detaches serves as a sea immediately as it is used to rig the
3448 the operating cord
automatically painter is of no further boarding ladder
__________.
use
After abandoning a vessel pass through the
water that is consumed help to prevent help to prevent quench thirst for body with little
3449
within the first 24 hours seasickness fatigue only 2 hours absorbed by the
will __________. system
After you have thrown the
A. forcing open
liferaft and stowage hitting the
using the hand the container pulling on the
3450 container into the water hydrostatic painter line
pump provided which operates
you inflate the liferaft by release
the CO2
__________.
All self-propelled vessels
on an international voyage
Three approved One approved
must be equipped with One approved Two approved
3451 Category 1 Category 1
how many Emergency Class B EPIRB Class B EPIRBs EPIRB
EPIRBs
beacons (EPIRB)?
An on-load release only when
only when there only when the
system on a survival craft activated by the
3452 at any time is a load on the load is taken off
means the cable can be controls at the
cable the cable
released __________. lowering station
An inflatable liferaft
with the vessel s
equipped with a SOLAS B near the as far forward as
3453 emergency so as to float free
pack must be stowed wheelhouse possible
equipment
__________.
An inflatable liferaft is removing the throwing the
cutting the wire
3454 hand-launched by rubber packing entire container pulling a cord
overboard restraining bands
__________. strip
After the boat is at the top
of the davit heads, the
davit arms begin moving
3455 brake handle limit switch preventer bar hoist man
up the tracks and are
stopped by the
__________.

When picking up a lifeboat
only after the
at sea with way on the well aft in the about amidships well forward in
3456 falls have been
ship, the sea painter lifeboat in the lifeboat the lifeboat
attached
should be secured ______.
complete the
stroke, come to complete stroke,
lift oars to
Oars, raise oars stop rowing, dip
When in command of a vertical position,
smartly to blade about
lifeboat under oars, the row in astern trim blades fore
3457 vertical, rest halfway into
command Backwater motion and aft with
handles on water, hold
means to __________. handles resting
footing, trim water to stop the
on footings
blades fore and way on the boat
aft
Make sure the
After inflation, operating cord is
Which operation should be Turn the valve on
detach operating Open the liferaft secured to the
3458 done when launching an the CO2 cylinder
cord from casing. vessel before
inflatable liferaft by hand? to start inflation. throwing it over
liferaft.
the side.
Generally, when lifting an
inflatable liferaft back main weather
3459 external lifelines righting strap towing bridle
aboard ship you would use cover
the __________.
After launching, an
opening the using the bailers
inflatable raft should be draining the using the electric
3460 automatic drain and cellulose
kept dry inside by water pockets bilge pump sponge
plugs
__________.
Lines passed around the
falls to hold the boat while
3461 tricing lines life lines tripping lines frapping lines
passengers are boarding
are __________.
In order to retrieve an
inflatable liferaft and place
3462 righting strap towing bridle sea anchor lifelines
it on deck, you should
heave on the __________.
complete the
dip the blade of stroke, raise your
If the coxswain of your your oar into the complete the
oar slightly,
lifeboat gives the water vertically lift the oar in a stroke and hold
3463 swinging the oar
command Hold water you and hold it vertical position the oar out of
perpendicular to slightly forward,
should __________. the water
the keel line and place it in
the boat
hold a lifeboat control the fore control the
provide next to the
The purpose of the tricing and aft motion of outboard swing
3464 suspensions for embarkation
pendants is to __________. deck while a lifeboat during of a lifeboat
the manropes
loading lowering during lowering
and after two days in a Use visual Turn on the transmission
Switch the EPIRB
raft, you can see an aircraft distress signals strobe light on capability of the
3465 to the homing
near the horizon in conjunction the top of the EPIRB to guide
apparently carrying out a EPIRB the aircraft to

What should you do with bring it inside the bring it inside the bring it inside the
bring it inside the
your EPIRB if you are in a life raft and turn life raft and turn life raft and turn
3466 life raft and leave
life raft during storm it off until the it on it off until the it off until the
conditions? storm passes storm passes storm passes
must be replaced
The battery of an must be renewed load must be
3467 before the expiry Dont know
EPIRB__________ every year checked weekly
date is exceeded
The Emergency Position so that it is
so that it will float
Indicating Radio beacon on accessible from in an inside in an approved
3468 free if the vessel
a cargo vessel must be the bridge of the passageway bracket sinks
stowed __________. vessel
activating the removing it from
One can check the activating it by SART and
the holder and
3469 functioning of the SART extracting the Dont know checking the
effect on the turning the SART
by__________ antenna
radar screen upside down
the falls from
the falls from accidental operation of the
Preventer bars are fitted unhooking if the
rehooking after unhooking when release lever
3470 on lifeboat releasing gear releasing gear is
they have been the falls become until the boat is
to prevent __________. slack operated
released waterborne
accidentally
maintain
The purpose of the tripping
maximum direct the drift of
3471 line on a sea anchor is to aid in its recovery aid in casting off
resistance to the vessel
__________.
broaching
The motor takes A water spray
The ventilators
Your vessel is equipped its air supply system to cool An air tank will
will
with totally enclosed from outside the the outside of provide about ten
automatically
3472 lifeboats. Which statement lifeboat to the boat is minutes of air for
close by the the survivors and
is TRUE when the boat is prevent operated by a
action of fusible the engine.
enveloped in flames? asphyxiation of high-volume
links.
the crew. manual pump.
The davit launched liferaft
by jumping down through the from the water
3473 can be boarded at the deck
onto it escape tube only
__________.
Your liferaft is to leeward
splash water get out of the
of a fire on the water and paddle away boat the sea
3474 over the liferaft raft and swim to
riding to its sea anchor. from the fire anchor
to cool it safety
You should FIRST _______.
Checking the
Checking the
Which of following items distress signal Checking that Checking
lifeboat
3475 shall be included in an rockets and lifejackets are passengers
provisions and correctly donned.
abandon ship drill? other distress immersion suits.
supplies.
signals.
The Muster List shall show
Preparation of Closing of Preparation of
the duties assigned to
survival crafts watertight doors, Operation of the immersion suits
members of the crew.
Emergency fire doors, valves, vessels and thermo
3476 Which of the following
Positions scuppers, side propulsion protective aids
duties shall be included in scuttles,
Indicating Radio system. for the ships
the muster list according to skylights.
Beacons. passengers.
present regulations?

the pressure
valve may be the canopy
While adrift in an inflatable periodically deflating the floor should be the entrance
3477 liferaft in hot, tropical opened to panels may help deflated so that curtains should
weather __________. prevent to cool personnel it will not block never be opened
excessive air cooling breezes
pressure
ashore and lash out to sea so find some wood
3478 liferaft, the first thing to do it down for a
provisions out of
someone may for a fire
is __________. shelter the raft
spot it
Personal
3479 considered primary life- Life Preserver Lifering Lifeboat
flotation device
saving equipment?
longer than the used by the
The steering oar in an open used for the others and shorter than the forward man in
3480 should be lashed
lifeboat is __________. stroke oar others the boat to direct
to the stern the bow
The vessels Emergency
3481 weekly monthly every 2 months every 3 months
beacon (EPIRB) must be
tested __________.
Must be
submerged to a Must be wet Should be kept
3482 certain depth to before it will watertight
mechanism for a liferaft: release liferaft
release before release
automatically
Davit-launched
survival craft Muster and
Which one of the given Muster and
embarkation muster and embarkation
requirements regarding Searchlights to
stations shall be embarkation stations are to be
survival craft muster and be provided at
3483 readily stations shall not arranged
embarkation arrangements accessible from the launching
be arranged to separately to
corresponds to the present accommodation station.
enable stretchers improve working
SOLAS regulations? and work areas.
to be placed in conditions.
survival craft.
check the painter not panic since check the sea
You hear air escaping from
line attachment the safety valves quickly hunt for anchor line
the liferaft just after it has
3484 for a tear caused allow excess the hole before attachment for a
inflated. You should pressure to
by the initial the raft deflates tear if the seas
__________. escape
opening are rough
The number 2 lifeboat on a abaft #1 lifeboat
on the starboard abaft #1 lifeboat
3485 tanker would be found on the starboard on the port side
side on the port side
__________. side
Most enclosed lifeboats
lower ballast sea anchor is
will right themselves after fuel tanks are not passengers are
3486 tanks are filled strapped to their deployed to
capsizing IF the less than half full seats
with water windward
__________.
A life float on a fishing
3487 vessel must be equipped red hand flares pendants a righting line drinking water
with __________.

To disengage a survival
pull the hook pull the hook
craft suspended from the use the ratchet
pull the hook release handle release handle
3488 cable above the water, you and use the
bar and depress
release handle and depress the
must pull the safety pin ratchet bar the retainer
retainer
and __________.
Your small vessel is broken
down and rolling in heavy constantly moving all
rigging a sea moving all
3489 seas. You can reduce the shifting the personnel
anchor personnel aft
possibility of capsizing by rudder forward and low
__________.
3490 righting strap sea painter manropes canopy
__________.
Securely By splicing one
attached around With an
How are lifelines attached end of the line
3491 the outside in approved safety By serving
to a life float? bights no longer around the
hook or shackle
than three feet apparatus
should be righted should be righted
by standing on must be cleared by standing on
A liferaft which has inflated the carbon of the buoyant will right itself the life line,
dioxide cylinder,
3492 bottom-up on the water equipment when the canopy holding the
holding the
__________. righting straps, before it will tubes inflate righting straps,
and leaning right itself and leaning
backwards backwards
slacking the slacking the
When a sea anchor is used towing with the
tripping line and towing the apex tripping line and
in landing stern first in a tripping line and
3493 towing the sea end forward with towing the sea
heavy surf, sternway is leaving the anchor by the
anchor from the the tripping line
checked by __________. holding line slack holding line
stern
The purpose of storm oil is Weight down the Lubricate sea Repel dangerous
3494 Smooth the sea
to: sea anchor anchor fish
standing on the getting at least
CO2 bottle, three or four doing nothing; it
men to push will right itself pushing up on
and throwing down on the side after the canopy one side
can right it by __________.
your weight containing the supports inflate
backwards CO2 cylinder
Keep personnel
should deploy the sea Navigate against keep the liferaft Stay in the
3496 from getting
anchor from a liferaft to the current from capsizing general location
seasick
__________.
The Master shall insure
that the Emergency secured in the
secured inside
3497 Position Indicating Radio tested monthly tested annually emergency
the wheelhouse
beacon (EPIRB) is locker
__________.
date of
date of
The following information the MMSI replacement of
3498 replacement of Dont know
must be given on the SART number the hydrostatic
the battery
release unit

They provide
Only a light layer sufficient flotation A puncture in the
Which is TRUE concerning
of clothing may to do away with They should be suit will not
3499 immersion suits and their
be worn the necessity of tight fitting. appreciably
use? wearing a life
underneath. reduce its value.
jacket.
reduce the
If more than one raft is tie the rafts
go in a different increase the by getting as
3500 direction in possibility of a many people as
has sunk, you should to stay in a single
search of land search aircraft possible into as group
__________.
possible
Most lifeboats are
unbalanced contraguide
3501 equipped with rudders
balanced rudders straight rudders
rudders
__________.
An orage colored smoke
signal or detonating We see you, we This is the most
To embark here will provide help
3502 luminous signals fired at Man in the buoy as soon as
suitable place to
is dangerous
interval of one minute possible embark
means:
While retrieving the
at the when the cable
survival craft, the engine when the craft on approach to
3503 embarkation has been
should be stopped clears the water the platform
deck attached
__________.
On board an accident
happened. Urgent radio-
3504 medical advice is needed. Don't know Urgency Routine Safety
We choose the
category__________
While operating off
Panama, a seaman is
injured. What indicator
should be included in the
3505 Radio medical Med rad DH medico XXX
preamble of a telegram
requesting a medical
advice from a Panamanian
station?
If one requires medical
advice by means of an
3506 Inmarsat-C terminal one Radiomedical Don't know 32 MED +
should use the following
address__________
There has been an accident
on board. Urgent medical
3507 emergency signal Don't know urgency signal safety signal
advice is needed. The call is
preceded by__________
There has been an accident
on board. Urgent medical
3508 Don't know SECURITE (3x) MAYDAY (3x) PAN PAN (3x)
advice is needed. The call is
preceded by__________

Calling the health Call a hospital for
Medico is the
Giving a regular department in professional
certificate which
What is the purpose of a statement of the the next port of medical
3509 permit the
Medico Message? health of the call and ask for assistance by
Master to be radio when
vessel's crew. free radio
doctor onboard. needed.
practice.
One of the sailors needs
urgent medical assistance.
3510 SOS (3x) MAYDAY (3x) Don't know PAN PAN (3x)
The VHF-call starts
with__________
and you are
board. You want to
3511 MAF MAE MAB MAA
should your message
contain?
You receive a medical
The wound The wound
message that contains the Place patient in You should pass
3512 should not be hot bath
should be
code MSJ. This means a stomach tube
stitched stitched
"_____."
an injury to a
grounding of a
crewmember,
passenger, or vessel on a
a collision that
other person sandbar that
What is considered a results in $500 None of the
3513 which requires does not result in
Serious Marine Incident? professional damage to a boat stated options
injuries and/or
medical dock
any damage to
treatment beyond
first aid
the vessel
Be kind to the Treat and
If a person is in a state of Apply hot-water
casualty and give Move the reassure the
shock, what of the bottles to keep
3514 anything to eat casualty as much casualty and stay
following is the correct the patient with the person
or drink at first as possible.
thing of you to do? warm. at all times.
opportunity.
Appendicitis symptoms
include cramps or pain in
3515 lower left side upper left side lower right side upper right side
the abdomen located in
the ___________.
When a person is
suspected of having Keeping an ice Giving the
Giving the
appendicitis, the pain Giving the bag over the patient aspirin
3516 patient morphine
should be relieved by: patient laxative. location of the with a glass of
appendix. sulfate.
water.

should NOT be a treatment
Stop severe
3517 for a person who has Give a stimulant. Treat for shock. Elevate his head.
bleeding.
received a head injury and
is groggy or unconscious?
____ is the proper
3518 stimulant for an Ammonia dextran water tiger balm
unconscious person?
Narcotics is given to a
3519 In great pain Intoxicated Unconscious He is groggy
patient when:
Universal antidote is used
3520 to neutralize a sick person Poison Diarrhea Hemorrhage Clean wounds
with:
Stimulant is given to a
3521 poisoned intoxicated none of these fainting
peson who is _______ .
Another name for pain
3522 analgesic hypnotic depressant tranquilizer
reliever is _______ .
Keep the patient Massage the
What is not a treatment for Have the injured arms and legs to Relieve the pain
3523 warm but not
traumatic shock? person lie down. restore of the injury.
hot. circulation.
not be moved but not be allowed
A person suffering from made to lie down be examined
possible broken bones and be assisted in comfortable until
3524 where injured then walked to a
internal injuries should walking around medical
assistance but moved to a bunk
__________.
arrives chair or bunk
Apply a bulky,
Apply traction to sterile, pressure
You are treating a Force the ends of Apply a
the hand to keep dressing to
shipmate with a compound the bones back tourniquet to
the bones in line, control bleeding,
3525 fracture of the lower arm. into line, treat control bleeding
splint, and apply then apply a
Which action should you the bleeding, and then align the temporary splint,
a pressure
take? splint. bones and splint. and obtain
dressing.
medical advice.
A man has suffered a burn
on the arm. There is
extensive damage to the
Third-degree
3526 skin with charring present. burn
Major burn Dermal burn Lethal burn
How is this injury classified
using standard medical
terminology?
In case a patient has to be
moved after basic life
3527 support has been started, 5 seconds 10 seconds 20 seconds 15 seconds
interruption time should
not exceed:
When administering
artificial respiration to an as fast as 12 to 15 times 20 to 25 times 18 to 20 times
3528 per minute
adult, the breathing cycle possible per minute per minute
should be repeated about:

Morphine is given either by
subcutaneous injection or by
3529 Intramuscular Injection for 10-15 minutes 3-5 minutes 5-8 minutes 2-4 minutes
quick pain relief and will act
in approximately:
How open is the medicine
chest and its contents
3530 including the medical 24 months 18 months 12 months 36 months
equipment carried on board
be inspected?
A patient has to be moved
after basic life support has
been started, interruption
time should NOT exceed:
All of the
If hydrogen sulfide is burned Only 80% of the All of the
hydrogen sulfide
(flared) on a vessel, which of hydrogen sulfide hydrogen sulfide
3532 will be converted none of the above
the following conditions can will be converted will be converted
to hydrogen and
be expected to happen? to sulfur dioxide to sulfur dioxide
free sulphur
First-, second-, and third-
source of heat layers of skin size of the burned area of the body
3533 degree burns are classified
causing the burn affected area burned
according to the:
not be moved,
not be allowed but made
A seafarer suffering from to lie down onto comfortable until be examined
be assisted in medical
3534 possible broken bones and the injured part then walked to a
waling around assistance
internal injuries should: but moved to a arrives, provided bunk
chair or bunk he is in a safe
environment
A fracture of the skull or
head injury should receive
wrist on the left
immediate attention to
temporal or arm which is veins near the capillaries on the
3535 prevent damage to the carotid arteries nearer to the neck left shoulder
brain. Bleeding can be
heart
controlled by direct
pressure on the:
What substance
neutralizes the effects of
3536 cathartic emetic antidote stimulant
poison or prevents its
absorption?
A substance which
neutralizes the effects of a
3537 Emetic antidote stimulant cathartic
absorption.
High concentrations of H2S cause
gas are most dangerous to paralyze your involuntary cause eye
3538 breathing system
cause dizziness
personnel because they muscle inflammation
can: contractions
If possible, get Radio
Medical Advice before children under children under children under 16 children under
3539 years old
administering medicines to 20 years old 17 years old 18 years old
an age of:

What do you call a fracture Compound
3540 Serious fracture Complex fracture Simple fracture
if the bone may be visible? fracture
An open wound that is
3541 caused by rubbing or abrasion laceration contusion puncture
scrapping the skin.
Which should NOT be a
treatment for a person
Stop severe
3542 who has received a head Elevate his head Give a stimulant Treat for shock
bleeding
injury and is groggy or
unconscious?
A crew member has
suffered frostbite to the Give aspirin or
toes of the right foot. Rub the toes immerse the feet other medication Elevate the foot
3543
Which is NOT an briskly in warm water for pain if slightly
acceptable first aid necessary
measure?
In the ship's medicine
chest, medicaments are
indicated using which
3544 Latin English Spanish French
language so that a correct
translation can be found in
each language?
Which type of injury should
Major multiple
3545 be the first to receive Severe shock Eye injuries Burns
fractures
emergency treatment?
not exceed:
When administering
artificial respiration to an 20 to 25 times 18 to 20 times as fast as 12 to 15 times
3547 per minute
adult, the breathing cycle per minute per minute possible
subcutaneous injection or
3548 by Intramuscular Injection 10-15 minutes 5-8 minutes 2-4 minutes 3-5 minutes
for quick pain relief and
will act in approximately:
equipment carried on
board be inspected?

If hydrogen sulfide is All of the
All of the Only 80% of the
burned (flared) on a vessel, hydrogen sulfide
hydrogen sulfide none of the hydrogen sulfide
3551 which of the following will be converted will be converted
will be converted above
conditions can be expected to hydrogen and to sulfur dioxide
to sulfur dioxide
to happen? free sulphur
layers of skin area of the body source of heat size of the
3552 degree burns are classified affected burned causing the burn burned area
according to the:
not be moved,
but made not be allowed
A seafarer suffering from comfortable until to lie down onto be examined
medical be assisted in
3553 possible broken bones and the injured part then walked to a
assistance waling around
internal injuries should: arrives, provided but moved to a bunk
he is in a safe chair or bunk
environment
wrist on the left
veins near the arm which is temporal or capillaries on the
3554 prevent damage to the
neck nearer to the carotid arteries left shoulder
heart
pressure on the:
What substance
3555 cathartic stimulant antidote emetic
absorption?
A substance which
3556 stimulant cathartic Emetic antidote
absorption.
gas are most dangerous to paralyze your involuntary cause eye
3557 cause dizziness
personnel because they breathing system muscle inflammation
can: contractions
3558
administering medicines to 20 years old 17 years old years old 18 years old
an age of:
3559 Serious fracture Complex fracture Simple fracture
3560 caused by rubbing or contusion laceration abrasion puncture
scrapping the skin.
who has received a head Stop severe
3561 Treat for shock Give a stimulant Elevate his head
injury and is groggy or bleeding
unconscious?

A crew member has
3562
measure?
3563 French English Spanish Latin
each language?
Major multiple
3564 be the first to receive Eye injuries Burns Severe shock
fractures
placed in a
treated for given an
An unconscious person position with the given something
3565 injuries until inhalation to drink
should NOT be : head lower than
conscious stimulant
the body
Which is the most serious
3566 Compound Crack Closed Greenstick
type of fracture?
An oxygen indicator can be sufficient oxygen
hydrogen gas combustible
3567 used to determine if there in a compartment all of the above
to support life present gases present
is:
allow the person
A victim is coughing and to continue give back blows perform the
wheezing from a partial coughing and immediately
3568 dislodge the
and something to Heimlich
obstruction of the airway. administer CPR
obstruction on his drink maneuver
An observer should:
own
A shipmate chokes make the victim
do nothing until
suddenly, cannot speak, administer the lie down with the
the victim immediately
3569 and starts to turn blue. Heimlich feet elevated to
become maneuver administer CPR
What action should you get blood to the
unconscious
take? brain
Before administering any
penicillin, preparations
should include determining
3570 addicted allergic accustomed immuned
whether the patient is
________ to such
medicine.
Keep the victim Open clothing to
What is a treatment for
3571 in a sitting Administer fluids allow cooling of Administer CPR
traumatic shock?
position the body
Third-degree
3572 skin with charring present. Major burn Lethal burn Dermal burn
burn
This is an example of what
kind of burn?

In the absence of arachis
oil, earwax hardening
3573 clove oil fish oil nitroglycerine olive oil
causing deafness can be
removed using:
If anti-seasickness pill is
3574 ineffective, what is an Paracetamol Antihistamine Antipyretic Eucalyptus oil
alternative medication?
Survivors in the water
should be lifted in a
horizontal or near-
horizontal position if
3575 possible to minimize wound possible fracture the pain the risk of shock
__________________
induced by sudden transfer
from the water and
possible hypothermia.
Unless there is danger of
further injury, a person
the fracture is radio advice has the bone has the wound has
3576 with a compound fracture
immobilized been obtained been set been washed
should not be moved until
bleeding is controlled and:
What is NOT a treatment Have the injured Relieve the pain arms and legs to
3577 warm but not restore
for traumatic shock? person lie down of the injury
hot circulation
Appendicitis has become
common to seafarers. It is
3578 a condition characterized enlargement inflammation rupture swelling
by ______________ of the
appendix.
reddening of the skin
second-degree
3579 blistering and swelling. secondary burn major burn blister burn burn
How would this injury be
classified using standard
medical terminology?
A rapid, emergency
evaluation of the patient necessary
should be made cause of the type and extent antidote and the
3580 source of injury
immediately at the scene accident of trauma prevention of
of the injury to determine further injury
the:
How do you determine the High blood Low blood
3581 All of the choices Stomach pains
first symptoms of a stroke? pressure pressure
the presence of
an oxygen
An oxygen indicator will concentrations harmful amounts
3582 all of the above deficiency in a
detect: space of explosive gas of carbon
monoxide

You are using an automatic
you may be the safety cutout
tension winch by yourself. None of the
the line will part pulled into the will stop the
3583 If you get caught in the choices are winch and injured
and snap back winch before
turns of the line as they correct or killed you're injured
lead into the gypsyhead:
there is never the same bone is
Compound fracture is a more than one the bone may be
3584 any internal visible
broken in more
fracture in which: bone is broken
bleeding than one place
How can a victim with an
Totally Clutches neck Collapse and Unable to speak,
3585 airway completely breath or cough
unconscious with both hands lying at his back
obstructed be recognized?
An alternative method of
Artificial respiration where
in some instances, mouth-
to-mouth respiration
Heimlich Heat
3586 cannot be used due to Silvester method Xyphoid process
maneuver compression
certain toxic and caustic
materials constitute a
hazard for the rescuer is
known as:
During a bomb search, Throw any
Know exactly Do not touch any Try to reach
which of the following is an suspicious
3587 what a bomb suspicious behind bulkhead
important principle to package package
looks like to reach a bomb
follow? overboard
not exceed:
When administering
artificial respiration to an 18 to 20 times 20 to 25 times as fast as 12 to 15 times
3589
adult, the breathing cycle per minute per minute possible per minute
subcutaneous injection or by
3590 Intramuscular Injection for 2-4 minutes 5-8 minutes 3-5 minutes 10-15 minutes
quick pain relief and will act
in approximately:
equipment carried on board
be inspected?
All of the
If hydrogen sulfide is burned Only 80% of the All of the
hydrogen sulfide
(flared) on a vessel, which of hydrogen sulfide hydrogen sulfide
3593 will be converted none of the above
the following conditions can will be converted will be converted
to hydrogen and
be expected to happen? to sulfur dioxide to sulfur dioxide
free sulphur

source of heat layers of skin size of the area of the body
3594 degree burns are classified affected
causing the burn burned area burned
according to the:
not be moved,
not be allowed but made
A seafarer suffering from be examined to lie down onto comfortable until
be assisted in medical
3595 possible broken bones and then walked to a the injured part assistance
waling around
internal injuries should: bunk but moved to a arrives, provided
chair or bunk he is in a safe
environment
wrist on the left
veins near the temporal or capillaries on the arm which is
3596 prevent damage to the
neck carotid arteries left shoulder nearer to the
heart
pressure on the:
What substance
3597 stimulant cathartic antidote emetic
absorption?
A substance which
3598 Emetic antidote cathartic stimulant
absorption.
gas are most dangerous to paralyze your cause eye involuntary
3599 cause dizziness
personnel because they breathing system inflammation muscle
can: contractions
3600
administering medicines to 20 years old 17 years old years old 18 years old
an age of:
3601 Simple fracture Complex fracture Serious fracture
3602 caused by rubbing or laceration abrasion puncture contusion
scrapping the skin.
Stop severe
3603 who has received a head Give a stimulant Elevate his head Treat for shock
bleeding
injury and is groggy or
unconscious?
A crew member has
3604
measure?

3605 Latin Spanish English French
each language?
Major multiple
3606 be the first to receive Burns Eye injuries Severe shock
fractures
placed in a
given an treated for
An unconscious person given something position with the
3607 inhalation injuries until
should NOT be : to drink head lower than
stimulant conscious
the body
Which is the most serious
3608 Closed Crack Greenstick Compound
type of fracture?
hydrogen gas combustible
3609 used to determine if there in a compartment all of the above
present to support life gases present
is:
allow the person
A victim is coughing and to continue
perform the give back blows
wheezing from a partial immediately coughing and
3610 Heimlich and something to
obstruction of the airway. administer CPR dislodge the
maneuver obstruction on his drink
An observer should:
own
A shipmate chokes make the victim
do nothing until
suddenly, cannot speak, administer the lie down with the
the victim immediately
3611 and starts to turn blue. Heimlich feet elevated to
become maneuver administer CPR
What action should you get blood to the
unconscious
take? brain
Before administering any
penicillin, preparations
should include determining
3612 addicted immuned allergic accustomed
whether the patient is
________ to such
medicine.
Keep the victim Open clothing to
What is a treatment for
3613 in a sitting Administer CPR allow cooling of Administer fluids
traumatic shock?
position the body
extensive damage to the Third-degree
3614 Dermal burn Lethal burn Major burn
skin with charring present. burn
This is an example of what
kind of burn?
In the absence of arachis
oil, earwax hardening
3615 fish oil nitroglycerine clove oil olive oil
causing deafness can be
removed using:
If anti-seasickness pill is
3616 ineffective, what is an Eucalyptus oil Antipyretic Paracetamol Antihistamine
alternative medication?

Survivors in the water
should be lifted in a
horizontal or near-
horizontal position if
3617 possible to minimize wound the risk of shock possible fracture the pain
__________________
induced by sudden transfer
from the water and
possible hypothermia.
Unless there is danger of
further injury, a person
the wound has radio advice has the bone has the fracture is
3618 with a compound fracture immobilized
been washed been obtained been set
should not be moved until
bleeding is controlled and:
Massage the Keep the patient
What is NOT a treatment Have the injured arms and legs to Relieve the pain
3619 restore
warm but not
for traumatic shock? person lie down of the injury
circulation hot
Appendicitis has become
common to seafarers. It is
3620 a condition characterized enlargement inflammation rupture swelling
by ______________ of the
appendix.
reddening of the skin
second-degree
3621 blistering and swelling. major burn blister burn burn
secondary burn
How would this injury be
classified using standard
medical terminology?
A rapid, emergency
evaluation of the patient necessary
should be made type and extent antidote and the cause of the
3622 source of injury
immediately at the scene of trauma prevention of accident
of the injury to determine further injury
the:
How do you determine the Low blood High blood
3623 Stomach pains All of the choices
first symptoms of a stroke? pressure pressure
the presence of
an oxygen
An oxygen indicator will concentrations harmful amounts
3624 deficiency in a all of the above
detect: of explosive gas of carbon space
monoxide
You are using an automatic
the safety cutout you may be
tension winch by yourself. None of the
will stop the pulled into the the line will part
3625 If you get caught in the winch and injured
choices are
winch before and snap back
turns of the line as they or killed correct
you're injured
lead into the gypsyhead:
there is never the same bone is
Compound fracture is a more than one the bone may be
3626 any internal visible
broken in more
fracture in which: bone is broken
bleeding than one place

How can a victim with an
Clutches neck Unable to speak, Collapse and Totally
3627 airway completely breath or cough
with both hands lying at his back unconscious
obstructed be recognized?
An alternative method of
Artificial respiration where
in some instances, mouth-
to-mouth respiration
Heimlich Heat
3628 cannot be used due to Silvester method Xyphoid process
maneuver compression
certain toxic and caustic
materials constitute a
hazard for the rescuer is
known as:
During a bomb search, Throw any
Know exactly Try to reach Do not touch any
which of the following is an suspicious
3629 what a bomb behind bulkhead suspicious
important principle to package package
looks like to reach a bomb
follow? overboard
A man has a burn on his
arm. There is reddening of
the skin blistering and second-degree third-degree
3630 major burn secondary burn
swelling. Using standard burn burn
medical terminology what
type of burn is this?
A survivor has been pulled
from the water off the
coast of Greenland. The the patient is the patient is the patient is
the patient is
patient is in a state of suffering from suffering from suffering from
3631 suffering from moderate
confusion and has ceased mild severe
frostbite hypothermia
shivering. Which of the hypothermia hypothermia
following best describes
the patient s condition?
Following a serious marine
incident who can any USCG any individual
the marine qualified medical trained to
3632 administer use of the credentialed
employer personnel only conduct such
device that tests an deck officer tests
individuals breath?
If a rescuer finds an remove the
electrical burn victim in the patient from the apply ointment get assistance to flush water over
vicinity of live electrical vicinity of the to the burned shut down
3633 any burned area
equipment or wiring what live electrical areas on the electrical power
in the area of the patient
would be the first action to equipment or patient
take? wiring
Dilated pupils Muscle Extreme Diarrhea and
What are symptom(s) of a tenseness in
3634 and shallow sweating and frequent
ruptured appendix? almost the entire
breathing abdomen reddening skin urination
What is MOST important know all
monitor blood clear head and
3635 when administering clear airways approved
pressure body
artificial respiration? methods

keep the patient
WHat is the most remove any
awake and make
importanat consideration prevent patient soiled clothing
him/her walk if give artificial
3636 while providing assistance from hurting and put the
himself necessary to respiration
to a victim of an epileptic patient in a clean
keep him/her
seizure? bed
awake
What should you do establish an open treat any insure the victim
3637 establish comfort
before CPR is started? airway bleeding wounds is conscious
When treating a chemical
burn what is the minimum
3638 five minutes ten minutes twenty minutes six minutes
amount of time you should
flood the burned area?
While carrying out by not stopping
only with the
artificial respiration how at ten-minute without losing the the respiration
3639 rhythm of help of two other
should rescuers be intervals respiration for more than 5
people
changed out? minutes
A crew member has
toes of the right foot. other medication Elevate the foot Rub the toes
3640 Rewarm rapidly
Which is NOT an for pain if slightly briskly
measure?
A man has a burn on his
arm. There is reddening of
the skin blistering and second-degree
3641 major burn burn
secondary burn blister burn
swelling. Using standard
medical terminology this is
a __________.
Flat on their back Head down and
A patient in shock should
with head and feet up no Arms above their On their side if
3642 NOT be placed in which head
feet at the same injuries to face or unconscious
position?
level head
A person reports to you push the barb
with a fishhook in his have a surgeon pull it out with cut the skin from through cut it off
3643
thumb. To remove it you remove it pliers around the hook then remove the
should __________. hook
A seaman has a small
gaping laceration of the
arm that is not bleeding Wrap a tight Apply a Use temporary Apply butterfly
3644 excessively. What can be bandage around compression stitches of sail strips then a
done as an alternative to the wound bandage twine sterile dressing
suturing to close the
wound?
A shipmate suffers a heart administer make the victim immediately give
check his pulse
3645 attack and stops breathing. oxygen comfortable in a a stimulant by and start CPR
You must _____. immediately bunk force if necessary
placed in a
given an treated for
An unconscious person position with the given something
3646 inhalation to drink
injuries until
should not be _______. head lower than
stimulant conscious
the body

lay him down let the patient
immediately
If a crew member faints check for pulse with his head rest in
3647 execute Heimlich
you should: and breathing lower down his unconscious
feet Maneuver
position
If a crew member is
exposed to phenol by way
treat victim for administer flush skin and give victim
3648 of skin or eye contact you eyes with water
shock oxygen stimulant
should IMMEDIATELY
__________.
What are the symptoms of reddish and slow and deep pale and clammy slow and strong
3649
heat exhaustion? clammy skin breathing skin pulse
hot and moist cold and dry skin hot and dry skin cold and moist
What are the symptoms of
3650 skin high body low body high body skin high body
heat stroke? temperature
temperature temperature temperature
What is it called when you
sort accident victims
3651 surveying evaluation triage ignore
according to the severity of
their injuries?
raising body
What is the most effective running or bundling the laying prone
temperature
treatment for warming a jumping to body in blankets under heat lamps
3652 to rewarm
rapidly by placing
crew member suffering increase to rewarm
gradually hands and feet in
from hypothermia? circulation rapidly
hot water
What must the rescuer be rapidly evaluate
provide the prescribe accurately
able to do in managing a the seriousness
3653 necessary treatment for the diagnose the
situation involving multiple of obvious
medication victim ailment or injury injuries
injuries?
allow the person
What should a observer do to continue
perform the give back blows
if a victim is coughing and immediately coughing and
3654 Heimlich and something to dislodge the
wheezing from a partial start CPR
maneuver drink obstruction on his
obstruction of the airway?
own
What should you look for
irregular
3655 evidence of if a victim is broken limbs head injury high fever
breathing
unconscious?
lay the crew lay the crew attempt to stand
A crew member is member down member down the crew
administer a
3656 unconscious and the face is with the head with the head member upright
liquid stimulant and shoulders
flushed. You should: lower than the to restore
feet slightly raised consciousness
3657 MNO MNJ MNI MNM
A crew member suffering
a small dose of treatment for
3658 from hypothermia should a large meal a brisk rub down shock
alcohol
be given __________.
Occurs when a Occurs only in
bone is forced Is not usually Usually involves
3659 A dislocation: out of or twisted
the joints of the
painful the spine
in its joint fingers.

A drug or medicine given
to reduce pain without
resulting in loss of
3660 Antipyretic antibiotics antibacterial Analgesic
consciousness. It is
sometimes referred to as
painkiller medications.
A faint is a brief loss of
consciousness of no more Tell the person to
than momentary duration Try to keep the sit down and lean treated for
caused by a temporary given something person in an forward with the
3661 head between
injuries until
reduction in the flow of to drink upstanding
the knees taking conscious
blood to the brain. How to position.
deep breaths.
prevent anyone from
fainting?
on the arm. There is a
reddening of the skin but
3662 no other apparent damage. Superficial burn Extremity burn Minor burn First-degree burn
Using standard MEDICAL
terminology this is a
__________.
second degree Third-degree
3663 skin with charring present. Dermal burn first degree burn
burn burn
terminology?
on the arm. There is a
reddening of the skin but
3664 no other apparent damage. Minor burn Superficial burn First-degree burn Extremity burn
Using standard MEDICAL
terminology what type of
burn is this?
A Master may find it
difficult to provide the
necessary care for a
a message
gravely ill or injured crew to request
should be medical advise
on board. These are Inject adrenaline instructions on
3665 transmitted to should be signed
measures to be taken for immediately the proper
Radio Medical by the Master
the protection of the crew treatment
Center
EXCEPT:

A Master may find it
difficult to provide the
necessary care for a
gravely ill or injured crew
on board. These are
I and II are
3666 measures to be taken for I only II only Neither I nor II
correct
the protection of the crew
EXCEPT: I. Inject adrenaline
immediately II. to request
instructions on the proper
treatment
A minor heat burn of the mineral oil drops warming the eye
gently flooding laying the person
3667 eye should be treated by with water
directly on the with moist warm
flat on his back
__________. eye packs
given a glass of
kept standing
A patient suffering from moved to a cool water and told to
and encouraged None of the
3668 heat exhaustion should be room and told to return to work
to walk slowly above is correct. lie down
__________. after 15 minutes
and continuously
of rest
Watched
Returned to
carefully but his Put to bed.
work as soon as
Given morphine state of Relieve his pain
A patient with a severe possible to
3669 at once to consciousness with an ice bag
head injury should be: determine if any and radio for
prevent pain may be ignored
brain damage advice
because it may
has occurred
be misleading
A person being treated for avoid self- protect the
shock should be wrapped inflicted wounds person from increase body preserve body
3670 heat
in warm coverings to caused by spastic injury during heat
__________. movement transportation
A person has suffered a
laceration of the arm. Apply a
Remove any Administer fluids
Severe bleeding has been Apply a pressure tourniquet to
small foreign to assist the body
3671 controlled by using a sterile bandage over the prevent the
dressing. matter and apply in replacing the
dressing and direct bleeding from
antiseptic. lost blood.
pressure. What should you restarting.
do next?
A person is exhibiting signs the body the body is the body is in the
the body is trying
of hypothermia and starts requires a rapid dilating blood final stages of
3672 to generate more
to shiver what does this increase in core heat vessels to severe
indicate? temperature conserve heat hypothermia
A person slowly feel more
sleepy and thirsty. The skin
become very dry and there
is a sweet taste of the
A glass of cold A glass of cold
3673 breath. The glucose decstrose Insulin.
softdrinks milk.
reaction shows positive.
What kind of medicine will
the person need as soon
as possible?

not be allowed not be moved but
A person suffering from made
be examined to lie down
3674 then walked to a where injured
internal injuries should walking around medical
bunk but moved to a assistance
__________.
chair or bunk arrives
A person who gets battery
acid in an eye should baking soda boric acid
3675 ammonia water
IMMEDIATELY wash the solution solution
eye with __________.
A person who gets battery
acid in an eye should boric acid baking soda
3676 water water
IMMEDIATELY wash the solution solution
eye with what liquid?
A person with diabetes has
received a minor leg injury. slurred speech reduced appetite only a low grade sneezing and
3677 What symptoms would and loss of
coordination and thirst fever coughing
indicate the onset of a
diabetic coma?
Inserting the The airway tube Only a trained A size 2 airway
Which statement is
airway tube will will not damage person should tube is the
3678 CORRECT with respect to
prevent the victims attempt to insert correct size for
inserting an airway tube? an airway tube.
vomiting. throat. an adult.
degree burns are classified area of the body layers of skin source of heat size of the
3679
according to the burned affected causing the burn burned area
__________.
A minor heat burn of the mineral oil drops warming the eye
laying the person gently flooding
3680 eye should be treated by directly on the with moist warm with water
flat on his back
__________. eye packs
hot and moist cold and moist cold and dry skin, hot and dry skin,
Symptoms of heat stroke
3681 skin, high body skin, high body low body high body
are __________. temperature
temperature temperature temperature
Temperature
Temperature is Temperature
falls below Temperature is
high, pulse is falls below
What are the symptoms of normal, pulse is high, pulse is
3682 strong and rapid, normal, pulse is
sun stroke? skin is hot and rapid and feeble, slow and feeble,
rapid, skin is
dry. skin is cold and skin is clammy.
clammy.
clammy.
A crew member has
toes of the right foot. other medication Elevate the foot Rub the toes
3683 Rewarm rapidly.
Which is NOT an for pain if slightly. briskly.
acceptable first aid necessary.
measure?
Treatment of sunstroke cooling, removing
drinking ice bathing with
3684 consists principally of All of the options to shaded area,
water rubbing alcohol and lying down
__________.
Which procedure should Revive the
Give pain Loosen the Lay the person
3685 NOT be done for a person person with
reliever. clothing. horizontally.
who has fainted? smelling salts.

The proper stimulant for
whiskey and ammonia
3686 an unconscious person is coffee tea inhalant
water
__________.
Prompt removal
In reviving a person who
Applying artificial Keeping the of the patient
has been overcome by gas
3687 Giving stimulants respiration and patient warm from the
fumes, what would you
massage and comfortable suffocating
AVOID doing?
atmosphere
Persons who have
swallowed a non-
increase the
petroleum based poison neutralize the absorb the
digestive process
3688 are given large quantities poison in the poison from the induce vomiting
and eliminate
of warm soapy water or blood blood
the poison
warm salt water to
__________.
To reduce mild fever the
aromatic spirits bicarbonate of
3689 MOST useful drug is paregoric aspirin
of ammonia soda
__________.
medical emergency
First aid means setting of broken treatment at the dosage of
3690 treatment of
__________. bones scene of the medications
accident injury
The most important reason
prevent impaired
for taking anti-seasickness reduce appetite
judgment due to prevent loss of
3691 pills as soon as possible by decreasing assist in sleeping body moisture by
motion-induced vomiting
after entering a liferaft is nausea
deliriousness
to __________.
You may have to give
3692 artificial respiration after All of the choices electrocution poisoning drowning
a/an __________.
When administering
know all
artificial respiration, it is monitor blood use the rhythmic
3693 approved clear airways
MOST important to pressure pressure method
methods
__________.
A conscious victim who has
suffered a blow to the
head has symptoms that
elevating the turning the giving the victim positioning the
indicate the possibility of
head and victims head to water if he is victim so the
3694 concussion. If the patient
shoulders slightly the side to keep thirsty, but no head is lower
feels no indication of neck with a pillow his airway open food than the body
or spine injury,
recommended treatment
would include __________.
A shipmate suffers a heart immediately give make the victim
administer immediately start
3695 attack and stops breathing. a stimulant, by comfortable in a
oxygen CPR
You must __________. force if necessary bunk
The most effective raising body
running or bundling the laying prone
treatment for warming a temperature
jumping to body in blankets under heat lamps
3696 crew member suffering rapidly by placing
increase to rewarm to rewarm
from hypothermia is gradually hands and feet in
circulation rapidly
__________. hot water

Give them
Keep them Warm them brandy or other
Which procedure should Move them to a
moving to under an electric alcoholic
be followed when warm room to
stimulate blanket to stimulation to
3697 individuals are rescued in gradually raise
circulation to their body rapidly regain promote a return
cold climates and suffer
raise their body temperature. normal body to an acceptable
from hypothermia?
temperature. temperature. body
temperature.
When a person is in shock,
3698 their skin will be cold and dry cold and damp warm and dry warm and damp
__________.
A major health hazard of causes
the product tert- is a very unstable can be absorbed irreversible
3699 all of the options damage to eye
butylamine is that product through the skin
it______. tissue
The first treatment given remove their
stand them up flush their face
to a person overcome by clothing and remove them to
3700 and walk them fresh air
with water for
benzene vapor should be wrap them in
around about 5 minutes
to __________. blankets
What is NOT generally a
3701 characteristic of inhaling Vomiting Coughing Dizziness Headache
light naphtha?
If a crew member is
exposed to phenol by way
treat victim for give victim administer flush skin and
3702 of skin or eye contact, you
shock stimulant oxygen eyes with water
should IMMEDIATELY
__________.
Medical treatment aboard
a ship should not go
the approved
beyond examination and the designated the shore based
3703 company medical a medical doctor
emergency care without medic aboard superintendent
manual
first consulting
__________.
Flush the eye
What is the proper first aid Keep the eyelid Rub the eye area Apply an ice pack
3704 with plenty of
for LPG in the eye? closed. water. clean. to the eye.
When providing first aid to
a victim of gas poisoning,
slow and weak suspension of cold and moist
3705 the MOST important breathing
unconsciousness
pulse skin
symptom to check for is
__________.
While operating off
Panama, a seaman is
injured. What indicator
should be included in the
3706 DH medico Radio medical XXX Med rad
preamble of a telegram
requesting a medical
advice from a Panamanian
station?

If one requires medical
advice by means of an
3707 Inmarsat-C terminal one MED + Radiomedical Dont know 32
should use the following
address__________
While operating off the
coast of Greece, a seaman
is injured. What indicator
3708 should be in the preamble Medico ellas Radio medical DH medico Mayday
of a radio telegram asking
for medical advice from a
Greek station?
Calling the health Call a hospital for
Medico is the
Giving a regular department in professional certificate which
What is the purpose of a statement of the the next port of medical
3709 permit the
Medico Message? health of the call and ask for assistance by
radio when Master to be
vessels crew. free radio
needed. doctor onboard.
practice.
Treat and Be kind to the
If a person is in a state of Apply hot-water
reassure the Move the casualty and give
shock, what of the bottles to keep
3710 casualty and stay casualty as much anything to eat
following is the correct the patient with the person as possible. or drink at first
thing of you to do? warm. at all times. opportunity.
Appendicitis symptoms
include cramps or pain in
3711 lower right side lower left side upper left side upper right side
the abdomen located in
the ___________.
When a person is Keeping an ice Giving the
Giving the
suspected of having bag over the patient aspirin Giving the
3712 patient morphine
appendicitis, the pain location of the with a glass of patient laxative.
appendix. sulfate.
should be relieved by: water.
____ is the proper
3713 stimulant for an dextran water Ammonia tiger balm
unconscious person?
Narcotics is given to a
3714 In great pain He is groggy Unconscious Intoxicated
patient when:
Universal antidote is used
3715 to neutralize a sick person Clean wounds Poison Diarrhea Hemorrhage
with:
What is not a treatment for Have the injured arms and legs to Relieve the pain
3716 warm but not restore
traumatic shock? person lie down. of the injury.
hot. circulation.
not be allowed not be moved but
A person suffering from made
to lie down be examined
3717 where injured medical
then walked to a
internal injuries should walking around
but moved to a assistance bunk
__________.
chair or bunk arrives

Apply a bulky,
You are treating a sterile, pressure Force the ends of Apply traction to Apply a
dressing to the hand to keep
shipmate with a compound the bones back tourniquet to
control bleeding, the bones in line,
3718 fracture of the lower arm. then apply a
into line, treat control bleeding
splint, and apply
Which action should you temporary splint, the bleeding, and then align the
a pressure
take? and obtain splint. bones and splint.
dressing.
medical advice.
Third-degree
3719 skin with charring present. Major burn Lethal burn Dermal burn
burn
terminology?
Before CPR is started, you treat any establish an open make the victim insure the victim
3720 airway
should __________. bleeding wounds comfortable is conscious
The ABC-rules are an
important part of the First
Anything But Adults Behind Airway Breathing
3721 Aiders know how. What A Better Control
Continuation Children Circulation
does the First Aid ABC-
rules stands for?
According to SOLAS
requirement for lifeboat
fall, what action must be
3722 weight tested Proof tested reverse Renewed
taken with the fall at
interval of not more than 5
years?
Due to the nature of a
Nowhere; the
vessel's construction for a
On the reverse of vessel must
particular trade, it does not On the On the face of
the particular comply to
3723 fully comply with the Exemption the Certificate of
SOLAS certificate Certificate engage in
provisions of SOLAS. Inspection
affected international
Where will this be
trade.
indicated?
In accordance with SOLAS
convention, how long shall
the auxilliary steering gear not more than 30 not more than 40 not more than 60 not more than 20
3724 seconds
be capable of turning 15 seconds seconds seconds
degrees on one side to 15
degrees on the other side?
Agreed upon by
IMO member 9/11 bombing of
ISPS Code was formulated Grounding of Sinking of RMS
3725 countries to World Trade
as a result of what incident Exxon Valdez Center Titanic
address safety
issues
Sludge are to be disposed disposal during darkness
3726 50 miles offshore 25 miles offshore
off at sea prohibited only
a mixture with oil a mixture with oil a mixture with oil
Oily mixtures according to a mixture with
3727 content above content above 50 content above 15
Marpol means: any oil content
100 ppm ppm ppm

3728 inspected vessel is valid for 2 years 5 years 6 months 1 year
3729 Official Logbook Oil Record Book engine rough log deck rough log
required in the
__________.
When oily ballast has been
pumped overboard, an
3730 deck rough log Oil Record Book engine rough log Official Logbook
entry must be made in the
__________.
The Oil Record Book on a
vessel NOT engaged on a
3731 foreign voyage shall be 48 months 36 months 12 months 24 months
maintained on board for
not less than __________.
_________ must counter
Designated Master and Chief
3732 sign any completed pages Master Chief Engineer
Officer Engineer
of the Oil Record Book.
Oil discharge in large
quantities form ______
which will affect birds at
sea and may strand on
3733 patches slicks spills emulsions
beaches if these do not
disperse into the water as
water droplets before
reaching shore:
What is the minimum
3734 2 1 4 3
of 900 GT?
What is the minimum
3735 1 4 3 2
of 2,000 GT?
3736 100 GT is NOT required to A fishing vessel propelled vessel A sailing vessel A towing vessel
For carbon dioxide fire- 70% of the gas 100% of the gas 85% of the gas 100% of the gas
fighting systems for can be can be can be can be
3737 machinery spaces the fixed discharged into discharged into discharged into discharged into
piping system shall be such the space within the space within the space within the space within
that: (SOLAS II-2/5.2.4) one minute three minutes two minutes two minutes
Lifeboats for ocean-going
vessels shall carry in excess 100% of persons 25% of persons 50% of persons 75% of persons
3738
of the required regulation on board on board on board on board
by:

Each lifeboat On ships on short
shall be launched international
Which one of the listed with its assigned voyages, each
crew, and Drills shall be
requirements regarding All lifeboats shall lifeboat shall be
maneuvered in conducted when
3739 abandon ship drills be lowered launched and
the water at least the ship is in a
corresponds to present during drills. once every three maneuvered in
harbour.
SOLAS regulation? months during an the water at
abandon ship least every six
drill. months.
As per SOLAS Regulation,
the minimum Fuel supply
for fast Rescue Boat shall
last for__.
SOLAS stipulates that if
more than 25% of crew
have not participated in within 24 hours within 48 hours
48 hours after 24 hours after
3741 abandonship and fire drills after ship leaves after ship leaves
embarkation embarkation port
in the previous month, the port
drills of the crew shall take
place__________.
the capacity rate of ships
3742 30 cu.m./hour 75 cu.m./hour 50 cu.m./hour 25 cu.m./hour
emergency fire pumps shall
be ____.
At each fire Hoses with fixed
In case each hydrant is not station, sufficient nozzles to be Hoses and
fitted with hose and number of hoses kept ready for Complete nozzles for each
interchangeability
3743 nozzles, what is the with nozzles for use in hydrant to be
of hose couplings
requirement? (SOLAS II- the hydrants in conspicuous and nozzles available at the
2/4.6.1) the area shall be positions near fire stations
available the hydrants
SOLAS stipulates that ships
of 500 GRT or more shall
have at least one
3744 174 mm 172 mm 176 mm 178 mm
international shore
connection with an outside
diameter of____
Under SOLAS passenger
ships and ships other than
passenger ships of ______
and upwards constructed
3745 2,000 GRT 10,000 GRT 3,000 GRT 4,000 GRT
on or after 2002 must carry
Voyage Data Recorders
(VDR) to assist in accident
investigation.
The ISM Code requires ship
owners or shipping Overseeing Safety Welfare Logistics
3746
companies to assign a Committee Committee Committee Committee
______ onboard their ship:

Agreed upon by
IMO member 9/11 bombing of
ISPS Code was formulated Grounding of Sinking of RMS
3747 countries to World Trade
as a result of what incident Exxon Valdez Center Titanic
address safety
issues
enhancing
Development, undertaking
security conducting audit
implementation regular security
3748 CSO is responsible for : awareness of of vessel
and maintenance inspection of the
port facility regarding safety of SSP vessel
personnel
The ISPS Code was
Adopted by Contracting
Government with Part A &
B. The mandatory
3749 Chapter X-1 Chapter XX-1 Chapter IX-2 Chapter XI-2
requirements & guidance is
under the provisions of
_______ of the SOLAS as
amended.
The ISPS Code applies to:
I. Passenger ships II.
3750 I only Neither I or II II only Both I and II
Mobile offshore drilling
units (MODU)
One of the many objectives
of the ________ is to Code of Safe
ensure the early and Practice for the
3751 ISPS Code STCW Code FTP Code
efficient collection and Handling of
exchange of security- Cargo
related information.
Who is given the authority
to carry out assessment for
Contracting Recognize
a certification as required Security Port State
3752 Govt Coast Security
by Chapter XI-2 of SOLAS Administration Organization Control
Guards
as amended of the ISPS
Code?
At what security level is
further specific protective
security measures to be
maintained for a limited
period of time when a
3753 Security level 3 Security level 2 Security level 1 Security level 4
security incident is
probable or imminent,
although it may not be
possible to identify the
specific target?
Under the New Additional Special Special
Security planning
Regulations, what does provisions to provisions for measures to
3754 and Ship and enhance
SOLAS Chapter XI-1 deals combat Ship Security and
Port Facility Maritime Safety
with? Terrorism Port Facilities
Company
A CSO is designated by Captain of the Contracting
3755 operating the Administration
the__________. Port Governments ship

3757 content above 15 content above 50 content above
Marpol means: any oil content
ppm ppm 100 ppm
3758 inspected vessel is valid for 1 year 5 years 2 years 6 months
3759 Official Logbook Oil Record Book engine rough log deck rough log
required in the
__________.
3760 deck rough log engine rough log Official Logbook Oil Record Book
__________.
Master and Chief Designated
Engineer Officer
3763 slicks emulsions spills patches
reaching shore:
Marine Marine Marine
MEPC as referred to in the Marine
Environment Environment Environment
3764 MARPOL Convention Environment Protection
Protocol Protection
stands for: Pollution Control Committee
Committee Control
Regulations for
the Prevention of Regulations for Regulations for
____ is contained in Annex the Control of Regulations for
Pollution by the Prevention of
3765 II of MARPOL 73/78? Pollution by the Prevention of
Harmful Noxious Liquid Pollution by
Pollution by Oil
Substances in a Substances Sewage
Packaged Form
Where in accommodation
spaces shall smoke Near ventilation
In messrooms,
detectors be located? ducts throughout In stairways,
In all crew and public lounges
3766 (SOLAS II-2/13.2.2) the corridors and
passenger cabins escape routes and other public
accommodation
rooms
spaces

Annex V of MARPOL 73/78
Noxious liquid
3767 pertaining to the discharge Sewage Garbage Oil
substances
into the marine
environment of:
Regulation concerning the
Rules and
stowage, lashing and Vessels
Regulations for International
securing of timber deck Classification Load Lines
3768 Cargo and Cargo Bureau Regulations
cargoes aboard general Society Rules and
Miscellaneous Regulations
cargo vessels may be found Regulations
Vessel
in the:
Part C, Chapter VI of SOLAS radioactive General bulk cargoes
3769 carriage of grain
deals with: materials Provision other than grain
What is the outside
3770 diameter for standard 215mm 170mm 185mm 210mm
discharged connection?
What is the validity of an
International Air Pollution
3771 Prevention Certificate as 5 YEARS 3 YEARS 4 YEARS 2 YEARS
specified by the
Administration?
M/V Macario is on voyage
charter and she is to load
at a rate of 12,000 tons per
day as stipulated in the
C/P. Determine how many
3772 tons of cargo has she 34,000.00 tons 35,000.00 tons 53,000.00 tons 43,000.00 tons
loaded without earning any
dispatch or demurrage if
the loading of the booked
cargo was completed in 2
days and 20 hours?
A tank
The two most specifically
A tank used for designed for the Any tank where
tank cleaning collection of tank
3773 "Slop Tank" as wing tanks or the slops sludge's are
provided with drainings,
per Marpol? most aftward washings or collected
heat coils
fitted center tank other oily
mixtures
Which term denotes the
money is paid by the
3774 charterer for cargo which allowance deadfreight bill of lading demurrage
otherwise could have been
loaded but was not?
What product is
considered a noxious liquid
3775 Amylene Sulfur Hog grease Nonane
substance for regulatory
purposes?

the company is surrendered to a receipt and
will be held an intended the customs
When the original Bill of proof that goods
reliable to any penalty will be agency of the
3776 Lading is signed by the have been
proof that goods suitable if not country where
Master, it is NOT: cargo is received
are received signed by Master
discharged onboard
onboard
Article XIII for Article IX for Article XV for Article XI for
An amendment procedure
3777 amendments amendments amendments amendments
under MLC 2006? only to the Code
only to the Code only to the Code only to the Code
What is the unit used in Gallons per
Barrel per unit Tons per square Liters per
3778 Instantaneous Rate of square meter per
area per knot mile per knot nautical mile
Discharge of Oil? knot
part of MLC 2006 will Port
Both Parts A and Part B - Part A -
3779 State Control inspectors Either A or B
B Guidelines Standards
inspect?
The National Cargo Bureau
3780 Charterer Broker Shipper Port Authority
represents the:
This is a cargo ship
constructed or adapted
3781 crude carrier chemical tanker product tanker LPG tanker
and used for the carriage in
bulk of any liquid product:
International
ILO Conventions are Consolidated ILO Conventions
36 Conventions Conventions of
3782 consolidated in the MLC, Convention of and one Protocol
68, 69 and 70
Maritime
2006? 2006 only
Industry
recorded in the Cargo Number of Density of the
3783 Weight of ballast Identity of tank(s)
Record Book for ships ballast tanks ballast
substances.
depends on the fixed in
The computation of the charterers choice proportion to the
cargo size or in
3784 charter party payments as $145,200 in the $142,500
the form of a
per voyage charter is : memorandum of lump sum for the
agreement voyage
The Administration may voyages of one
(1) hour or less in
waive the requirements for discharge of destination of weather
3785 duration /certified
Garbage Record Book due to carry 15 clean ballast the cargoes condition
to the following reason: persons or more
What is the penalty levied
for ships delay after distorted
3786 demurrage despatch money extorted money
laydays have expired due payment
to fault of the charterer?
Vessels that carry cargo
exclusively and operates Domestic
3787 Liner shipping Tramp shipping Local shipping
over a definite routes on a shipping
fixed schedule:

Garbage is to be grouped
into 9 categories for the
purposes of the Garbage
3788 Dunnages Incinerator Ashes Plastics Food Wastes
Record Book. Group
"E" shall
include?
The markings defining the
maximum allowable draft
to which the vessel maybe
3789 loadline Simpson mark deckline freeboard
submerged, also as the
Plimsoll mark is
_________?
The shipping papers for the
products being carried in location of the exact quantity of name of the grades of the
3790 the cargoes
your tankship are NOT delivery point(s) consignee(s) cargoes
required to contain the:
Pollution Providers Payment
3791 Certificates issued by any Prevention
Prevention and
Provisionary Provisional
certificate Certificate
acting as
Which of the following demonstrating keeping a good
assistant in an practice makes
3792 gives the best form of competence in eye on the Ship
the workplace unusual mooring perfect
assessment of training? Captain
operations
Starting and
items has to be included in Maneuvering the Checking that Launching and
operating radio
3793 an abandon ship drill lifeboat in the life-jackets are recovery of a
life-saving correctly donned.
according to SOLAS water. survival craft.
appliances.
regulations?
The requirement for the
rest periods as required by emergency or
maneuvers to overriding stoppages of the
3794 STCW convention need not operational
cleaning holds
dock and undock main engines
be maintained in certain conditions
cases such as:
3795 of cargo on board will be Portage Bill Manifest Bill of Lading charter party
found in the:
Which office recommends
and implements policies Administrative Domestic Domestic Policy
3796 MARINA Policy
under the administration Policy Shipping Office Making Office
of MARINA?
(UNCLOS) required that all
flag states take account or Baltic
give effect to;or implement International International International
Maritime Marintime
3797 the relevant rules and Shipping Maritime
Organization Inquiry
standards developed by (IMO) Company Corporation
the _____? (BIMCO)

All wire ropes used in
shipboard cargo gears
number of
must be identified and load at which the
strands and name of the
3798 described in a certificate. date of the test test sample
wires in each testing agency broke
The certificate shall certify
strand
all of the following except
the:
A Philippine registered
cargo vessel below 500 grt
engaged in international Recommending
3799 Master Mariner Chief Mate Officer in charge
voyage requires which Officer
license for the rank of
Master?
3800 products and Oils and Fuels health and life or
Substances" under any form able to damage
petrochemicals
Marpol? amenities
Once every two
3801 quantity residue recorded Twice a week Once a week Once a month
weeks
Record Book?
A vessel not having on
board a document of
authorization issued in
accordance with part A3 of One-third of the One-fourth of One-fifth of the One-half of the
3802 the International Grain deadweight of the deadweight deadweight of deadweight of
Code may be permitted to the ship of the ship the ship the ship
load bulk grain provided
that the total weight of the
bulk grain shall not exceed:
An article of transport
equipment that is of a
permanent character and
3803 accordingly strong enough Unit load Container Freight container Overpack
to be suitable for repeated
use without immediate
reloading.
Part of MLC 2006 will NOT
Both Parts A and Part B - Part A -
3804 be inspected by PSC Guidelines
Either A or C
B Standards
inspectors?
Ships under Class C
3805 Cargo ships Fishing vessel Tankers Passenger ships
includes all:
Provisions is made for
special rules made by the
Government of any State pilot vessels and ships sailing
None of the tugs and their
3806 with respect to the use of vessels requiring under convoy
choices is correct tows and ships of war
additional whistle signals pilots
between which of the
listed?

to increase
production and to participate in
plays an
productivity in marine pollution
important role to to create sub-
the various and promote the
MARINA was geared protect and agencies for the
islands and preservation of a
3807 towards the following enhance the safe transport of
regions of the good goods and
objectives EXCEPT: environment for
archipelago environment passengers
future
through the marine
genearations
provision of conservation
linkage
What is issued before port
authorities and agents can
3808 board if you are arriving police clearance entry clearance voyage clearance free pratique
from a foreign port on
international voyage?
According to the Code of
Safe Practices for Ship's
Carrying Timber Deck
3809 Cargoes, which of the pulp wood sawn wood wood pulp cant
following is not included in
the term
"Timber"?
Which is true to claims in
respect of expenses
shall rank at least shall rank more
reasonably incurred or shall rank equally shall rank one
two thirds of than half of other
3810 sacrifices reasonably made with other claims third of the total
other claims claims against
by the owner voluntarily to against the fund amount claims
against the fund the fund
prevent/minimize pollution
damage?
The periodic weight testing Society of Naval
National Cargo Classification
3811 of a vessel's cargo booms Architects and U.S. Coast Guard society
Bureau
may be performed by the: Engineers
The Garbage Record Book
entries for each
incineration or discharge
time of arrival in amount
3812 shall include the date, plastic included speed of the ship incinerated
port
time, position of the ship,
description of garbage and
the estimated _____.
Your vessel is boarded by
the Quarantine Officer.
After examination, your
vessel was found to have a
Alternative Stress out Controlled Free
3813 specific deficiency, Free Pratique
Pratique Pratique Pratique
therefore you may be
issued with which of the
following?

Under the Manila
Amendments, the
performance of a
prospective officer in each
3814 a qualified officer company the Master the port surveyor
of the tasks and duties
itemized in the training
record book should be
initialed by:
Convention for the
3815 from Ships,1973, it means State Administration U.S. Coast Guard Treaty
ship is operating.
vessels whose vessels whose
Which among these vessels vessels traveling vessels traveling
travel time travel time
3816 are classified as category I with a maximium with a maximum
between ports between ports
in the inter-island trade? of 17 knots of 20 knots exceed 4 hours
exceed 6 hours
What is the outside
3817 diameter for standard 185mm 210mm 215mm 170mm
discharged connection?
What is the validity of an
International Air Pollution
3818 Prevention Certificate as 2 YEARS 5 YEARS 3 YEARS 4 YEARS
specified by the
Administration?
M/V Macario is on voyage
charter and she is to load
at a rate of 12,000 tons per
day as stipulated in the
C/P. Determine how many
3819 tons of cargo has she 35,000.00 tons 43,000.00 tons 34,000.00 tons 53,000.00 tons
loaded without earning any
dispatch or demurrage if
the loading of the booked
cargo was completed in 2
days and 20 hours?
A tank
designed for the A tank used for
What is the meaning of aftward fitted Any tank where
3820 "Slop Tank" as wing tanks or the slops sludge's are
per Marpol? washings or most aftward collected
heat coils
mixtures
Which term denotes the
money is paid by the
3821 charterer for cargo which bill of lading allowance deadfreight demurrage
otherwise could have been
loaded but was not?

What product is
considered a noxious liquid
3822 Hog grease Sulfur Amylene Nonane
substance for regulatory
purposes?
the company is surrendered to
a receipt and
will be held an intended the customs
When the original Bill of proof that goods
reliable to any penalty will be agency of the
3823 Lading is signed by the have been
proof that goods suitable if not country where
Master, it is NOT: received cargo is
are received signed by Master
onboard discharged
onboard
Article XV for Article IX for Article XI for Article XIII for
An amendment procedure
3824 amendments amendments amendments amendments
under MLC 2006? only to the Code only to the Code only to the Code only to the Code
What is the unit used in Gallons per
Tons per square Barrel per unit Liters per
3825 Instantaneous Rate of square meter per nautical mile
mile per knot area per knot
Discharge of Oil? knot
part of MLC 2006 will Port
Part B - Both Parts A and Part A -
3826 State Control inspectors Either A or B
Guidelines B Standards
inspect?
The National Cargo Bureau
3827 Broker Charterer Shipper Port Authority
represents the:
This is a cargo ship
constructed or adapted
3828 LPG tanker chemical tanker product tanker crude carrier
and used for the carriage in
bulk of any liquid product:
International
ILO Conventions are ILO Conventions Consolidated
36 Conventions Conventions of
3829 consolidated in the MLC, and one Protocol
68, 69 and 70 Convention of
Maritime
2006? only 2006
Industry
recorded in the Cargo Density of the Number of
3830 Identity of tank(s) Weight of ballast
Record Book for ships ballast ballast tanks
substances.
fixed in depends on the
The computation of the proportion to the charterers choice
cargo size or in
3831 charter party payments as $142,500 in the $145,200
the form of a
per voyage charter is : lump sum for the memorandum of
voyage agreement
The Administration may voyages of one
(1) hour or less in
waive the requirements for weather destination of discharge of
3832 duration /certified
Garbage Record Book due condition the cargoes clean ballast to carry 15
to the following reason: persons or more
What is the penalty levied
for ships delay after
distorted
3833 laydays have expired due extorted money demurrage despatch money
payment
to fault of the charterer?

Vessels that carry cargo
exclusively and operates Domestic
3834 Tramp shipping Local shipping Liner shipping
over a definite routes on a shipping
fixed schedule:
Garbage is to be grouped
into 9 categories for the
purposes of the Garbage
3835 Incinerator Ashes Dunnages Food Wastes Plastics
Record Book. Group
"E" shall
include?
The markings defining the
maximum allowable draft
to which the vessel maybe
3836 deckline freeboard loadline Simpson mark
submerged, also as the
Plimsoll mark is
_________?
The shipping papers for the
products being carried in location of the name of the exact quantity of grades of the
3837 the cargoes
your tankship are NOT delivery point(s) consignee(s) cargoes
required to contain the:
Payment Providers Pollution
3838 Certificates issued by any Prevention and
Provisional Provisionary Prevention
acting as
Which of the following keeping a good demonstrating
practice makes assistant in an
3839 gives the best form of eye on the Ship competence in
perfect unusual mooring the workplace
assessment of training? Captain
operations
Starting and
items has to be included in Launching and Maneuvering the Checking that
operating radio
3840 an abandon ship drill recovery of a lifeboat in the life-jackets are
life-saving correctly donned.
according to SOLAS survival craft. water.
appliances.
regulations?
The requirement for the
rest periods as required by emergency or
overriding stoppages of the maneuvers to
3841 STCW convention need not cleaning holds operational main engines dock and undock
be maintained in certain conditions
cases such as:
3842 of cargo on board will be Bill of Lading charter party Portage Bill Manifest
found in the:
Which office recommends
and implements policies Domestic Policy Administrative Domestic
3843 MARINA Policy
under the administration Making Office Policy Shipping Office
of MARINA?
(UNCLOS) required that all
Baltic
flag states take account or International
give effect to;or implement Maritime Marintime
3844 Maritime Organization
Shipping
the relevant rules and Inquiry
Corporation (IMO) Company
standards developed by
(BIMCO)
the _____?

All wire ropes used in
shipboard cargo gears
number of
must be identified and load at which the
strands and name of the
3845 described in a certificate. date of the test test sample
wires in each broke testing agency
The certificate shall certify
strand
all of the following except
the:
A Philippine registered
cargo vessel below 500 grt
engaged in international Recommending
3846 Chief Mate Officer in charge Master Mariner
voyage requires which Officer
license for the rank of
Master?
3847 Oils and Fuels products and health and life or
Substances" under any form able to damage
petrochemicals
Marpol? amenities
Once every two
3848 quantity residue recorded Once a month Twice a week Once a week
weeks
Record Book?
A vessel not having on
board a document of
authorization issued in
accordance with part A3 of One-third of the One-half of the One-fourth of One-fifth of the
3849 the International Grain deadweight of deadweight of the deadweight deadweight of
Code may be permitted to the ship the ship of the ship the ship
load bulk grain provided
that the total weight of the
bulk grain shall not exceed:
An article of transport
equipment that is of a
permanent character and
3850 accordingly strong enough Container Overpack Freight container Unit load
to be suitable for repeated
use without immediate
reloading.
Part of MLC 2006 will NOT
Part A - Both Parts A and Part B -
3851 be inspected by PSC Guidelines
Either A or C
Standards B
inspectors?
Ships under Class C
3852 Fishing vessel Passenger ships Cargo ships Tankers
includes all:
Provisions is made for
special rules made by the
Government of any State ships sailing pilot vessels and
None of the tugs and their
3853 with respect to the use of under convoy vessels requiring
and ships of war choices is correct tows
additional whistle signals pilots
between which of the
listed?

to increase
to participate in production and
plays an
marine pollution productivity in
important role to to create sub-
and promote the the various
MARINA was geared protect and agencies for the
preservation of a islands and
3854 towards the following enhance the safe transport of
good goods and regions of the
objectives EXCEPT: environment for
environment passengers archipelago
future
marine through the
genearations
conservation provision of
linkage
What is issued before port
authorities and agents can
3855 board if you are arriving police clearance entry clearance voyage clearance free pratique
from a foreign port on
international voyage?
According to the Code of
Safe Practices for Ship's
Carrying Timber Deck
3856 Cargoes, which of the wood pulp cant sawn wood pulp wood
following is not included in
the term
"Timber"?
Which is true to claims in
respect of expenses
shall rank more shall rank at least
reasonably incurred or shall rank equally shall rank one
than half of other two thirds of
3857 sacrifices reasonably made with other claims third of the total
claims against other claims
by the owner voluntarily to against the fund amount claims
the fund against the fund
prevent/minimize pollution
damage?
The periodic weight testing Society of Naval
National Cargo Classification
3858 of a vessel's cargo booms Architects and society
U.S. Coast Guard
Bureau
may be performed by the: Engineers
The Garbage Record Book
entries for each
incineration or discharge
amount time of arrival in
3859 shall include the date, incinerated
plastic included speed of the ship
port
time, position of the ship,
description of garbage and
the estimated _____.
Your vessel is boarded by
the Quarantine Officer.
After examination, your
vessel was found to have a
Stress out Controlled Free Alternative
3860 specific deficiency, Free Pratique
Pratique Pratique Pratique
therefore you may be
issued with which of the
following?

Under the Manila
Amendments, the
performance of a
prospective officer in each
3861 the port surveyor a qualified officer the Master company
of the tasks and duties
itemized in the training
record book should be
initialed by:
Convention for the
3862 from Ships,1973, it means Treaty State Administration U.S. Coast Guard
ship is operating.
vessels whose vessels whose
Which among these vessels vessels traveling vessels traveling
travel time travel time
3863 are classified as category I with a maximum with a maximium
between ports between ports
in the inter-island trade? of 20 knots of 17 knots exceed 4 hours
exceed 6 hours
Thermal protective aids
are required for what
3864 percentage of the persons 0.5 1 0.1 0.75
a survival craft is equipped
to carry?
According to the Chemical
Data Guide which
Monoxide
3865 extinguishing agent should CO2 Dry chemical Foam
powders
be used on a petrolatum
fire in an open area?
At each initial and
subsequent inspection for
sent ashore to an
certification all carbon discharged and checked for
3866 approved service weighed
dioxide fire extinguishers recharged pressure loss
facility
aboard a vessel are
_______.
Fire protection and
manning regulations for
view a videotape
towing vessels state that receive a safety
receive a safety on safety
the Master or person in orientation or
orientation within none of the procedures
3867 charge must ensure that all view a videotape 24 hours of above within 48 hours
crew members who have before the vessel reporting for duty
of reporting for
not participated in the gets underway
duty
drills or received the safety
orientation _______.
have the shipping remove the stow the
If you carry packaged papers indicate hazardous cargo hazardous log the receipt of
the proper
hazardous cargoes on a labels from a cargoes on deck hazardous
3868 shipping name
break bulk vessel bound and the technical portable tank available for cargoes in the
foreign you must _______. name of n.o.s. after the tank is jettisoning if Official Logbook
cargoes emptied necessary

the emergency
generator and
the entire fire pumps be
On a vessel making a a lifeboat drill be lighting system
steering gear be tested by starting
voyage more than 48 hours held within 12 be tested by
3869 tested within 12 within 12 hours
long regulations require hours prior to hours prior to starting and
prior to
that _______. departure departure operating within
departure
12 hours prior to
departure
Records of tests and
inspections of a cargo until the next until the vessel s
Certificate of
3870 vessel s fire extinguishing Coast Guard for 1 year for 2 years
Inspection
systems shall be kept on inspection expires
board _______.
SOLAS requires a lifesaving
training manual be engineering recreation and
3871 bridge fire control room
provided in each crew control station messrooms
cabin or in the _______.
The Master of a vessel To ensure that all
must conduct sufficient crew members
are familiar with At each crew
3872 drills and give sufficient Every month Every week
their duties change
instruction as necessary during
_______. emergencies
Under normal weather
and sea conditions when
securing a stack of
Lashings are
3873 containers with non- Three containers One container Two containers
always required
locking fittings lashings are
required when the tier
exceeds what height?
Under the federal
regulations what minimum
level of Blood Alcohol
Content (BAC) constitutes
3874 a violation of the laws .18% BAC .06% BAC .10% BAC .04% BAC
prohibiting Boating Under
the Influence of Alcohol
(BUI) on commercial
vessels?
What is a requirement for
remote manual shutdown The valve rods There must be at They must be
They must be
stations for internal shall be fitted least two such located at least
3875 conspicuously
combustion engine driven with stuffing shutdown marked. 10 feet from the
cargo pumps on tank boxes. devices. engine.
barges?
What is the minimum
diameter allowed for bilge
3876 piping on small passenger 2-1/2 2 1 1/1/2002
vessels which are more
than 65 feet in length?

Which cargoes require
strips of common building Canned soups
Cardboard Paper products Refrigerated fruit
3877 lathe as dunnage in order packaged in that is ripening
cartons of shoes packaged in rolls
to carry away heat crates
generated by the cargo?
Which of the signals listed
is required to be displayed A red and yellow
3878 A red light A red flag A yellow flag
during the day while flag
bunkering?
You are requisitioning
stores for your tank vessel. Self-
3879 Phosphorous Safety Wooden
What type of matches are extinguishing
permitted aboard?
You have been carrying a
liquid with flammable
limits of 1% to 7% mixture
with air. If your
instructions say that no
3880 one shall enter the tank if 0.0015 0.0085 0.07 0.0105
the vapor concentration is
over 15% of the LEL what
is the maximum allowable
percentage of vapors for
men to enter?
A reinspection of the vessel
shall be made between
3881 8 - 12 months 10 - 12 months 10 - 14 months 12 - 14 months
months while the
Certificate of Inspection is
valid?
All lifeboats rescue boats
and rigid-type liferafts shall
be stripped cleaned and
3882 year 6 months 18 months two years
thoroughly overhauled at
least once every
__________.
For well control the
American Petroleum
Institute recommends that
3883 hydraulic units have 15 seconds 45 seconds 60 seconds 30 seconds
sufficient horsepower to
close the annular
preventer in __________.
Inflatable liferafts on
vessels on an international
3884 voyage must be able to 4 persons 8 persons 2 persons 6 persons
carry at least __________.

Regulations require that
cargo pumps in tank
vessels carrying grade D
gastight general cargo passageways or
3885 liquid cargo shall be cofferdams bulkheads spaces living quarters
isolated from sources of
vapor ignition by
__________.
The document which
shows a vessel s nationality Manifest Certificate of Bill of Lading
3886 Documentation
Official Logbook
ownership and tonnage is Certificate Certificate
the __________.
A list of the
underwriters A checklist of the The grades of
The trade routes
The supplement to the who will assume equipment cargo that an oil
upon which the
3887 IOPP Certificate contains financial installed for tanker is
controlling the vessel may
what type of data? responsibility in permitted to
discharge of oil. operate.
the event of an carry.
oil spill.
UNCLOS required that all
Baltic
flag states take account or International
give effect to;or implement Marintime Maritime
3888 Maritime Shipping
the relevant rules and Inquiry Organization
Corporation Company (IMO)
standards developed by
(BIMCO)
the _____?
3889 validity of a Safety 36 months 42 months 60 months 48 months
Management Certificate?
appearance and duties of the precautions to be instructions for
A cargo information card odor person in charge
3890 observed in case the safe handling
does NOT contain _______. characteristics of during the
the cargo transfer of cargo of a spill or leak of the cargo
A drill must be conducted
in the use of the line
throwing appliance at least
once in every _______.
A gas-free certificate would
ABS marine certified marine Coast Guard
3892 usually be issued by a(n) port engineer
surveyor chemist marine inspector
_______.
A periodic thorough
examination of the cargo
gear proves satisfactory.
3893 What percentage of the 0.5 0.1 1 0.25
total gear must be
dismantled to determine
actual internal condition?
According to the Chemical
Data Guide which
Copper or copper
3894 material is not compatible alloys
Nickel Stainless steel Aluminum
with vinylidene chloride
(inhibited)?

According to the
on the Muster
regulations the capacity on the Certificate in the Operations at the liferaft
3895 List ( Station Bill
of a liferaft is required to of Inspection Manual stowage location
)
be marked __________.
According to the
regulations what fire
Manual cut off Electrical cut off A water spray
3896 safety control feature is A fusible link
switch switch actuator
required in quick-closing
shut off valves?
After 1 September 1992 in
the North Pacific area a
inflatable
documented 75-foot buoyant cushion inflatable liferaft
buoyant approved rescue
3897 fishing vessel operating in for each person with a SOLAS
apparatus with pack boat
cold waters 25 miles off on board
EPIRB attached
the coast must have at
least a(n) __________.
All life jackets carried on with the with the
board small passenger maximum maximum weight with the vessel s with the vessel s
3898 name
vessels are required to be serviceable life of to be held by the official number
marked __________. the life preserver life preserver
All vessels not required to a suitable
not less than an emergency at least three 2- detachable pump
have a power driven fire
3899 three hand fire hand fire and 1/2 gallon fire
pump shall carry buckets usable for fire
pumps bilge pump
__________. fighting purposes
All wire rope used in
shipboard cargo gear must
number of
be identified and described load at which a
strands and of name of the
3900 in a certificate. The test sample date of the test vessel
wires in each
certificate shall certify all broke
strand
of the following EXCEPT
the _______.
An accommodation ladder
or other equally safe and
convenient means must be
3901 provided for a pilot 20 feet 50 feet 40 feet 30 feet
whenever the distance
from the sea level is more
than _______.
An on-board monitoring
system using level sensors
permanently installed in
each vessel compartment 95% of 90% of 99% of 97% of
3902 will have a high level alarm compartment compartment compartment compartment
set at not more than capacity capacity capacity capacity
_______.

At least one reinspection
shall be made on each
at the discretion at the discretion
vessel holding a Certificate generally similar
of the inspector of the inspector
of Inspection valid for two equivalent to the
but in no greater in scope to the but in no lesser
years. This inspection shall inspection inspection
3903 detail than required for
detail than
be held between the tenth required for
required for certification but required for
and fourteenth months of certification
original in less detail original
the duration period of the
certification certification
certificate and shall be
_______.
Cargo hose carried on tank
vessels must be designed
to withstand the pressure
of the shutoff head of the
3904 150 psi 200 psi 250 psi 100 psi
cargo pump or pump relief
valve setting but in no
case should it be less than
_______.
Cargo vessels being
navigated and fitted with
emergency lighting and
in every 6 in every 12
3905 power systems shall have in each week a month
months months
their emergency systems
tested at least once
_______.
Each fire pump on a
tankship must have a the manifold the pump each fire station
3906 the pump station
pressure gauge located at connection discharge discharge
_______.
3907 No. 1 2 3 etc. The 1/2 inch 2 inches 1-1/2 inches 1 inch
_______.
Fire protection regulations
have a gate valve
for towing vessels require be fitted with a have a drain cock
have a shut-off easily accessible
any fuel line subject to positive fuel shut- at the lowest
3908 off valve located
valve at the top in the space
internal head pressure point in the fuel
at the tank of the tank where the tank is
from fuel in the tank to line
located
_______.
For each person it is
certified to carry a
lifeboat on an oceangoing 1 unit of
3909 1 life preserver 1 seasickness kit 3 liters of water
passenger vessel must be provisions
provided with all of the
following EXCEPT _______.

three inches in
Gasoline tank vent lines on consisting of a
diameter with a three inches in
board small passenger single screen of
check valve to circumference and 30 square
3910 vessels must be fitted with at least 30 X 30
prevent water inside the fill inches of louvers mesh corrosion
removable flame screens
from entering in pipe resistant wire
_______.
heavy weather
How many low-velocity
spray applicators are
3911 Two Four Three
required on the weather
decks of a tankship?
If it is impractical to use a separate
the fill line to sound the sounding tube or A glass tube to A good air vent
3912 fuel tank then the tank an installed visually observe of sufficient
should be fitted with marine type fuel the fuel diameter
_______. gauge
Under the federal
regulations, what
minimum level of Blood
Alcohol Content (BAC)
3913 constitutes a violation of .04% BAC .10% BAC .06% BAC
the laws prohibiting
Boating Under the
Influence of Alcohol (BUI)
on commercial vessels?
A vessel arrives in a foreign
port and the Master is
informed that the vessel is must remain
being sold to foreign aboard until the has the right to
must comply an immediate
interests. The new owners vessel is
must remain on with the decision discharge and
3914 request that the crew delivered to the transportation to
board made by the
remain on board to new owners at a original port of
Master
complete the voyage. mutually agreed engagement
Under these upon port
circumstances, the crew
__________.
If there are any changes in
U.S. Consul on U.S. Consul on
the crew in a foreign port, the Master on the
3915 the Certified Shipping Articles
the Shipping
the changes will be made
Crew List Articles
by __________.
The Shipping Articles shall
Master of the U.S. Customs Shipping
3916 be signed by each seaman
vessel Service Commissioner
and the __________.
Shipping articles are a
contract of agreement
3917 between the members of Coast Guard Vessels owner Master Charterers
the crew and the
__________.
The strictest load line
3918 regulations apply to passenger ships gas carriers tankers
__________.

A tonnage tax is levied deadweight
net tonnage of displacement
3919 according to the vessel
cargo tonnage
tonnage of vessel
__________. aboard
You are on a containership
carrying a tank container
that had been filled with No placard is
Empty placard Residue label
sodium hydroxide solution. required; the Black and white
3920 with corrosive with the UN
The container is empty but tank openings corrosive placard
placard number
has not been cleaned. must be sealed
Which, if any, placard is
required?
An International Tonnage
Certificate will be issued to engage in
be issued a
a vessel when it meets admeasure over be 79 or more intercoastal or
3921 Certificate of feet in length
several requirements, one 100 GT international
Inspection
of which is that the vessel trade
must __________.
Which agency is authorized
to assist the Coast Guard in
U.S. Navy Environmental
the inspection of vessels National Cargo American Bureau
3922 explosive loading Protection
for the suitability of Bureau, Inc. of Shipping
details Agency
loading hazardous
materials?
According to SOLAS
requirement for lifeboat
fall, what action must be
3923 Renewed Proof tested weight tested reverse
taken with the fall at
interval of not more than 5
years?
Due to the nature of a
Nowhere; the
vessels construction for a
vessel must On the reverse of
particular trade, it does not On the On the face of
comply to the particular
3924 fully comply with the Exemption the Certificate of
Certificate engage in SOLAS certificate
provisions of SOLAS. Inspection
international affected
Where will this be
trade.
indicated?
Each lifeboat On ships on short
shall be launched international
Which one of the listed with its assigned voyages, each
crew, and Drills shall be
requirements regarding lifeboat shall be All lifeboats shall
maneuvered in conducted when
3925 abandon ship drills launched and be lowered
the water at least the ship is in a
corresponds to present once every three maneuvered in during drills.
harbour.
SOLAS regulation? months during an the water at
abandon ship least every six
drill. months.
the minimum Fuel supply
3926 for fast Rescue Boat shall 12 hours 4 hours 8 hours 16 hours
last for__.

the capacity rate of ships
3927 75 cu.m./hour 25 cu.m./hour 50 cu.m./hour 30 cu.m./hour
emergency fire pumps shall
be ____.
At each fire Hoses with fixed
In case each hydrant is not station, sufficient nozzles to be Hoses and
fitted with hose and number of hoses Complete kept ready for nozzles for each
interchangeability
3928 nozzles, what is the with nozzles for use in hydrant to be
of hose couplings
requirement? (SOLAS II- the hydrants in and nozzles conspicuous available at the
2/4.6.1) the area shall be positions near fire stations
available the hydrants
SOLAS stipulates that ships
of 500 GRT or more shall
have at least one
3929 174 mm 172 mm 178 mm 176 mm
international shore
connection with an outside
diameter of____
What percentage of crew
change would require a
3930 40% 50% 25% 75%
lifeboat drill to be held
within 24 hours of sailing?
As per SOLAS, fire pumps
shall have a capacity to
3931 25 m3/hour 50 m3/hour 75 m3/hour 100 m3/hour
deliver at
least__________.
All lifeboats, rescue boats,
and rigid-type liferafts shall
be stripped, cleaned, and
3932 two years 18 months year 30 months
thoroughly overhauled at
least once every
__________.
The ISM Code requires ship
owners or shipping Welfare Safety Overseeing Logistics
3933 Committee
companies to assign a Committee Committee Committee
______ onboard their ship:
Agreed upon by
9/11 bombing of IMO member
ISPS Code was formulated Sinking of RMS Grounding of
3934 World Trade countries to
as a result of what incident Center Titanic Exxon Valdez
address safety
issues
Company
A CSO is designated by the Ship Security
3935 Operating the ISPS Code ISM Code
______. ship Officer
The ISPS Code applies to:
I. Passenger ships II.
Mobile offshore drilling
3936 Neither I or II Both I and II I only II only
units (MODU)

One of the many objectives
of the ________ is to Code of Safe
ensure the early and Practice for the
3937 STCW Code FTP Code ISPS Code
efficient collection and Handling of
exchange of security- Cargo
related information.
At what security level is
further specific protective
security measures to be
maintained for a limited
period of time when a
3938 Security level 3 Security level 4 Security level 2 Security level 1
security incident is
probable or imminent,
although it may not be
possible to identify the
specific target?
Under the New Additional Special Special
Security planning
Regulations, what does provisions to measures to provisions for
3939 and Ship and
SOLAS Chapter XI-1 deals combat enhance Ship Security and
Maritime Safety Port Facility
with? Terrorism Port Facilities
Company
An SSO is designated by Master of the Contracting
3940 Port Manager operating the
the__________. ship Ship Government
All passenger
Which ships does the ISM All craft above Only tankers and Only passenger ships, all cargo
3941
code apply to 300GRT Ro-ros vessels ships of 500GRT
or above
To ensure the early and
efficient collection and
Code of Safe for
exchange of security-
3942 STCW Code FTP Code ISPS Code the Handling of
related information is one
Cargo
of the many objectives of
the?
Under the New Additional Special Special Safety measures
Regulations, what does provisions to provisions for the measures to regarding Ship
3943
SOLAS Chapter XI-2 deals combat safety of the enhance routing to avoid
with? Terrorism passengers Maritime Security pirates
3945 inspected vessel is valid for 2 years 5 years 6 months 1 year
3946 content above 50 content above 15 any oil content
content above
Marpol means:
ppm ppm 100 ppm

Annex V of MARPOL 73/78
Noxious liquid
3948 pertaining to the discharge Sewage Garbage Oil
substances
into the marine
environment of:
Marine Marine Marine
MEPC as referred to in the Marine
Environment Environment Environment
3949 MARPOL Convention Environment
Protection Protocol Protection
stands for: Pollution Control Committee
Control Committee
Designated Master and Chief
Officer Engineer
3951 Oil Record Book engine rough log Official Logbook deck rough log
required in the
__________.
3952 Oil Record Book Official Logbook engine rough log deck rough log
__________.
Regulations for
Regulations for the Prevention of Regulations for
the Control of Regulations for
____ is contained in Annex the Prevention of Pollution by
3953 Pollution by the Prevention of
II of MARPOL 73/78? Pollution by Harmful Noxious Liquid Pollution by Oil
Sewage Substances in a Substances
Packaged Form
3954 spills emulsions patches slicks
reaching shore:
3955 100 GT is NOT required to propelled vessel A towing vessel A fishing vessel A sailing vessel
Recruitment, training and
development of organizational human resource
3956 staffing organizing
organization members is development management
________
efforts at
factor that cause, managerial
Which of the following keeping
channel and that special inner strategies to
3957 would fit MOST on employees
sustain people's desire to excel inspire the
motivation? behavior "cheered up" at
working force
all times
This is the most effective
3958 management development Coaching Training Modeling Irritation
technique.

The routes, zones or areas
of operations of domestic Office of the
3959 ship operators are MARINA President of the PCG DOTC
prescribed by which Philippines
government agency?
To increase
To provide for
production and
economical, safe,
productivity in
adequate and To create sub-
MARINA was created and the various
efficient agencies for the
geared towards the islands and To create more
3960 shipment of raw safe transport of
following objectives goods and regions of the job opportunities
materials,
EXCEPT: passengers archipelago
products,
through the
commodities and
provision of
people
linkage
Watchkeepers should have
a mandatory rest periods
of _______ in any one
week.
Managerial performance is
based upon
3962 responsibilities choices duties objectives
accomplishment of
_____________.
In bridge resource
management, which of the
example of "hazardous
thoughts" I.) I can do it II.)
3963 I, II, IV, V IV, V, VI I,II,III I, II, III, IV, V
It won't happen to me III.)
Why takes chances IV.) it's
not my job V.) Don't tell
me what to do VI.) We're
all in the same ship
Welding and burning are
among the factors which
Only holders of Electric welding
give the highest risk of fire The welder shall
welding Only use plants shall be
on board ships. Precaution have been
certificates shall electrodes from controlled by a
3964 has to be taken to avoid instructed in the
be allowed to a well-known responsible use of the ship's
this risk. Which of the
carry out welding manufacturer. engineer before welding plant.
following safety rules may
on board ships. use.
be regarded as the most
important?
VDR must be carried to
assist in accident
investigation on board
passenger ships and ships
3965 1,500 GT 3,000 GT 1,000 GT 2,000 GT
other than passenger ships
of how many gross tons?

Drills ought to be
conducted in a realistic
3966 manner against imaginary 15 days three months month two weeks
and realistic situation
every:
When officers from the
Emergency Organization of
a ship are changed the when the pilot
before the ship a week after a day after the
3967 Emergency Organization disembark the
leaves port leaving port ship leaves port
should be mustered as ship
soon as possible and
definitely:
Response by the ship's
complement to an
emergency situation is
3968 knowledge capability level of training ability
entirely dependent on the
______________ of
officers and crew.
It is defined as an
undesired event that
causes or has the potential Dangerous
3969 Accident Near miss Incident
to cause harm to people, occurrence
damage to property and
loss to an operation.
An incident that could have
caused the death, serious
Dangerous
3970 injury or incapacity of a Accident Incident Near miss
occurrence
person, but which did not
have that outcome.
An aircraft requests a
vessels to change course
and proceed towards a flashing the advise the vessel heading in the
none of the
3971 vessel in distress. The navigation lights to give a smoke direction of the
on and off choices
actions of the aircraft to signal distress location
convey this message will
NOT include:
must be exhibited
Posters of signs
throughout the ship
for the operating Individual Watch
3972 including the navigation Muster lists Bridge Watch List
instructions of List
bridge, engine room and
the survival craft
crew accommodation
spaces?
Rescue vessel approaches
a lifeboat in heavy seas, transfer only
brought to a transfer all
the person in charge of the brought bow into those personnel
3973 position with personnel
lifeboat should: the sea who are not immediately
stern into the sea
seasick

Administration shall ensure
that qualified seafarers are
Certificate of Certificate of Certificate of Certificate of
3974 issued with this certificate proficiency
competency compliance documentation
upon completion
specialized trainings.
Seafarers shall receive
safety familiarization and
basic training or
instruction, where basic
3975 training is not included in
competency documentation compliance proficiency
the qualification for the
certificate to be issued, this
certificate will be issued
instead _______.
Orange colored smoke
we see you, we come over and there are many
signal or this luminous
will provide help let us have a sharks to embark here is
3976 signal fired at interval of as soon as quick surrounding the dangerous
one minute means possible conversation vessel
________.
An accurate perception of
the operational and
environmental conditions situational workload
3977 communication teamwork
affecting the vessel during awareness management
a specific period of time is
called _____.
Masters, chief engineer
officers, chief mates,
second engineer officers
and every person assigned completed completed in
immediate responsibility approved training
completed crisis completed
for embarking and in passenger
3978 training in basic management training in crowd
disembarking passengers, safety, cargo
safety safety and hull and human management
loading, discharging or
integrity behavior
securing cargo, or closing
hull openings on board ro-
ro passenger ships shall
have __________.
and any person designated completed in completed completed advanced
crisis
3979 on muster lists of having management and
training in basic training in crowd training in fast
responsibility for the safety human behavior safety management rescue boat
of passengers in
emergency situations shall
have _________.
accomplish the
Drill required by conduct two of
drill at any log the reason for
regulations is not conduct another the required
3980 reason to not completing
completed, the Master or drill the next day drills at the next the drill
complete the
person in charge must: opportunity
drill

What is the most effective
Talking with
3981 management development Coordination Coaching Communications
Subordinates
technique?
a ship selected from the emergency
3982 Deck Squad first aid squad engine squad
suitable officers and squad
ratings.
VDR must be carried to
assist in accident
investigation on board
3983 2,000 GT 1,000 GT 3,000 GT 1,500 GT
passenger ships and ships
other than passenger ships
of how many gross tons?
Drills ought to be
conducted in a realistic
3984 manner against imaginary 15 days two weeks month three months
and realistic situation
every:
When officers from the
a ship are changed the when the pilot
a day after the a week after before the ship
3985 Emergency Organization disembark the
ship leaves port leaving port leaves port
should be mustered as ship
soon as possible and
definitely:
Response by the ship's
complement to an
emergency situation is
3986 capability level of training ability knowledge
entirely dependent on the
______________ of
officers and crew.
It is defined as an
causes or has the potential Dangerous
3987 Accident Incident Near miss
to cause harm to people, occurrence
damage to property and
loss to an operation.
An incident that could have
caused the death, serious
Dangerous
3988 injury or incapacity of a Near miss Incident Accident
occurrence
person, but which did not
have that outcome.
An aircraft requests a
vessels to change course
and proceed towards a advise the vessel heading in the flashing the
none of the
3989 vessel in distress. The to give a smoke direction of the navigation lights
choices on and off
actions of the aircraft to signal distress location
convey this message will
NOT include:

must be exhibited
Posters of signs
throughout the ship
Individual Watch for the operating
3990 including the navigation Muster lists Bridge Watch List
List instructions of
bridge, engine room and
the survival craft
crew accommodation
spaces?
Rescue vessel approaches transfer only
brought to a transfer all
a lifeboat in heavy seas, brought bow into those personnel
3991 position with personnel
the person in charge of the immediately the sea who are not
stern into the sea
lifeboat should: seasick
Administration shall ensure
that qualified seafarers are
3992 issued with this certificate
competency compliance proficiency documentation
upon completion
specialized trainings.
Seafarers shall receive
safety familiarization and
basic training or
instruction, where basic
3993 training is not included in proficiency
compliance competency documentation
the qualification for the
certificate to be issued, this
certificate will be issued
instead _______.
Orange colored smoke
come over and there are many we see you, we
signal or this luminous
let us have a sharks to embark here is will provide help
3994 signal fired at interval of
quick surrounding the dangerous as soon as
one minute means possible
conversation vessel
________.
An accurate perception of
the operational and
environmental conditions situational workload
3995 teamwork communication
affecting the vessel during awareness management
a specific period of time is
called _____.
and every person assigned completed completed in
immediate responsibility approved training crisis completed completed
for embarking and in passenger
3996 safety, cargo
management training in crowd training in basic
disembarking passengers,
safety and hull and human management safety
loading, discharging or
integrity behavior
securing cargo, or closing
hull openings on board ro-
ro passenger ships shall
have __________.

and any person designated completed advanced completed in completed
crisis
3997 on muster lists of having training in crowd training in fast training in basic
management and
responsibility for the safety management rescue boat human behavior safety
of passengers in
emergency situations shall
have _________.
accomplish the
Drill required by conduct two of
log the reason for drill at any
regulations is not conduct another the required
3998 not completing reason to
completed, the Master or the drill drill the next day drills at the next
complete the
person in charge must: opportunity
drill
Talking with
3999 management development Communications Coordination Coaching
Subordinates
technique?
a ship selected from the emergency
4000 Deck Squad first aid squad engine squad
suitable officers and squad
ratings.
Picking up a person that
has fallen onboard. A small
4001 to windward with a net to leeward directly
craft should approach the
victim:
Line throwing equipment
every three last week of the
4002 be demonstrated to the months
Every week Every fridays
month
crew of a well run ships?
Condition which are
considered general helicopter
4003 emergencies are many and man overboard ditching in the fire emergency oil spill
varied and may include the harbor
following except:
A detailed plan designed to
implement the ideals and
4004 Fire plan Safety policy Safety plan Safety program
intentions expressed in the
safety policy.
How many two-way VHF
radiotelephone are
4005 required on passenger three two five four
ships and every cargo ship
of 500GT and over?
gather at the
climb on top of remain seated rush inside the
When transferring center of the
the survival craft inside the craft as soon as
survivors from survival craft to store the
while waiting for survival craft and possible to have
4006 craft to rescue vessel, warmth of every
their turn to make the transfer an immidiate
personnel on board the one person at a preparedness to person and make
transfer to the
craft should: time a good
rescue vessels any sea danger
compactness

Who are covered by the
enforcement of rest
periods under fitness for
duty regulation of STCW?
I. those whose duties
4007 involve designated safety II and III I and II I, II and III I and III
II. those whose duties
involve designated security
III. those whose duties
involve designated
pollution prevention
The abilities specified in
the standards of
competence are grouped,
as appropriate, under the
following seven functions
4008 which are composed of the I and II II and III I and III I, II and III
following ______. I.
Marine engineering II.
Electrical, electronic and
control engineering III.
Maintenance and repair
The objective of
"code of safe
working practices" is
to provide practical
guidance on health and
safety in shipboard work
with a view to: I.
preventing accidents,
diseases and other harmful
4009 I, II, III II, III I, II I, III
effects II. ensuring that the
responsibility for health
and safety is understood
and remains a priority III.
promoting consultation
and cooperation among
government agencies,
shipowner organisations
and maritime unions
An incident is defined as an
causes or has the potential
4010 II, III I, II I, III I, II, III
to cause: I. harm to people
II. damage to property III.
loss to an operation;

Every candidate for a
certificate in advanced
training for liquefied gas
tanker cargo operations
shall ___________. I. meet
the requirements for
certification in basic
training for liquefied gas
4011 I and III I, II and III II and III I and II
tanker cargo operations II.
at least six months of
approved seagoing service
on liquefied gas tankers III.
at least one month of
approved onboard training
on liquefied gas tankers, in
a supernumerary capacity
Rest periods is strictly
implemented to avoid
fatigue and be fit for duty,
this regulation covers
4012 those who are _______. I. I and III I, II and III I and II II and III
watchkeeping personnel II.
designated in safety duties
III. assigned in heavy
strenuous jobs
The abilities specified in
the standards of
competence are grouped,
as appropriate, under the
following seven functions
4013 I and II I and III II and III I, II and III
which are composed of the
following ______. I.
Navigation II. Radio
communications III.
Emergency operations
You are on watch and the
Pilot has the conn. The
Master has temporarily make an
countermand the immediately call immediately
gone below. The Pilot appropriate
order and the Master and sound a short
4014 orders a course change entry in the deck
immediately await further ring on the
which you are certain will log concerning notify the Master
orders from him general alarm
put the vessel into the Pilot's order
imminent danger. Your
first action should be to:
An incident that causes the
Dangerous
4015 death, serious injury or Incident Accident Near miss
occurrence
incapacity of a person.
The most important
Strong Plenty of Instrument
4016 element in Bridge Resource Teamwork
Leadership Communication manipulation
Management is _______.

Operating managers would
suffer anxiety from which barring to knowledge of the
loss of control of misinterpretatio
4017 of the following whenever operate the information
innformation
n of information
an organization system system
implements MIS?
The cranes on a LASH type
jacked off their lashed and secured over the
vessel are a part of the chocked in place
bearings and chocked in any cargo to be
4018 light ship. Therefore, when ready for use at
stowed in a convenient handled at the
securing for sea, they must specific location next port
location next port
be ___________?
The shipboard organization
Deck
consists of different levels. Level of
4019 Engineering level Support Level Department
Which of these is NOT inconvinience
Level
included?
To bring together in one
department all those
engaged in one related
4020 planning function market management
activities, the basic
principle of organization by
________ is used.
It is called the arrangement
or responsibilities,
Management Task Management Organization
4021 authorities and structure
Chart management Organization
relationship between
people?
Who shall establish and
enforce rules of rest
4022 Coast Guard Company Administration Master
periods for watchkeeping
personnel to avoid fatigue?
Emergency, Special training
Radio
Chapter VI of the STCW occupational requirements for
Master and deck communication
4023 code is concerned with safety, security, personnel on
medical care and department and radio
___________. certain types of
survival functions operators
ships
The Night Order Book
Colreg Maximum speed Calling the Correction to
4024 consist of the following publications
adherence allowed master
EXCEPT:
Emergency station bill
indicating the names of the
individuals and their
assignments during
engine room
4025 emergencies should be mess room off the gangway individual cabin
control
posted in the Navigation
Bridge and the following
areas. which should not be
included:
Which one is not in the list
Cargo handling Emergency Radio
4026 standards of competence operations
Navigation
and stowage communications
which has seven functions?

Where the emergency
source of power is a
not more than 35 not less than 43 not more than 43 not less than 35
4027 generator, it shall have deg. Celsius
deg. Celcius deg. Celsius deg. Celcius
independent supply of fuel
having a flashpoint of:
What performance would a
trainee exhibit when Ultimate Training
Enabling Performance
4028 assessment takes place at Performing Performance
Objective Objective Objective
end of the training Objective
program?
What strategy or methods
to be used in the conduct
of training on board, is one Delivering the Informing the
4029 Preparing for Planning
of the items to be course outline trainees for
considered when_____ a
formal training session.
A written document
produced by a shipowner
indicating in broad terms Safety Quality
4030 Safety policy Safety program Quality System
its commitment, aims and syatem
objectives in relation to
shipboard safety.
The Night Order Book
issued by the Master
should be _____ by the
Acknowledge
4031 officer in-charge of Comply Signed Read
and comply
navigation watch the time
he report to the bridge to
undertake the watch.
In writing up the logbook Remove this Cross out the
at the end of your watch, Blot out the error page of the log error with a Carefully and
you make an error in completely and book, and single line, and neatly erase the
4032 write the correct entry and rewrite
writing an entry. What is rewrite the entry rewrite all
the proper means of correctly. entries on a entry, then initial it correctly.
it.
correcting this error? clean page.
Emergency team is in
charge of the engine room
support control
4033 and is responsible for one man team reserve team back-up team team
maintaining normal and
emergency services.
You hear the message Resume base
Resume voyage transmit over the
"Seelonce Do not transmit course and speed
as the distress radiotelephone
4034 Feenee" over the over the because the
radiotelephone situation is until distress
radiotelephone. What distress situation
already over situation is over
action should you take? is over
Emergency Training and
safety briefing safety briefing safety briefing
Drills, which of the safety briefing
before the vessel before or after the vessel
4035 following is required immediately
arriving to the immediately after departs from the
whenever new passengers before sailing sailing
next port next port
embark?

justify the
assignment of
the combined
The use of alternative duties of the save time for
lower the cost of upgrade the skill
4036 certificates is not intended engine and deck seafarers on
watchkeeping training of seafarers
to ___________. training
officers to a
single certificate
holder
Select goals for Set up guidelines
What is the first step in Set rules and
4037 the ships for ships Set time limit
planning? organization procedures
organization
Masters, officers and other
personnel designated on
specialized
muster lists to assist completed advanced completed
training in
4038 passengers in emergency training in basic training in fast training in crowd
lifeboat management
situations on board safety rescue boat
operation
passenger ships shall have
__________.
The level of proficiency to
be achieved for the proper
performance of functions
on board ship Standard of Standard of Evaluation
4039 competence
Competency
incorporating prescribed proficiency criteria
standards or levels of
knowledge, understanding
and demonstrated skill.
An evaluation by qualified
persons, independent of,
or external to, the unit or
activity being evaluated, to
verify that the Evaluation Standard of Standard of Independent
4040 evaluation
administrative and criteria proficiency competence
operational procedures at
all levels are managed,
organized, undertaken and
monitored.
One of the most important
innovations in the 1972
Regulations (COLREG) was
the recognition given to maneuvering
crossing traffic stopping in the none of these
4041 traffic separation schemes. while inside lanes traffic lanes choices
Under Rule 10 of this traffic lanes
Regulation states that in so
far as practicable, a vessel
must avoid:
A person having the
relevant training and skills
Competent Designated
4042 and, if appropriate, Superintendent Master
person Person
qualifications, to perform
particular tasks.

Emergency team may be
needed to provide support
4043 reserve team back-up team support team emergency team
by carrying additional
equipment to the fist team.
Three black balls A black ball over
The CSS in a SAR situation The code flags
4044 FR
in a vertical a black diamond The code flag T
should display by day:
position shape
On-scene communication
the Company of
in the vicinity of distress On-scene the U.S. Coast the Master of the
4045 the vessel in
should be under the Commander Guard ship in distress
distress
control of whom?
Passenger vessel must leas than 50 more than 50
the size of the there is a doctor
4046 have an emergency squad crew permits
passenger are passengers are
onboard
when: onboard on board
emotion
In an employer-employee time and effort efficiency and managers
between
4047 relationship. It often deals to progressive effectiveness of interacting with
employees employer and
with consideration of the: work work
employee
transfer only
Rescue operation in heavy brought to a transfer all
brought bow into those personnel
4048 sea, you decide to hove to, position with personnel
the sea who are not
the lifeboat should be: stern into the sea immediately
seasick
Which of the following is in
the list standards of Watch keeping Emergency Watch keeping Cargo handling
4049
competence which has for Engine room operations for Navigation and stowage
seven functions?
When a tank
Work done on a
Works done even Welding or temperature
"hot work" very hot
4050 without any cutting with a goes above 45
means: torch temperature and
outfit requiered degrees C or 113
hot weather
degrees F
Work that can
When the Work done with cause sparks
Works on a very
"cold work" is temperature winter outfit for when using a
4051 cold temperature hammer/scrapper
defined as: drops below frost bite
and cold weather or other such
freezing tendency
tools
Preffered A complete
Working time Work orders check on
working place
4052 Permit to work is? given by the from the senior preparedness
before starting a prior to start of
Chief Officer officers
job order work
You are in the confined You will drift to You will loose
waters. What is the danger port but rather You will drift to headway, but
quickly with You will sheer to
4053 in this situation if you port but rather there should be
possible port
should loose engine consequence of slowly no immediate
power? grounding danger
Purser one of
Every entry required to be Master and Chief the Mates and
made in the Official Mate or other
4054 Mate on watch some other Master only
Logbook shall be signed by member of the
crew member of the
the _______.
crew

Which party must ensure
that legal work hour
limitations (for both
officers and crew
The company The company
members) rest periods The Master of the The owner of the
4055 vessel
chartering the operating the
and regulations governing vessel
vessel vessel
work on Sundays and
holidays are followed when
the vessel is in a safe
harbor?
A management system
Chart
designed with the intent of Bridge Resource Management
4056 Management Quality System
ensuring fulfillment of Management system
System
customers requirement?
A seaman assaults the
Second Mate and injures
him with a beer bottle
the logbook entry the logbook is
while the ship is at sea. the case will be the Second Mate
is prima facie inadmissible if
The incident is logged in dismissed if the and the Master
evidence of the the logbook
4057 the Official Logbook. In logbook entries must testify as to
facts if it entries do not
subsequent suspension complies with the are improperly the facts of the
conform to the
and revocation law made assault
law
proceedings against the
seaman according to the
regulations _______.
A structured and
documented system
enabling Company Safety International
Safety of life at Internal Safety
4058 personnel to implement Management Safety
System Sea Management
effectively the Company Management
safety and environmental
protection policy.
Factors that contribute to
the occurrence of mistakes environmental organizational
4059 individual factors group factor
due to relationships among factor factors
individuals.
Human characteristics and
behaviors are _______
with the functioning of
4060 distinct discrete intrinsically linked extraneous
technology people design
build maintain and
operate.
In risk assessment what do
you call this type of risks
that risk based decisions
4061 Pure Risk Speculative Risk Major Risk Limited Risk
are normally taken by the
Company and are usually
dynamic in nature?

performance of direct
direct
maintenance performance of
performance of
In terms of vessel manning work necessary deck or engine performance of
4062 cargo loading
a watch is the _______. for the vessel s operations in a lookout duties
and discharge scheduled and
safe operation
operations only fixed rotation
on a daily basis
One disadvantage of using
regular dry chemical (
4063 controlling planning leading coordinating
sodium bicarbonate ) in
fire fighting is that.
Organizations depend
4064 upon the environment for survival selling inputs resources inputs
_______.
The terminology able to for deck
understand any order department crew
members to directing the use
spoken by the officers in response to a in response to a
4065 understand the of lifesaving
refers to all of the terminology used man overboard fire
equipment
following situations except in the engine
_______. room
There are three conflict
methods most frequently
used in managing conflicts;
4066 comprehence forcing compromise forging
supervision integrative
problem solving and
_______.
There are three learning
scope for instructional
Subject Cognitive Disabling Enabling
4067 objectives. Which objective Objectives
Objectives Objectives Objectives
is not part of these
learning scope?
The main
shipboard
What are SMS (continuous manual Safety Safety
Reviews and
4068 improvement process) and health Management Risk Assessment
Audits
Dynamic Elements? manual and Assessments
contingency
manual
Master s special skill in
order to deliver the best any of these Charismatic
4069 Leadership skills Managerial skills
possible operation of his options Approach
vessel within the budget
constraints?
What is a particular
learning scope for
instructional objective Instructional Psychomotor Affective Cognitive
4070
which is concerned with objective Objective Objective Objective
how a trainee controls or
moves his body?

What is a particular
learning scope for
instructional objectives Cognitive Affective Psychomotor Instructional
4071
dealing with what a trainee Objective Objective Objective objective
should know understand
or comprehend?
What is the study of
4072 human capabilities in Psychometric Psychology Physical Therapy Ergonomics
relationship to work?
What kind of leadership
Traditional Bureaucratic Leadership by Participative
4073 style that demands respect leadership
leadership example leadership
from the people the serve?
When managers respond
to pressure for change and
4074 Managerial way Good way Destructive Irrational
deny that they exist they
respond in a _______ way.
When subordinates are
given responsibility for
4075 Pride Body structure Self-esteem Patience
dealing with a problem
their _______ increases.
not an indication of error
chain development? I.)
ambiguity II.) distraction
4076 III.) inadequacy and II V III I
confusion VI.)
communication V.) proper
conning or lookout VI.)
procedural violation
You are signing on a crew.
You can determine the
minimum number and
Articles of Certificate of
4077 qualifications of the crew fo c sle card Crew list
Agreement Inspection
that you are required to
carry by consulting which
document?
You are signing on the
Purser. He should present
Steward s See Certificate of
4078 a Merchant Mariner s Purser Staff Officer
Department Registry
document with which
endorsement?
A DISADVANTAGE of a Members require
some expertise in Control over Facilitates It reduces
4079 matrix organization is interpersonal resources specialization efficiency
________. relations
A journal kept by the
officer of the watch in
which day to day
cargo record
4080 happenings are recorded bell book Official Logbook deck rough log
book
regarding the deck
department is the
_______.

A kind of teaching- learning
principle where the trainee
must proceed step by step Affective graduated perceived Cognitive
4081
and each step must be in Objective sequence purpose Objective
some way more difficult
than the previous step.
A kind of teaching- learning
principle where the trainee perceived Affective graduated Cognitive
4082 purpose
must see why he should Objective sequence Objective
study something.
A Master should do the
following when faced with
difficult problem situation
EXCEPT: I. solving the I and II are
4083 Neither I nor II I only II only
problem ASAP in order to correct
reduce negative
consequences II. appeal to
higher authority
A merchant ship with a
crew of over 20 is required
Neil Robertson Emergency Escalating
4084 by shipping regulation to medical outfit
All of the options
Stretcher pathwalk
have on board one of the
following:
A new crew member
aboard your fishing vessel
who has not received any
on reporting day
safety instructions or
if it occurs within
4085 participated in any drills before sailing within one week within 24 hours
normal work
reports on board. The
hours
Master must provide a
safety orientation
__________.
A new crewman reports on
board. He must be trained
4086 in the use of the ship s Before sailing 2 weeks 2 months 1 month
lifesaving appliances within
what time period?
A particular learning scope
for instructional objective
which deals with how a Affective Effective Cognitive Progressive
4087
trainee should about Objective Objective Objective Objective
something in relation to
the training program.
A person approved by the
company to assess a
In-service The
4088 seafarer s competence at The Chief Officer The Master
assessor Administration
the appropriate level and
for the functions specified.

the applicant on
board request
the applicant on the coastal
board wishes to station to bring
have a any of these done using the about a
4089 A personal call means that: conversation with options PA system conversation
a person whose with a shore
name is known subscriber by
means of a
scrambler
A seaman is entitled by law deductions are
the vessel is
4090 to a release from Foreign intoxicated made from overloaded
injured
Articles when __________. wages
A seaman may have all or
The account
part of his wages deposited
The account The institution must be opened
by allotment to a bank or All of the above
must be either a must be insured by the seaman
4091 savings institution. Which are checking or by the FSLIC or and maintained
of the following is NOT a requirements. savings account. FDIC. in the seaman s
requirement for this type
name.
of allotment?
A seaman may have all or
The account
part of his wages deposited
must be opened The institution The account
by allotment to a bank or All of the above
by the seaman must be insured must be either a
4092 savings institution. Which are
and maintained by the FSLIC or checking or
of the following is not a requirements. savings account.
in the seaman s FDIC.
requirement for this type
name.
of allotment?
A seaman may not make
4093 an allotment to his minor children mother-in-law grandparents brother
__________.
A seaman signed on
articles on 16 January 1987
and signed off on 2 March
4094 1987. How should you 2 Months 1 Month 16 Days 46 Days 1 Month 18 Days
enter this under the Time
of Service column in the
articles?
If the vessel was The record of
An entry should entry in the
A seaman you have just on coastwise A Certificate of
be made in the continuous
discharged has a articles the Discharge form
book and a discharge book
4095 Continuous Discharge record of should be
Certificate of shall agree with
Book. Which statement is discharge will be attached to the the entry made in
Discharge issued
TRUE? made in the book. the Ship s
to the seaman.
Official Logbook. Articles.
A significant development
in the environment of a Conference
4096 globalization Unification infrastructure
number of organization is Assembly
____.

A systematic application of
management system
policies procedures and Environmental Environmental Environmental
Environmental
4097 practices to the task of Risk Rules and Safety
Management Aspect
analyzing evaluating and Regulations Procedures
controlling environmental
risk is called _________.
A type of management
where shipping business
concept having many ships
Liability Personnel Self Asset
4098 moving at seas and port of
Management Management Management Management
the world mainly to avoid
losses and maximize
earning profits?
After a seaman is
discharged at the end of
the voyage the final
prior to the
payment of wages due prior to loading within 4 days
vessel s prior to any
4099 must be made whichever any out-bound after the seaman
departure on the change of Master s discharge
is earliest either within 24 cargo
next voyage
hours after the cargo has
been discharged or
__________.
All entries in the Official No other the person about
the Chief one other crew
4100 Logbook must be signed by signature is whom the entry
Engineer member
the Master and _______. required. concerns
An employment contract is
a written agreement
entered between an Terms and All prohibitions
4101 employer or local agency condition of of what not to do Either A or B Neither A nor B
and the overseas contract employment onboard ship
worker containing which of
the following?
Which rights does a A compensation
Care, wages, Free passage
4102 seafarer who is unfit for free repatriation
equal to wages Care.
home.
work normally have? for six months.
In authority and
assertiveness, which of the
following thoughts is
correct if a master or pilot
is considered to be of too
4103 I, II I, II, III, IV III, IV IV
high authority? I. Total
command expected II. Lack
of communication III.
Cannot delegate IV.
Performance orientation
Once a problem has been
Identify the
defined by the Diagnose the Develop Make remedial
4104 decisions
management, the next causes alternatives objectives measures
move is:

it is a process of
All of the following are true it is needed in it occurs at many it involves
developing and
4105 about decision-making stable points in the allocations of
environments selecting a
EXCEPT planning process resources
course of action
The involvement of ______
making moral social making better
4106 is the more difficult part of support level judgments responsibility decisions
ethical decision-making.
Managerial performance is
based upon
4107 choices objectives responsibilities duties
accomplishment of
_____________.
Management is defined as
4108 process resource objective goal
a/an _______.
Set goals, define Set goals,
Set goals, define
present examine Set goals, define
present
situation, define resources, present situation,
The four basic steps in situation,
4109 environmental identify aids and identify aids and
planning are: identify aids and develop course
constraint and barriers and
barriers and of action
develop a course develop course
implement plans
of action of action
have
Overcoming fear of failure give recognition
set only easily constructive and
and lack of confidence is provide training and rewards
4110 achievable goals supportive
accomplished by all of the and objectives and guidance when goals are
response when
following EXCEPT: achieved
goals are missed
The trainees must exhibit a
performance when Training Ultimate
Performance Enabling
4111 assessment takes place at Performance Performance
Objective Objective Objective
the end of the training Objective
program called:
In order to maintain safe
working conditions on Be attentive to all Know the Station Special
Familiarize
board the vessel, every what is Bill and general assignments
4112 himself with the
crewmember should do happening in the instructions in assigned in case
surroundings. emergency plan.
the following, force. of emergency.
EXCEPT__________.
This is called the
assignment to other
4113 authority and responsibility Decentralization Communication Specialization Delegation
for carrying out specific
tasks.
In bridge resource
management, which of the
example of hazardous
thoughts I.) I can do it II.)
4114 IV, V, VI I, II, III, IV, V I,II,III I, II, IV, V
It wont happen to me III.)
Why takes chances IV.) its
not my job V.) Dont tell
me what to do VI.) Were all
in the same ship

An officer in charge of a
watch or forming a part
shall be provided a
4115 minimum of how many 8 hours 6 hours 10 hours 4 hours
hours rest period in any 24
hour period pursuant to
STCW regulations:
Work without
Work orderly Get results to the Get things done
4116 Efficiency is the ability to: regard to outside
with good output maximum right
forces
Human resource
4117 management does NOT Training Recruitment Production Placement
deal with:
Talking with
4118 example of management Coaching Communication Coordination
subordinates
development technique?
Management experts
believed that efficient and
The chain of The span of Departmentalizat
4119 effective organizations had Bureaucracy
command control ion
a hierarchical structure
called:
The function which is more
important in the
4120 accomplishment of planning coordination leading controlling
objectives is
____________.
The Master remarks that is
4121 too slow. Which of the Assessment Judgment Measurement Evaluation
following implies this?
The more difficult part of Who has the Technical,
Making better Social
4122 ethical decision making right to do what human,
conceptual. decisions. responsibility.
involves: and when.
The most common OJT
training methods are job management
4123 internship job specialization job
rotation, apprenticeship situation
and ________ .
The number of
subordinates who report Departmentalizat The span of The degree of
4124 Division of work management
directly to a manager is ion coordination
known as?
Ends when the Ends when plans Does not end but
Ends when plans
4125 The planning process: control process are may involve
are agreed upon. replanning.
begins. implemented.
The process of
4126 Planning Leading All of the options Organizing
management includes?
What would you call the
psychological mechanism
4127 of blaming difficulties on Aggression Avoidance Projection Anxiety
someone or something
else?

Managers Managers Managers Managers
The question of human
4128 accompanying interacting with directing with summoning the
relations considers? employees.
the employees. employees. employees.
The word organization has
two meaning, the first
continuous, a coordination, a institution, a coaching, a
4129 implies a/an ________, the process
process process process
second refers to
___________:
There are four basic steps
in human resource
planning: Planning for
4130 future needs, Planning for Advancement Productivity Development Retirement
future balance, Planning
for recruiting and Planning
for?
There are three learning
Psychomotor Affective Enabling Cognitive
4131 objectives. Which of the
objectives objectives objectives objectives
following is NOT part of
these learning scope?
This involves the
recruitment, training and Human Resource Organizational
4132 Staffing Organizing
development of Management development
organizational members.
This is a kind of learning
principle where the trainee Individual Knowledge of Perceived Graduated
4133
must see why he should differentiation results purpose sequence
study something.
This is a kind of terminal
Performance Objectives
which specify what the
Ultimate values Job behavior Cost benefit
4134 trainee should be able to objectives
Skill objectives
objectives objectives
apply in their workplace
when the training is
completed.
This is a particular learning
objective which is Cognitive Enabling Affective Psychomotor
4135 objective
concerned with how a objective objective objective
trainee controls or moves
his body.
The scope of instructional
objective which deals with
how a trainee should know
Affective Enabling Psychomotor Cognitive
4136 about something in objective objective objective objective
relation to the training
program is?

This term states a goal and
what behavioral
performance or activity the
General Specific Instructional
4137 trainee will be doing when Educational aim objective
education aim educational aim
he has achieved the goal of
a particular educational
objective.
What is the means by
Vertical
which data are transmitted Lateral Chain of
4138 information Liaison individual relationship
across the levels of the command
systems
organization?
This is the ability to get Effective
4139 Skill Competency Efficiency
things done right. resource
What is the basis of a
4140 manager making a choice Familiarization Effectiveness Efficiency Ability
of objectives.
This is the most basic
4141 resource of any People Information Equipment Money
organization.
To deal with the change
constructively, manager Deal with the Deal with the
Develop a
can take two major forces for change particular Maximize the
4142 program of
approaches, they can react when they problems as they effect of change. planned change.
to the signs that changes appear. arise.
are needed, and they can?
Training programs are
directed toward
4143 maintaining and improving future potential current technical
________ job
performance.
What is the necessary part
of delegation of
4144 Goals Achievements Objectives Responsibility
accountability and
authority?
Not necessary,
When a Master takes the he shall use all No, he should
Yes, with his Yes, take full
leadership in approaching available observe the
experience, it is control. Do not
a problem, Must his first resources. He situation, and let
4145 most likely that delegate to other
action be a decision that should resist the officers, to avoid the other senior
he has the best
will directly solve the temptation to mistake. officers solve the
solution.
problem? step in and do it situation.
all by himself.
When detailed plans are
drawn to meet the training
objectives the method of
4146 training becomes a /an: I. neither I nor II I only I & II II only
formal training II. Informal
training

When subordinates are
given responsibility for sense of all of these
4147 self-actualization self-esteem
dealing with a problem, belongingness choices
their _________ increases.
NOT a specific step in short
term startegy during bridge
team management? I.)
leave the problem and do
4148 the alternatives II.) Identify I,II,III III, IV II V, VI
the problem III.) build
plans to deal with the
problem IV.) check the
plans with the BTM
member
not an indication of error
chain development? I.
ambiguity II. Distraction
4149 III. inadequacy and III, VI I V II,IV
confusion IV.
Communication V.
proper conning or lookout
VI. Procedural violation
When should training in
After joining the Before being During the first After one period
4150 personal survival
ship. employed. week on board. at sea.
techniques be given?
If water is rising in the bilge Shift all
Check the cracks Check the bilge Abandon the
4151 of a survival craft, your personnel to the
in the hull drain plug survival craft
should first: stern
Inspection of life-
saving Survival crafts
appliances, and rescue boats
Which one of the listed
including lifeboat with launching lifeboat engines
routine test and general
equipment shall appliances shall to be run for at
4152 inspections of life-saving emergency alarm
be carried out be visually least 3 minutes to be tested daily
appliances is not required
monthly to inspected weekly every week
by the regulations?
ensure they are to ensure they
complete and in are ready for use
good order
On ships built
after February
A lifejacket should be a whistle and a 1992 all
4153 light
a light a whistle
provided with__________ . lifejackets should
be fitted with a
light
Every inflatable life raft ,
inflatable lifejacket and
4154 hydrostatic release units every 18 months. every 36 months. every 12 months. every 24 months.
shall be
serviced__________

While underway, fire break
out in the forward part of
Put the vessel's
the vessel. Whenever Abandonship to Call for Keep going on
4155 stern into the
practicable, what will be windward assistance wind half spead
the first thing you will do if
your are on watch?
Attempt to put
In the event of fire in the Close all out the fire by Ventilate the Prepare to
4156 crew's quarter, one of your ventillation to the
quarters portable fire- quarters abandonship
first act is to:
extinguisher
A drip tray containing oil is
on fire. The only fire
fighting equipment Water should be The water can be Water should be
Water should not
available is water hose applied to the oil applied in a fine applied in a jet to
4157 spray starting be used on any
with spray jet/spray nozzle. in a single jet from the front in a the back of the type of oil fire.
How, if at all, should you only. sweeping motion. fire.
attempt to put out this fire
using water?
A high-velocity fog stream
can be used in fire fighting
situations to drive heat and The fire is totally At least two fog There is an outlet
Using a 2 inch
4158 smoke ahead of the fire contained by the streams can be for the smoke
hose and heat
fighters in a passageway. ships structure used
This technique should only
be used when:
The primary objective of To prevent
4159 To alleviate pain further injury
To give life To help a patient
First Aid is:
In reviving a person who Prompt removal
has been overcomed by Applying artificial Keeping him of the patient
4160 gas fumes, which of the respiration and warm and from the Giving stimulants
following would you AVOID massage comfortable suffocating
doing? atmosphere
As with heat burns the
damage of frostbite
Hand or body
/hypothermia may be heat the affected
either superficial or deep, Heat the affected parts skin-to-skin
Rub the affected Give the casualty
4161 and the affected tissues area with hot- (e.g. frozen hand
in persons area. a cigarette.
may be destroyed. What water bottles.
kind of first aid should be opposite
armpit...)
given a person with
frostbite ?
Touching the Unnecessary
When giving first aid you
Instruction by patient before haste and Any conversation
4162 should avoid
standers washing your appearance of with the patient
__________________. uncertainty
hands
Adults Behind Anything But Airway Breathing
Children Continuation Circulation
does the First Aid ABC-
rules stands for?

apply a hot towel lay the patient
stop the bleeding, apply an ice pack
First aid treatment for small to purge the down and cover
clean, medicate, to the wound and
4164 cuts and open wounds is to wound, then the wound when
and cover the cover it when the
__________. medicate and the bleeding
wound bleeding stops
cover it stops
The MOST important Having the proper
Administering of Treating for Starting the
4165 element in administering equipment for the
oxygen traumatic shock treatment quickly
CPR is: process
Sugar lump, sugar
is a sweet taste of the A glass of cold
4166 Insulin drink or Nothing at all
breath. The glucose reaction milk
something sweet
shows positive. What kind of
medicine will the person
need as soon as possible?
A device used to
immobilize fractures and
4167 Bandage Stretcher Tourniquet Splint
help prevent bone
displacement is:
A tourniquet should be when all other to prevent
with puncture when the victim
4168 used to control bleeding means have bleeding from
wounds failed is unconscious
ONLY __________. minor wounds
First, second, and third
Area of the body Size of the Source of heat Layers of skin
4169 degree burns are classified affected
burned burned area causing the burn
according to the:
Place the injured
part under slowly
Treatment of burns and running cold Break blisters,
scalds depends on the water for at least remove any
10 minutes, but Apply lotions, Remove all sticky
severity of the injury. What loose skin or
4170 preferably until ointments or fat clothing from the
is the correct thing to do the pain is gone. foreign objects
to the injury. casualty.
for minor burns and If no water is from the injured
scalds? available, use area.
any cold,
harmless liquid.
A shipmate suffers a heart Make the victim Administer
Check his pulse Let him lie on his
4171 attack and stops breathing. as comfortable oxygen
and start CPR side
You must: as he could be immediately
Laying on the Sitting on a chair,
Laying on the
Which position is the best Holding the nose back, holding a leaning forward,
back, leaning the
4172 to stop bleeding from the above steamed wet, cold towel with two fingers
head as much pressing the
nose? water. on the top of the
back as possible. nose together.
nose.
A seaman has a small,
gaping laceration of the
arm that is not bleeding Apply a Apply butterfly Wrap a tight Use temporary
4173 excessively. What can be compression strips, then a bandage around stitches of sail
done as an alternative to bandage. sterile dressing. the wound. twine.
wound?

Before CPR is started, you treat any Insure the victim make the victim establish an open
4174
should ____________. bleeding wounds is conscious comfortable airway
Fire and abandon ship
crewman's duty Certificate of
4175 stations and duties may be shipping articles muster List
list Inspection
found on the __________.
Plan for
What is a contingency plan Loading plan for Plan for next Plan for safety
4176 maintenance and
for ships? general cargo voyage preparedness
repair
tank may have cargo inside may enclosed as it is,
4177 been coated with have absorb the no proper
preservatives oxygen
Injuries resulting from slips Ensure that
and falls constitute the slippery
Keep the floors Do not wash off Install
largest percentage of substances are
and decks free all rubbish to thermostat to
4178 accidents that occur in the not left where
from fat and prevent persons avoid water from
catering department. What grease. several persons
slipping. freezing to ice.
shall be done to reduce are expected to
this high accident rate? be around.
Avoiding possible c. preventing a. relieving the
d. providing
The primary concern in injury to the convulsions and patient's pain by
enough fluids to
4179 aiding a back injury patient spinal cord by muscle spasms giving aspirin or
prevent incorrect
is __________. caused by the stronger
dehydration handling pain medication
The most effective first aid
Wrap the burn Flood the Apply an ice pack Apply ointment
treatment for chemical
4180 with sterile affected area to the burned to the burned
burns is to immediately with water
dressing area area
__________.
To treat a person suffering Administer
Give him sips of Cover him with a Put him in a tub
4181 from heat exhaustion, you cool water
artificial
light cloth of ice water
should __________. respiration
Unnecessary Touching the
When administering first
haste and Any conversation Instructing patient before
4182 aid you should avoid
appearance of with the patient bystanders washing your
__________. uncertainty hands
Since electrical burn
victims may be in shock, Indication of Breathing and Symptoms of
4183 Bleeding injuries
the FIRST medical response broken bones heartbeat concussion
is to check for __________.
Touching the Unnecessary
When administering first
patient before Any conversation haste and Instructing
4184 aid you should avoid
washing your with the patient appearance of bystanders
__________. uncertainty
hands
The most effective first aid
Wrap the burn Apply ointment Flood the Apply an ice pack
treatment for chemical
4185 with sterile to the burned affected area to the burned
burns is to immediately with water
dressing area area
__________.
Carbon dioxide fire
extinguisher have a
4186 10 3 7 5
capacity of at least how
many kilograms?

Each powder or carbon
dioxide fire extinguisher
4187 5 3 7 9
shall have a capacity of at
least how many kilograms.
Each foam extinguisher
4188 shall have a capacity of at 5 9 11 7
least how many liters?
Dangerous goods are
4189 divided into _____ 9 7 8 6
classification?
A tanker vessel is loading a
hazardous cargo. The
allowance for expansion is 0deg.C to -10deg.C to -18deg.C to -40deg.C to
4190
based on ambient 100deg.C 90deg.C 46deg.C 50deg.C
temperatures of what
maximum range?
85% of the gas 70% of the gas 100% of the gas 100% of the gas
For CO2 fire-fighting
can be can be can be can be
systems for machinery
4191 discharged into discharged into discharged into discharged into
spaces, the fixed piping the space within the space within the space within the space within
system shall be such that: two minutes one minute three minutes two minutes
A petroleum liquid is said
A flammable 100deg. F but
4192 to be grade D combustible D above 80deg. F
liquid below 150deg. F
liquid flash point is:
Grade D combustible
4193 liquids have a maximum 109deg. F 100deg. F 110deg. F 149deg. F
flash point of:
All possible fire-
All fire-fighting
Which activity will have the Extinguishing fighting
Call the Chief teams are
4194 greatest fire-fighting effect attempt is started equipment is
Officer immediately organized as
soon as possible
scene
Which type of fire
extinguisher has a
disadvantage and danger
4195 powder mechanical foam carbon dioxide water
of malfunction that may
result to dangerous
overpressure?
After extinguishing a fire in
opened and left closed with
a paint locker using the checked for the opened and
doused with vents off until all
4196 fixed CO2 system, the next boundaries are
proper oxygen burned material
water to prevent
immediate action is for the cool level removed
reflash
space to be:
Which type of fire
extinguisher is best to use
in the presence of
4197 water powder carbon dioxide chemical foam
electrical hazards?

Which of the listed modes
of heat transfer does NOT
any of the
4198 require any physical Radiation convection conduction
choices
contact between a warmer
and a cooler substance?
These can be dissolved in
Sulphur and Aluminum and Copper and Vanadium and
4199 the fuel and not removed Vanadium Copper Sulphur Aluminum
by the purifier.
A pan on the galley stove Raise the alarm,
Cover pan with
containing oil catches fire, close galley door Use water Cover pan with
fire blanket and
4200 which of the following and wait for the extinguisher to lid and switch of
switch of heat put out the fire
should NOT be used on this fire teams to heat source
source
type of fire? arrive
Which is not a functional division of the
requirement embodied in ship into main containment and
detection of any prohibits the use
the regulations in order to vertical and extinction of any
4201 fire in the zone of combustible
achieve the fire safety horizontal zones materials fire in the space
of origin
objectives set out in by thermal of origin
SOLAS. boundaries
Which of the Code
provides international
4202 specific engineering FSA FAS FFS FSS
standards for fire fighting
equipments.
Which is not a functional
requirement to detect a fixed fire
manually
fire from a space of and to detection and
4203 fire patrols operated call fire teams
provide for alarm for safe fire alarm system
points
escape and fire-fighting installations
activity?
A term of maximum
temperature at which a
given gas can be liquified Critical Flammable Flammable
4204 temperature
Critical pressure
by pressure i.e. Tank temperature pressure
vessel cargo of ammonia
256 degrees fahrenheit.
The combustion elements
in a fuel are carbon ( C ), None of the
4205 Nitrogen (N) Sulphur (S) Halon
hydrogen (H2) and which above.
other element?
Cooling of compartment
ambient Reid vapor ignition
boundaries where fire has flash point is
4206 temperature is pressure is temperature is
occurred should be approached approached attained approached
continued until:
In which event should the
in an extreme
Master take actions to during during when docking or
4207 emergencies
weather
protect and safeguard all drydocking undocking
conditions
persons on board his ship?

According to basic In main zones
Main Fire zones
principles regarding fire according to
in accordance
protection the ship is to be utilization In main in main vertical
4208 with the ship's
divided in zones by (Accommodation horizontal zones zones
fire-fighting
structural and thermal , Machinery,
system
boundaries which is: Cargo)
As a firefighting medium,
CO2 can be dangerous
carbon monoxide burns and
4209 under certain conditions as indigestion hallucinations
poison blistering
it can cause which of the
following?
A term called when a
4210 liquid starts to and Latent Heat Melting Point Boiling Point Solidifying Point
completely becomes a
solid.
There are currently two
standards of classifying
fires as A, B, C, and D,
4211 according to the nature of NFPA 12 NFPA 10 IFPA 10 IFPA 12
the burning material. One
standard is ISO 3941, the
other is:
It is impossible to
removing the interrupting the removing the
4212 extinguish a shipboard fire, removing the fuel
heat chain reaction oxygen
except in rare cases, by:
replaced In Its replaced in its replaced in its
If portable fire extinguisher labeled empty
proper location If proper location if proper location
4213 has been partially and recharged as
discharged, it should be: soon as possible weight loss Is no weight loss is no regardless of
more than 15% more than 25% weight
Carbon dioxide fire
extinguisher have a
4214 3 7 10 5
many kilograms?
4215 5 9 3 7
4216 shall have a capacity of at 5 11 9 7
Dangerous goods are
4217 divided into _____ 6 9 7 8
classification?
allowance for expansion is -18deg.C to -40deg.C to 0deg.C to -10deg.C to
4218
maximum range?

spaces, the fixed piping the space within
the space within the space within the space within
system shall be such that: two minutes
two minutes one minute three minutes
100deg. F but A flammable
below 150deg. F liquid
Grade D combustible
flash point of:
All possible fire-
All fire-fighting
Call the Chief teams are
Officer immediately organized as
soon as possible
scene
Which type of fire
extinguisher has a
4223 powder mechanical foam carbon dioxide water
result to dangerous
overpressure?
left closed with opened and
a paint locker using the opened and checked for the
vents off until all doused with
4224 fixed CO2 system, the next burned material proper oxygen
boundaries are water to prevent
immediate action is for the removed cool level
reflash
space to be:
Which type of fire
4225 powder water chemical foam carbon dioxide
in the presence of
electrical hazards?
any of the
4226 require any physical Radiation convection conduction
choices
Sulphur and Copper and Vanadium and Aluminum and
4227 the fuel and not removed Vanadium Sulphur Aluminum Copper
by the purifier.
Cover pan with
containing oil catches fire, Cover pan with close galley door Use water
fire blanket and
4228 which of the following lid and switch of and wait for the extinguisher to
should NOT be used on this heat source fire teams to
source
requirement embodied in ship into main containment and
prohibits the use detection of any
the regulations in order to vertical and extinction of any
4229 of combustible fire in the zone
achieve the fire safety horizontal zones materials fire in the space
of origin
objectives set out in by thermal of origin
SOLAS. boundaries

Which of the Code
4230 specific engineering FSA FFS FSS FAS
equipments.
manually
4231 operated call fire teams fire patrols
points
activity?
A term of maximum
given gas can be liquified Critical Flammable Flammable
4232 temperature
Critical pressure
by pressure i.e. Tank pressure temperature
other element?
ignition Reid vapor ambient
4234 temperature is pressure is temperature is
occurred should be approached approached
approached attained
continued until:
in an extreme
4235 weather
protect and safeguard all drydocking emergencies undocking
conditions
Main Fire zones
in accordance
protection the ship is to be In main utilization in main vertical
4236 with the ship's
divided in zones by horizontal zones (Accommodation zones
fire-fighting
system
4237 under certain conditions as indigestion hallucinations
poison blistering
following?
4238 Boiling Point Solidifying Point Latent Heat Melting Point
liquid starts to and
completely becomes a solid.
standards of classifying fires
as A, B, C, and D, according
4239 NFPA 10 IFPA 10 NFPA 12 IFPA 12
to the nature of the burning
material. One standard is
ISO 3941, the other is:

It is impossible to
interrupting the removing the removing the
chain reaction heat oxygen
replaced in its replaced in its replaced In Its
proper location if proper location proper location If
weight loss is no soon as possible regardless of weight loss Is no
discharged, it should be:
When attempting to enter
High-velocity fog
a compartment containing Solid stream Straight stream Sweeping the
stream directed
4242 fire, which method of directed toward directed into the compartment
toward the with a fog stream
applying water a most the overhead center of the fire
overhead
appropriate?
Testing and
What does the FTP code fire safety security evaluating temperature in
4243
relate to? requirements requirements products that are the cargo hold
flammable
Prior to the release the The Chief
CO2 system to the Engineer The EOW shall
The master shall The 2nd Engineer
compartment in order to immediately at release the CO2
4244 order the release shall release the
extinguish the fire, rest his discretion system of CO2 system CO2 system
assure that all personnel release the CO2 immediately
has vacated the area. system
Combustible liquids are
4245 divided into how many one three four two
classes?
It is necessary to extend to keep them to remove fuel to provide
to cool the
4246 ventilators to the bilges in dry, and thus vapors which are adequate air to
heavier than air machinery areas
order: easier to clean the engine
In addition to weighing the
cartridge, what other
Check the hose Discharge small Check the Weigh the
routine maintenance is
4247 and nozzle for amount to see if external pressure powder in the
required for a cartridge- clogs it works gauge canister
operated dry chemical
extinguisher?
Carbon Monoxide is
considered as one of the
4248 highly corrosive whitish in color odorless lighter than air
most toxic gases onboard.
One of its characteristics is:
Carbon dioxide fire
extinguisher have a
4249 10 7 3 5
many kilograms?
4250 3 5 9 7
4251 5 11 9 7

Dangerous goods are
4252 divided into _____ 8 7 9 6
classification?
allowance for expansion is -10deg.C to 0deg.C to -40deg.C to -18deg.C to
4253
maximum range?
spaces, the fixed piping the space within
the space within the space within the space within
system shall be such that: two minutes
one minute three minutes two minutes
100deg. F but A flammable
below 150deg. F liquid
Grade D combustible
flash point of:
All possible fire-
All fire-fighting
Which activity will have the Extinguishing fighting
4257 greatest fire-fighting effect attempt is started equipment is
organized as immediately Officer
soon as possible
scene
Which type of fire
extinguisher has a
4258 powder water carbon dioxide mechanical foam
result to dangerous
overpressure?
left closed with opened and
a paint locker using the opened and checked for the
vents off until all doused with
4259 fixed CO2 system, the next burned material boundaries are
proper oxygen
water to prevent
immediate action is for the removed cool level
reflash
space to be:
Which type of fire
4260 chemical foam powder water carbon dioxide
in the presence of
electrical hazards?
any of the
4261 require any physical conduction convection Radiation
choices
the fuel and not removed Vanadium and Copper and Sulphur and Aluminum and
4262
by the purifier. Aluminum Sulphur Vanadium Copper

Cover pan with
containing oil catches fire, Use water Cover pan with close galley door
fire blanket and
4263 which of the following extinguisher to lid and switch of and wait for the
should NOT be used on this heat source fire teams to
source
requirement embodied in containment and ship into main
detection of any prohibits the use
the regulations in order to extinction of any vertical and
4264 fire in the zone of combustible
achieve the fire safety materials fire in the space horizontal zones
of origin
objectives set out in of origin by thermal
SOLAS. boundaries
Which of the Code
4265 specific engineering FSS FSA FFS FAS
equipments.
manually
4266 operated call fire teams fire patrols
points
activity?
A term of maximum
given gas can be liquified Flammable Flammable Critical
4267 Critical pressure
by pressure i.e. Tank pressure temperature temperature
other element?
ignition ambient Reid vapor
4269 temperature is temperature is pressure is
occurred should be approached approached
approached attained
continued until:
in an extreme
4270 weather emergencies
protect and safeguard all drydocking undocking
conditions
Main Fire zones
in accordance
protection the ship is to be In main utilization in main vertical
4271 with the ship's zones
divided in zones by horizontal zones (Accommodation
fire-fighting
system
4272 under certain conditions as hallucinations indigestion blistering
poison
following?

4273 liquid starts to and Solidifying Point Melting Point Boiling Point Latent Heat
completely becomes a
solid.
standards of classifying
fires as A, B, C, and D,
4274 according to the nature of IFPA 10 NFPA 10 NFPA 12 IFPA 12
the burning material. One
standard is ISO 3941, the
other is:
It is impossible to
removing the removing the interrupting the
oxygen heat chain reaction
replaced in its replaced In Its replaced in its
proper location if proper location If proper location
weight loss is no weight loss Is no regardless of soon as possible
discharged, it should be:
more than 25% more than 15% weight
When attempting to enter
High-velocity fog
a compartment containing Sweeping the Solid stream Straight stream
stream directed
4277 fire, which method of compartment directed toward directed into the
with a fog stream toward the
applying water a most the overhead center of the fire
overhead
appropriate?
Testing and
What does the FTP code evaluating fire safety temperature in security
4278
relate to? products that are requirements the cargo hold requirements
flammable
Prior to the release the The Chief
CO2 system to the Engineer The EOW shall
The 2nd Engineer The master shall
compartment in order to immediately at release the CO2
4279 shall release the order the release
extinguish the fire, rest his discretion system of CO2 system
CO2 system
assure that all personnel release the CO2 immediately
has vacated the area. system
Combustible liquids are
4280 divided into how many three one two four
classes?
It is necessary to extend to provide to keep them to remove fuel to cool the
4281 ventilators to the bilges in adequate air to dry, and thus vapors which are
heavier than air machinery areas
order: the engine easier to clean
In addition to weighing the
cartridge, what other
Weigh the Check the hose Check the Discharge small
routine maintenance is
4282 powder in the and nozzle for external pressure amount to see if
required for a cartridge- clogs
canister gauge it works
operated dry chemical
extinguisher?
Carbon Monoxide is
considered as one of the
4283 highly corrosive whitish in color lighter than air odorless
most toxic gases onboard.
One of its characteristics is:

A system where spread of
disease on board can be
4284 isolation recovery contagious quarantine
controlled is also known as
_______.
A tank vessel transferring be displayed only
be visible from
non-flammable hazardous use black while
both sides and indicate NO
4285 cargo in bulk must display lettering on a transferring
from forward white background SMOKING
warning signs. These signs cargo and fast to
and aft
must __________. a dock
Ambient air which you
4286 normally breathe contains 0.06 0.1 0.21 0.15
what percent of oxygen?
An emergency life-saving
procedure that consist of
recognizing and correcting advanced life
4287 medical first Aid medical Care basic life support
failure of the respiratory or support
cardiovascular systems is
called:
Combustion can occur
inside a piping system such
as a vapor collection
header in a marine
4288 fuel oxygen ignition nitrogen
emission control system.
not aid in this combustion
process?
Compared to air the weight
of liquefied petroleum gas
4289 heavier variable lighter the same
vapors are which of the
following?
How often shall each
member of the crew Once every once every 3
4290 once a year Once every week
participate in an abandon month months
ship -drill?
How often shall it be
conducted an abandon ship tri-weekly (trice a bi-weekly (twice a
4291 monthly weekly
drill and fire drill onboard a month) month)
passenger ship?
All passengers
that will require
some form for
Passenger with
assistance in case
If some of the passengers some form for
passengerswith of evacuation
are disabled i.e. using disability must
disability will hire etc. must be
4292 wheelchair cane blind etc. none of the above travel with
somecrew to registered so
What precaution should the accompany and
accompany them there can be sent
crew take? live in same cabin
crew to assist
or next door.
them if needed.

Adjust the final
If the meter needle of the reading by the
Check the Replace the
oxygen indicator cannot be amount the Replace the
4293 sampling tube for platinum
set to zero what should be needle is batteries.
blockage. filament.
done? displaced from
zero.
not panic since check the painter
check the sea
If you hear air escaping the safety valves quickly hunt for line attachment
anchor line for a
4294 from the liferaft just after allow excess the hole before for a tear caused
pressure to tear if the seas
it has inflated you should: the raft deflates by the initial
escape are rough
opening
If you launch a lifeboat in Around both falls
Around both falls Around both falls Around both falls
heavy seas how should from the
4295 at the main deck at the mid deck at the poop deck
you lead the frapping lines embarkation level level level
to provide better control? deck
In this view of the bridge
deck on the fire control
plan what is represented Emergency Copy of Fire Water Tight
4296 Fire Alarm Panel
by the symbol on the aft Lighting Board Control Plan Door(s) Switch
bulkhead port side of the
wheelhouse?
In what location MUST a
Chief Mate s
4297 duplicate fire control plan Engine Room Gangway Crew Mess
Office
be located?
secured or
Lines or gear not in use stowed conspicuously
4298 left on deck stowed out of the
should be _______. anywhere way marked
Normally It is desirable to
have screens on the vents stop insects from filter the prevent
4299 entering
prevent backups
of potable water tanks to incoming air explosions
__________.
Safety goggles or glasses handling wire using a rotary
painting with a letting go the
4300 are NOT normally worn rope or natural grinder with an
fiber line spray gun anchor
when __________. installed shield
Severe exposure to
chlorine gas can be fatal. nerve paralyzing blood poisoning skin burning
4301 respiratory irritant
Chlorine gas is primarily a irritant agent agent
__________.
What characteristic does a
4302 chemical additive to LPG Odor Color Density Pressure
give it?
cause
What is the effect of high
involuntary cause eye paralyze your
4303 concentrations of H2S gas cause dizziness breathing system
muscle inflammation
on personnel?
contractions
When a passenger vessel s
plans must be permanently
lifeboats liferafts
exhibited they are NOT fire detection ventilation portable fire
4304 and life
required to show system preservers systems extinguishers
information on the
__________.

When can a work vest be
When working A work vest may When it is When stowed
substituted for a lifejacket
4305 near or over the never be counted approved by the away from the
in the total count of the as a lifejacket.
water Coast Guard ring buoys
required lifesaving gear?
carry loads on
walk on the top
your inside always remove
When working on a tow a of covered
tighten ratchets shoulder when the toothpick
4306 good safety precaution is barges when
outboard walking along the after tightening
to __________. possible to avoid the ratchet
outside of a
narrow gunwales
barge
They must be The fixture must No portable
Which statement about They can be used
explosion-proof be explosion- electric
the use of portable electric only when the
4307 self-contained proof and the equipment of
lights in petroleum product battery-fed compartment is
line must have a any type is
tanks is TRUE? lamps. gas free.
ground wire. allowed.
With an increase in
temperature the volume of remains constant
4308 flammable and if pressure expands remains constant contracts
combustible liquids remains constant
__________.
You are on an inerted
tankship. A low pressure
90% of the
alarm must be set to cause 90% of the 90% of the
pressure drop
4309 an audible and visual alarm 4 water gauge vacuum assist vacuum relief
through the
if the pressure in the tanks fan setting
scrubber
cannot be maintained at
more than __________.
A vessels steering systems immediately afte within 12 hours upon arrival on within 12 hours
4310
should be checked: r departure after departure the next port before departure
Due to exposure to heat
fatigue, heat stroke and
dehydration, what is the
4311 maximum recommended 27.5 deg C ET 37.5 deg C ET 30.5 deg C ET 32.5 deg C ET
effective temperature (ET)
for full work load in
enclosed spaces?
A chemical additive to LPG
4312 gives it a characteristic odor color density pressure
__________.
A combustible gas
the lower the flammable
indicator meter is the autoignition
4313 vapor to oxygen explosive limit limit
calibrated to read the concentration concentration
concentration
percentage of __________.
A device fitted over the
discharge opening on a
relief valve consisting of
4314 screen filter restrictor stopper
one or two woven wire
fabrics is called a flame
__________.

A faint is a brief loss of
consciousness of no more Tell the person to
than momentary duration sit down and lean Try to keep the
treated for
caused by a temporary given something forward with the person in an
4315 injuries until
reduction in the flow of to drink head between the upstanding
conscious
blood to the brain. How to knees taking deep position.
prevent anyone from breaths.
fainting?
A large metallic device
mounted directly in the
piping (usually located at the
dock near the point where
detonation detonation
4316 the vapor hose is attached) lame arrestor flame screen
blocker arrestor
designed to prevent the
passage of a rapidly moving
flame through the piping is
called a __________.
A piece of small stuff (small
line) secured to an object to
4317 keeper lanyard noose stopper
prevent it from going adrift
is a __________.
A pumproom is suspected of
accumulating gases after a
ventilation machinery
breakdown. Where should In the middle On the deck
In the upper level In the lower level
4318 the combustible gas level of the outside the
of the pumproom of the pumproom
indicator case be placed pumproom pumproom
when testing the pumproom
atmosphere for combustible
gases?
A vessel is underway with a wearing both a
work stage rigged over the wearing a safety life jacket and a
the vessel is not wearing a life
4319 side. A seaman may work on harness secured safety harness
making way jacket
the stage but only when to the stage secured to the
__________. stage
Abdominal Thrust is the Stand behind the
name on a technique casualty. Clench
which involves applying a your fist with the
Remove the thumb inwards in
series of thrusts to the
obstruction and the center of
4320 upper abdomen in an Neither A nor B upper abdomen.
Either A or B
restore normal
attempt to force air out of Grasp your fist
breathing.
a choking casualty s lungs. with your other
How to perform this hand and pull
technique? quickly inwards.
the regulation
According to SOLAS makes exception the regulation
the regulation the regulation
regulations which of the for the requires that the
only applies to only requires the
4321 following is a requirement ventilation ventilation be
vessels built prior installation of an non-spark
of the ventilation system of requirements if a
to Jan 1 1963 exhaust fan producing
a pump room on a tanker? SCBA is mounted
at the entrance

After checked for open
airway given the first two
inflations and checked the
pulse to make sure that the 15 - 18 times per 13 - 15 times per 12 - 16 times per 10 - 12 times per
4322
heart is beating what is minute minute minute minute
the rate of inflations given
until natural breathing is
restored?
After each reading of an
the tested
oxygen indicator the
4323 fresh air CO2 compartment s water
instrument should be
air
purged with __________.
combustible hydrogen gas
4324 used to determine if there All of the above in a compartment
gases present to support life present
is __________.
Any suspicious act or
circumstances threatening
the security of the ship or
4325 Hijacked terrorism sabotage security incident
of a port facility or any
ship/port interface or ship
to ship activity.
Anyone of the crew who is
assigned to watch duties in
ports has a number of checking the
Checking the Checking the Checking the
important tasks to carry difference
4326 trim of the moorings for mean draft of
out. Which one of the tightness/slack. between forward
vessel. the vessel
listed tasks has to be and aft
included in the watchman
s duties?
Aside from terrorist attacks
smuggle
on the ship which seldom none of these carry drugs on
4327 assist stowaways weapons and
happens the main threat choices board explosives
is from people trying to:
Asphyxia is generally
limited to enclosed spaces
and the deficiency of
Where rusting of Where large When large
breathable air in an When 21% of
internal tank quantities of quantities of
4328 enclosed space can occur oxygen is
surfaces has present. inert gas is cargo vapor is
with any of the following
taken place. present. present
conditions. Indicate the
condition that will NOT
cause asphyxia.
At night while the ship is
tied up to the dock a fire
Send a person to sound the Begin fighting
breaks out in a cargo fight the fire
4329 summon the alarmand the fire
hatch. After sounding the shore authorities alone
closethe hatch immediately
alarm what should the
person on watch do?

At what latest time shall
doors side scuttles
gangway doors cargo- and
coaling ports and other after entering after leaving the before leaving before entering
4330
openings which are to be open waters port the port open waters
kept closed watertight at
sea be closed at the start
of the voyage?
Master has no
obligations to
assist in towing
of a vessel in
Does the Master have an
distress but may master is the
obligation to assist in Master has no
do so when over incharge
towing of a vessel when any of these obligations to
4331 taken necessary and has the
unqualified obligation to options assist in towing
precautions in obligations in the of a vessel.
assist persons in distress
coordination towing party
exist?
with Chief
Engineer and
Company Claim
Manager.
For how long should a tank For as long as
for at least 30 people are for at least 120 for at least 60
4332 be ventilated when people working in the
minutes. minutes. minutes.
are working inside? tank.
When should training in
Before being After one period After joining the During the first
4333 personal survival
employed. at sea. ship. week on board.
techniques be given?
If water is rising in the bilge Shift all
Abandon the Check the cracks Check the bilge
4334 of a survival craft, your personnel to the
survival craft in the hull drain plug
should first: stern
Inspection of life-
saving Survival crafts
appliances, and rescue boats
Which one of the listed
including lifeboat with launching lifeboat engines
routine test and general
equipment shall appliances shall to be run for at
4335 inspections of life-saving emergency alarm
be carried out be visually to be tested daily least 3 minutes
appliances is not required
monthly to inspected weekly every week
by the regulations?
ensure they are to ensure they
complete and in are ready for use
good order
On ships built
after February
A lifejacket should be a whistle and a 1992 all
4336 a light a whistle
provided with__________ . light lifejackets should
be fitted with a
light
Every inflatable life raft ,
inflatable lifejacket and
4337 hydrostatic release units every 36 months. every 18 months. every 12 months. every 24 months.
shall be
serviced__________

send the form a small
If there are a number of form a raft by circular group to tie themselves to
strongest
survivors in the water after lashing their life create a warmer the unit so they
4338 swimmer to
abandoning ship, they preservers pocket of water in wont drift with
shore for the center of the
should __________. together the current
assistance circle
be placed in the float on their
remove their life
To keep injured survivors middle of a small backs with their
sip water at preservers and
warm in the water after circle formed by arms extended
4339 the other
intervals of hold on to the
abandoning ship, they for maximum
survivors in the fifteen minutes uninjured
should __________. exposure to the
water survivors
air
and are in charge of a
liferaft. How much water
4340 1 pint 1 gallon 1 can 1 quart
per day should you permit
each occupant to drink
after the first 24 hours?
On an oceangoing vessel,
for each person a lifeboat
(without desalting kits) is 2 pounds of a signaling
4341 a life preserver 3 liters of water
certified to carry, the boat condensed milk whistle
must be supplied with
__________.
hypothermia asphyxiation due collapse of the
4342 caused by cold to keeping the raft due to cold starvation
latitudes, the greatest temperature canopy closed temperatures
danger is __________.
You have just abandoned
ship and boarded a raft. not become
remove the
After the raft is completely alarmed unless it
plug the safety safety valve and unscrew the
4343 inflated you hear a continues for a
valve replace it with a long period of deflation plugs
whistling noise coming
soft patch time
from a safety valve. You
should __________.
Organize a watch
system, post as a
You have abandoned ship Join up with any lookout, tie up start paddling in
in a life raft. Which of the organize a other survival with other
4344 survival craft if
the direction of
following actions should lookout system craft and stream
possible, and the nearest land
you take? the sea anchor
stream the sea
anchor
lengthening the
Spreading oil on the open diminishing the preventing the increasing the
distance
4345 sea has the effect of height of the wave crests from height of the
breaking between
__________. seas seas
successive crests
vote on what to
head for the head for the do, so all hands
nearest land vicinity closest sea-lanes will have a part
in the decision

If, for any reason, it is remain together
get away from separate from in the area
the area because each other as immediately because
4347 sharks will be this will increase head for the rescuers will start
important that the crew searching at the
attracted to the the chances of nearest land
members should vessels last
vessel being rescued
__________. known position
What is the percentage of
4348 oxygen in a typical sample 18% 12% 15% 21%
of uncontaminated air?
Break up solid Slow down the
Smother the fire objects to ensure
What is meant by the term Cover the fire spread of fire by
4349 with a blanket or that any deep
overhaul in firefighting? seated fires are with foam cooling adjacent
similar object
extinguished structures
Attempt to put
In the event of fire in the Close all Ventilate the out the fire by Prepare to
4350 crews quarter, one of your ventillation to the
quarters quarters portable fire- abandonship
first act is to:
extinguisher
An instrument used to
detect explosive gas/air
mixtures, usually measures
combustible gas gas absorption flame safety toxic vapor
4351 the concentration in terms
indicator detector lamp meter
of the lower explosive
limit, and is known as a
__________.
The best method of cool the
smother the fire smother the fire substance below remove oxygen
4352 extinguishing a class A fire its ignition
with foam with CO2 from the area
is to __________. temperature
The most likely place for a
fire to start through the
an electrical
4353 process of spontaneous radio room Galley battery room
room
combustion is in
__________.
Combustible material
which is stored adjacent to heat radiated
heat conduction heat convection direct radiation
a compartment where from the
4354 of combustion through the emitted by the bulkhead by the
there is a fire, may also be
gases bulkheads adjacent fire adjacent fire
ignited. This ignition can
occur by __________.
Near ventilation
Where in accommodation In messrooms,
In stairways, ducts throughout
spaces shall smoke In all crew and public lounges
4355 corridors and the
detectors be located? passenger cabins and other public escape routes accommodation
(SOLAS II-2/13.2.2) rooms
spaces
Why is it necessary to cool
Prevent the fire Form a dense
the bulkheads, decks, and Prevent oxygen Cool the metal
from spreading coating of
4356 overheads surrounding an from reaching by heat
below its ignition
smothering
involved compartment the flames. conduction. temperature.
steam.
fire?

While underway, fire break
out in the forward part of
Put the vessels
the vessel. Whenever Abandonship to Call for Keep going on
4357 stern into the
practicable, what will be windward wind assistance half spead
the first thing you will do if
your are on watch?
avoid sampling in only sample sample as much sample only near
When taking samples of a
the vicinity of around the deck of the tank as the ullage
tank atmosphere with an
4358 deep webs to longitudinals as possible, openings as all
explosimeter, you should especially at the
prevent false gases are lighter vapors
__________. bottom
readings than air accumulate there
Sweep the
Sweep the exterior
Which of the following exterior Sweep the Sweep the bulkheads with a
methods should be used to bulkheads with exterior exterior solid stream of
prevent a class A fire in a water fog until bulkheads with a bulkheads with water until
steam is no
4359 topside compartment, with longer produced, solid stream of water fog until steam is no
steel bulkheads, from secure the water until the the fire is longer produced,
spreading to the adjacent nozzle, and fire is reportedly reportedly secure the
compartments? repeat as extinguished. extinguished. nozzle, and
necessary. repeat as
necessary.
The
A vapor sample is drawn The The concentration of
into the combustible gas concentration of concentration of combustible
indicator. The needle combustible The indicator is
combustible vapor in the
4360 deflects to the explosive vapor in the improperly
sample is above vapor in the sample is twenty
range of the scale and then calibrated.
the upper sample is twenty percent of its
returns to rest at 20%.
explosive limit. percent. lower explosive
What does this indicate?
limit.
the fire is all firefighting
A fire is considered under all hands are at the fixed systems
4361 contained and no equipment is at
control when __________. their fire stations longer spreading are activated
the scene
When entering a burning
compartment equipped the high velocity a straight stream the high velocity the high velocity
fog at the
4362 with a fire hose and an all- fog at the deck to aimed at the fog into the overhead to
purpose nozzle, you should cool it for entry flames of the fire center of the fire absorb heat
first direct __________.
The most likely place for a
fire to start through the
the pressure an electrical
4363 process of spontaneous the fuel oil tanks the oily rag bin
tanks switchboard
combustion is in
__________.
A combustible gas the amount of if there is the toxicity of the presence of
flammable gases
4364 indicator is used to CO2 present in sufficient oxygen flammable gases
or vapors in the
determine __________. flue gas to support life or vapors air
heated gases transmitting the the transfer of burning liquids
Radiation can cause a fire flowing through heat of a fire heat across an
4365 flowing into
to spread by __________. ventilation through the ships unobstructed
space another space
systems metal

A drip tray containing oil is
on fire. The only fire
fighting equipment The water can be Water should be Water should be
applied in a fine Water should not applied to the oil applied in a jet to
available is water hose
4366 spray starting be used on any
with spray jet/spray nozzle. from the front in a in a single jet the back of the
type of oil fire.
How, if at all, should you sweeping motion. only. fire.
attempt to put out this fire
using water?
alternate
absorb smoke
A definite advantage in the vaporize and rapidly contract expansion and
and gases as
use of water as a fire rapidly expand as as water is contraction as
4367 water is
extinguishing agent is its water absorbs converted from water in liquid
heat converted from
ability to __________. liquid to vapor state becomes
liquid to vapor
vapor
The most practical method
of extinguishing a class A
a hand portable Purple K powder
4368 fire, involving burning chemical foam water
CO2 extinguishers and light water
dunnage, is to use
__________.
First, second, and third
Size of the burned Area of the body Source of heat Layers of skin
4369 degree burns are classified
area burned causing the burn affected
according to the:
Adults Behind Anything But Airway Breathing
Children Continuation Circulation
does the First Aid ABC-rules
stands for?
A seaman has a small,
gaping laceration of the arm
that is not bleeding Use temporary Wrap a tight Apply butterfly Apply a
4371 excessively. What can be stitches of sail bandage around strips, then a compression
done as an alternative to twine. the wound. sterile dressing. bandage.
wound?
A shipmate suffers a heart Make the victim Administer
Let him lie on his Check his pulse
4372 attack and stops breathing. as comfortable as oxygen
side and start CPR
You must: he could be immediately
Before CPR is started, you establish an open Insure the victim treat any bleeding make the victim
4373
should ____________. airway is conscious wounds comfortable
In reviving a person who has Prompt removal
been overcomed by gas Keeping him Applying artificial of the patient
4374 fumes, which of the warm and respiration and Giving stimulants from the
following would you AVOID comfortable massage suffocating
doing? atmosphere
As with heat burns the
Hand or body
damage of frostbite
heat the affected
/hypothermia may be either
parts skin-to-skin Heat the affected
superficial or deep, and the Rub the affected Give the casualty
4375 (e.g. frozen hand area with hot-
affected tissues may be area. a cigarette.
in persons water bottles.
destroyed. What kind of first
opposite
aid should be given a person
armpit...)
with frostbite ?

is a sweet taste of the Sugar lump,
A glass of cold
4376 breath. The glucose Nothing at all Insulin sugar drink or
milk
reaction shows positive. something sweet
What kind of medicine will
the person need as soon
as possible?
Place the injured
part under slowly
Treatment of burns and Break blisters, running cold
scalds depends on the remove any water for at least
Remove all sticky Apply lotions, 10 minutes, but
severity of the injury. What loose skin or
4377 clothing from the ointments or fat preferably until
is the correct thing to do foreign objects the pain is gone.
casualty. to the injury.
for minor burns and from the injured If no water is
scalds? area. available, use
any cold,
harmless liquid.
A device used to
immobilize fractures and
4378 Tourniquet Splint Stretcher Bandage
help prevent bone
displacement is:
Having the
The MOST important
Starting the proper Treating for Administering of
4379 element in administering
treatment quickly equipment for traumatic shock oxygen
CPR is:
the process
lay the patient apply a hot towel apply an ice pack
First aid treatment for down and cover to purge the to the wound stop the
bleeding, clean,
4380 small cuts and open the wound when wound, then and cover it medicate, and
wounds is to __________. the bleeding medicate and when the cover the wound
stops cover it bleeding stops
The primary objective of To prevent
4381 To give life To help a patient To alleviate pain
First Aid is: further injury
Unnecessary Touching the
When giving first aid you
haste and patient before Any conversation Instruction by
4382 should avoid
appearance of washing your with the patient standers
__________________. uncertainty hands
A tourniquet should be when all other to prevent
when the victim with puncture
4383 used to control bleeding means have bleeding from
failed is unconscious wounds
ONLY __________. minor wounds
Fire and abandon ship
crewmans duty Certificate of
4384 stations and duties may be shipping articles muster List
list Inspection
found on the __________.
Plan for
What is a contingency plan Plan for next Plan for safety Loading plan for
4385 maintenance and
for ships? voyage preparedness general cargo
repair
tank may have enclosed as it is, cargo inside may
4386 been coated with no proper have absorb the
preservatives oxygen

Injuries resulting from slips Ensure that
and falls constitute the slippery
Keep the floors Do not wash off Install
largest percentage of substances are
and decks free all rubbish to thermostat to
4387 accidents that occur in the not left where from fat and prevent persons avoid water from
catering department. What several persons grease. slipping. freezing to ice.
shall be done to reduce are expected to
this high accident rate? be around.

Guide Questionnaires OIC NW1 NEW

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Guide Questionnaires OIC NW1 NEW

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

OIC NAVIGATIONAL WATCH

REPUBLIC OF THE PHILIPPINES

MARITIME INDUSTRY AUTHORITY

These questions have been reviewed and validated by our Board of

A Publication of the MARINA STCW Office

OIC NAVIGATIONAL WATCH

OIC NAVIGATIONAL WATCH

OIC NAVIGATIONAL WATCH

OIC NAVIGATIONAL WATCH

OIC NAVIGATIONAL WATCH

OIC NAVIGATIONAL WATCH

OIC NAVIGATIONAL WATCH

OIC NAVIGATIONAL WATCH

OIC NAVIGATIONAL WATCH

OIC NAVIGATIONAL WATCH

OIC NAVIGATIONAL WATCH

OIC NAVIGATIONAL WATCH

OIC NAVIGATIONAL WATCH

A single line of position

OIC NAVIGATIONAL WATCH

OIC NAVIGATIONAL WATCH

When the faces of the

OIC NAVIGATIONAL WATCH

OIC NAVIGATIONAL WATCH

OIC NAVIGATIONAL WATCH

Where can the data

OIC NAVIGATIONAL WATCH

The visibility of the lights

OIC NAVIGATIONAL WATCH

OIC NAVIGATIONAL WATCH

In the IALA Buoyage Black band Black band with

OIC NAVIGATIONAL WATCH

On a nautical chart, the

OIC NAVIGATIONAL WATCH

You are underway on the

OIC NAVIGATIONAL WATCH

OIC NAVIGATIONAL WATCH

OIC NAVIGATIONAL WATCH

OIC NAVIGATIONAL WATCH

Your vessel is underway in

In ANNEX III of the

OIC NAVIGATIONAL WATCH

The presence of a pilot on

OIC NAVIGATIONAL WATCH

OIC NAVIGATIONAL WATCH

OIC NAVIGATIONAL WATCH

Call the Master Commence As the radar is

OIC NAVIGATIONAL WATCH

OIC NAVIGATIONAL WATCH

OIC NAVIGATIONAL WATCH

OIC NAVIGATIONAL WATCH

OIC NAVIGATIONAL WATCH

OIC NAVIGATIONAL WATCH

OIC NAVIGATIONAL WATCH

OIC NAVIGATIONAL WATCH

OIC NAVIGATIONAL WATCH

OIC NAVIGATIONAL WATCH

OIC NAVIGATIONAL WATCH

OIC NAVIGATIONAL WATCH

OIC NAVIGATIONAL WATCH

OIC NAVIGATIONAL WATCH

OIC NAVIGATIONAL WATCH

OIC NAVIGATIONAL WATCH

OIC NAVIGATIONAL WATCH